You are on page 1of 1166

Administration

HiPath 3000/5000 V7 IP Systems
Service Manual
P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620 www.siemens.com/enterprise

Copyright © Siemens Enterprise Communications GmbH & Co. KG 2007 Hofmannstr. 51, D-81359 München Reference No.: P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620 The information provided in this document contains merely general descriptions or characteristics of performance which in case of actual use do not always apply as described or which may change as a result of further development of the products. An obligation to provide the respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in the terms of contract. Subject to availability. Right of modification reserved. The trademarks used are owned by Siemens Enterprise Communications GmbH & Co. KG or their respective owners.

www.siemens.com/enterprise

hp3hp5shTOC.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Contents

Contents

0

1 Important Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 1.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 1.2 Structure of this Electronic Service Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1.3 Electrical Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 1.4 Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 1.4.1 Safety Information: Dangers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 1.4.2 Safety Information: Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 1.4.3 Safety information: Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 1.4.4 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 1.4.5 What To Do in an Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 1.4.6 Reporting Accidents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 1.4.7 Safety Information for Australia (For Australia Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 1.4.8 Safety Information for Brazil (for Brazil only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 1.5 Privacy and Data Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 1.6 Information on the Intranet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 2 System Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 2.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 2.2 HiPath 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 2.2.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 2.2.2 Design and Dimensions of the HiPath 3000 Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 2.2.2.1 Design and Dimensions of HiPath 3800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 2.2.2.2 Design and Dimensions of HiPath 3550 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 2.2.2.3 Design and Dimensions of HiPath 3350 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 2.2.2.4 Design and Dimensions of HiPath 3500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 2.2.2.5 Design and Dimensions of HiPath 3300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 2.2.3 System Environment of the HiPath 3000 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 2.2.3.1 HiPath 3800 System Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 2.2.3.2 HiPath 3550 System Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 2.2.3.3 HiPath 3350 System Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 2.2.3.4 HiPath 3500 System Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 2.2.3.5 HiPath 3300 System Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 2.3 HiPath 5000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 2.4 System-Specific Capacity Limits for HiPath 3000, HiPath 5000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 2.5 Static Configuration Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 2.5.1 Resources and Capacity Limits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 2.5.2 Gateway Channels (DSP Channels) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 2.5.3 ITSP Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 2.5.4 MOH Channels (G.711, G.723, G.729) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 2.5.5 IP Networking Channels (PBX Networking Channels) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 2.5.6 Bandwidth Control for IP Networking Channels (PBX Networking Channels) . . 2-26
P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

0-1

hp3hp5shTOC.fm

Contents

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

2.5.7 DMC (Direct Media Connection) Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5.8 ISDN Routing/PPP Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5.9 Fax/Modem Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 Dynamic Configuration Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.1 Dynamic Performance Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.2 Thumb Rule for HiPath 3000/5000 V7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.2.1 Procedural Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.2.2 Planning Load for HiPath Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.2.3 Maximum Permissible Values for HiPath 3000/5000 V7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.2.4 Additional Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.2.5 Current Thumb Rule Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.3 Thumb Rule for HG 1500 V3.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.3.1 Procedural Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.3.2 Maximum Permissible Values for HG 1500 V3.0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.3.3 Current Thumb Rule Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.4 Example for Using the Thumb Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.4.1 HiPath 3000/5000 V7 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.4.2 HG 1500 Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.4.2.1 IP Trunking with TDM Terminal Points Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.4.2.2 IP Trunking and HFA Clients. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.4.2.3 IP Trunking via LAN and WAN (ISDN/PPP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.4.2.4 IP Trunking with VPN (Voice Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.4.2.5 Standalone System with Home Offices connected via VPN . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.4.2.6 VPN Networking with Data and Voice Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.4.2.7 IP Workpoint Clients for ISDN and ITSP Connection in HiPath 3800 . . . 2.6.5 Maximum Number of Devices for Special Cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7 Technical Specifications for HiPath 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8 Interface-to-Interface Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.9 Numbering Plans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.9.1 Default Numbering for HiPath 3000/5000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.9.2 ISDN Numbering Plan (E.164) in V7 or Later. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.9.3 Internet Telephony Phone Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.9.4 Numbering in Networked Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.10 Technical Specifications and Compliance to HiPath 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.10.1 CE Compliance (not for U.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.10.2 Compliance with US and Canadian Standards (for U.S. and Canada only) . . . 2.10.2.1 FCC Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.10.2.1.1 FCC Rules, Part 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.10.2.1.2 FCC Rules, Part 68 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.10.2.1.3 Disruption of the Network and T1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.10.2.2 Industry Canada Compliance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.10.2.2.1 REN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.10.2.2.2 Equipment Attachment Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.10.3 SAFETY International . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.11 Environmental Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-2

2-26 2-26 2-27 2-28 2-28 2-28 2-28 2-30 2-31 2-32 2-33 2-37 2-37 2-37 2-37 2-42 2-42 2-43 2-43 2-44 2-45 2-47 2-49 2-50 2-52 2-53 2-54 2-55 2-56 2-56 2-57 2-58 2-59 2-60 2-60 2-60 2-61 2-61 2-61 2-62 2-64 2-64 2-65 2-65 2-66

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

hp3hp5shTOC.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Contents

2.11.1 Electrical Operating Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66 2.11.2 Mechanical Operating Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66 3 Boards for HiPath 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 3.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 3.2 Central boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 3.2.1 CBCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 3.2.2 CBRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 3.2.3 CBSAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33 3.2.4 CMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38 3.2.5 CMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39 3.2.6 CUC and CUCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43 3.2.7 CUP and CUPR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44 3.2.8 DBSAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45 3.2.9 IMODN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47 3.2.10 LIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48 3.2.11 LIMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49 3.2.12 LUNA2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51 3.2.13 MMC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61 3.2.14 PSUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63 3.2.15 RGMOD (for selected countries only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64 3.2.16 UPSC-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68 3.2.17 UPSC-DR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73 3.3 Peripheral boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-79 3.3.1 CSAPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-79 3.3.2 DIU2U (for U.S. only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-82 3.3.3 DIUN2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-85 3.3.4 HXGS3, HXGR3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-90 3.3.5 IVMNL, IVMN8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-100 3.3.6 IVMP4, IVMP4R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-104 3.3.7 IVMP8 (not for U.S.) and IVMP8R (not for U.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-108 3.3.8 IVMS8, IVMS8R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-113 3.3.9 IVMS8N, IVMS8NR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-119 3.3.10 PBXXX (for selected countries only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-123 3.3.11 SLA8N (not for U.S.), SLA16N, SLA24N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-132 3.3.12 SLC16N (not for U.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-139 3.3.13 SLCN (not for U.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-154 3.3.14 SLMAE8, SLMAE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-161 3.3.15 SLMA, SLMA8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-172 3.3.16 SLMA2 (for selected countries only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-181 3.3.17 SLMO2, SLMO8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-190 3.3.18 SLMO8 (not for U.S.), SLMO24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-200 3.3.19 SLU8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-206 3.3.20 SLU8R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-207 3.3.21 STLS2 (not for U.S.), STLS4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-208
P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

0-3

hp3hp5shTOC.fm

Contents

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

3.3.22 STLS4R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.23 STLSX2, STLSX4, STLSX4R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.24 STMD3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.25 STMI2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.26 TCAS-2 and TCASR-2 (for selected countries only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.27 TLA2 (Not for U.S.), TLA4 (Not for U.S.), TLA8 (not for U.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.28 TLA4R (not for U.S.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.29 TM2LP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.30 TMAMF (for selected countries only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.31 TMANI/TLANI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.31.1 TMANI Pin Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.31.2 TLANI 4R Pin Assignment (not for U.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.31.3 TLANI2 (not for U.S.) and TLANI4 (not for U.S.) Pin Assignment . . . . . . . 3.3.32 TMC16 (for selected countries only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.33 TMCAS (for selected countries only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.34 TMCAS-2 (for selected countries only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.35 TMDID (for U.S. only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.36 TMDID2 (for selected countries only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.37 TMEW2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.38 TMGL4 (for U.S. only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.39 TMGL4R (for U.S. only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.40 TMQ4 (for U.S. only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.41 TST1 (for U.S. only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.42 TS2 (Not for U.S.), TS2R (not for U.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.43 4SLA (not for U.S.), 8SLA, 16SLA (Not for U.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.44 8SLAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4 Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4.1 ALUM4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4.2 AMOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4.3 ANI4 (for selected countries only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4.4 ANI4R (for selected countries only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4.5 Announcement and Music Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4.6 EVM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4.7 EXMNA (for U.S. only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4.8 GEE12 (not for U.S.), GEE16 (not for U.S.), GEE50 (not for U.S.) . . . . . . . . . . 3.4.9 HOPE (for U.S. only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4.10 OPAL and OPALR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4.11 PFT1 (not for U.S.), PFT4 (not for U.S.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4.12 REALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4.13 STBG4 (for France only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4.14 STRB, STRBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4.15 USB V.24 Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4.16 V24/1 (not for U.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4.17 V.24 Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-215 3-217 3-222 3-228 3-234 3-245 3-247 3-249 3-256 3-260 3-261 3-268 3-270 3-272 3-277 3-286 3-295 3-300 3-308 3-315 3-317 3-319 3-321 3-323 3-328 3-331 3-333 3-333 3-337 3-339 3-343 3-345 3-348 3-350 3-352 3-354 3-356 3-358 3-361 3-366 3-367 3-372 3-373 3-375

0-4

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

hp3hp5shTOC.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Contents

3.4.18 V.24 Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-376 4 Installing HiPath 3000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 4.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 4.2 Installing HiPath 3800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 4.2.1 Installation Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 4.2.2 Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 4.2.3 Installing HiPath 3800 (Standalone) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 4.2.3.1 Selecting the Installation Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 4.2.3.1.1 For U.S. only: AC outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 4.2.3.2 Unpacking the Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 4.2.3.3 Setting up the System Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 4.2.3.3.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 4.2.3.3.2 Setting Up a Single Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 4.2.3.3.3 Stacking Two Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 4.2.3.3.4 Setting Up a Two-Cabinet System Side by Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 4.2.3.4 Grounding the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 4.2.3.4.1 Not for U.S.: Grounding the System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 4.2.3.4.2 For U.S. Only: Grounding the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17 4.2.3.5 Checking the Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19 4.2.4 Installing HiPath 3800 (19-Inch Cabinet) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 4.2.4.1 Selecting the Installation Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 4.2.4.1.1 For U.S. only: AC outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 4.2.4.2 Unpacking the Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 4.2.4.3 Mounting System Cabinets in the 19-Inch Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 4.2.4.3.1 Mounting a System Cabinet using Support and Angle Brackets . . . . . . 4-24 4.2.4.4 Grounding the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27 4.2.4.5 Checking the Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29 4.2.5 Installing Boards (Configuration Notes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30 4.2.5.1 System factory default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30 4.2.5.2 Board Slots in the Basic and Expansion Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30 4.2.5.3 Inserting or Removing Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33 4.2.5.4 Mounting Connector Panels (if required) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39 4.2.5.5 Installing the SIVAPAC-SIPAC Board Adapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41 4.2.5.6 Initializing the Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44 4.2.5.7 Distribution of the PCM Highway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45 4.2.5.8 Static Traffic Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49 4.2.6 Connecting the Cable to the Backplane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50 4.2.6.1 Backplane of the Basic Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51 4.2.6.2 Expansion Cabinet Backplane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54 4.2.6.3 Connecting Cables Between the Basic and Expansion Cabinet . . . . . . . . . 4-56 4.2.6.4 Connecting Peripherals to the SIVAPAC Connector on the Backplane . . . 4-57 4.2.6.5 Connecting Peripherals to the Connector Panels with RJ45 Jacks . . . . . . . 4-60 4.2.6.6 Connecting Peripherals to the Connector Panels with CHAMP Jack (for U.S. only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62 4.2.6.7 Connecting Peripherals to the Connector Panels with SIPAC 1 SU Connectors .
P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

0-5

hp3hp5shTOC.fm

Contents

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

4-63 4.2.7 Using an External Main Distribution Frame or External Patch Panel . . . . . . . . . . 4-65 4.2.7.1 Using an External Main Distribution Frame MDFU-E S30805-U5283-X . . . . 4-66 4.2.7.1.1 Mounting the Main Distribution Frame (MDFU-E) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67 4.2.7.1.2 Laying the Line Network and Jumpers on the MDFU-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67 4.2.7.2 Inserting the External Patch Panel S30807K6143-X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71 4.2.7.2.1 Installing the Patch Panel in a 19-Inch Cabinet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72 4.2.7.2.2 Connecting the Line Network to the External Patch Panel . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73 4.2.7.3 Inserting External S0 Patch Panel C39104-Z7001-B3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75 4.2.7.3.1 Installing the S0 Patch Panel in the 19-Inch Cabinet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76 4.2.7.3.2 Connecting Lines to the External S0 Patch Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77 4.2.7.4 For U.S. only: Connecting Network Facilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-79 4.2.8 Loading the System Software and Installing Subboards on the CBSAP . . . . . . . 4-80 4.2.9 Connecting Workpoint Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81 4.2.10 Making Trunk and Networking Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81 4.2.11 Performing a Visual Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82 4.3 Installing HiPath 3550, HiPath 3350, HiPath 3500, and HiPath 3300. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84 4.3.1 Installation Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84 4.3.2 Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85 4.3.3 Installing HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86 4.3.3.1 Selecting the Installation Site. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86 4.3.3.1.1 For U.S. only: AC outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88 4.3.3.2 Unpacking the Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89 4.3.3.3 Not for U.S.: Mounting the Main Distribution Frame (HiPath 3550 only) . . . . 4-89 4.3.3.4 Removing the System Housing Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91 4.3.3.5 Attaching the System to the Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93 4.3.3.6 Grounding the System and the Main Distribution Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94 4.3.3.7 Installing the Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96 4.3.3.8 Laying the Line Network and Connection Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97 4.3.3.9 Attaching Ferrite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100 4.3.3.10 Configuration notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102 4.3.3.11 Connecting Workpoint Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106 4.3.3.12 Making trunk connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106 4.3.3.13 Performing a Visual Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106 4.3.4 Installing HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 (19-Inch Housing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107 4.3.4.1 Installation Versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107 4.3.4.2 Selecting the Installation Site. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108 4.3.4.2.1 For U.S. only: AC outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108 4.3.4.3 Unpacking the Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109 4.3.4.4 Not for U.S.: Attaching a HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 to the Wall . . . . . . 4-110 4.3.4.5 Installing a HiPath 3500 or HiPath 3300 in a Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111 4.3.4.6 Grounding the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113 4.3.4.7 Installing the Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114 4.3.4.8 Connecting Cables and the Line Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

0-6

hp3hp5shTOC.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Contents

4.3.4.9 Configuration notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.4.10 Connecting Workpoint Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.4.11 Making trunk connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.4.12 Performing a Visual Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-116 4-119 4-119 4-119

5 Starting Up HiPath 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 5.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 5.2 Starting Up HiPath 3800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 5.2.1 Startup Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 5.2.2 Supplying the System with Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 5.2.2.1 Assigning Station Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 5.2.3 Carrying Out a System Reload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 5.2.4 Carrying Out the Country Initialization and Selecting the Password Type . . . . . . 5-8 5.2.5 Not for U.S.: Entering the System Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 5.2.6 Customer-Specific Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 5.2.7 Performing a System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 5.3 Starting Up HiPath 3550, HiPath 3350, HiPath 3500, HiPath 3300. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 5.3.1 Startup Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 5.3.2 Supplying the System With Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 5.3.2.1 Assigning Station Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 5.3.3 Carrying Out a System Reload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 5.3.4 Carrying Out the Country Initialization and Selecting the Password Type . . . . . 5-16 5.3.5 Not for U.S.: Entering the System Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 5.3.6 Customer-Specific Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 5.3.7 Performing a System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 6 HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 6.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 6.2 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 6.3 Software Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 6.4 Notes on Open Numbering in a HiPath 3000/5000 Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 6.5 Installation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 6.6 HiPath 5000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 6.6.1 Preparing for Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 6.6.2 Integrating the HiPath 5000 Server in the Customer LAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 6.6.3 HiPath 5000 Installing Standard Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14 6.6.3.1 Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14 6.6.3.2 Licensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 6.6.3.3 Starting the Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16 6.6.4 Installing HiPath ComScendo Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22 6.6.4.1 Checking the Installation of the HiPath ComScendo Service . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30 6.6.5 Installing HiPath Fault Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31 6.6.6 Installing the TAPI Service Provider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35 6.6.7 Installing the HiPath Inventory Server Separately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37 6.6.8 Verifying Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

0-7

hp3hp5shTOC.fm

Contents

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

6.6.8.1 Verifying the Start and Function of HiPath 5000 Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.6.8.2 Checking Entries in the Event Viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.7 Modifying HiPath 5000 Components (Retro-Fitting, Updating, Deleting) . . . . . . . . . . 6.7.1 Version-Wide Upgrading of a HiPath 5000 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.8 Performing Licensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.9 Optimizing Operating System Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.10 Perform HiPath 5000 Basic Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.10.1 Configuring HiPath 5000 with HiPath ComScendo Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.10.2 Reloading the HiPath ComScendo Service (if required) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.10.3 Configuring HiPath 5000 RSM as a Central Admin. Unit in an IP Network . . . . 6.10.3.1 Creating a Central Customer Database for IP Networking . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.10.3.2 Adding Individual Nodes for IP Networking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.11 HiPath Manager PCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.12 GetAccount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.12.1 Parameters for Call Data Export. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.13 Connecting an Uninterruptible Power Supply to HiPath 5000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6-42 6-43 6-44 6-45 6-47 6-48 6-50 6-51 6-52 6-53 6-53 6-55 6-57 6-58 6-58 6-62 7-1 7-1 7-1 7-2 7-2 7-2 7-5 7-5 7-5 7-8 7-8 7-8

7 Starting HiPath 3000 as a Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.3 Starting HiPath 3800 as a Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.3.1 Prerequisites. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.3.2 Procedure for Installation and Startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4 Starting HiPath 3500 as a Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4.1 Prerequisites. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4.2 Procedure for Installation and Startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.5 Starting HiPath 3300 as a Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.5.1 Prerequisites. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.5.2 Procedure for Installation and Startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8 Licensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 8.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 8.2 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 8.3 Licensing for HiPath 3000 V7, HiPath 5000 V7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 8.3.1 Products and Components subject to Mandatory Licensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 8.3.2 Grace Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 8.3.3 License Failure Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 8.3.4 Performing Licensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 8.4 Licensing Scenarios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13 8.4.1 HiPath 3000 as a Standalone System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13 8.4.2 Networked HiPath 3000 Systems without HiPath 5000 RSM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15 8.4.3 Networked HiPath 3000 Systems with HiPath 5000 RSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15 8.4.4 Upgrading to HiPath 3000 V7, HiPath 5000 V7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18 8.4.5 Combining Standalone Systems (HiPath 3000) to Form a Network with HiPath 5000 RSM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21
P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

0-8

hp3hp5shTOC.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Contents

8.4.6 Removing a Standalone System from a Network with HiPath 5000 RSM . . . . . 8.4.7 Replacing License-sensitive Hardware (Changing the MAC Address) . . . . . . . 8.5 Licensing optiClient Attendant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5.1 optiClient Attendant V8 Connected To HiPath 3000 V7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6 Protection Against License Manipulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8-23 8-24 8-27 8-27 8-29

9 Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 9.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 9.2 Expanding HiPath 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 9.2.1 Replacing Peripheral Boards for HiPath 3800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 9.2.2 Connecting a Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 9.2.3 ECR with HiPath 3500 and 3300 (not for U.S. and Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 9.2.3.1 ECR Control, Display, and Connecting Elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 9.2.3.2 Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9 9.2.3.3 Installation Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10 9.2.3.4 Expansion Cabinet Rack ECR With Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10 9.2.3.4.1 Installing Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13 9.2.3.5 Expansion Cabinet Rack ECR With Batteries and EPSU2-R. . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16 9.2.3.5.1 Connecting a Fan (if needed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19 9.2.4 Connecting Special Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22 9.2.4.1 Entrance Telephones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22 9.2.4.1.1 Information on Third-Party Entrance Telephones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23 9.2.4.2 Connecting Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25 9.3 Upgrading HiPath 3000 to V7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27 9.3.1 Hardware Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27 9.3.2 Software Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29 9.3.3 Instructions for Upgrading from V6.0 to V7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-34 9.3.3.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-34 9.3.3.2 Upgrading a HiPath 3000 Standalone System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35 9.3.3.3 Upgrading a HiPath 5000 RSM Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36 9.3.3.4 Upgrading a HiPath 3000 System Networked with Surpass. . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-37 9.3.3.5 Upgrading a HiPath 3000 System Networked with HiPath 2000 . . . . . . . . . 9-38 9.3.3.6 Upgrading a HiPath 3000 System Networked with HiPath 4000 . . . . . . . . . 9-39 10 Workpoint Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 10.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 10.2 OpenStage Product Family (from V7 R3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 10.2.1 Gigabit Version of OpenStage Workpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5 10.2.2 OpenStage Workpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6 10.2.2.1 OpenStage 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6 10.2.2.2 OpenStage 40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8 10.2.2.3 OpenStage 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10 10.2.2.4 OpenStage 80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 10.2.2.5 Connection and Startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14 10.2.2.6 Connections on the Bottom of the Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

0-9

hp3hp5shTOC.fm

Contents

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

10.2.3 OpenStage Add-On Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2.3.1 OpenStage Key Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2.3.2 OpenStage BLF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2.3.3 Possible Configurations for the Key Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2.4 Power supply of the OpenStage workpoints, add-on devices, and adapters . 10.2.5 OpenStage Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2.5.1 External Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2.5.2 Acoustic Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2.5.3 Headsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2.5.4 USB Extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2.6 Updating Software for the TDM OpenStage Telephone Service . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2.6.1 Automatic and Manual Software Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2.6.2 Accessing TDM OpenStage Hardware and Software Version Information 10.2.6.3 Accessing the TDM OpenStage Update Log File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3 optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3.1 optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 410 S Telephones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3.1.1 optiPoint 410 entry, optiPoint 410 entry S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3.1.2 optiPoint 410 economy, optiPoint 410 economy S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3.1.3 optiPoint 410 economy plus, optiPoint 410 economy plus S . . . . . . . . . . 10.3.1.4 optiPoint 410 standard, optiPoint 410 standard S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3.1.5 optiPoint 410 advance, optiPoint 410 advance S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3.2 optiPoint 420 and optiPoint 420 S Telephones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3.2.1 optiPoint 420 economy, optiPoint 420 economy S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3.2.2 optiPoint 420 economy plus, optiPoint 420 economy plus S . . . . . . . . . . 10.3.2.3 optiPoint 420 standard, optiPoint 420 standard S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3.2.4 optiPoint 420 advance, optiPoint 420 advance S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3.3 Connection and Startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3.3.1 Connections on the Bottom of the Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3.4 Key Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3.5 optiPoint 410/410 S and optiPoint 420/420 S key modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3.5.1 optiPoint self labeling key module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3.5.2 optiPoint 410 display module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3.5.3 Possible Configurations for Add-On Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3.6 Use of optiPoint 500 Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.4 Central Administration of IP Workpoints via the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.4.1 Plug&Play Startup of IP Workpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.4.2 Software Upgrade of IP Workpoints via the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.5 optiPoint 150 S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.6 optiPoint 600 office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.7 optiPoint 500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.7.1 optiPoint 500 Telephones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.7.1.1 optiPoint 500 entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.7.1.2 optiPoint 500 economy (not for U.S.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.7.1.3 optiPoint 500 basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10-20 10-20 10-21 10-21 10-22 10-26 10-26 10-29 10-29 10-30 10-31 10-31 10-31 10-31 10-32 10-35 10-35 10-37 10-39 10-41 10-43 10-45 10-45 10-47 10-49 10-51 10-53 10-54 10-56 10-57 10-58 10-59 10-60 10-61 10-62 10-63 10-64 10-66 10-69 10-72 10-73 10-73 10-74 10-75

0-10

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

hp3hp5shTOC.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Contents

10.7.1.4 optiPoint 500 standard, optiPoint 500 standard SL (for U.S. only) . . . . . 10-76 10.7.1.5 optiPoint 500 advance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77 10.7.1.6 Connection Requirements for HiPath 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-79 10.7.1.7 Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80 10.7.1.8 Connections on the Bottom of the Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81 10.7.1.9 USB 1.1 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-82 10.7.1.10 Key Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83 10.7.2 optiPoint 500 key modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-84 10.7.2.1 optiPoint key module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-84 10.7.2.2 optiPoint BLF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-85 10.7.2.3 optiPoint application module (V5.0 SMR-06 and later) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-86 10.7.2.4 Possible Configurations for Add-On Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-87 10.7.3 optiPoint 500 Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-88 10.7.3.1 optiPoint analog adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-89 10.7.3.2 optiPoint ISDN adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90 10.7.3.3 optiPoint phone adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-91 10.7.3.4 optiPoint acoustic adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-93 10.7.3.5 optiPoint recorder adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-96 10.7.3.6 Possible optiPoint Adapter Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-97 10.7.3.7 Comparison of optiset E Adapters and optiPoint 500 Adapters . . . . . . . . 10-98 10.7.4 Supplying Power to optiPoint 500 Key Modules and Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . 10-99 10.7.5 Maximum Configuration for UP0/E Workpoint Clients, Add-On Devices, and Adapters 10-100 10.8 optiLog 4me . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-102 10.9 optiset E privacy module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-103 10.10 optiPoint Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-104 10.10.1 External AC Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-104 10.10.1.1 Local Power Supply for optiset E, optiPoint 500, optiPoint 600 office . 10-104 10.10.1.2 AC Adapter for optiPoint 410/410 S and 420/420 S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-106 10.10.2 Headsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-107 10.11 optiClient 130 V5.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-110 10.12 HiPath AP 1120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-111 10.13 optiPoint WL2 professional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-112 10.14 Attendant Console Versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-113 10.14.1 OpenStage Attendant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-113 10.14.2 optiPoint Attendant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-113 10.14.3 optiClient Attendant V8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-115 10.15 Mobile Telephones for HiPath Cordless Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-120 10.15.1 Gigaset SL1 professional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-120 10.15.2 Gigaset SL2 professional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-120 10.15.3 Gigaset M1 professional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-121 10.15.4 Gigaset M2 professional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-122 10.15.5 Logging Mobile Telephones On To the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-123 10.15.5.1 Opening the HiPath 3000 Login Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-123
P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

0-11

hp3hp5shTOC.fm

Contents

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

10.15.5.2 Logging On the Mobile Telephone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.15.5.3 Checking the Login Status of the Mobile Telephones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.15.5.4 Replacing, Locking, and Logging Off a Mobile Telephone . . . . . . . . . . 10.16 Analog Telephones for HiPath 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.17 ISDN Terminals for HiPath 3000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10-124 10-125 10-125 10-126 10-127

11 HiPath Cordless Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 11.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 11.2 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2 11.3 System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-4 11.4 Technical Data for Base Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5 11.5 Power-Related Capacity Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7 11.6 Multi-SLC and System-Wide Networking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11 11.7 Planning Notes for Networked HiPath 3000 Systems Featuring Network-Wide Roaming 11-13 12 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 12.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 12.2 Service and Maintenance Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3 12.2.1 Backing Up the Customer Database (CDB Backup) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3 12.2.1.1 Customer Data Backup Without HiPath Software Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3 12.2.1.1.1 Automatic Customer Data Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3 12.2.1.1.2 Manual Customer Data Backup with HiPath 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-5 12.2.1.2 Customer Data Backup with HiPath Software Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-6 12.2.1.3 CDB Treatment When Replacing Central HiPath 3000 Hardware. . . . . . . . 12-6 12.2.2 Effects of Hardware Changes on Customer Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-8 12.2.2.1 Inserting and Removing HiPath 3000 Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-8 12.2.2.2 Exchanging Workpoint Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-10 12.2.3 Relocate/Transfer Application Processor Software (APS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-10 12.2.3.1 APS Replacement/Transfer for HiPath 3000 Systems Without HiPath Software Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-11 12.2.3.1.1 Transferring an APS of HiPath 3000 by Replacing the MMC . . . . . . . 12-11 12.2.3.1.2 APS transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-12 12.2.3.2 APS Transfer for HiPath 3000 Systems With HiPath Software Manager . 12-15 12.2.4 Determine current system software version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-16 12.2.5 Upgrading HiPath 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-16 12.2.6 Determining System Information and Installed Software Components (HiPath Inventory Manager) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-17 12.2.7 Backing Up System Components (Backup Manager) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-18 12.2.8 HiPath User Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-20 12.3 Guided Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-22 12.3.1 HG 1500 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-22 12.3.2 Diagnosis Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-22 12.3.2.1 Recording HiPath 3000 Board Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-22 12.3.2.1.1 Central Control Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-22
P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

0-12

hp3hp5shTOC.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Contents

12.3.2.1.2 Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-23 12.3.2.1.3 Peripheral Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-23 12.3.2.2 Recording HiPath 3000 Trunk Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-25 12.3.2.3 Recording Station Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-26 12.3.2.4 Recording the Status of the HiPath 3000 V.24 Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-27 12.3.2.5 Trace Options for HiPath 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-28 12.3.2.6 HiPath Manager PCM Trace Monitor for HiPath 5000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-29 12.3.2.6.1 HiPath Manager PCM Trace Monitor Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-29 12.3.2.6.2 Starting and Exiting the Trace Monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-30 12.3.2.6.3 The Screen Layout of the Trace Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-31 12.3.2.6.4 General Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-33 12.3.2.6.5 Exporting Trace Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-34 12.3.2.7 Trace Options and Evaluations in Connection with SRTP . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-36 12.3.2.8 Eventlog for HiPath 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-37 12.3.2.9 Testing Telephones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-37 12.3.2.10 Event Viewer for HiPath 5000 (Eventlog) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-38 12.3.2.11 HiPath 5000 State Viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-40 12.3.2.12 HiPath Fault Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-44 12.3.2.13 Licensing Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-45 12.3.2.13.1 Analysis Using Customer License Manager (CLM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-45 12.3.2.13.2 Analysis Using Customer License Agent (CLA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-45 12.3.2.14 Analysis Using HiPath Software Manager and HiPath Inventory Manager . . . . 12-46 12.3.3 HiPath 3000 Error Messages (Entries in the Eventlog for HiPath 3000) . . . . 12-48 12.3.4 HiPath 5000 Error Messages (Event Viewer Entries for HiPath 5000) . . . . . 12-76 12.4 Correcting Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-89 12.4.1 Automatic Error Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-89 12.4.2 Manual Error Correction Without HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E . . . . . . . . . . 12-89 12.4.3 Manual Error Correction With HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-90 12.5 Remote Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-91 12.5.1 HiPath 3000 Connection Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-92 12.5.2 HiPath 5000 Connection Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-93 12.5.3 Remote System Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-93 12.5.3.1 Remote Administration of HiPath 3000 with HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E . . . . 12-93 12.5.3.2 DTMF Remote Administration of HiPath 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-94 12.5.4 Remote Correction of System Software (APS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-94 12.5.5 Remote Error Signaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-95 12.5.6 Controlled Release of a Remote Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-96 12.5.7 Remote Administration and Access Using PPP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-96 12.5.7.1 Remote System Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-96 12.5.7.2 Remote Administration of Plus Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-96 12.5.7.3 Remote Error Signaling Using SNMP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-97 12.6 Security Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-98
P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

0-13

hp3hp5shTOC.fm

Contents

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

12.6.1 Access Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-98 12.6.1.1 User-Specific Logon for WBM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-98 12.6.1.2 Password Protection against Brute Force Attacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-101 12.6.1.3 Logon With User Name and Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-101 12.6.1.4 Pre-Determined User Groups and Their Access Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-104 12.6.1.5 System Access Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-106 12.6.1.6 Customer Data Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-107 12.6.2 Automatic Logging of Administration Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-108 12.6.2.1 Logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-108 12.6.2.1.1 Format Identification and Command Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-108 12.6.2.2 Issuing and Saving Log Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-111 13 IP Fundamentals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2 IP Network Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2.1 General Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2.2 H.323 Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2.3 Standards Supported . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2.4 QoS - Quality of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.3 Network analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1 13-1 13-2 13-2 13-2 13-3 13-4 13-6

A System Programming Codes (Expert Mode Codes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 A.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 A.2 Accessing system administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 B Codes for Activating/Deactivating Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1 C IP Protocols and Port Numbers Used with HiPath 3000/5000 V7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1 D Identifying System Power Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1 D.1 HiPath 3800 Board Power Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-2 D.2 HiPath 3550 Board Power Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-4 D.3 HiPath 3350 Board Power Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-6 D.4 HiPath 3500 Board Power Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-8 D.5 HiPath 3300 Board Power Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-9 D.6 Workpoint Clients, Key Modules and Adapter Power Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-10 D.7 Checking Whether the Output of a Power Supply Unit is Sufficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-13 D.8 Identifying the Primary System Power Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-16 E Notes for editing the file snmpd.cnf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.2 Trap Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.3 Community (Read/Write) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.4 Consequences for the file snmpd.cnf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figures E-1 E-1 E-1 E-4 E-5

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .W-1

Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X-1 Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y-1 0-14
P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

hp3hp5shTOC.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Contents

Index

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Z-1

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

0-15

hp3hp5shTOC.fm

Contents

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

0-16

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

inform.fm Important Information Overview

1
1.1

Important Information
Overview

Service Manual HiPath 3000/5000 V7: P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 (ESHB.70.010.07.01.31) Chapter contents This chapter discusses the topics listed in the following table. Topic Structure of this Electronic Service Manual, page 1-2 Electrical Environment, page 1-4 Safety Information, page 1-5 ● Safety Information: Dangers ● Safety Information: Warnings ● Safety information: Cautions ● General Information ● What To Do in an Emergency ● Reporting Accidents ● Safety Information for Australia (For Australia Only) ● Safety Information for Brazil (for Brazil only) Privacy and Data Security, page 1-14 Information on the Intranet, page 1-16

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

1-1

inform.fm

Important Information Structure of this Electronic Service Manual

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

1.2

Structure of this Electronic Service Manual
You can find information on complex configurations (e.g. the status for Internet telephony service providers) in the Administrator documentation HiPath 3000/5000, Configuration Examples.

>

Content and target group This Electronic Service Manual (sSHB) provides information about the different systems of HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0 and later. The specifications contained therein only provide accompanying information and do not replace training.

7

Warning Only authorized service personnel are permitted to work on the system.

The information provided in this document contains merely general descriptions or characteristics of performance which in case of actual use do not always apply as described or which may change as a result of further development of the products. An obligation to provide the relevant characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in the terms of contract. The trademarks used are the property of Siemens Enterprise Communications GmbH & Co. KG or the respective owner. Main topics of this manual

Chapter 2, “System Data” provides information on the current HiPath 3000/5000 version and associated systems (characteristics, construction, system environment, capacity limits, technical data). Chapter 3, “Boards for HiPath 3000” describes all of the boards used for HiPath 3000. The hardware information (such as connection cables and NT connections) is presented for each board. The actions necessary for the standard installation (part of a standard system) of the different HiPath 3000 systems are described in Chapter 4, “Installing HiPath 3000”. The procedures for the startup of the individual HiPath 3000/5000 components are described in Chapter 5, “Starting Up HiPath 3000”, Chapter 6, “HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration” and Chapter 7, “Starting HiPath 3000 as a Gateway”. Chapter 8, “Licensing” provides information about the HiPath License Management. Information on supplementary equipment and expansions and on the procedure for upgrading HiPath 3000 systems are part of Chapter 9, “Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000”. Chapter 10, “Workpoint Clients” contains the description of the workpoint clients supported.
P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

● ●

1-2

inform.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Important Information Structure of this Electronic Service Manual

Basic information about the operation of the HiPath Cordless Office are part of Chapter 11, “HiPath Cordless Office”. Chapter 12, “Service” describes the optional service and maintenance tasks and provides support for error detection and troubleshooting. Introductory information on the subject of IP can be found in Chapter 13, “IP Fundamentals”. The following appendices contain lists with programming codes, IP protocols, port numbers: Annex A, “System Programming Codes (Expert Mode Codes)”, Annex B, “Codes for Activating/Deactivating Features”, and Annex C, “IP Protocols and Port Numbers Used with HiPath 3000/5000 V7”. Annex D, “Identifying System Power Requirements” provides information about the resource requirements of the boards and components of the HiPath 3000 systems. Annex E, “Notes for editing the file snmpd.cnf” is aimed at users who have sufficient knowledge of SNMP to modify trap destinations and community names on the HiPath Fault Management Desktop.

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

1-3

inform.fm

Important Information Electrical Environment

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

1.3

Electrical Environment

HiPath telecommunication systems are approved for connection to TN-S power supply systems, but can also be connected to a TN-C-S power supply system in which the PEN conductor is divided into a ground and a neutral wire. TN-S and TN-C-S systems are defined in the IEC 364-3 standard. The device conforms to the EU directive 1999/5/EG, as attested by the CE mark.

This device has been manufactured in accordance with our certified environmental management system (ISO 14001). This process ensures that energy consumption and the use of primary raw materials are kept to a minimum, thus reducing waste production.

1-4

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

inform.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Important Information Safety Information

1.4

Safety Information

The following information is intended for authorized service personnel. Only authorized service personnel are permitted to install and maintain the system. Observe all safety regulations and read the warnings, cautions, and notes posted on the equipment. Familiarize yourself with emergency numbers. Always consult a supervisor before starting work in conditions where the necessary safety precautions do not appear to be in place (such as in humid conditions or situations where there is a risk of gas explosions). Safety symbols This manual uses the following symbols to indicate potential hazards:

7 7 7

Danger This symbol warns that a situation may cause death or serious injury. Warning This symbol indicates hazards which may lead to serious injury. Caution This symbol indicates a risk of damage to hardware or software. This symbol identifies useful information.

>

Additional symbols identifying sources of potential hazard The following symbols are not generally used in the manual. They explain symbols that may appear on equipment.

1
Electricity

5
Weight

3
Heat

0
Fire

6
Chemicals

4
ESD*

2
Laser

* electrostatically sensitive devices

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

1-5

Dangerous voltages Voltages above 30 Vac (alternating current) or 60 Vdc (direct current) are dangerous. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.inform. Replace any damaged safety equipment (covers.4. Accessories Use only original accessories or components approved for the system. Service Manual . 1-6 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. System shutdown during maintenance work Procedures to be observed are described in the relevant chapters.fm Important Information Safety Information Nur für den internen Gebrauch 1. Connecting an external battery pack. These systems should therefore only be operated with closed housing.1 Grounding Safety Information: Dangers Never operate systems that require a ground wire connection without a ground wire connected. Damage ● ● Replace the power cable immediately if it shows any signs of damage. labels and protective cables) immediately. external batteries Only use licensed battery packs and batteries. Failure to observe these instructions may damage the equipment or even violate safety and EMC regulations. HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 systems Potentially hazardous circuits are accessible in HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 19-inch systems. Connect the system to the ground wire correctly before starting up and connecting the stations.

Work with another person who knows the locations of the power-off switches. Before starting any work. Never install telephone wiring during an electrical storm. Service Manual 1-7 . Ensure that a machine cannot be powered on from another source or controlled from a different circuit breaker or disconnecting switch. Never take it for granted that all circuits have reliably been disconnected from the power supply when a fuse or a main switch has been switched off. Never touch live wires that are not properly insulated. ● ● ● ● ● ● ● P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. ensure that it is never left unsupervised. check whether the corresponding circuits are still on power. Do not work alone. When performing work on an open system. Expect leakage current from the telecommunications network. Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines.inform.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Important Information Safety Information Working on electrical circuits ● Work on low-voltage electrical networks (100 to 240 Vac) must only be carried out by qualified personnel or authorized electrical engineers.

Protective clothing and equipment ● ● Do not wear loose clothing.2 Safety Information: Warnings Replacing the lithium battery There is a risk of explosion if a lithium battery is not correctly replaced. Do not touch powered circuits with a mirror. ● ● General safety ● The surface of a mirror is conductive. Always wear a hard hat where there is a risk of injury from falling objects. Never look directly at a laser beam.4. These could cause injury and short circuits. Do not attempt to lift objects that you think are too heavy for you. Never wear rings.inform. It must only be replaced by an identical battery or one recommended by the manufacturer. To do so can cause personal injury and machine damage. Service Manual . Replacing the batteries (DC power supply) Procedures to be observed are described in the relevant chapters. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. watches. ● ● ● 1-8 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. and other jewelry or even clothing with metal coating or rivets when working with electrical circuits and components.fm Important Information Safety Information Nur für den internen Gebrauch 1. Wear eye protection when you are working in any conditions that might be hazardous to your eyes. Disconnect all power before working near power supplies unless otherwise instructed by a maintenance procedure. tie back your hair while working on machines.

3 Safety information: Cautions Voltage checks and measurements ● ● Check the nominal voltage set for the equipment (operating instructions and type plate). Service Manual 1-9 . Transport PC boards only in electrostatic packaging. Be extremely careful when measuring high voltages and when servicing cards.4.inform.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Important Information Safety Information 1. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. such as tripping. Protecting electrostatically sensitive devices (ESD) To protect electrostatically sensitive devices (ESD): ● ● ● ● Wear a wristband before carrying out any work on PC boards and modules. panels. Do not use equipment with visible damage. Laying cables Lay cables so as to prevent any risk of them being damaged or causing accidents. Always place PC boards on a grounded surface before working on them. High voltages capable of causing shock are used in this equipment. and boards while the system is powered on. Only use grounded soldering irons. Damage Only use tools and equipment which are in perfect condition.

Only use intact tools.fm Important Information Safety Information Nur für den internen Gebrauch 1. replace all safety equipment in the correct location.inform. You may open the system only briefly for assembly and maintenance work. Use a clip and pressure screw to contact all braided shields to the cabinet outlet. Wall mounting Some walls (such as plasterboard walls) have a reduced load-bearing capacity. close all housing covers. check the load-bearing capacity of the walls. Closing the housing cover After maintenance and testing work has been completed. This also applies to continuously connected service equipment.4 General Information Connecting lines ● All cables and lines leaving a system cabinet must be shielded between the connection point in the cabinet and. the point at which they leave the cabinet. Service Manual . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. at the very least. operate the HiPath systems only when closed. Before starting wall mounting.4. ● Location of safety equipment When the installation or maintenance is completed. Condensation Condensation may form if equipment is brought onto the operating premises from a cold environment. Connect all cables to the specified connection points only. Wait until the temperature of the equipment has adjusted to the ambient temperature and is completely dry before starting it up. Fire protection and EMC requirements To ensure the legal fire protection and EMC requirements. Checking tools Check your tools regularly. 1-10 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

Disposal of electrical/electronic devices and batteries All electrical and electronic products should be disposed of separately from the municipal waste stream via designated collection facilities appointed by the government or the local authorities. It is a precondition for reuse and recycling of used electrical and electronic equipment. For more detailed information about disposal of your old appliance. and similar flammable materials in the cabinet. the shop where you purchased the product or your sales representative.inform. descriptions. The statements quoted above are only fully valid for equipment which is installed and sold in the countries of the European Union and is covered by the directive 2002/96/EC. The correct disposal and separate collection of your old appliance will help prevent potential negative consequences for the environment and human health.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Important Information Safety Information Flammable materials ● Do not store combustible gases or flammable materials in cabinets near the equipment installation site. Do not store documents. ● Workplace hazards ● ● ● Ensure that the workplace is well lit. operating instructions. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. A neat workplace helps reduce the risk of accidents. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. please contact your city office. Countries outside the European Union may have other regulations regarding the disposal of electrical and electronic equipment. waste disposal service. Service Manual 1-11 .

such as a wooden broom handle. “near accidents”. administer cardiac compression if the heart is not beating.inform. Familiarity with the various resuscitation methods required for breathing/heartbeat restoration and burn treatment are essential in emergencies of this kind. First aid ● Be familiar with first aid for electrical shock. ● 1-12 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 1. use a nonconducting object. Service Manual . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Disconnect the power before touching the victim. no matter how minor.6 ● Reporting Accidents Report all accidents. Give details of the accident in the following order: ● ● ● ● ● Where did the accident happen? What happened? How many people were injured? What type of injuries were sustained? Be prepared to assist the emergency services with any supplementary information they may require. Report any electric shock. Administer resuscitation immediately if the person is not breathing (mouth-to-mouth or mouth-to-nose).fm Important Information Safety Information Nur für den internen Gebrauch 1. If you do not know how to disconnect the power.5 What To Do in an Emergency Actions in emergencies ● ● ● Remain calm in the event of an accident. and possible hazards to your manager to ensure their causes are resolved as soon as possible. ● ● Calling for help Immediately call an ambulance or the emergency doctor.4.4. to push or pull the victim away from electrical contact. If you are trained and certified.

inform.7 ● Safety Information for Australia (For Australia Only) Music on Hold and paging devices must be connected to the HiPath 3000 system via an ACA approved Line Isolation Unit. Integrity of the main socket must be assured. It is absolutely necessary to use a shielded Ethernet cable for LAN interfaces/ports of the HXGS3 board.4. The mains socket shall be readily accessible. The AC power of the HiPath 3000 systems must be conducted through the outlet strip with overvoltage protection. CE (customer equipment) does not continue to support emergency dialing after loss of mains power. Service Manual 1-13 . if battery back up and power fail switchover to emergency analogue phones is not available. ● ● ● ● ● 1. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.4. HiPath 3000/5000 must always be programmed to allow the dialing of emergency numbers (for example 000).8 Safety Information for Brazil (for Brazil only) The use of the outlet strip with overvoltage protection with part number C39334-Z7052-C31 is absolutely mandatory. if the systems are powered by a UPS. HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 must be installed near the mains socket outlet. HiPath 3000 and HiPath 5000 may only be installed and maintained by authorized service personnel.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Important Information Safety Information 1. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. which is powering the system. HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 must be earthed with a separate bonding earth.

labor. By protecting data against misuse during all stages of processing. and maintained in compliance with the applicable data protection. In order to ensure that the statutory requirements during service – whether on-site or remote – are consistently met. In Germany. disable or delete) or use customer data. This safeguards the interests of the customer and offers added personal protection. Use the password features of the system with no exceptions. BDSG). Ensure that no unauthorized person can ever process (store. Observe all applicable laws in other countries. the processing and use of such data is subject to various regulations. modify. Guidelines applicable to employees of Siemens Enterprise Communications GmbH & Co. privacy legislation also protects the material interests of the individual and of third parties. Guidelines governing the handling of data A conscientious and responsible approach helps protect data and ensure privacy: ● ● Ensure that only authorized persons have access to customer data. telephone displays and customer data records). > The customer is responsible for ensuring that the system is installed. KG are bound to safeguard trade secrets and personal data under the terms of the company’s work rules. The objective of privacy legislation is to prevent infringements of an individual’s right to privacy based on the use or misuse of personal data. Never give passwords to an unauthorized person orally or in writing.5 Privacy and Data Security Handling personal data This telephone system uses and processes personal data (as in call detail recording. including those of the Federal Data Protection Law (Bundesdatenschutzgesetz. and labor protection laws.fm Important Information Privacy and Data Security Nur für den internen Gebrauch 1. you should always observe the following regulations. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Access should also be prevented during service calls as well as when storing and transporting data.inform. Service Manual . transmit. Prevent unauthorized persons from gaining access to data media (such as backup diskettes or log printouts). ● ● 1-14 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. operated. KG Employees of Siemens Enterprise Communications GmbH & Co.

fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Important Information Privacy and Data Security ● Ensure that data media which are no longer required are completely destroyed. Work closely with your customer contact. this promotes trust and reduces your workload. ● P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Ensure that documents are not generally available.inform. Service Manual 1-15 .

cfm Knowledge Management for Oper.rolm.siemens.com. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.de/ techdoc https://vd.mchh.de/livelink/ livelink.icn.siemens.de:8080/ TopNet/index. KG intranet.html https://intranet.fld.de/cfdocs/faq/ start.6 Information on the Intranet Up-to-the-minute information on important topics is available on the Siemens Enterprise Communications GmbH & Co.com/ 1-16 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.icn.exe http://tac.fm Important Information Information on the Intranet Nur für den internen Gebrauch 1.inform.siemens. Here is a selection: Table 1-1 Information on the Intranet Contents Product Overview Product descriptions Electronic Documentation on SEN ESY Products Selection and download of the following: ● Operating manuals ● Administrator documentation ● Service documentation ● Sales documentation List of “Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)” in the VD portal Questions and answers for HiPath customer scenarios: keyword "Solutions_Products_Services" Languages German English German English French Italian Dutch Portuguese Spanish German URL http://opus1. SIS): ● Tips & Tricks ● Service information sorted according to products TAC Advisor English Technical Assistance Center for enterprise and network partners: ● Downloads ● Software Maintenance Releases (SMR) ● Configuration notes and alerts https://kmoss.siemens.English ational Support and Services KMOSS Platform for the provision of service information (successor to the Service Information System. Service Manual .

at/en/ service_solutions/ product_information/ product_information_content.inform.siemens.icn. Setting up tracing for the Feature German server English Configuration notes and procedures P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.siemens.cfm https://kmoss.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Important Information Information on the Intranet Table 1-1 Information on the Intranet Contents Languages URL https://bls.exe/view/INF-02-000326 Back Level Support BLS German Product information for the products English supported by BLS. Service Manual 1-17 .de/livelink/ livelink. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.icn.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.inform.fm Important Information Information on the Intranet Nur für den internen Gebrauch 1-18 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual .

fm System Data Overview 2 2. page 2-15 System-Specific Capacity Limits for HiPath 3000. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.1 System Data Overview Chapter contents This chapter discusses the topics listed in the following table.729). HiPath 5000. page 2-3 (electrical environment. page 2-26 Fax/Modem Channels. systems) Design and Dimensions of the HiPath 3000 Systems. page 2-20 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Resources and Capacity Limits.Nur für den internen Gebrauch sysdat. page 2-26 ISDN Routing/PPP Channels. page 2-26 DMC (Direct Media Connection) Channels. page 2-28 ● P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.723. G. page 2-18 Static Configuration Rules. page 2-24 MOH Channels (G. G. page 2-3 ● ● Introduction. page 2-25 Bandwidth Control for IP Networking Channels (PBX Networking Channels). Service Manual 2-1 . page 2-22 ITSP Connection. page 2-4: – Design and Dimensions of HiPath 3800 – Design and Dimensions of HiPath 3550 – Design and Dimensions of HiPath 3350 – Design and Dimensions of HiPath 3500 – Design and Dimensions of HiPath 3300 System Environment of the HiPath 3000 Systems. page 2-10: – HiPath 3800 System Environment – HiPath 3550 System Environment – HiPath 3350 System Environment – HiPath 3500 System Environment – HiPath 3300 System Environment ● HiPath 5000. Topic HiPath 3000. page 2-27 Dynamic Performance Characteristics. page 2-20 Gateway Channels (DSP Channels). page 2-25 IP Networking Channels (PBX Networking Channels). page 2-28 Dynamic Configuration Rules.711.

page 2-28 Thumb Rule for HG 1500 V3. page 2-42 Maximum Number of Devices for Special Cases.0.fm System Data Overview Nur für den internen Gebrauch Topic ● ● ● ● Thumb Rule for HiPath 3000/5000 V7. page 2-65 Electrical Operating Conditions. page 2-60 Compliance with US and Canadian Standards (for U. page 2-55 Numbering Plans. page 2-66 ● ● 2-2 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual .S. and Canada only). page 2-54 Interface-to-Interface Ranges. page 2-60 SAFETY International. page 2-60 ● ● ● CE Compliance (not for U. page 2-37 Example for Using the Thumb Rule. page 2-56 Technical Specifications and Compliance to HiPath 3000.sysdat.). page 2-66 Mechanical Operating Conditions. page 2-66 Environmental Conditions.S. page 2-53 Technical Specifications for HiPath 3000.

Service Manual 2-3 . and industry. HiPath 3000 systems This service manual contains information on all HiPath 3000 systems.1 HiPath 3000 Introduction Electrical environment HiPath 3000 is intended for use in dwellings. businesses.2 2. When the system is operated in an industrial environment. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. additional measures may be necessary for ensuring immunity from electromagnetic radiation (refer to Section 2. Information on marketing individual models in different countries can be obtained at the responsible locations.sysdat. ● System for standalone installation and for installation in 19-inch cabinets: – HiPath 3800 ● Systems for wall mounting: – – HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 ● Systems for installation in 19-inch cabinets – – HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Information on the capacity limits of the different HiPath 3000 systems is provided in Table 2-6.2.11).fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch System Data HiPath 3000 2.

HiPath 3800 can be used as: ● ● a single-cabinet system (basic cabinet BC) a two-cabinet system (BC + expansion cabinet EC) Design The basic cabinet BC has nine slots and the expansion cabinet EC has thirteen slots for peripheral boards.2.2. The connector panels are clipped onto the SIVAPAC connectors on the backplane. The common control board CBSAP has a fixed slot (slot 6. only: connector panels with CHAMP jack for connecting the peripheral device directly.2.2 2. 2-4 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. For U. The connector panels are clipped onto the SIVAPAC connectors on the backplane. Peripheral devices can be connected to the HiPath 3800 in a number of different ways: ● SIVAPAC connectors are available on the backplane for connecting the external main distribution frame MDFU-E using CABLUs (prefabricated cabling units) or to connect external patch panels.1 Design and Dimensions of the HiPath 3000 Systems Design and Dimensions of HiPath 3800 Two configurations Depending on the requirements. The cabinets will be delivered accordingly with or without clipped-on connector panels.S. Connector panels with RJ45 jacks for connecting the peripheral device directly. only in the BC). Two installation options HiPath 3800 is suitable for installation both as a standalone system and in a 19-inch cabinet. The connector panels are clipped onto the SIVAPAC connectors on the backplane.sysdat.fm System Data HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 2. Connector panels with SIPAC 1 SU connectors for connecting the external main distribution frame MDFU-E or external patch panels using CABLUs. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. ● ● ● The type of connection used will be decided in consultation with the customer on conclusion of the agreement. Service Manual . up to three LUNA2 power supply units can be used in the basic cabinet BC and up to four in the expansion cabinet EC. Depending on your requirements.

Service Manual 2-5 . 440 mm EC approx.sysdat. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 430 mm Figure 2-1 HiPath 3800 Dimensions P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch System Data HiPath 3000 Dimensions approx. 980 mm BC approx.

2 Design Design and Dimensions of HiPath 3550 The housing intended for wall mounting (Figure 2-2) HiPath 3550 contains one shelf with six slot levels.2.fm System Data HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 2. The connection cables to the peripherals (telephones.2. The slot levels (shown in Figure 4-59). numbered in ascending order from the attachment side. Use an external MDFU in certain situations (CMI).sysdat. trunk connections etc. Service Manual .) can be connected directly. Dimensions 460 mm Mounting surface 450 mm 200 mm Figure 2-2 HiPath 3550 Dimensions 2-6 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. have the following assignments: ● ● ● ● Slot levels 1-3: peripheral boards (two slots per level) Slot level 4: CBCC control board only Slot level 5: SIPAC slot Slot level 6: optional boards (up to 5 modules) The power supply is on the rear panel of the subrack. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

The slot levels (shown in Figure 4-62).2. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Dimensions 460 mm Mounting surface 450 mm 128 mm Figure 2-3 HiPath 3350 Dimensions P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. numbered in ascending order from the attachment side. trunk connections etc.3 Design Design and Dimensions of HiPath 3350 The housing intended for wall mounting (Figure 2-3)HiPath 3350 contains one shelf with three slot levels.) are directly connected to the boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch System Data HiPath 3000 2. Service Manual 2-7 .sysdat. The HiPath 3350 does not need an external main distribution frame.2. have the following assignments: ● ● ● Slot level 1: peripheral boards (two slots) Slot level 2: CBCC control board only Slot level 3: optional boards (up to 5 modules) The power supply is on the rear panel of the subrack. The connection cables to the peripherals (telephones.

Connection to the peripherals (telephones. Service Manual .7’’=43 mm) Figure 2-4 HiPath 3500 Dimensions 2-8 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. etc.4 Design Design and Dimensions of HiPath 3500 The housing intended for use with 19-inch cabinets (Figure 2-4) HiPath 3500 contains four slot levels with the following assignments (represented in Figure 4-67): ● Slot levels 1-3: slide-in shelves for peripheral boards (2 boards can be plugged in on each level) Slot level 4: slide-in shelf for CBRC control board Slot level 5: optional boards (up to 3 modules) ● ● The power supply is on the rear panel of the subrack. 1.2.sysdat. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. trunk connections.2. Dimensions 440 mm 155 mm 380 mm Necessary height units for 19-inch cabinet assembly: 4 (one height unit corresponds to approx.) is set up via RJ45 jacks on the board’s front panel.fm System Data HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 2.

Dimensions 440 mm 88 mm 380 mm Necessary height units for 19-inch cabinet assembly: 2 (one height unit corresponds to approx. 1. Service Manual 2-9 .) is set up via RJ45 jacks on the board’s front panel. Connection to the peripherals (telephones.5 Design Design and Dimensions of HiPath 3300 The housing intended for use with 19-inch cabinets (Figure 2-5)HiPath 3300 contains three slots with the following assignments (represented in Figure 4-68): ● ● ● Slot level 1: slide-in shelves for two peripheral boards Slot level 2: slide-in shelf for CBRC control board Slot level 3: optional boards (up to 3 modules) The power supply is on the rear panel of the subrack.7’’=43 mm) Figure 2-5 HiPath 3300 Dimensions P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.sysdat. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. trunk connections. etc.2.2.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch System Data HiPath 3000 2.

3. Service Manual . DIU2U U.2.S. 2-10 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm System Data HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 2. Trunk Boards ROW DIUN2 PBXXX1 STMD3 STMI2 TM2LP TMANI TMC161 TMCAS-21 TMEW2 TMDID2 TMDID U. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.2.sysdat.3 2. Central Board Options ROW CBSAP CMS DBSAP IMODN LIMS LUNA2 LUNA2 MMC MPPI PDMX2 PFT1/PFT4 REALS RGMOD1 U.1 Table 2-1 System Environment of the HiPath 3000 Systems HiPath 3800 System Environment Boards for HiPath 3800 HiPath 3800 Subscriber Line Modules ROW IVMN8 IVMNL SLCN SLMA SLMA21 SLMA8 SLMA8 SLMO2 SLMO8 STMD3 STMI2 SLMAE SLMAE8 1 2 for selected countries only used on the STMI2 board.S.S.

3.sysdat. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.2 Table 2-2 HiPath 3550 System Environment Boards for HiPath 3550 HiPath 3550 Subscriber Line Modules ROW HXGS3 IVMS8 SLA8N SLA16N SLA24N SLC16N SLMO24 SLMO24 SLU8 SLU8 STLS2 STLS4 STLSX2 STLSX4 4SLA 8SLA 16SLA U.S. Central Board Options ROW CBCC CMA CMS CUC IMODN LIM MMC MMC UPSC-D UPSC-D ALUM4 ANI41 EVM EXM GEE12 GEE16 GEE50 UAM MPPI OPAL PDM1 STBG42 STRB V24/1 EXMNA U. Trunk Boards ROW HXGS3 STLS2 STLS4 STLSX2 STLSX4 TCAS-21 TLA2 TLANI2 TLA4 TLANI4 TLA8 TMCAS1 TS2 TMQ4 TLANI2 TST1 TLANI4 U. Service Manual 2-11 .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch System Data HiPath 3000 2.S.2. 1 2 for selected countries only for France only P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.S.

3.3 Table 2-3 HiPath 3350 System Environment Boards for HiPath 3350 HiPath 3350 Central Board Options ROW U.S.S.fm System Data HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 2.2. Subscriber Line Modules ROW HXGS3 IVMP8 IVMS8 SLU8 STLS2 STLS4 STLS4 STLSX2 STLSX2 STLSX4 4SLA 8SLA 16SLA U. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. CBCC CMA CMS CUP IMODN LIM LIM MMC MMC PSUP UPSC-D ALUM4 ANI41 EVM EXM GEE12 GEE16 GEE50 UAM MPPI OPAL PDM1 STBG42 STRB V24/1 EXMNA Trunk Boards ROW HXGS3 STLS2 STLS4 STLSX2 STLSX4 TLA2 TLANI2 TLA4 TLANI4 TLA8 TLANI2 TMQ4 TLANI4 U.S. 1 2 for selected countries only for France only 2-12 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual .sysdat.

4 Table 2-4 HiPath 3500 System Environment Boards for HiPath 3500 HiPath 3500 Subscriber Line Modules ROW HXGR3 IVMS8R SLU8R STLS4R STLSX4R 8SLAR 8SLAR U.sysdat. Trunk Boards ROW HXGR3 STLS4R STLSX4R TCASR-21 TS2R TLA4R TLANI4R TMGL4R TST1 U.S.3.S.S. Service Manual 2-13 .2. Central Board Options ROW CBRC CMA CMS CUCR IMODN LIM LIM MMC UPSC-DR ANI4R1 EVM EXMR MPPI OPALR PDM1 STRBR UAMR U.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch System Data HiPath 3000 2. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 1 for selected countries only P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

S. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm System Data HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 2.sysdat.3. Trunk Boards ROW HXGR3 STLS4R STLSX4R TLA4R TLANI4R TMGL4R TLANI4R U. Central Board Options ROW CBRC CMA CMS CUPR CUPR IMODN LIM MMC UPSC-DR ANI4R1 EVM EXMR MPPI OPALR PDM1 STRBR UAMR U. Service Manual .2.5 Table 2-5 HiPath 3300 System Environment Boards for HiPath 3300 HiPath 3300 Subscriber Line Modules ROW HXGR3 IVMP8R IVMS8R SLU8R SLU8R STLS4R STLSX4R 8SLAR U.S.S. 1 for selected countries only 2-14 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. All participating nodes can be administered from a central point through the formation of a "single system image".3 HiPath 5000 HiPath 5000 Real-Time Services Manager RSM is operated as a central administration unit in an IP network of HiPath 3000 systems. while the HG 1500 resources (see the feature description) are administered via Web-Based Management (WBM). is implemented via CorNet-IP (CorNet-NQ protocol tunnelled in H. HG 1500 in HiPath 3000 and HG3550 V2.0 in HiPath 4000 are prerequisites for IP networking over CorNet-IP. etc. ● ● Feature Server (central administration service in a HiPath 3000/5000 network) Presence Manager (service for LED signaling of call processing station statuses and network-wide DSS keys) HiPath ComScendo Service (gatekeeper and HiPath ComScendo features for IP workpoint clients) HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E (MS Windows-based tool for the administration of all service and customer-specific data by Service) HiPath 3000/5000 Manager C (MS Windows-based tool for the administration of customerspecific data by the customer) HiPath Software Manager (Web-based tool for upgrades (Upgrade Manager for HiPath ComScendo Service and HG 1500) and backups (Backup Manager for HiPath ComScendo Service. Up to 1000 registered IP workpoint clients and up to 250 CorNet-IP lines (CorNet-NQ protocol tunneled in H. The HiPath ComScendo Service is a complete HiPath 3000 node that is only configured as software on a PC. all HiPath 3000/5000 features are available. HG 1500 and databases)) Inventory Manager (service for detecting software components installed and system information in a HiPath 3000/5000 network) ● ● ● ● ● P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Cross-platform use of HiPath ComScendo features (IP networking). such as. Apart from TDM-specific features (for example.323 via Annex M1) are supported in this process. Service Manual 2-15 . and special stations.). for example in conjunction with HiPath 4000. Parts of the following setup for HiPath 5000 are optional and can be installed both on the HiPath 5000 Real-Time Services Manager RSM and on a separate PC. trunks. the connection of UP0/E stations. door openers.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch System Data HiPath 5000 2. HiPath ComScendo Service is administered via HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E.323 via annex M1).sysdat. The HiPath ComScendo Service also supports the use of an integrated gatekeeper as well as features for IP workpoint clients from HiPath ComScendo. HiPath 5000 RSM is the platform for providing applications at a central point and enables them to be used by all stations in the IP network.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 2-16 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm System Data HiPath 5000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch ● Customer License Agent CLA (service for analyzing and decrypting a HiPath License Management license file) Central License Manager CLM (CLA front-end for reading in licenses in online and offline mode) Personal Call Manager PCM (Web-based application for the configuration and administration of personal call forwarding operations) HiPath FM Desktop V3. Service Manual .sysdat.0 (Java-based application for error signaling) GetAccount (application that prepares generated call data records for further processing) ● ● ● ● The IP network is also available if four ITSPs are connected simultaneously.

.. such as: ● HiPath Xpressions ● HiPath ProCenter Office ● Personal Call Manager PCM ● HiPath Fault Management ● .. Service Manual ... HiPath Cordless Office HiPath 3500 IP Network optiClient 130 optiClient Attendant optiPoint 500 ..... OpenStage TDM HiPath 3500 PSTN HiPath 3000 Figure 2-6 HiPath 5000 RSM Multi-Node IP System 2-17 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7..sysdat. Central administration unit with: ● Feature Server ● Presence Manager ● HiPath Software Manager ● HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E ● Inventory Manager ● . HiPath 5000 RSM optiPoint 600 optiPoint 410 . Optiset E .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch System Data HiPath 5000 HiPath ComScendo Service with integrated gatekeeper and HiPath ComScendo features Central resourcing of applications (possibly installed on a separate PC).

Table 2-6 HiPath 3000/5000 . HiPath 3350. 2-18 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.4 System-Specific Capacity Limits for HiPath 3000.System-Specific Capacity Limits (Maximum Configuration) System HiPath 38001 HiPath 3550 HiPath HiPath HiPath 3500 3350 3300 HiPath ComScendo Service – 1000 – – – – – – – – – 250 – – Stations/Workpoint Clients Total number of TDM and IP stations2 IP stations (system clients.de/syseng/perfeng/tools/hpt/index_en. HiPath 5000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 2. Configurations that contain UCD/ACD or more than one SLCN or groups with more than 10 stations should always be checked using the project planning tool (intranet: http://intranet.mch4. HiPath 3550.sysdat. HiPath 3300: two S0 interfaces on the central board are reserved for trunks.siemens.fm System Data System-Specific Capacity Limits for HiPath 3000. S2M) CorNet-IP network trunks HG 1500 boards Gateway channels to the system 1 1 (2 ) 1 (2 ) 16 16 Testing is not required on stations and lines up to the maximum configuration. Table 10-14 contains the maximum system-specific configurations for UP0/E workpoint clients and the corresponding add-on modules and adapters. Service Manual . Traffic capacity: 0. HiPath 3500: two S0 interfaces on the central board + 1 board slot are reserved for trunks. Refer to the section "Capacities" in the system description for a more detailed data table.323 clients) Total number of TDM Analog stations TDM Stations UP0/E stations Additional stations via adapter (phone adapter/analog adapter/ISDN adapter) Cordless stations stations2 500 500 384 384 384 116 250 64 250 120 180 128 8 128 1923 1927 9610 962 7217 4811 64/3222 23 16/7 60 60 60 60 3 48 1924 1928 7711 11 4414 4818 2911 32 7 60 60 60 60 3 48 965 968 8 5712 3615 2419 2421 16 3 16 16 16 16 24 966 968 9 4113 2016 2420 2424 16 3 16 8 16 16 27 Base Stations for HiPath Cordless Office Total Number of Lines Lines Total number of analog trunks and network trunks Total number of digital trunk B channels and digital network line B channels (S0.15 Erlang ● ● Capacity limits which deviate from these may be specified for sales purposes. HiPath 5000 The maximum capacity limits are calculated based on the following assumptions: ● ● HiPath 3800: two board slots are reserved for trunks. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.htm). H.

analog stations and additional stations connected using an adapter is greater than 72. If the total number of UP0/E stations. a UPSC-DR must be used. Up to 33 of the 96 stations can be TDM stations (4xa/b + 5xUP0/E + 3xBS/16xHiPath Cordless Office stations at the central board + 1xSLU8R or 1x8SLAR). Due to the 5-V power supply unit. These are administrative capacity limits. 4xa/b + 5xUP0/E + 3xBS/16xHiPath Cordless Office stations at the central board + 2x16SLA. Up to 96 of the 192 stations can be TDM stations. 4xa/b at the central board + 2x16SLA. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch System Data System-Specific Capacity Limits for HiPath 3000. Up to 41 of the 96 stations can be TDM stations (4xa/b + 5xUP0/E + 3xBS/16xHiPath Cordless Office stations at the central board + 1x16SLA). 4xa/b at the central board + 5x8SLAR. an external EPSU2 power supply unit must be used. 8xUP0/E at the central board + 5xSLU8R.0 boards can be used. If the total number of UP0/E stations and additional stations connected using an adapter is greater than 24. Service Manual 2-19 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. a UPSC-D/ UPSC-DR must be used. 4xa/b at the central board + 2x8SLAR. 4xa/b + 1xUP0/E + 7xBS/32xHiPath Cordless Office stations at the central board + 5xSLU8R or 5x8SLAR. Due to the power consumption of HG 1500. Two HG 1500 boards can be installed if PDM1 is not being used. 8xUP0/E at the central board + 2xSLU8. one SLC16N and a maximum of two HG 1500 V3. 8xUP0/E at the central board + 2xSLU8R. a UPSC-D must be used. 8xUP0/E at the central board + 5xSLU8 + 1xSLMO24. 4xa/b + 5xUP0/E + 3xBS/16xHiPath Cordless Office stations at the central board + 2xSLU8R or 2x8SLAR. HiPath 5000 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Only configurations that do not exceed this limit will be supported.sysdat. Up to 61 of the 192 stations can be TDM stations (4xa/b + 1xUP0/E + 7xBS/32xHiPath Cordless Office stations at the central board + 3xSLU8R or 3x8SLAR). 64 HiPath Cordless Office stations at the SLC16N or 32 HiPath Cordless Office stations at the central board. Due to the power consumption of HG 1500.

for example.0.with 1 with 2 with.with 1 without x x out x out PDM1 PDM1 PDM1 PDM1 PDM1 PDMX1 Routing channels A routing channel is required. for example.38 protocol.5 2.fm System Data Static Configuration Rules Nur für den internen Gebrauch 2.5. > In HiPath 3000/5000 V6. Table 2-8 shows the board-specific capacity limits (maximum configuration) for the corresponding functions. Gateway channels (DSP channels) A gateway channel is required.1 Static Configuration Rules Resources and Capacity Limits For information on the configuration of HG 1500 boards. Service Manual . Teleworker with AES encryption and codec G. for making connections between two IP networks via ISDN (ISDN routing). refer to the HG 1500 Administration Manual. optiPoint 500) as well as for connections to the ITSP. Table 2-7 Technical Specifications (Resources) of the HG 1500 Boards Defined as Media Gateways Resource HXGM3 HXGS3 HXGR3 STMI2 with. Two gateway channels are required for connections to an ITSP. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. HG 1500 provides the resources listed in Table 2-7 via the HG 1500 boards defined as media gateways (= gateway HG 1500).sysdat.38) These are special hardware resources which facilitate fax via vCAPI and fax via IP functionality with the T. to connect an IP workpoint client and a TDM workpoint client (for example.711/G.711) Fax channels (T.7292 (Sample rate 20 ms) 16 16 16 16 24 32 8 16 32 16 24 3 32 8 2 16 32 3 10 8 10 2-20 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Fax/modem channels (G.

723 (sample rate 30 msec) DMC channels These are the gateway channels for Direct Media Connection (DMC) with HiPath 4000 (DMC interworking feature is active).Board-Specific Capacity Limits (Maximum Configuration) Function HXGM3 HXGS3 HXGR3 STMI2 without PDMX1 70 100 with.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch System Data Static Configuration Rules Table 2-7 Technical Specifications (Resources) of the HG 1500 Boards Defined as Media Gateways Resource HXGM3 HXGS3 HXGR3 STMI2 with. Table 2-8 HG 1500 .with 1 out x x out x PDM1 PDM1 PDM1 PDM1 PDM1 PPP Routing Partner vCAPI clients IP workpoint clients that support vCAPI.723. G. 70 100 70 100 10 10 10 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.3).with 1 with 2 with. G. LAN connections Number of LAN connections that can be used as DSL connections. G. The number of gateway channels available (DSP channels) is reduced as soon as the DMC interworking feature is activated with HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E.711.with 1 with 2 with. MOH Channels (G.729 is not currently supported by optiClient 130 V4.729) The number of MOH channels used depends on the configuration (HiPath 3000/ 5000 Manager E). Service Manual 2-21 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.0. 1 2 3 16 12 18 24 6 12 12 16 24 5 5 5 2 1 2 1 2 1 PDMX is not currently released.sysdat. MOH data streams 1 PDMX is not currently released.with 1 without x x out x out PDM1 PDM1 PDM1 PDM1 PDM1 PDMX1 Teleworker with AES encryption and codec G.

2 %. As a result. the maximum number of simultaneous calls depends on the codec used and the available bandwidth of the Internet telephony connection. data packets do not need to be processed by the digital signal processors of the system. In the case of conferences. routers and the Internet Telephony Service Providers (ITSP). A HG 1500 board gateway channel is necessary for this trunk. TDM workpoint clients and trunks include. call centers).5. for example ● ● ● ● ● UP0/E stations (Optiset E. for Internet telephony.2 Gateway Channels (DSP Channels) From HiPath 3000/5000 V7 R2 "IP/IP e2e payload via enterprise proxy" is supported for Internet telephony. A gateway channel is required on the HG 1500 board for each gateway connection. Calls are routed via LANs. This means that. A HG 1500 board gateway channel is necessary for the consultation call. > Gateway connections are required for connections to TDM workpoint clients and lines. The average time per call is three minutes. The availability loss is limited to 1. S2M) Examples: a consultation call to an optiPoint 500 telephone is set up during an existing connection between two IP workpoint clients.sysdat. An IP workpoint client seizes a trunk. S0. The calculation of the values is based on the following assumptions: ● ● ● A station spends 10 % of its working time in call status. HiPath 3000/5000 sets up a call to the remote station. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. optiPoint 500) CMI stations analog stations ISDN stations trunk and tie lines (MSI. gateway channels (DSP channels) are not required for ITSP connections. Service Manual 2-22 .fm System Data Static Configuration Rules Nur für den internen Gebrauch 2. the number of gateway channels seized corresponds to the number of stations and IP workpoint clients involved. Instead. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Channels required for gateway connections The following table shows the number of gateway channels (HG 1500 boards) necessary based on the existing IP workpoint clients. Provisions should be made for more gateway channels (HG 1500 boards) in high traffic volume environments (for example.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. The required number of HG 1500 boards for VoIP is determined by the sum of the gateway channels.sysdat. and conference channels. the number of gateway channels must be greater than or equal to the number of TDM lines.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch System Data Static Configuration Rules Table 2-9 Number of Required Gateway Channels (HG 1500 Boards) Required number of gateway channels 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 20 24 28 32 40 48 56 64 80 96 112 IP workpoint clients in the system 0–3 4 – 12 13 – 16 17 – 38 39 – 54 55 – 70 71 – 86 87 – 96 97 – 101 102 – 136 137 – 172 173 – 210 211 – 247 248 – 324 325 – 402 403 – 481 482 – 562 563 – 726 727 – 890 891 – 1000 In a straightforward IP network. Service Manual 2-23 . MOH channels. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

sysdat. the connections to the ITSP must be set up over an external router.0 SMR-09 or later. Service Manual . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. ISDN stations) IP stations (system client.5. H. Gateway channels are required for connections to an ITSP provider. SIP client) ISDN trunk and CorNet-N/CorNet-NQ/QSig network CorNet-IP network ITSP connection Called stations ITSP connection 1 2 1 2 2 2-24 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. The maximum number of ITSP connections depends on the number of HG 1500 boards and PDM modules set and the system used. particularly DID-enabled DSL connections with phone number range.fm System Data Static Configuration Rules Nur für den internen Gebrauch 2. HG 1500 supports up to four ITSPs active simultaneously.3 ITSP Connection HG 1500 supports connections to the Internet telephony service provider (ITSP) and thus the use of Internet telephony in HiPath 3000/5000 V6. The following table shows the number of gateway channels (DSP channels) required. If you are using Internet telephony. Table 2-10 Number of Gateway Channels (DSP Channels) Required for Basic Call Scenarios Calling stations TDM stations (analog stations. In this case.323 client. the HG 1500 board is not allowed to be used as a DSL router.

729AB are used for MOH: –> 3 DSP channels are needed. The maximum number of IP network trunks can be found in Table 2-6. Depending on the connection.729) A DSP channel is reserved on an HG 1500 board for each codec used for MOH. MOH should be activated on other HG 1500 boards. HiPath 5000 with HiPath ComScendo Service uses the MOH resources of the gateways logged on. MOH can be simultaneously supplied to a maximum of ten IP workpoint clients per HG 1500 board. irrespective of the number of codecs configured. This means that up to ten MOH data streams are possible for each HG 1500 board. the following resources are required for successful connection setup.1. HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E is used to define how many of the maximum number of lines are to be configured as IP networking channels (IP network trunks).5.5. as described above. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Codecs G. 2. The DSP channels needed for MOH are no longer available for voice connections. G. and G. G.723.4 MOH Channels (G.sysdat. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Connection type Direct payload connection Gateway connection Line Required Required Gateway channel Not required Required A connection request is rejected if a required resource is unavailable.723. The B channels used for MOH (DSP channels) are not licensed. Service Manual 2-25 . G.711. If more than ten MOH data streams are needed simultaneously.5 IP Networking Channels (PBX Networking Channels) IP networking channels are used for connections between communication systems. Up to five codecs can be configured for MOH for every HG 1500 board. In this case. a distinction must be made between connections that use a gateway channel and direct payload connections.711 is used for MOH: –> 1 DSP channel is needed.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch System Data Static Configuration Rules 2. Examples: ● ● Only the codec G.711.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.8 ISDN Routing/PPP Channels HG 1500 boards can also be used as ISDN routers. Table 2-11 HG 1500 . From the user’s perspective.7 DMC (Direct Media Connection) Channels When the DMC interworking feature is active in an IP network between HiPath 3000 and HiPath 4000. 12 instead of 16 DSP channels. a Digital Signal Processor (DSP) can only provide up to 80% of all possible channels (for example: 6 instead of 8 DSP channels.fm System Data Static Configuration Rules Nur für den internen Gebrauch 2.with 1 with 2 with. Channel bundling can be used to adjust the required bandwidth.).3. In this case.4. 2.2. Note: The number of gateway channels available (DSP channels) is reduced as soon as the DMC interworking feature is activated with HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. 2. The fact that a DMC channel must serve both a master and slave connection results in a DSP channel reduction. 16 24 32 8 16 2-26 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. The ISDN router can connect two physically separate IP networks together via an ISDN line. The system reserves the B channels required for ISDN routing and thus restricts the available gateway channels.5.5.sysdat.Board-Specific Sum of PPP Channels and Gateway Channels (Maximum Numbers) HXGM3 HXGS3 HXGR3 STMI2 without PDMX1 32 with. etc.6 Bandwidth Control for IP Networking Channels (PBX Networking Channels) If IP networking channels are routed over the PPP channels (ISDN routing) on an HG 1500 board (see Section 2. Service Manual . Bandwidth control is not performed if the router is located on an HG 1500 gateway (media gateway). bandwidth control is only performed if this board is an HG 1500 gatekeeper (signaling gateway).6. a DMC channel is a gateway channel that provides a gateway connection between HiPath 3000 and HiPath 4000.with 1 out x x out x PDM1 PDM1 PDM1 PDM1 PDM1 Sum of PPP channels (for ISDN routing) and gateway channels 1 PDMX is not currently released. gateway connections are set up over DMC channels. “IP Trunking via LAN and WAN (ISDN/PPP)”) on HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700.5.

711 gateway channels available is reduced as soon as the DMC interworking feature is activated with HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. Incoming and outgoing faxes can be transmitted to an Internet telephony service provider.38 offers the more reliable method of fax transmission. The switchover from G. the HG 1500 board may not also be used as an ISDN router.711 frequently fail or incur errors.711 gateway channels. to transmit fax documents is relatively high. An alternative is the fax protocol T. Alternatively.38.38 as the risks involved in using a voice codec. Although T.38. The T.711 to T.38 protocol guarantees a high level of security for fax transmission and is used internally for H. G. Note: The number of G. We recommend using the fax protocol T.38 channels available is limited by the higher processor speed required for T. such as. The number of possible fax connections that can be routed simultaneously depends on the hardware used.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch System Data Static Configuration Rules If a large number of IP workpoint clients is required. ISDN routing functionality must be assigned to an individual HG 1500 board.711. The number of T.5. Technical restrictions in Internet telephony mean that modem transmissions are not possible. Internet-based fax transmissions that use G.sysdat.9 Fax/Modem Channels It is possible to transmit faxes with Internet telephony via G. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 2. G.323 fax connections. Service Manual 2-27 .38 takes place in WBM. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.711 gateway channels can be used for fax transmission. it can only be used to a maximum of 14 Kbps. In this case.

The basis for this is the average overhead for an Anate seizure (60% internal-. every interface is considered in light of its outgoing and incoming seizure intensity.250 9. i. 20% outgoing external-.2.6 Dynamic Configuration Rules This section describes the underlying theoretical principles for the thumb rule by which the control load.240 9.420 11. 2. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.400 CorNet-N CorNet-NQ 1. In the case of an external seizure.6. whose values can be determined from the current configuration of the switch being examined. and thus the dynamic performance characteristics.sysdat. 2-28 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.880 22.2 2.690 IP Phone 1. “Maximum Number of Devices for Special Cases”. This includes not only several parameters.e.650 13. The principles from which this document is derived are the same as those for the thumb rule for HiPath 4000. but also a variety of interfaces and performance characteristics.200 Dynamic Performance Characteristics of HiPath 3000/5000 V7 This thumb rule can also be used to calculate the maximum number of terminals for certain configurations.6.000 1. Service Manual .820 ACD 690 5. the CPU load is split between the telephone and the trunk.fm System Data Dynamic Configuration Rules Nur für den internen Gebrauch 2. The method and some sample tables are described in the Section 2. The thumb rule for determining the manageable load takes multiple factors into account. of HiPath 3000/5000 V7 systems can be determined.6.. These interfaces are each assigned a specific weight in accordance with their share of the load to be managed. and 20% incoming external seizure).1 Thumb Rule for HiPath 3000/5000 V7 Procedural Principles The thumb rule presented below for calculating the dynamic load for HiPath switches is based on the principle of considering every interface (telephones and trunks) in light of its (incoming and outgoing) seizure intensity.6. 2.5.1 Dynamic Performance Characteristics The dynamic performance characteristics of HiPath 3000/5000 V7 are as follows: Standard BHCA HiPath 33x0 HiPath 35x0 HiPath 3800 Table 2-12 Analog 2.600 Optiset 1. This enables all values to be normalized to Anate seizures. for example. The planned switch configurations are then permissible if the sum of all seizures – normalized to Anate seizures – does not exceed a maximum value depending on the current switch variant and the computing hardware being used.

htm and ● Project Planning Tools for HiPath Systems http://intranet.htm An electronic version of the thumb rule in which all the following calculations are implemented will also be made available there. Service Manual 2-29 . P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.mch4.siemens.de/syseng/perfeng/tools/nert/index_en.mch4. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. The appropriate project planning tools for this purpose are still maintained by SEN ESY HS PDT 4 or SEN ESY SME MP 42 and provided to the usual project planning locations: ● NERT (Network Engineering & Routing Tool for Private Networks) for network planning http://intranet.sysdat.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch System Data Dynamic Configuration Rules The goal is to detect critical switch configurations early in the planning stage and to then perform a more precise analysis.siemens.de/syseng/perfeng/tools/hpt/index_en.

sysdat.. a so-called planning load is defined the systems. polling) Absolute shares Reserves for load fluctuations 70 (1-basic load)% Relative shares (w/o basic load) 70% Planning load for call processing HiPath 3000 Figure 2-7 Planning Load for HiPath 3000/5000 Systems The planning load values described here are taken into account in the following table as the "maximum permissible points". 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.6. In order to provide for sufficient reserves to handle load fluctuations during operations. This planning load consists of 70 % of the capacity available for call processing (switching) transactions (see Figure below). Service Manual .2 This section describes a dimensioning method for the various systems.g. 2-30 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 100% Basic load (e.2.fm System Data Dynamic Configuration Rules Planning Load for HiPath Systems Nur für den internen Gebrauch 2.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch System Data Dynamic Configuration Rules 2.2.880 22.3 Maximum Permissible Values for HiPath 3000/5000 V7 For version V7. the following maximum permissible point totals are used as a basis for the thumb rule (Norm BHCA): HiPath 3000 HiPath 3300/3350/3500/3550 HiPath 3800 Table 2-13 Maximum Points 2. Service Manual 2-31 .600 HiPath 3000/5000 V7 Expansion Levels and their Maximum Points P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.sysdat.6.

15 Erl and four outgoing seizures per device during busy traffic hours. several additional parameters are usually required.15 FTln = BHCATln 4 If the seizure value per terminal is not directly specified. In general.8 FLtg = BHCALtg 12.g..63) may be appropriate in some cases. the following applies: FLtg = PLtg 0. in particular. 3 seizures produce a value of FTln = 0. The factor FTln is used to achieve some flexibility in the underlying station traffic values and seizures. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.8 Erl and 144 seizures during busy traffic hours. In general. The factor FLine is used to achieve some flexibility in the underlying traffic values and seizures. especially for systems in which the attendant consoles were over-dimensioned. In general. it is assumed that an ACD agent handles 16 ACD calls per hour. this rule of thumb assumes a line traffic value PLtg = 0.sysdat.4 In order to calculate the number of points for a specific system.5 Erl gives FLtg = 0. the factor C can be used to specify the corresponding multiple of the value 16. By default. PTln = 0. ● Factor FLtg (trunk traffic factor) for traffic volume on trunks: As in Guideline 12TR3. a factor greater than 1 may be appropriate in some circumstances (e.75). For example. A factor of less than 1 may be appropriate. the following applies: FTln = PTln 0. Service Manual .8 FVPL = BHCAVPL 144 ● Factor C for ACD utilization: For ACD agents. ● Factor FTln (subscriber traffic factor): As in Guideline 12TR3 for 700 ports or more.fm System Data Dynamic Configuration Rules Additional Parameters Nur für den internen Gebrauch 2.g.5 ● Factor FVPL (AC traffic factor) for traffic volume of an attendant console: This rule of thumb assumes a traffic value at an active attendant PVPL = 0. PLtg = 0. If applications need to be configured with values that significantly exceed or fall below this default.6. TV advertising campaigns may incur values of up to ten times the norm. The factor FVPL is used to achieve some flexibility in the underlying station traffic values and seizures.33). These parameters are described below.20 erl results in FTln = 1. the following applies: FVPL = PVPL 0.2. 2-32 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.8 Erl and 12. especially for systems that were over-dimensioned to create a virtually blockage-free system. this rule of thumb assumes a station traffic value PTln = 0. In the case of international systems. FTln can be determined via the relationship to the 4 outgoing seizures indicated above (e. the intensity of the utilization of this feature must also be taken into account. A factor of less than 1 (for example.5 incoming seizures per B channel during busy traffic hours.

In the case of homogeneous allocation. the factor G can be calculated from the number of CMI nodes: G=1— 1 Number of CMI nodes 2. In branch networks where subscribers rarely reside in other nodes. ● ● ● ● ● Tabelle 2-14 auf Seite 2-34: Points for Devices Tabelle 2-15 auf Seite 2-34: Points for Mobile Handsets Tabelle 2-16 auf Seite 2-35: Points for Special Devices Tabelle 2-17 auf Seite 2-35: Points for Trunks Tabelle 2-18 auf Seite 2-36: Additional Overhead for Controlling Process Flows at Devices via CTI Applications Tabelle 2-19 auf Seite 2-36: Points for Groups ● P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.2. if a location is overlapped from several cordless areas of different nodes. G = 0. that a subscriber resides outside the cordless area of his home system. The factor G determines the probability.6. G is relatively small (e.sysdat.1). 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.g. the factor g can be calculated from the number of SLC boards in the system: g=1— 1 Number of SLC boards ● Factor G for mobility within the CMI network: This thumb rule formula is based on the assumption of the mobility level of mobile subscribers. In this case. A homogeneous allocation can be assumed. The factor g determines the probability that a station is not located at its home board when visiting the radio area of it home system.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch System Data Dynamic Configuration Rules ● Factor g for mobility within a CMI node: This thumb rule formula is based on the assumption of the mobility level of mobile subscribers.5 Current Thumb Rule Values The following tables list the interfaces considered in the thumb rule formula with their respective meanings and corresponding weights in points (normalized to Anate seizures). Service Manual 2-33 .

8 · FTln Number of CMI handsets if only one system in (6. optiPoint 420 S) connected via SIP.0 · g) · FTln the network is operated in CMI mode.7 · FTln 12. Optiset. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.8 + 23. Number of ISDN connections. optiPoint 410.4 · G) · FTln 2-34 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Number of devices for data services (for example. Note: HG 1500 performance must be considered separately. optiPoint 420. OpenStage (CorNet-IP connection variant)) connected via IP using HFA functionality.7 · FTln Number of terminal devices connected via UP0/E (for example. Service Manual . Note: HG 1500 performance must be considered separately.8 · FTln Table 2-14 Mobile Stations System Interface Cordless Devices Meaning Number of CMI handsets if only one system in the network is operated in CMI mode and only one SLC16 is used.sysdat. Weight 6. S0 bus with several terminal devices but no Xpression ports). Number of terminal devices (e. including adapters for data traffic characterized by long call durations (for example.fm System Data Dynamic Configuration Rules Terminal Devices System Interface Analog Optiset Meaning Number of devices connected via T/R wires. the B channels are used for voice and data traffic characterized by relatively short call durations (e. OpenStage (TDM connection variant)). Number of terminal devices (e. Number of CMI handsets. Nur für den internen Gebrauch Weight 3. Table 2-15 Points for Mobile Handsets (6.24). Points for Devices IP phones 7.6 · FTln SIP phones 3.0 · g·(1-G) + 44. if network wide CMI mode is operated. data terminals).g. optiPoint 410 S.8 + 23. optiPoint 500.g. Optiset with V.3 · FTln 7.g.6 · FTln Data ISDN Port 4.

9 · FLtg 23. Number of ACD groups. 1controlled Weight by the HPPC 59 · C 179 / T + 65 · C 4. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Trunk Interfaces System Interface Trunk ITSP lines Networking trunk (TDM CorNet-N) Meaning Number of analog trunks or digital B channels to CO Possible number of simultaneous voice channels to the ITSPs Number of digital B channels to other nodes or to Xpressions via TDM with CorNet-N Weight 24.9 · FLtg Number of active ACD agents. HPCO) ACD group AC Automatic AC (IVM) Table 2-16 1 Meaning Number of active UCD agents application. Table 2-17 Points for Trunks P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620..9 · FLtg Networking trunk Number of digital B channels to other nodes or to Xpres(TDM CorNet-NQ) sions via TDM with CorNet-NQ Networking trunk (IP) Number of digital B channels to other nodes or to Xpressions via IP Note: HG 1500 performance must be considered separately.8 252 · FVPL 21.4 · FLtg 27. Number of active attendant consoles Number of analog trunks or digital B channels which are routed from CO to the automatic attendant at IVM. Service Manual 2-35 .sysdat. HPPC) ACD Agent (e.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch System Data Dynamic Configuration Rules Special Devices System Interface UCD Agent (HPCC.6 · FLtg 23.1 · FLtg 23. where the display of each agent is refreshed every T seconds. Points for Special Devices The associated terminal devices (Optiset or similar) must no longer be considered separately.g. the same applies to the incoming trunks provided for the ACD group (at least one B channel per agent).

Service Manual .fm System Data Dynamic Configuration Rules Additional Overhead for Features Nur für den internen Gebrauch The additional overhead values listed below are based on the assumption that the corresponding basic overhead for each terminal device involved has already been recorded in Table 2-14.7 · FTln Additional Overhead for Controlling Process Flows at Devices via CTI Applications Meaning Overhead per call pickup group with N members.91 · (N-1)·N + 0.sysdat.66 · (N-1)·Opt)·FTln System Interface Call pickup group Group call Table 2-19 2-36 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. where Opt refers to digital devices. Points for Groups Weight (0.48 · (N-1)·Opt)·FTln (0.06 · (N-1)·N + 0. where Opt refers to digital devices. Overhead per call pickup group with N members. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. System Interface CTI-control via CSTA Table 2-18 Meaning Number of devices operated by means of CTI-controlled connection procedures via CSTA commands Weight 1.

3.0.2 Maximum Permissible Values for HG 1500 V3.0. IP trunking.0 Procedural Principles The thumb rule presented below for calculating the dynamic load for the HG 1500 board is based on the principle of considering every functionality (HFA phone.3 2.0.0 For version V3.1 Thumb Rule for HG 1500 V3.235 IP phones with H. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.78 · FTln tionality (full or reduced GK security is activated).3 Corresponding Systems HiPath 3300/3350/3500/3550 HiPath 3800 Maximum Points 780 980 HG 1500 V3.0 Boards and Corresponding Maximum Points Current Thumb Rule Values The following table lists the interfaces taken into account in the thumb rule.6. HXGR3 STMI2 Table 2-20 2. 2. the following maximum permissible point totals are used as a basis for the thumb rule: HG 1500 Board HXGS3. gateway channels.3. Number of terminal devices connected via IP using HFA func.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch System Data Dynamic Configuration Rules 2.sysdat. Service Manual 2-37 .6. PDM Modules System Interface PDM1 Table 2-21 Signaling System Interface IP phones without H.3. Points for Signaling P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.68 · FTln tionality or SIP (GK security is deactivated).6.) in terms of its CPU load. etc.6. VPN tunnel.235 Table 2-22 Meaning Weight Meaning Number of PDM1 modules on the board Points for the PDM Modules to Increase the DSP Number Weight 10 Number of terminal devices connected via IP using HFA func.

G. Service Manual . The size of the HG 1500 load depends on various features (for example.723 and no VPN functionality is used.723 only) Gateway channels without VPN (G.235 ed). 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.2 · FTln PBX networking Number of digital B channels (networking trunk) to other nodes channel without or to Xpressions via IP (GK security is deactivated).fm System Data Dynamic Configuration Rules Nur für den internen Gebrauch System Interface Meaning Weight 3.2 · FLtg 4. G.sysdat.723 only) Table 2-23 2-38 Number of gateway channels (DSP ↔ LAN) if only the voice codec G.Possible number of simultaneous voice channels to the ITSPs out H. System Interface Gateway channels with enhanced B channel Gateway channels without VPN Gateway channels with VPN and AES Meaning Number of gateway channels (DSP ↔ LAN) if the feature "Enhanced B Channels" is activated in the WBM. for calls between CO and IP phones.0 · FLtg Gateway Channels (DSP . Weight 11 39 89 104 7.711.729.711 or G. Number of gateway channels (DSP ↔ LAN) if VPN and AES encryption are used.723).235 PBX networking Number of digital B channels (networking trunk) to other nodes channel with or to Xpressions via IP (reduced or full GK security is activatH.235 Table 2-22 Points for Signaling 4.723 is used and the feature "Enhanced B Channels" is activated in the WBM. Number of gateway channels (DSP ↔ LAN) if only the voice codec G. e.235 ITSP lines with Possible number of simultaneous voice channels to the ITSPs H. that is.5 Gateway channels Number of gateway channels (DSP ↔ LAN) if VPN and with VPN and 3DES 3DES are used.729) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.0 · FLtg 3. firewall and VPN functionality may not be used.LAN) The following table indicates the HG 1500 gateway channel load (DSP ↔ LAN) required for connections between TDM and IP. VPN functionality) and on the voice codec used (G. 26 Points for Gateway Channels (When Using G. H. Number of gateway channels (DSP ↔ LAN) if VPN functionality is not used. Gateway channels with enhanced B channel (G. ITSP lines with.g. "Enhanced B Channels".

723 only) Table 2-24 Meaning Number of voice channels (LAN1 ↔ LAN2) if encryption is not used.sysdat. Number of voice channels (LAN1 ↔ LAN2) if only the voice codec G. e.g. Number of voice channels (LAN1 ↔ LAN2) if VPN and 3DES encryption are used.LAN2) The following table indicates the HG 1500 voice channel load (LAN1 ↔ LAN2) when voice packets are routed via the HG 1500.723 and VPN with 3DES encryption is used.723 and VPN with AES encryption is used. (G. Number of voice channels (LAN1 ↔ LAN2) if only the voice codec G. Service Manual 2-39 .711 or G. Number of voice channels (LAN1 ↔ LAN2) if only the voice codec G. VPN and 3DES are used.729) 70 Voice Channels (LAN1 . for calls between IP phones in two different systems networked via a VPN tunnel.723 only) Voice channels with VPN and AES (G. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.729) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.711 or G. G.723 and VPN with AES encryption are used. G.729.723 only) Table 2-23 Points for Gateway Channels (When Using G.723 only) Meaning Number of gateway channels (DSP ↔ LAN) if only the voice codec G. Weight 73 89 104 49 60 70 Points for Voice Channels (When Using G. System Interface Voice channels without VPN Voice channels with VPN and AES Voice channels with VPN and 3DES Voice channels without VPN (G.723 and no encryption is used. Weight 60 Gateway channels Number of gateway channels (DSP ↔ LAN) if only the with VPN and 3DES voice codec G.723). Number of voice channels (LAN1 ↔ LAN2) if VPN and AES encryption are used.723.723 only) Voice channels with VPN and 3DES (G.711.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch System Data Dynamic Configuration Rules System Interface Gateway channels with VPN and AES (G. The size of the HG 1500 load depends on the encryption algorithm (AES or 3DES) and on the voice codec used (G.

72 0.96 1. Data with AES 500 bytes Number of packets per second if the average packet size is 500 bytes and VPN with AES encryption is used.84 0.93 0. Data without VPN Number of packets per second if the average packet size is 1400 bytes 1400 bytes and encryption is not used.98 3. e. Data with 3DES Number of packets per second if the average packet size is 1400 bytes 1400 bytes and VPN with 3DES encryption is used. and on the packet rate and average packet size. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.sysdat. Data with 3DES Number of packets per second if the average packet size is 100 100 bytes bytes and VPN with 3DES encryption is used. Service Manual . Table 2-25 Points for Data Routing 2-40 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm System Data Dynamic Configuration Rules Nur für den internen Gebrauch Data (LAN) The following table indicates the HG 1500 data routing load (LAN1 ↔ LAN2). Data with AES 1400 bytes Number of packets per second if the average packet size is 1400 bytes and VPN with AES encryption is used. Data with 3DES Number of packets per second if the average packet size is 500 500 bytes bytes and VPN with 3DES encryption is used. Data without VPN Number of packets per second if the average packet size is 500 500 bytes bytes and encryption is not used. Data with AES 100 bytes Number of packets per second if the average packet size is 100 bytes and VPN with AES encryption is used.29 Data without VPN Number of packets per second if the average packet size is 100 100 bytes bytes and encryption is not used.19 1. System Interface Meaning Weight 0.g. The size of the HG 1500 load depends on the encryption algorithm used (AES or 3DES).66 0. for a DSL connection to the Internet or a data connection for two locations via VPN.79 1.

729 and a packet assembly of 3 (60ms) that are routed with PPP via ISDN.729 and a packet assembly of 1 (20ms) that are routed with PPP via ISDN.729 – 3) Voice channels (G. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch System Data Dynamic Configuration Rules PPP Channels System Interface Voice channels (G. Number of voice channels with G. Weight 150 54 100 57 55 PPP data chan.723 and a packet assembly of 1 (20ms) that are routed with PPP via ISDN.729 – 1) Voice channels (G.Number of channels via which data is routed with PPP nels Table 2-26 Points for PPP Channels VCAPI Channels System Interface VCAPI fax VCAPI data Table 2-27 Meaning Number of VCAPI channels (not the number of clients) used for fax purposes Number of VCAPI channels (not the number of clients) used for data transfer Points for VCAPI Channels Weight 11 34 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Number of voice channels with G.723 – 1) Voice channels (G.723 and a packet assembly of 2 (60ms) that are routed with PPP via ISDN.sysdat. Service Manual 2-41 .723 – 2) Meaning Number of voice channels with G. Number of voice channels with G.

480 Anate Digital devices (Optiset). 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual . 22.e.600 points are available for HiPath 3800. 2.4 Example for Using the Thumb Rule Using a standard configuration. consequently. i.9 30 · 18.fm System Data Dynamic Configuration Rules Nur für den internen Gebrauch 2. The thumb rule produces the following results: 100 · 3.6.8 + 2 · 252 + 55 · 22. the following example illustrates a calculation based on the thumb rule.6.sysdat.3 + 5 · (179 / 5 + 65 · 32 / 16) + 1 · 4.9 + 20 · 1. C = 32/16) One ACD group Attendant consoles Digital trunks minus the 5 ACD trunks Networking trunk via TDM Additional overhead for the 20 CTI-controlled terminal devices Total number of points 1 · (0.4 + (100 + 20) · 6.7 + = 4. but without ACD agents IP phones ACD agents (32 calls per hour and agent.3 + 20 · 7.48 · 9 · 8) Call pickup group According to Table 2-13.4.06 · 9 · 10 + 0. Implementation with HiPath 3800 is. possible. 2-42 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. of which 5 are for ACD application Digital trunks to other systems via TDM (CorNet-N) The calculations are made using default traffic values.1 Number 100 100 20 20 1 5 2 60 30 HiPath 3000/5000 V7 Configuration Type Anate Optiset Optiset with CTI-controlled functions IP phones Call pickup group consisting of two analog telephones and eight Optisets Optiset ACD agents with 32 calls per hour and display updates every five seconds Attendant consoles Digital trunks to CO.

2 32 · 11 Points 102 352 474 With a permissible maximum points total of 980.2 2. If more than 16 channels are required.1 HG 1500 Configurations IP Trunking with TDM Terminal Points Only A HiPath 3800 system is networked with another system via an IP trunking link with 32 B channels.6.711 with a sample rate of 20 ms (without encryption) is used for the IP trunking link.2. This is because the static configuration rules only allow a maximum of 16 channels per board card. This requires an STMI2 module (2 DSPs on board = 32 voice channels are supported).4. The codec G.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch System Data Dynamic Configuration Rules 2. Head Office HiPath 3800 ISDN ISDN Branch Office HiPath 3800 LAN 2 LAN 1 Intranet Enhanced B Channels Codec G. this sample calculation does not apply for HXGS/R3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.711/20ms) Total Table 2-28 IP Trunking Calculated with TDM Terminal Points Only Formula 32 · 3. this scenario is feasible. However.4. Function Signaling: PBX networking channels (without H. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. The signaling load must also be taken into account. the feature “Enhanced B Channels” must be activated.711 (20ms) LAN 2 LAN 1 Intranet 32 Gateway Channels 32 PBX Networking Channels Figure 2-8 Calculation: IP Trunking with TDM Terminal Points Only 32 gateway channels via LAN 1 should be included in the calculation.sysdat.235) Gateway channels: payload (G.6. Service Manual 2-43 .

711 with a sample rate of 20 ms (without encryption) is required both for the IP trunking link and for the HFA terminal points. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.2 IP Trunking and HFA Clients A HiPath 3800 system with 96 HFA clients and additional TDM subscribers is networked with other nodes via an IP trunking link with 16 B channels.2 31 · 11 Points 65 51 341 477 2-44 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.sysdat.4. Firewall and encryption are not possible in this example.2. The codec G. If more than 16 channels are required. 15 gateway channels with 0. the feature "Enhanced B Channels" must be activated.fm System Data Dynamic Configuration Rules Nur für den internen Gebrauch 2. Function Signaling: IP phones (without H.1 erl per terminal point are required.6. The signaling load (16 PBX networking channels and 96 HFA clients) must also be taken into account.711/20ms) Total Table 2-29 Calculation for IP Trunking and HFA Clients Formula 96 · 0. Service Manual .235) Gateway channels: payload (G.235) Signaling: PBX networking channels (without H.68 16 · 3. For 96 HFA terminal points. Head Office HiPath 3800 ISDN ISDN Branch Office HiPath 3800 LAN 2 LAN 1 LAN 2 LAN 1 (15 + 16) 31 Gateway Channels 32 PBX Networking Channels Intranet Intranet 96 HFA Clients Figure 2-9 Calculation: IP Trunking and HFA Clients Thirty-one gateway channels via LAN 1 should be taken into account. This requires an STMI2 module (2 DSPs on board = 32 voice channels are supported).

However.729 (20ms) 8 PBX Networking Channels Figure 2-10 IP Trunking and Node Connection via ISDN (PPP) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.4. this sample calculation does not apply for HXGS/R3. and to a third system (branch office 2) via a direct LAN connection. while 6 PBX networking channels must be configured at branch office 1. 6+8=14 PBX networking channels must be configured.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch System Data Dynamic Configuration Rules With a permissible maximum points total of 980. This is because the static configuration rules only allow a maximum of 16 channels per board card. 2. Service Manual 2-45 . 6 Voice Channels.729 and a sample rate of 60 ms without encryption is implemented for PBX network connection to the second system.sysdat.729 (Packet Assembly of 3 and 60ms Sample Rate) ISDN 2 PPP Channels LAN 2 LAN 1 LAN 2 LAN 1 Head Office 6 PBX Networking Channels ISDN HiPath 3000 Branch Office 1 HiPath 3800 14 PBX Networking Channels Branch Office 2 ISDN HiPath 3000 LAN 2 LAN 1 Intranet Intranet 8 Gateway Channels Codec G. and 8 PBX networking channels configured at branch office 2. At head office. this scenario is feasible. Voice over PPP with codec G. 8 voice channels are sufficient for the PBX networking connection to the third system (branch office 2). Six voice channels are consequently supported via the two PPP channels (S0). One STMI2 (2 DSPs on board supporting up to 32 voice channels) is sufficient for this purpose.6. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Codec G. Codec G.2.3 IP Trunking via LAN and WAN (ISDN/PPP) A HiPath 3800 system (head office) is connected to a second system (branch office 1) via an ISDN connection with 2 PPP channels (S0).729 with a sample rate of 20 ms without encryption is used for this connection.

729 and a packet assembly of 3 Total Table 2-30 Calculation for Head Office Formula 14 · 3. The points for G. 2-46 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Function Signaling: PBX networking channels (without H. Service Manual .fm System Data Dynamic Configuration Rules Nur für den internen Gebrauch Calculation for head office: 6 voice channels over PPP must be calculated for branch office 1.729 with a packet assembly of 3 (60ms) must be used. The signaling load (14 PBX networking channels) must also be taken into account. 8 gateway channels via LAN 1 must be calculated for branch office 2.sysdat.2 8 · 39 6 · 54 Points 45 312 324 681 With a permissible maximum points total of 980. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. this scenario is feasible.711/20ms) PPP channels: voice with G.235) Gateway channels: payload (G.

the HiPath 3800 requires one STMI2 (2 DSPs on board for 32 channels). For this configuration.2. At head office (HiPath 3800).fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch System Data Dynamic Configuration Rules 2. The codec G.711 (20ms) Head Office HiPath 3800 8 Voice PBX/Networking Channels AES Encryption Codec G.711 (20ms) Internet 8 Gateway Channels Intranet HiPath 35x0 LAN 2 LAN 1 ISDN LAN 2 LAN 1 30 HFA Clients Intranet Encrypted Intranet Traffic (Voice/Data) via VPN Tunnel Branch Office 2 HiPath 35x0 4 Voice PBX/Networking Channels AES Encryption Codec G. while the HiPath 3500/3550 systems each require one HXGS3 (1 DSP on board for 8 channels).711 (20ms) LAN 2 LAN 1 ISDN 8 Gateway Channels Intranet 30 HFA Clients Figure 2-11 VPN Networking (Voice Only) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.6. Each branch office (HiPath 3500/3550 system) is equipped with 30 HFA telephones and 8 gateway channels for the connection with the ISDN CO. 4 voice channels are also available for the connection to head office. Service Manual 2-47 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.4. only TDM telephones are connected.4 IP Trunking with VPN (Voice Only) 2 HiPath 3500/3550 systems should be connected via VPN with a HiPath 3800 system. The connection between the head office and the branch offices should be configured via the Internet using an AES-encrypted VPN tunnel.sysdat.711 with a sample rate of 20ms is used for the VPN networking. 8 voice channels via LAN2 are available for the connection to the branch offices. Branch Office 1 ISDN 4 Voice PBX/Networking Channels AES Encryption Codec G.

235) Signaling: PBX networking channels (without H.711 with VPN and AES Total Table 2-31 Calculation for Head Office (HiPath 3800) Formula 8 · 3. The signaling load must also be taken into account. and 8 gateway channels from HFA telephones to the local ISDN CO (via LAN1) must be calculated. Service Manual .235) Gateway channels: G.fm System Data Dynamic Configuration Rules Nur für den internen Gebrauch Calculation for head office (HiPath 3800) 8 gateway channels via LAN2 with AES encryption must be calculated.2 8 · 89 Points 26 712 738 With a permissible maximum points total of 980. Function Signaling: PBX networking channels (without H.711/20ms) Voice channels: G.sysdat. this scenario is feasible for head office.235) Gateway channels: payload (G. 2-48 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. In order to use the encryption feature. the option "Enhanced B Channels" must be deactivated.2 8 · 39 4 · 89 Points 20 13 312 356 701 With a permissible maximum points total of 780. Function Signaling: IP phones (without H.68 4 · 3. The signaling load must also be taken into account. this scenario is feasible for the branch offices.711 with VPN and AES Total Table 2-32 Calculation for Each Individual Branch Office (HiPath 3500/3550): Formula 30 · 0. Calculation for each individual branch office (HiPath 3500/3550): 4 gateway channels via LAN2 with AES encryption.

When calculating the data traffic load.2. this scenario is feasible. The HFA terminal point signaling load must also be taken into account.4.5 Standalone System with Home Offices connected via VPN 8 home offices are to be connected to a HiPath 3800 system.0 Figure 2-12 VPN Voice and Data.235) Voice channels: G. Data can also be transferred at 512 Kbps in both directions via a 1-Mbps SDSL connection. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. the option "Enhanced B Channels" must be deactivated.723 is generally configured for home offices. Service Manual 2-49 .68 8 · 60 128 · 1. As VPN is required for the DSL connection. Teleworkers use G. The average packet length is 500 bytes.19 Points 5 480 152 152 789 With a permissible maximum points total of 980. VPN should be used with AES encryption.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch System Data Dynamic Configuration Rules 2. Home Office Connection Performance calculation: G.19 128 · 1.723 with a sample rate of 30 ms. ISDN HiPath 3800 4 Voice Channels AES Encryption Codec G. This configuration requires 1 STMI2 (2 DSPs on board for 32 channels).723 (30ms) Internet 512 kbit/s Data LAN 2 LAN 1 Head Office SDSL 1 Mbit/s Encrypted Intranet Traffic (Voice/Data) via VPN Tunnel 8 x VPN Clients Safenet Sentinel optiClient 130 V4. the upstream and downstream packet rates must be calculated from the average packet length. 512 · 1000 / 8 byte/s 500 bytes/packet = 128 packets/s 512 · 1000 / 8 byte/s 500 bytes/packet = 128 packets/s Function Signaling: IP phones (without H. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.723 with VPN and AES Data (LAN): VPN and AES with 500 bytes upstream Data (LAN): VPN and AES with 500 bytes downstream Total Table 2-33 Performance Calculation Formula 8 · 0.6.sysdat.

Service Manual .6 VPN Networking with Data and Voice Connections A 1000 Kbps duplex data connection between 2 HiPath 3800 systems should be configured via a 2 Mbps SDSL interface. The average packet size should be 500 bytes.4. ISDN Branch Office HiPath 3000 HiPath 3800 4 Voice PBX/Networking Channels AES Encryption Internet 1000 kbit/s Data LAN 2 LAN 1 LAN 2 LAN 1 Head Office SDSL 2 Mbit/s Encrypted Intranet Traffic (Voice) via VPN Tunnel Intranet Figure 2-13 VPN Networking 2-50 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. The SDSL connection should also be used for trunk connections with G. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.729 should be calculated. The SDSL line is connected to LAN2. 2.2.729 and a sample rate of 20ms.sysdat.3 512 Points 354 512 866 A 1Mbit/s connection is sufficient for the customer.723 with VPN and AES Data (LAN): VPN and AES with 500 bytes Total Table 2-34 Bandwidth Calculation Formula 8 · 44. The maximum possible number of additional IP trunking channels with G.fm System Data Dynamic Configuration Rules Nur für den internen Gebrauch Bandwidth calculation: Function Voice channels: G.6.

In other words. Bandwidth calculation: Function Voice channels: G.729 with VPN and AES Data (LAN): VPN and AES with 500 bytes upstream Data (LAN): VPN and AES with 500 bytes downstream Total Table 2-36 Performance Calculation (2) Formula 4 · 3. 3.2 4 · 89 250 · 1.19 Points 298 298 596 With a permissible maximum points total of 980. one PBX networking channel and one gateway channel with VPN and AES is required. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.729 with VPN and AES Data (LAN): VPN and AES with 500 bytes Total Table 2-37 Bandwidth Calculation Formula 4 · 60 1000 Points 240 1000 1240 A 2Mbit/s connection is sufficient for the customer.19 Points 13 356 298 298 965 With a permissible maximum points total of 980.2=4 channels. this scenario is feasible.19 250 · 1. The upstream and downstream packet rates must therefore first be calculated from the average packet length. this leaves 980-596=384 points for IP trunking channels.2+89=92. Service Manual 2-51 . this results in 384/92. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Function Signaling: IP phones (without H.19 250 · 1. 1000 · 1000 / 8 byte/s 500 bytes/packet = 250 packets/s 1000 · 1000 / 8 byte/s 500 bytes/packet = 250 packets/s Function Data (LAN): VPN and AES with 500 bytes upstream Data (LAN): VPN and AES with 500 bytes downstream Total Table 2-35 Performance Calculation (1) Formula 250 · 1.235) Gateway channels: G. For each IP trunking channel.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch System Data Dynamic Configuration Rules Performance calculation: The required data traffic performance must first be determined. If the remaining points are divided by the number of points per channel and rounded off.2 points are required per trunking channel.sysdat.

2. only an STMI2 board should be implemented. HFA client.fm System Data Dynamic Configuration Rules Nur für den internen Gebrauch 2. It should be possible to conduct eight simultaneous calls to the ISDN exchange as well as eight simultaneous calls to the ITSP.4. The voice and data traffic to the Internet is relayed via an external router that also functions as the firewall.323 client (8 calls per hour) 16 x signaling for gateway channel to ITSP 16 x 3.711 (20ms)) 16 gateway channels to the ITSP (Codec G.2 51. Service Manual .7 IP Workpoint Clients for ISDN and ITSP Connection in HiPath 3800 100 IP workpoint clients (without H. For this scenario. H. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Head Office HiPath 3800 ISDN LAN 2 LAN 1 8 gateway channels to the ISDN (Codec G.235) should be connected to HiPath 3800. The IP workpoints as well as the calls to the ITSP must be taken into account for signaling. This allows the “Enhanced B Channels” feature to be activated.sysdat.0 Signaling without H. Eight gateway channels to the ISDN exchange and sixteen gateway channels to the ITSP are required (two gateway channels per IP workpoint client to the ITSP).68 Points 68.2 Table 2-38 Calculation 2-52 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.235 security (independent of the WBM setting "Enhanced B Channels") 100 x IP workpoint clients: system client.6.711 (20ms)) Intranet Internet ITSP 100 HFA stations Figure 2-14 IP Workpoint Clients for ISDN and ITSP Connection in HiPath 3800 Function Formula 100 x 0.

.2 The calculated required performance of 383.5 Maximum Number of Devices for Special Cases This thumb rule can be used to calculate the maximum number of terminal devices for specific configurations.6. This value is then divided by the points for a specific terminal device. for a system with attendant consoles and ACD agents. of Points — #Lines · 22.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch System Data Dynamic Configuration Rules Function Formula Points Payload (additional feature: Voice gateway channel over LAN interface 1 WBM setting "Enhanced B without encryption: Channels" activated) 24 x G. e.9· FLtg #Terminal = (PointsTerminal + 1. all resources required for other interfaces (e. of Points — #Trunks · 22.9· FLtg — #VPL · 252· FVPL — #ACD · 59· C #Terminal = PointsTerminal · FTln P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. of Points — #Trunks · 22. The result obtained thus indicates the maximum number of devices of that type. attendant consoles and ACD agents must be deducted from the maximum number of points. In this case.g.711 (received: 20 24 x 11 ms/sent: 20 ms) Total Table 2-38 Calculation 264 383.. The formula for the calculation would thus be: Max No. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.2 points is less than the total performance of 980 points that the STMI2 board can provide. the points required for the trunks. The configuration is feasible. then the points for CTI-controlled devices must be added to the points for the terminal device.g. CTI control). trunks) are deducted from the maximum number of points.g.9· FLtg #Terminal = PointsTerminal · FTln First. The formula for CTI-controlled terminal devices would thus be: Max No.7)· FTln It is also possible to conceive of further tables. 2.sysdat. Service Manual 2-53 . The formula for the calculation is as follows: Max No. If all terminal devices have a specific feature (e.

) Expansion cabinet rack (ECR): (Not for U. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 3 A / 230 VAC Expansion cabinet = 8 A / 110 VAC.) – 6 kg (13.) 4 8 kg (17.5 kg Expansion cabinet = 15. which are not suitable for estimating operating costs (energy costs).62 lb. including backplane and cabinet feet) Line frequency Power consumption1 Development of heat (without workpoints)1 Dimensions (height x width x depth in mm) Height units for 19inch cabinet assembly Weight 450 x 460 x 450 x 460 x 155 x 440 x 200 128 380 – 8 kg (17.6 A / 115 – 1.62 lb. kg with batteries 1 Specified values are worst case values. 4 A / 230 VAC 50 – 60 Hz Basic cabinet = 490 W Expansion cabinet = 720 W Basic cabinet = 1500 kJ/h Expansion cabinet = 2200 kJ/h 490 x 440 x 430 11 Basic cabinet = 16. kg without batteries ● 17.22 lb.sysdat.0 kg (transport weight.7 Technical Specifications for HiPath 3000 Table 2-39 Technical specifications HiPath 3800 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Maximum System Values Ringer Equivalence Number (type plate) Basic cabinet 2. Actual consumption values depend on the configuration and traffic and are generally considerably lower than the worst case values.fm System Data Technical Specifications for HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 2.) 88 x 440 x 380 2 6 kg (13.5. Service Manual . 2-54 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. and Canada): ● 6.6 A / 115 – 1.3 A / 115 – 2.22 lb.S.3 A / 115 – = 230 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 6 A / 110 VAC.5.

sysdat. 0. etc.51 mm Attenuation per km 7. Cable Length 800 m 0.6 mm diameter) Range in m < 600 < 400 < 60 for the HiPath 3800 board STMD3 (Q2217) Telephone interfaces ISDN-S0 point-to-point ISDN S0 extended bus connection ISDN S0 bus connection1 Loop resistance in ohms 156 104 21 < 120 for all other S0 boards ISDN-S0 wall outlet to terminal Analog users UP0/E exchange to host (master) UP0/E host to client (master/slave) 1 Board-specific < 10 < 2000 < 1000 < 100 – 520 230 23 Trunk connection and CorNet-N/CorNet-NQ ranges The table below provides the maximum cable lengths for direct trunk connection and direct CorNet-N/CorNet-NQ Direct Wiring. Table 2-41 Interface S0 Cable Lengths for Trunk Connection and Direct CorNet-N/CorNet-NQ Direct Wiring Cable ICCS cable J-2Y(ST)Y4x2x0.5 dB at 96 kHz 6.6.0 dB at 96 kHz 17 dB at 1 MHz Max. Service Manual 2-55 .6 (full PE insulation.6 ST III BD S2M A-2Y0F(L)2Y 10x2x0. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.6 mm 1000 m 350 m P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.51 LG ICCS Data5 Installation cable J-2Y(ST)Y 10x2x0. The real conditions must be measured on-site.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch System Data Interface-to-Interface Ranges 2. which means there can be no joints. filled) Diameter 0. The values apply to ideal conditions.6 mm 0.8 Interface-to-Interface Ranges Telephone interface-to-interface ranges Table 2-40 Telephone Interface-to-Interface Ranges (with J-Y (ST) 2x2x0.

Table 2-42 Default Numbering for HiPath 3000/5000 V6. 0 = ROW – = USA 75 76 *xxx #xxx 2-56 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 0 = ROW – = USA 75 76 – USBS station number internal & direct inward dialing IMOD station number internal & direct inward dialing Digital modem internal & direct inward dialing Group station numbers internal & direct inward dialing Internal attendant code number (intercept position) Attendant code extension (intercept position) Substitution for “*” Substitution for “#” Service codes 891 890 879 350-499 8600-8749 9 = ROW 0 = U. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.S. Service Manual .S. 80-84 850-859 100-287 500-687 100-287 500-687 7801-7920 0 = ROW 9 = U. 8000-8062 – – – 3500-4499 9 = ROW 0 = U.S. 80-84 850-859 891 890 879 350-499 9 = ROW 0 = U. 0 = ROW – = USA 75 76 *xxx #xxx 1000-1999 1000-1999 7801-7920 0 = ROW 9 = U.S. 82-88 891 890 879 31-50 9 = ROW 0 = U.S.9 2.sysdat.0 Default station numbers HiPath 3800 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3300 HiPath ComScendo Service Type of numbering User station numbers User direct inward dialing numbers Trunk station number Seizure codes (external codes) 100-749 100-749 7801-7920 0 = ROW 9 = U.fm System Data Numbering Plans Nur für den internen Gebrauch 2.1 Numbering Plans Default Numbering for HiPath 3000/5000 HiPath 3000/5000 provides one default numbering plan for users. 0 = ROW – = USA 75 76 *xxx #xxx 11-30 51-70 11-30 51-70 801-816 0 = ROW 9 = U.S.9.S.S.

for instance) are not entered. Provide data for the port number list containing all ISDN station numbers for all nodes in the HiPath 5000 RSM network. 4923026673665). internal calling party number in ISDN format) without first dialing a node number. The shortest possible dialable phone number is always used in the assignment. The station numbers.164 network is to transmit all station numbers in a network in international format. ● ● Phone numbers in the HiPath 5000 RSM network are stripped down to the station number. These phone numbers are stripped down to the optimum format comprising the site-specific phone number.164 station number in national or international format (for instance.164 format.164 number which can be optimized for display. local area code.sysdat.164 number (site number + internal station number. the subscriber allocation must be entered. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.2 ISDN Numbering Plan (E.164 numbering is active. the internal phone number is transferred in E. for example. Objective of the E. that is.164) is a new numbering plan for addressing telephone networks. in a network with a HiPath 4000 system.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch System Data Numbering Plans 2. should be displayed in optimum format.164 network The objective of the E. SIP stations are registered with the long version of the E. In a network based on the ISDN numbering plan (E.9. Service Manual 2-57 . It specifies the components that can comprise a telephone number (country code.164).164 network. the E. you must ensure that HiPath 3000/ 5000 is authorized to transmit the phone number of the called party (dialing information) with Type Of Number TON = unknown and the networked system always transmits a fixed Type Of Number (never varies). Each station is represented by its E. The stations can be reached over a public station number. that is. The phone numbers of nodes outside the HiPath 5000 RSM network (HiPath 4000. PABX number) and how many digits the number can contain. If an Internet telephony service provider should be used and the Internet telephony service provider number provided in an E.164) The ISDN numbering plan (E. however.164) helps: ● ● to improve integration in networks with HiPath 4000 Connection to Internet telephony service providers The plan can be configured with Manager E. The ISDN numbering plan (E. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.164) in V7 or Later ISDN numbering plan (E. SIP When E.

2-58 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. An Internet telephony system connection with DID is a connection that supports DID and for which an ITSP. If nodes with different PABX numbers are used in the network.9. each call number must be individually registered at the ITSP. therefore. Example: If the Internet telephony service provider is enabled at the Witten node and a subscriber in Munich uses an SIP phone number. Up to 30 Internet telephony phone numbers may be configured in the system. In networks with different PABX numbers.3 Internet Telephony Phone Numbers HiPath 3000 supports connection to the Internet telephony service provider (ITSP) and. Station number display HiPath 3000/5000 supports correct station number display when networking systems with the same PABX number. an Internet telephony system phone number. the complete PABX number is completely removed from the incoming phone number.sysdat. the station number display is correct if open numbering is assumed (different local area codes). The phone number entered is always the shortest dialable version that would be entered at the telephone by the customer (as well as staff in Witten when calling staff in Munich). 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. an ITSP system ID (SIP system account) and a call number range with Internet telephony phone numbers are provided. For Internet telephony subscriber lines. Up to thirty ITSP client user account IDs can be configured. the phone number 008972212345 is entered for allocation in HG 1500 in Witten.fm System Data Numbering Plans Nur für den internen Gebrauch SIP station numbers are assigned to the extension in HG 1500 (the internal extension is generally entered here). the use of Internet telephony. The system is configured for connection to an ITSP via Web-Based Management (WBM) and Manager E. Service Manual . 2. The ITSP client user IDs and the Internet telephony phone numbers are supplied by the provider once an Internet telephony subscriber line is requested.

164 numbering The numbering can be open or closed. and service codes are assigned according to a numbering plan provided by the customer. Open numbering This means that stations are identified using a node number (PABX number) and their station number.164 numbering is that the station can be reached via a number and no node number is required. HiPath 3000 supports the following numbering methods: ● Closed numbering Requires that all station numbers are unique within the network.9. ● ● The same numbering plan must be selected for all networked systems (nodes). Each station is represented by its E.e.164 number which can be displayed optimally.164 number. A node number is not required. Stations in different nodes (systems) may therefore share the same number. M. seizure codes.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch System Data Numbering Plans 2. station phone numbers. The stations can be reached via their public number. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual 2-59 .sysdat. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. i.4 Numbering in Networked Systems In private networks. their E. The advantage of the E. Each station in the network can reach another station by dialing their phone number.

and Canada only) HiPath 3800 UL 60950-1 First Edition CAN/CSA C22. 60950-1-03 Class A AY3PF05BHIPATH3K8 267V-HP3800 0.5B HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 Table 2-43 Category Product security UL 60950-1 First Edition CAN/CSA C22. and Canada only) Compliance with US and Canadian Standards (for U.fm System Data Technical Specifications and Compliance to HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 2. ETS 301489-1/6 (DECT Air Interface) 2.S.S.10.4 2-60 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.) The systems conform to the following guidelines and standards: Guideline R&TTE Directive 99/5/EEC ● ● ● ● ● Standard EN 60950-1: 2001 (Safety) EN61000-6-2 (EMC Immunity Industrial) EN55024 (EMC Immunity Residential) ETS 300 329 (DECT Emission/Immunity) TBR 06.10 2. 60950-1-03 Class A Class B FCC Part 15 subpart J FCC Part 68 registration Industry Canada CS– 03 certification Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) AY3USA–25214–MF–E AY3USA–25215–KF–E 267 8782A 0. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.S.2 No.2 Compliance with US and Canadian Standards (for U.sysdat.10.1 Technical Specifications and Compliance to HiPath 3000 CE Compliance (not for U. Service Manual .2 No.

pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation.1. this can lead to disruptions in radio communication. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. This equipment generates. in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense. FCC Rules. This equipment generates. the ringer equivalence number (REN). except HiPath 3350. has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device.1. Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Part 68 ● 2.1 FCC Compliance FCC Rules.2. Increase the distance between the equipment and receiver.2 Each Siemens Enterprise Communications GmbH & Co. Part 15 Each Siemens Enterprise Communications GmbH & Co. If requested.sysdat. this information must be given to the telephone company.10. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. If installation and handling are incorrect. Part 68. which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules.2. If installation and operation are not in line with the instructions in the manual.1 2. uses. The HiPath 3350 has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device. and other information. uses.10. KG system discussed in this section.2.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch System Data Technical Specifications and Compliance to HiPath 3000 2. Service Manual 2-61 . and can radiate radio frequency energy. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference. A label on the outside back of the cabinet identifies the FCC registration number. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception. the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: ● ● ● Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. KG system discussed in this section complies with FCC Rules. this can lead to disruptions in radio communication However. and can radiate radio frequency energy. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a residential installation.10.

544 Megabits per second (Mbps) T1 service. the sum of the RENs of all devices connected to a line should not exceed five. and processes as necessary. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Part 68. you should be notified in advance so you can maintain uninterrupted telephone service. In this context you will also be informed that you can lodge a complaint with the FCC. Service Manual . or it must be connected through protective circuitry that is approved by Siemens Enterprise Communications GmbH & Co.10. If this is not possible. In most areas. If they do. but not all. also known as the least-cost routing (LCR) software feature. the telecommunication company will notify you in advance. notify the telecommunication company when the equipment is disconnected from the network. Newly Established Network Area and Exchange Codes The off-net routing feature. 2-62 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. devices. which allows user access to the telephone network.2. such modifications may impair the operation of your equipment. KG and registered in accordance with the rules and regulations in Subpart C of the FCC Rules. the telecommunication company can discontinue your service temporarily. Nonlive Voice Equipment Nonlive voice equipment.3 Disruption of the Network and T1 For networked systems using 1. Part 68.sysdat. If any Siemens Enterprise Communications GmbH & Co. If possible. music-on-hold devices and recorded announcements for systems must be approved by Siemens Enterprise Communications GmbH & Co.1. Failure to reconfigure the customer premises equipment to recognize the new codes as they are established restricts the customer and the customer’s employees from gaining access to the network and to these codes. such as. Contact the local telecommunication company to determine the maximum REN for your calling area. KG and registered in accordance with the rules and regulations of Subpart C of the FCC Rules. Telephone Company Facility Changes The telecommunication company is entitled to adapt its own equipment. KG system discussed in this section disrupts the telephone network. operating procedures. must be configured to recognize newly established network area codes and exchange codes as soon as they are placed in service. REN The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) is used to determine the number of devices that can be connected to a telephone line so that all the devices ring when that telephone number is called.fm System Data Technical Specifications and Compliance to HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 2. you will receive notification at the earliest possible opportunity.

hospital rooms. Part 68. KG digital devices manufactured after August 16. ● Each Siemens Enterprise Communications GmbH & Co. Programmed dial functions When you program emergency numbers or make test calls to emergency numbers using Siemens Enterprise Communications GmbH & Co. Section 68. Persons who are not in common areas also must be provided with hearing-aid compatible handsets. elevators. KG system discussed in this section returns proper answer supervision to the public switched telephone network (PSTN) when DID calls are: – – – Answered by the called station. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.316. Routed to a recorded announcement that can be administered by the customer. Answered by the attendant. if needed. and hotel rooms must have handsets that are compatible with magnetically coupled hearing aids. Connecting Off-Premises Station Facilities Customers who intend to connect off-premises station (OPS) facilities must inform the telecommunication company of the OPS class for which the equipment is registered and the connection desired. such as early morning or late evening. stay on the line and briefly explain to the dispatcher the reason for the call before hanging up. KG products with programmed dialer features. 1989. For the hearing impaired. Direct Inward Dialing Answer Supervision Customers operating any Siemens Enterprise Communications GmbH & Co.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch System Data Technical Specifications and Compliance to HiPath 3000 Hearing Aid Compatibility Telephones for emergency use and telephones installed in common areas such as lobbies. all Siemens Enterprise Communications GmbH & Co. Perform these activities in off-peak hours. KG system discussed in this section without providing proper answer supervision are in violation of Part 68 of the FCC rules. are hearing-aid-compatible and comply with FCC Rules. Service Manual 2-63 . KG system discussed in this section returns proper answer supervision on all DID calls forwarded to the PSTN. ● Each Siemens Enterprise Communications GmbH & Co. Permissible exceptions are when: – – – A call is unanswered A busy tone is received A reorder tone is received P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.sysdat.

10. Service Manual .2. It is nevertheless recommended that an alternating current (AC) surge arrestor of the form and capability suitable for the model purchased be installed in the AC outlet to which the system is connected. The current equal access codes (also known as carrier access codes [CACs]) are 10xxx and 101xxxx. Equal access is also obtained by dialing the 800/888 or 950 number of the carrier of choice. KG system discussed in this section is fully compliant with FCC Rules and Regulations. where xxx or xxxx represents the carrier identification code.sysdat. such as hotels. Consult your sales partner to determine the surge protector requirements for your system. Modifications by aggregators to alter these capabilities are a violation of the Telephone Operator Consumer Services Improvement Act of 1990 and Part 68 of the FCC Rules. 2. KG system discussed in this section is capable of providing user access to interstate providers of operator services through the use of equal access codes. Electrical Safety Advisory Each Siemens Enterprise Communications GmbH & Co. colleges and universities. The termination of an interface may consist of any combination of devices subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs of all the devices does not exceed five. To select the carrier of choice for a call. hospitals. must provide the end user with equal access to the carriers of the user’s choice. 2-64 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. airports.fm System Data Technical Specifications and Compliance to HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Equal Access Requirements Call aggregators.2. Each Siemens Enterprise Communications GmbH & Co. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.1 REN The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) defines how many devices can be connected to a telephone line at the same time.2 Industry Canada Compliance The following paragraphs describe requirements for and present information based on the Industry Canada standards. and so on.10.2. the user dials the equal access code before dialing the called party number. 2. and 800/ 888 and 950.

as appropriate. and safety requirements as described in the appropriate Terminal Equipment Technical Requirement documents. first edition 2001.3 DANGER Users should not attempt to make such connections themselves.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch System Data Technical Specifications and Compliance to HiPath 3000 2. This certification means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protective. Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment. or electrician. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. operational. may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipment.2. the Department offers no assurances that the devices will operate to the customer’s complete satisfaction at all times. users should ensure that it is permissible to be connected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company. The customer should be aware that compliance with these conditions may not prevent degradation of performance in some situations. 7 2. SAFETY International IEC 60950-1. Users should ensure. and internal metallic water pipe system.sysdat.10.10. However. Before installing this equipment. The equipment must also be installed using an acceptable method of connection. Repairs to certified equipment should be coordinated by a representative designated by the supplier. modified P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. are connected together.2 Equipment Attachment Limitations The Industry Canada label identifies certified equipment.2. that the electrical ground connections of the power utility. Service Manual 2-65 . telephone lines. for their own protection. This precaution may be particularly important in rural areas. but should contact the electric inspection authority. if present. or equipment malfunctions.

.11 2.80% System ventilation is by convection only.. 2. Systems covered with condensation must be dried before being used..2 Mechanical Operating Conditions The systems are intended for stationary use.. 2-66 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.11.1 ● Environmental Conditions Electrical Operating Conditions Operating limits Room temperature: + 5 .25 g H2O/m3 Relative humidity: 5 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.11.+ 40 °C (41 .sysdat. Service Manual . Do not start up the system until it has thoroughly dried.fm System Data Environmental Conditions Nur für den internen Gebrauch 2. Automatic ventilation is required when using the HG 1500 in HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350. ● 7 Caution Avoid exposing the system to direct sunlight and heaters (excessive heat may damage the system). 104 °F) absolute humidity: 2 .

Caution (for Brazil only) For protection against overvoltage due to lightning. only) To protect against surge voltage caused by lightning. The lightning protection strip should be connected to the line voltage. ** When this module is connected to the public network. the use of the lightning protection strip with part number C39334-Z7052-C31 is absolutely mandatory. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 7 7 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. DANGER (for U. the following boards require secondary protection when their lines leave the building where the main distribution frame is housed: ● CBCC / CBRC ● DIU2U** ● SLA16N / SLA24N ● SLMA / SLMA8 ● SLMAE8/SLMAE ● TIEL* ● TMC16 ● TMDID / TMDID8 ● TMDID2 ● TMEW2 ● TMGL4 / TMGL4R / TMGL8 ● TMST1** ● TM2LP ● TST1** ● 8SLA * If not connected to facility provider terminal equipment. The power supply cable of the HiPath 3000 must be plugged into the lightning protection strip.S. Service Manual 3-1 . secondary protection must be provided by the CSU (CSU: Customer Service Unit). HiPath 3350. HiPath 3500.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 3 7 Boards for HiPath 3000 Caution The system must be powered down and de-energized before removing or inserting any boards in HiPath 3550. and HiPath 3300 and before removing or inserting the central boards in HiPath 3800.Nur für den internen Gebrauch boards.

1 Overview Functional overview of all boards used Table 3-1 Board Central boards CBCC CBRC CBSAP CMA CMS CUC CUCR CUP CUPR DBSAP IMODN LIM LIMS LUNA2 MMC PSUP RGMOD UPSC-D UPSC-DR S30810-Q2935-A401 S30810-Q2935-Z301 S30810-Q2314-X S30807-Q6931-X S30807-Q6928-X S30777-Q750-X S30777-Q750-Z S30777-Q751-X S30777-Q751-Z S30807-Q6722-X S30807-Q6932-X100 S30807-Q6930-X S30807-Q6721-X S30122-K7686-L1 S30122-K7686-M1 S30122-X8002-X10 S30122-K5658-M S30124-X5109-X S30122-K5660-M300 S30122-K7373-M900 HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 HiPath 3500/HiPath 3300 HiPath 3800 HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350/HiPath 3500/ HiPath 3300 HiPath 3000 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3300 HiPath 3800 HiPath 3000 HiPath 3000 HiPath 3800 HiPath 3800 HiPath 3000 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3800 (for selected countries only) HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 HiPath 3500/HiPath 3300 HiPath 3000 .Functional Overview of All Boards Used Part number Model 3-2 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Overview Nur für den internen Gebrauch 3. Service Manual .boards.

16SLA 4SLA 8SLA 8SLAR CSAPE DIU2U DIUN2 HXGR3 HXGS3 IVMN8 IVMNL IVMP8 IVMP8R IVMS8 IVMS8R PBXXX SLA16N SLA24N SLC16N SLCN SLMA SLMA2 SLMA8 SLMAE SLMAE8 SLMO2 SLMO24 SLMO8 S30810-Q2923-X S30810-Q2923-X200 S30810-Q2923-X100 S30810-K2925-Z S30807-U6630-X S30810-Q2216-X S30810-Q2196-X S30810-K2943-Z S30810-Q2943-X S30122-H7688-X100 S30122-H7688-X S30122-Q7379-X100 S30122-K7379-Z100 S30122-Q7379-X S30122-K7379-Z S30810-Q6401-X S30810-Q2929-X100 S30810-Q2929-X S30810-Q2193-X100 S30810-Q2193-X300 S30810-Q2191-C300 S30810-Q2246-X S30810-Q2191-C100 S30810-Q2225-X200 S30810-Q2225-X100 S30810-Q2168-X10 S30810-Q2901-X S30810-Q2168-X100 HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 (not for U.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Overview Table 3-1 Board HiPath 3000 . and HiPath 3300 peripheral boards must be firmly inserted into their slots.) HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 HiPath 3500/HiPath 3300 HiPath 3800 (for selected countries only) HiPath 3550 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3550 (not for U.boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. HiPath 3350.S. Service Manual 3-3 .S.S.S. otherwise contact problems can cause board failure.) HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 HiPath 3500/HiPath 3300 HiPath 3800 HiPath 3800 (for U.) HiPath 3300 (not for U.Functional Overview of All Boards Used Part number Model Peripheral boards Note: The HiPath 3550. only) HiPath 3800 HiPath 3500/HiPath 3300 HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 HiPath 3800 HiPath 3800 HiPath 3350 (not for U.) HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 (not for U.) HiPath 3800 HiPath 3800 (for selected countries only) HiPath 3800 HiPath 3800 HiPath 3800 HiPath 3800 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3800 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.S. HiPath 3500.S.) HiPath 3800 (not for U.S.

) HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 HiPath 3500/HiPath 3300 HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 HiPath 3500/HiPath 3300 HiPath 3800 HiPath 3800 HiPath 3550 (for selected countries only) HiPath 3500 (for selected countries only) HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 (not for U.S.S.S. only) HiPath 3800 (for selected countries only) HiPath 3800 HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 (for U.boards.S.) HiPath 3550/HiPath 3300 (not for U. only) HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 (for U. only) 3-4 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Overview Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 3-1 Board SLU8 SLU8R STLS2 STLS4 STLS4R STLSX2 STLSX4 STLSX4R STMD3 STMI2 TCAS-2 TCASR-2 TLA2 TLA4 TLA4R TLA8 TLANI 4R TLANI2 TLANI4 TM2LP TMANI TMC16 TMCAS TMCAS-2 TMDID TMDID2 TMEW2 TMGL4 TMGL4R TMQ4 HiPath 3000 .S.S.) HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 (not for U.S.) HiPath 3300/3500 HiPath 3350/3550 HiPath 3350/3550 HiPath 3800 HiPath 3800 HiPath 3800 (for selected countries only) HiPath 3550 (for selected countries only) HiPath 3800 (for selected countries only) HiPath 3800 (for U. Service Manual .S.) HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 (not for U. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.S. only) HiPath 3500/HiPath 3300 (for U.Functional Overview of All Boards Used Part number S30817-Q922-A301 S30817-K922-Z301 S30817-Q924-B313 S30817-Q924-A313 S30817-K924-Z313 S30810-Q2944-X100 S30810-Q2944-X S30810-K2944-Z S30810-Q2217-X10 S30810-Q2316-X100 S30810-Q2945-X S30810-K2945-X S30817-Q923-Bxxx S30817-Q923-Axxx S30817-Q923-Zxxx S30817-Q926-Axxx S30810-K2953-X200 S30810-H2953-X100 S30810-H2953-X S30810-Q2159-Xxxx S30810-Q2327-X S30810-Q2485-X S30810-Q2938-X S30810-Q2946-X S30810-Q2452-X S30810-Q2197-T S30810-Q2292-X100 S30810-Q2918-X S30810-K2918-Z S30810-Q2917-X Model HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 HiPath 3550/HiPath 3300 HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 (not for U.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.) HiPath 3500 (not for U.S. Service Manual 3-5 . only) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.Functional Overview of All Boards Used Part number S30810-Q2913-X300 S30810-K2913-Z300 S30810-Q2919-X S30810-K2919-Z Model HiPath 3550 (not for U.) HiPath 3550 (for U.S.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Overview Table 3-1 Board TS2 TS2R TST1 HiPath 3000 .boards.S.S. only) HiPath 3500 (for U.

fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Overview Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 3-1 Board Options ALUM4 ANI4 ANI4R EVM EXM EXMNA EXMR GEE12 GEE16 GEE50 HOPE MPPI MPPI OPAL OPALR PDMX PFT1/PFT4 PDM1 REALS STBG4 STRB STRBR UAM UAMR V24/1 HiPath 3000 .) HiPath 3500/HiPath 3300 (not for U. Service Manual 3-6 .) HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 (not for U. only) HiPath 3500/HiPath 3300 HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 (not for U.S.) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.) HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 (not for U.S. only) HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 (not for U.) HiPath 3000 HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 HiPath 3500/HiPath 3300 HiPath 3800 HiPath 3800 (not for U.boards.S.S.S.) HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 (not for U.Functional Overview of All Boards Used Part number S30817-Q935-A S30807-Q6917-Axxx S30807-Q6917-Z103 S30807-Q6945-X S30817-Q902-B401 S30817-Q6923-X S30122-K7403-Z S30817-Q951-Axxx S30817-Q951-Axxx S30817-Q951-Axxx S30122-Q7078-X S30122-Q7079-X S30122-K5380-X200 S30122-K7275-B C39195-A7001-B130 C39195-A7001-B142 S30807-Q5697-X200 S30777-Q539-X S30777-Q540-X S30807-Q5692-X100 S30807-Q6629-X S30817-Q934-A S30817-Q932-A S30817-Q932-Z S30122-X7217-X S30122-X7402-Z S30807-Q6916-X100 Model HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 (for selected countries only) HiPath 3500/HiPath 3300 (for selected countries only) HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350/HiPath 3500/ HiPath 3300 HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 (for U.S.S.) HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350/HiPath 3500/ HiPath 3300 HiPath 3800 HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 (France only) HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 HiPath 3500/HiPath 3300 HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 (not for U.S.) HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 (for U.S.S.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.) Peripheral board Peripheral board (for selected countries only) Peripheral board Peripheral board Peripheral board Peripheral board 3-7 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.Overview of All Boards Models Used Part number S30807-K5480-Xxxx S30810-Q2314-X S30807-Q6928-X S30807-U6630-X S30807-Q6722-X S30810-Q2216-X S30810-Q2196-X S30807-Q6932-X100 S30122-H7688-X100 S30122-H7688-X S30807-Q6721-X S30122-K7686-L1 S30122-K7686-M1 S30122-X8002-X10 S30122-K7275-B S30810-Q6401-X S30807-Q5697-X200 S30777-Q539-X S30777-Q540-X S30807-Q6629-X S30124-X5109-X S30810-Q2193-X300 S30810-Q2191-C300 S30810-Q2246-X S30810-Q2191-C100 S30810-Q2225-X200 S30810-Q2225-X100 S30810-Q2168-X10 Function Opto-electronic converter Central board Central board cPCI cassette Central board Peripheral board (for U.boards.S. Service Manual . only) Peripheral board Central board Peripheral board Peripheral board Central board Central board Central board Option Peripheral board (for selected countries only) Option Option (not for U.) Option Central board (for selected countries only) Peripheral board (not for U.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Overview Overview of all board models used Table 3-2 Board HiPath 3800 AMOM CBSAP CMS CSAPE DBSAP DIU2U DIUN2 IMODN IVMN8 IVMNL LIMS LUNA2 MMC MPPI PBXXX PDMX PFT1/PFT4 REALS RGMOD SLCN SLMA SLMA2 SLMA8 SLMAE SLMAE8 SLMO2 HiPath 3000 .S.S.

fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Overview Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 3-2 Board SLMO8 STMD3 STMI2 TM2LP TMC16 TMCAS-2 TMDID TMDID2 TMEW2 TMANI HiPath 3000 .Overview of All Boards Models Used Part number S30810-Q2168-X100 S30810-Q2217-X10 S30810-Q2316-X100 S30810-Q2159-Xxxx S30810-Q2485-X S30810-Q2946-X S30810-Q2452-X S30810-Q2197-T S30810-Q2292-X100 Function Peripheral board Peripheral board Peripheral board Peripheral board Peripheral board (for selected countries only) Peripheral board (for selected countries only) Peripheral board (for U. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards.S. only) Peripheral board (for selected countries only) Peripheral board Peripheral board 3-8 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual .

boards.S. only) Option (not for U.) Peripheral board Peripheral board P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. only) Peripheral board Central board Peripheral board Central board Central board Option OPAL PDM1 SLA8N SLA16N SLA24N SLC16N SLMO24 SLU8 Cable Option Peripheral board (not for U.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Overview Table 3-2 Board HiPath 3000 .S.) Option (not for U. Service Manual 3-9 .S.S. otherwise contact problems can cause board failure.S. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.) Option (not for U.S. and HiPath 3300 peripheral boards must be firmly inserted into their slots. ALUM4 ANI4 CBCC CMA CMS CUC EVM EXM EXMNA GEE12 GEE16 GEE50 HOPE HXGS3 IMODN IVMS8 LIM MMC MPPI S30817-Q935-A S30807-Q6917-Axxx S30810-Q2935-A401 S30807-Q6931-X S30807-Q6928-X S30777-Q750-X S30807-Q6945-X S30817-Q902-B401 S30817-Q6923-X S30817-Q951-Axxx S30817-Q951-Axxx S30817-Q951-Axxx S30122-Q7078-X S30122-Q7079-X S30810-Q2943-X S30807-Q6932-X100 S30122-Q7379-X S30807-Q6930-X S30122-X8002-X10 S30122-K5380-X200 (not for U. HiPath 3350.Overview of All Boards Models Used Part number Function HiPath 3550 Note: The HiPath 3550.) Option (for U.S.S.) S30122-K7275-B C39195-A7001-B130 S30807-Q5692-X100 S30810-Q2929-X200 S30810-Q2929-X100 S30810-Q2929-X S30810-Q2193-X100 S30810-Q2901-X S30817-Q922-A301 Option Option (for selected countries only) Central board Central board Central board Central board Option Option Option (for U. HiPath 3500.) Peripheral board Peripheral board Peripheral board (not for U.

S.) 3-10 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.S. only) Peripheral board (for U.S.S.) Peripheral board (not for U.S.) Peripheral board (for selected countries only) Peripheral board (for selected countries only) Peripheral board (for U. only) Peripheral board (for U. Service Manual .) Peripheral board Peripheral board (not for U.S.Overview of All Boards Models Used Part number S30817-Q934-A S30817-Q924-B313 S30817-Q924-A313 S30810-Q2944-X100 S30810-Q2944-X S30817-Q932-A S30810-Q2945-X S30817-Q923-Bxxx S30817-Q923-Axxx S30817-Q926-Axxx S30810-Q2587-A400 S30810-Q2938-X S30810-Q2918-X S30810-Q2917-X S30810-Q2919-X S30810-Q2913-X300 S30122-X7217-X S30122-K5660-M300 S30807-Q6916-X100 S30810-Q2923-X200 S30810-Q2923-X100 S30810-Q2923-X Function Option (France only) Peripheral board (not for U.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Overview Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 3-2 Board STBG4 STLS2 STLS4 STLSX2 STLSX4 STRB TCAS-2 TLA2 TLA4 TLA8 TMAMF TMCAS TMGL4 TMQ4 TST1 TS2 UAM UPSC-D V24/1 4SLA 8SLA 16SLA HiPath 3000 .) Peripheral board (not for U.) Peripheral board Peripheral board Peripheral board Option Peripheral board (for selected countries only) Peripheral board (not for U.boards.S.S. only) Peripheral board (not for U. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.S.S.) Peripheral board (not for U.) Option (not for U.S.S.) Central board Option (not for U.

) S30122-K7275-B C39195-A7001-B130 S30807-Q5692-X100 S30122-K5658-M S30817-Q922-A301 S30817-Q934-A S30817-Q924-B313 S30817-Q924-A313 Option Option (for selected countries only) Central board Central board Central board Central board Option Option Option (for U. otherwise contact problems can cause board failure.) Option (for U.S.S.S.) Peripheral board Central board Central board Option OPAL PDM1 PSUP SLU8 STBG4 STLS2 STLS4 Cable Option Central board Peripheral board Option (France only) Peripheral board (not for U. HiPath 3500.S.Overview of All Boards Models Used Part number Function HiPath 3350 Note: The HiPath 3550.) Option (not for U.) Peripheral board P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual 3-11 . only) Peripheral board Central board Peripheral board (not for U.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Overview Table 3-2 Board HiPath 3000 .boards.S.S.) Option (not for U. and HiPath 3300 peripheral boards must be firmly inserted into their slots. HiPath 3350.S.S. ALUM4 ANI4 CBCC CMA CMS CUP EVM EXM EXMNA GEE12 GEE16 GEE50 HOPE HXGS3 IMODN IVMP8 IVMS8 LIM MMC MPPI S30817-Q935-A S30807-Q6917-Axxx S30810-Q2935-A401 S30807-Q6931-X S30807-Q6928-X S30777-Q751-X S30807-Q6945-X S30817-Q902-B401 S30817-Q6923-X S30817-Q951-Axxx S30817-Q951-Axxx S30817-Q951-Axxx S30122-Q7078-X S30122-Q7079-X S30810-Q2943-X S30807-Q6932-X100 S30122-Q7379-X100 S30122-Q7379-X S30807-Q6930-X S30122-X8002-X10 S30122-K5380-X200 (not for U. only) Option (not for U. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

) Peripheral board (not for U. only) Peripheral board (for U. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.S.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Overview Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 3-2 Board STLSX2 STLSX4 STRB TLA2 TLA4 TLA8 TMGL4 TMQ4 UAM UPSC-D V24/1 4SLA 8SLA 16SLA TLANI2 TLANI4 HiPath 3000 .) Peripheral board (not for U.S.) Peripheral board Peripheral board 3-12 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.) Peripheral board (for U.S.S.S. only) Option (not for U. Service Manual .) Central board Option (not for U.) Peripheral board (not for U.S.) Peripheral board Peripheral board (not for U.boards.S.Overview of All Boards Models Used Part number S30810-Q2944-X100 S30810-Q2944-X S30817-Q932-A S30817-Q923-Bxxx S30817-Q923-Axxx S30817-Q926-Axxx S30810-Q2918-X S30810-Q2917-X S30122-X7217-X S30122-K5660-M300 S30807-Q6916-X100 S30810-Q2923-X200 S30810-Q2923-X100 S30810-Q2923-X Function Peripheral board Peripheral board Option Peripheral board (not for U.S.S.

Overview of All Boards Models Used Part number Function HiPath 3500 Note: The HiPath 3550.) Peripheral board (for U.S.) Option (not for U. Service Manual 3-13 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.S.S. ANI4R CBRC CMA CMS CUCR EVM EXMR HXGR3 IMODN IVMS8R LIM MMC MPPI OPALR PDM1 SLU8R STLS4R STLSX4R STRBR TCASR-2 TLA4R TMGL4R TST1 TS2R UAMR UPSC-DR 8SLAR S30807-Q6917-Z103 S30810-Q2935-Z401 S30807-Q6931-X S30807-Q6928-X S30777-Q750-Z S30807-Q6945-X S30122-K7403-Z S30810-K2943-Z S30807-Q6932-X100 S30122-K7379-Z S30807-Q6930-X S30122-X8002-X10 S30122-K7275-B C39195-A7001-B142 S30807-Q5692-X100 S30817-K922-Z301 S30817-K924-Z313 S30810-K2944-Z S30817-Q932-Z S30810-K2945-X S30817-Q923-Zxxx S30810-K2918-Z S30810-K2919-Z S30810-K2913-Z300 S30122-X7402-Z S30122-K7373-M900 S30810-K2925-Z Option (for selected countries only) Central board Central board Central board Central board Option Option Peripheral board Central board Peripheral board Central board Central board Option Cable Option Peripheral board Peripheral board Peripheral board Option Peripheral board (for selected countries only) Peripheral board (not for U.) Central board Peripheral board P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. otherwise contact problems can cause board failure. only) Peripheral board (not for U. HiPath 3350. and HiPath 3300 peripheral boards must be firmly inserted into their slots. HiPath 3500.S.S. only) Peripheral board (for U.boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Overview Table 3-2 Board HiPath 3000 .

Service Manual .) Peripheral board Central board Central board Option Cable Option Peripheral board Peripheral board Peripheral board Option Peripheral board (not for U. 8SLAR ANI4R CBRC CMA CMS CUPR EVM EXMR HXGR3 IMODN IVMP8R IVMS8R LIM MMC MPPI OPALR PDM1 SLU8R STLS4R STLSX4R STRBR TLA4R TLANI 4R TMGL4R UAMR UPSC-DR S30810-K2925-Z S30807-Q6917-Z103 S30810-Q2935-Z401 S30807-Q6931-X S30807-Q6928-X S30777-Q751-Z S30807-Q6945-X S30122-K7403-Z S30810-K2943-Z S30807-Q6932-X100 S30122-K7379-Z100 S30122-K7379-Z S30807-Q6930-X S30122-X8002-X10 S30122-K7275-B C39195-A7001-B142 S30807-Q5692-X100 S30817-K922-Z301 S30817-K924-Z313 S30810-K2944-Z S30817-Q932-Z S30817-Q923-Zxxx S30810-K2918-Z S30122-X7402-Z S30122-K7373-M900 Peripheral board Option (for selected countries only) Central board Central board Central board Central board Option Option Peripheral board Central board Peripheral board (not for U. HiPath 3500. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.S.S. HiPath 3350.Overview of All Boards Models Used Part number Function HiPath 3300 Note: The HiPath 3550.boards.) Peripheral board Peripheral board (for U. only) Option (not for U. otherwise contact problems can cause board failure.) Central board 3-14 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. and HiPath 3300 peripheral boards must be firmly inserted into their slots.S.S.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Overview Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 3-2 Board HiPath 3000 .

0 or later.2.24 interface (Option V24/1) ● CBCC S30810-Q2935-A301: implemented in V5. Service Manual 3-15 . HiPath 3350.1 CBCC Introduction The CBCC board (Central Board with Coldfire Com) performs all central control and switching functions for HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350. and HiPath 3300 and before removing or inserting the central boards in HiPath 3800.2 Central boards Caution The system must be powered down and de-energized before removing or inserting any boards in HiPath 3550. 7 3. for CBCC S30810-Q2935-A301 only) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 65 Veff – Discontinuation of the second V.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards 3. > This description refers to the following versions of central CBCC board: ● CBCC S30810-Q2935-A401: implemented in V6. Subboards The following subboards can be used depending on the application: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Clock module CMA or CMS (optional) Multimedia card (MMC) IMODN integrated modem card new (optional) LIM LAN interface module (optional) MPPI music on hold (optional) EVM entry voice mail (optional) LAN Interface Module LIM (optional. HiPath 3500. Essential new functions: – Integration of the function of the LIM subboard – Increase of the ring voltage of analog station interfaces (T/R) to approx. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards.0 Rel. Essential new function: CLIP Differences between both CBCC versions are indicated at the appropriate point in the following description. 10 or later.

EXM ● ● ● ● > ● ● Please note that only one MPPI module may be connected. CBCC S30810-Q2935-A401: The interfaces supply a ring voltage of approx. 2 (X5) and 3 (X6) Music on hold: MPPI. Service Manual 3-16 . In other words. interfaces ● Ethernet (10 BaseT)/10 MBit) LAN interface. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Bear in mind. Depending on the terminals connected. Switches and indicators ● Reset/reload switch – – Switch pressed < 5 s = Reset activated Switch pressed > 5 s = Reload activated (RUN LED off indicates that a reload is in progress) ● RUN LED LED status meaning is explained in the following table.24 interface can be realized via the V24/1 option. Four analog T/R subscriber lines For U. however. ● Eight digital UP0/E subscriber lines For example.boards. Two digital S0 interfaces (CO (default) or station) Backplane (CUC or CUP) connection via slots 1 (X11). The ETHERNET-LAN interface is deactivated by the system software deactivated as soon as an HG 1500 board is inserted.24 interface CBCC S30810-Q2935-A301: A second V. only: These interfaces do not support the connection of external extensions via OPS (Off-Premises Station) signaling. that the number of BHCAs (Busy Hour Call Attempts = number of connection attempts during busy traffic hours) is restricted to 400 at a maximum of six TAPI ports. CBCC S30810-Q2935-A301: The T/R interfaces supply a ring voltage of approx.S. 35 Veff.0). we cannot exclude the possibility of errors occurring during ringing state.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Outputs. only in CBCC S30810-Q2935-A401 The interface can be used for administration via HiPath 3000 Manager E and CTI functions (TAPI 120 V2. 65 Veff. you can connect either MPPI S30122-K5380-X200 via X4 or MPPI S30122-K7275B via X19/X20. Options bus (O bus) V. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. UP0/E workpoint clients or BS3/1 base stations for HiPath Cordless Office can be connected here. The use of "power dialers" is not approved.

1 s on/0. Normal operating state (zero load)1 MMC removed or defective RUN LED Off On Off On Off for 0.LED Status Meaning Meaning No power Reset switch pressed briefly Reset switch held down for more than 5 seconds (LED is extinguished to acknowledge that a reload has begun) System boot Load operation: APS in SDRAM. The higher the system load the slower the flashing rhythm.boards. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. loadware. Service Manual 3-17 .1 s off 1 The flashing rhythm depends on the load.1 s Flashing 0. and card data. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards Table 3-3 CBCC .5 s off Flashing 0.5 s on/0.

Disconnection does not necessarily delete the customer database (CDB). 9-pin SUB-D plug LAN connector. Service Manual V24/1 .boards.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Figure CBCC S30810-Q2935-A401 X5 X8 O bus CMA 2 X11 2 X6 2 X7 X14 CMS X20 MPPI X15 IMODN X17 X19 X27 X16 2 2 X13 X32 EVM MMC X12 X1 1 1 X2 X30/31 X18 2 X4 1 X3 8 x UP0/E 2 x S 0. use the reset switch. RJ45 jacks Reset/ReloadKeys RUN LED 4 x T/R MPPI or EXM V. 8-pin RJ45 jack Figure 3-1 CBCC Board (S30810-Q2935-A401) > 3-18 Disconnecting the battery buffer by unplugging the X27 jumper is necessary only for testing (module test at the factory). 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.24 interface. To delete the CDB. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. To delete the CDB. RJ45 jacks Reset/reload switch RUN LED 4 x T/R MPPI or EXM V. use the reset switch. Disconnection does not necessarily delete the customer database (CDB). 8-pin RJ45 jack Figure 3-2 CBCC Board (S30810-Q2935-A301) > Disconnecting the battery buffer by unplugging the X27 jumper is necessary only for testing (module test at the factory). Service Manual V24/1 3-19 . 9-pin SUB-D plug LAN connector. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards Figure CBCC S30810-Q2935-A301 X5 X8 O bus CMA 2 X11 2 X6 2 X7 X14 CMS X20 MPPI X15 IMODN X17 X19 X27 X12 X32 EVM MMC LIM X16 2 2 X13 X1 1 1 X2 X30/31 X18 2 X4 1 X3 8 x UP0/E 2 x S0.boards.24 interface.

receive + S0 port 1. Service Manual . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. receive + S0 port 2. transmit + S0 port 2. receive – S0 port 2. transmit – – – CBCC .boards.S0 Interface Assignment (RJ45 Jacks) S0 X31 – – S0 port 2.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch X1 to X4 contact assignments Table 3-4 CBCC . transmit + S0 port 1.X1 to X4 Contact Assignments Connector X2 Connector X3 T/R T/R port 1a T/R port 1b T/R port 2a T/R port 2b T/R port 3a T/R port 3b T/R port 4a T/R port 4b – – UP0/E port 5b UP0/E port 5a UP0/E port 6b UP0/E port 6a UP0/E port 7b UP0/E port 7a UP0/E port 8b UP0/E port 8a – – Connector X4 MPPI or EXM GND Not used Not used EXMCLK (512 kHz data cycle) EXMDIR (8 kHz frame cycle) EXMRES (high-active reset) EXMD (data line) EXMDET (detect signal) +5 V Not used Contact Connector X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 UP0/E port 1b UP0/E port 1a UP0/E port 2b UP0/E port 2a UP0/E port 3b UP0/E port 3a UP0/E port 4b UP0/E port 4a – – UP0/E S0 interface assignment Table 3-5 Contact X30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 – – S0 port 1. transmit – – – 3-20 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. receive – S0 port 1.

channel A Clear to send. Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 CBCC . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.24 Interface Assignment (SUB-D Plug) Signal – RxD A TxD A – 0V – RTS A CTS A – Not used Receive data. Service Manual 3-21 . Table 3-7 Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 CBCC .V. channel A Not used Ground Not used Request to send. channel A Not used Description LAN connector assignment CBCC S30810-Q2935-A301: The Ethernet LAN interface is provided by the optional LIM subboard.boards. channel A Transmit data.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards V.LAN Connector Assignment (RJ45 Jack) Signal Tx + Tx – Rx + – – Rx – – – Transmit + Transmit – Receive + Not used Not used Receive – Not used Not used Description P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.24 interface assignment Table 3-6 X18.

100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 108 109 110 111 112 113 Port UP0/E 1 UP0/E 2 UP0/E 3 UP0/E 4 UP0/E 5 UP0/E 6 UP0/E 7 UP0/E 8 UP0/E 1 UP0/E 2 UP0/E 3 UP0/E 4 UP0/E 5 UP0/E 6 UP0/E 7 UP0/E 8 T/R 1 T/R 2 T/R 3 T/R 3 EVM-1 EVM-2 Port S0 1-1 S0 1-2 S0 2-1 S0 2-2 3-22 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual .boards.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Default Numbering Plan When Using CBCC in HiPath 3550 Table 3-8 Station UP0/E host (master) Default Numbering Plan When Using CBCC in HiPath 3550 Int. 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 UP0/E client (slave) 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 T/R 108 109 110 111 EVM Line S0 CO PP 112 113 Code 7801 7802 7803 7804 DID no. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. call no.

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards Default Numbering Plan When Using CBCC in HiPath 3350 Table 3-9 Station UP0/E host (master) Default Numbering Plan When Using CBCC in HiPath 3350 Int. 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 19 20 21 22 23 24 Port UP0/E 1 UP0/E 2 UP0/E 3 UP0/E 4 UP0/E 5 UP0/E 6 UP0/E 7 UP0/E 8 UP0/E 1 UP0/E 2 UP0/E 3 UP0/E 4 UP0/E 5 UP0/E 6 UP0/E 7 UP0/E 8 T/R 1 T/R 2 T/R 3 T/R 3 EVM-1 EVM-2 Port S0 1-1 S0 1-2 S0 2-1 S0 2-2 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 UP0/E client (slave) 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 T/R 19 20 21 22 EVM Line S0 CO PP 23 24 Code 801 802 803 804 DID no. Service Manual 3-23 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. call no.

Essential new functions: – Integration of the function of the LIM submodule – Increase of the ring voltage of analog station interfaces (T/R) to approx.0 Rel. 65 Veff ● CBRC S30810-Q2935-Z301: implemented in V5. Essential new function: CLIP Differences between both CBRC versions are indicated at the appropriate point in the following description.boards. 10 or later. for CBRC S30810-Q2935-Z301 only) 3-24 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Subboards The following subboards can be used depending on the application: ● ● ● ● ● ● Clock module CMA or CMS (optional) MMC multimedia card IMODN integrated modem card new (optional) MPPI music on hold (optional) EVM entry voice mail (optional) LAN Interface Module LIM (optional. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual .2 CBRC Introduction The CBRC board (Central Board Rack Com) performs all central control and switching functions for HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300. > This description refers to the following versions of central CBRC board: ● CBRC S30810-Q2935-Z401: implemented in V6.2.0 or later.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch 3.

Service Manual 3-25 . Four analog T/R subscriber lines For U.24 interface ● ● ● ● ● ● P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. EXMR Options bus (O bus) V.boards.0). 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Depending on the terminals connected. CBRC S30810-Q2935-Z401: The interfaces supply a ring voltage of approx. CBRC S30810-Q2935-Z301: The T/R interfaces supply a ring voltage of approx. UP0/E workpoint clients or BS3/1 base stations for HiPath Cordless Office can be connected here. bear in mind that the number of BHCAs (Busy Hour Call Attempts = number of connection attempts during busy traffic hours) is restricted to 400 at a maximum of six TAPI ports. The ETHERNET-LAN interface is deactivated by the system software deactivated as soon as an HG 1500 board is inserted. 35 Veff. The use of "power dialers" is not approved. However. 65 Veff. 2 (X5) and 3 (X6) Music on hold: MPPI.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards Outputs. only in CBRC S30810-Q2935-Z40 The interface can be used for administration via HiPath 3000 Manager E and CTI functions (TAPI 120 V2. ● Eight digital UP0/E subscriber lines For example. we cannot exclude the possibility of errors occurring during ringing state. interfaces ● Ethernet (10 BaseT)/10 MBit) LAN interface.S. Two digital S0 interfaces (CO (default) or station) Backplane (CUCR or CUPR) connection via slots 1 (X11). only: These interfaces do not support the connection of external extensions via OPS (Off-Premises Station) signaling.

Service Manual .5 s off Flashing 0. Table 3-10 CBRC .1 s off 1 The flashing rhythm depends on the load.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Switches and indicators ● Reset/reload switch – – Switch pressed < 5 s = Reset activated Switch pressed > 5 s = Reload activated (RUN LED off indicates that a reload is in progress) ● RUN LED LED status meaning is explained in the following table. Normal operating state (zero load)1 MMC removed or defective RUN LED off On Off On off for 0. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. loadware. and card data. The higher the system load the slower the flashing rhythm.5 s on/0. 3-26 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.1 s on/0.LED Status Meaning Meaning No power Reset switch pressed briefly Reset switch held down for more than 5 seconds (LED is extinguished to acknowledge that a reload has begun) System boot Load operation: APS in SDRAM.1 s Flashing 0.boards.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards. RJ45 jacks Reset/ReloadKeys RUN LED 4 x T/R V. 8-pin RJ45 jack Figure 3-3 CBRC Board (S30810-Q2935-Z401) > Disconnecting the battery buffer by unplugging the X27 jumper is necessary only for testing (module test at the factory). Disconnection does not necessarily delete the customer database (CDB). Service Manual 3-27 . To delete the CDB.24 interface. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 9-pin SUB-D plug LAN connector.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards Figure CBRC S30810-Q2935-Z401 X5 X8 O bus CMA 2 X11 2 X6 X20 X14 CMS X13 X15 IMODN X16 MPPI/ EXMR X19 2 X17 X27 X32 EVM MMC X12 1 X3 1 X1 X9 X18 8 x UP0/E 2 x S0. use the reset switch.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.24 interface. 9-pin SUB-D plug LAN connector. RJ45 jacks Reset/reload switch RUN LED 4 x T/R V.boards. To delete the CDB. 8-pin RJ45 jack Figure 3-4 CBRC Board (S30810-Q2935-Z301) > 3-28 Disconnecting the battery buffer by unplugging the X27 jumper is necessary only for testing (module test at the factory).fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Figure CBRC S30810-Q2935-Z301 X5 X8 O bus CMA 2 X11 2 X6 X20 X14 CMS X13 X15 IMODN X16 MPPI/ EXMR X19 2 X17 X27 X12 X32 EVM LIM 1 X3 1 X1 X9 MMC X18 8 x UP0/E 2 x S 0. Disconnection does not necessarily delete the customer database (CDB). P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual . use the reset switch.

receive – S0 port 1. transmit – – – X9 Pin 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 S0 Port 2 – – S0 port 2.X1 and X3 Contact Assignments Connector X1 UP0/E UP0/E port 1a UP0/E port 1b UP0/E port 2a UP0/E port 2b UP0/E port 3a UP0/E port 3b UP0/E port 4a UP0/E port 4b UP0/E port 5a UP0/E port 5b UP0/E port 6a UP0/E port 6b UP0/E port 7a UP0/E port 7b UP0/E port 8a UP0/E port 8b Connector X3 T/R T/R port 1a T/R port 1b T/R port 2a T/R port 2b T/R port 3a T/R port 3b T/R port 4a T/R port 4b – – – – – – – – S0 interface assignment Table 3-12 X9 Pin 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 CBRC .boards. Service Manual . transmit + S0 port 1. receive – S0 port 2. transmit – – – 3-29 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.S0 Interface Assignment (RJ45 Jacks) S0 Port 1 – – S0 port 1. receive + S0 port 1. transmit + S0 port 2. receive + S0 port 2.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards X1 and X3 contact assignments Table 3-11 Contact 14 15 24 25 34 35 44 45 54 55 64 65 74 75 84 85 CBRC .

channel A Clear to send. channel A Not used Description LAN connector assignment CBRC S30810-Q2935-Z301: The Ethernet LAN interface is provided by the optional LIM subboard. Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 CBRC . channel A Transmit data. channel A Not used Ground Not used Request to send.LAN Connector Assignment (RJ45 Jack) via LIM Signal Tx + Tx – Rx + – – Rx – – – Transmit + Transmit – Receive + Not used Not used Receive – Not used Not used Description 3-30 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.24 interface assignment Table 3-13 X18. Table 3-14 Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 CBRC .V. Service Manual .24 Interface Assignment (SUB-D Plug) Signal – RxD A TxD A – 0V – RTS A CTS A – Not used Receive data. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch V.

Service Manual 3-31 .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards Default Numbering Plan When Using CBRC in HiPath 3500 Table 3-15 Station UP0/E host (master) Default Numbering Plan When Using CBRC in HiPath 3500 Int. 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 UP0/E client (slave) 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 T/R 108 109 110 111 EVM Line S0 CO PP 112 113 Code 7801 7802 7803 7804 DID no. call no.boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 108 109 110 111 112 113 Port UP0/E 1 UP0/E 2 UP0/E 3 UP0/E 4 UP0/E 5 UP0/E 6 UP0/E 7 UP0/E 8 UP0/E 1 UP0/E 2 UP0/E 3 UP0/E 4 UP0/E 5 UP0/E 6 UP0/E 7 UP0/E 8 T/R 1 T/R 2 T/R 3 T/R 3 EVM-1 EVM-2 Port S0 1-1 S0 1-2 S0 2-1 S0 2-2 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 UP0/E client (slave) 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 T/R 19 20 21 22 EVM Line S0 CO PP 23 24 Code 801 802 803 804 DID no. Service Manual . 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 19 20 21 22 23 24 Port UP0/E 1 UP0/E 2 UP0/E 3 UP0/E 4 UP0/E 5 UP0/E 6 UP0/E 7 UP0/E 8 UP0/E 1 UP0/E 2 UP0/E 3 UP0/E 4 UP0/E 5 UP0/E 6 UP0/E 7 UP0/E 8 T/R 1 T/R 2 T/R 3 T/R 3 EVM-1 EVM-2 Port S0 1-1 S0 1-2 S0 2-1 S0 2-2 3-32 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. call no.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Default Numbering Plan When Using CBRC in HiPath 3300 Table 3-16 Station UP0/E host (master) Default Numbering Plan When Using CBRC in HiPath 3300 Int.

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards

3.2.3

CBSAP

Introduction The CBSAP board (Central Board Synergy Access Platform) performs all central control and switching functions for HiPath 3800 (see Figure 3-5). Capacity
● ● ● ●

DTMF transmitters: 12 DTMF receivers: 12 Tone generators: 16 Dial tone receivers: 4

Subboards The following subboards can be used depending on the application:
● ● ● ●

CMS clock module (optional) Multimedia card (MMC) IMODN integrated modem card new (optional) LIMS LAN interface module (optional) Contains two Ethernet (10BaseT) LAN connectors (8-pin RJ45 jacks): – – LAN1 (administration via HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E and CTI functions) LAN2 (not assigned)

MPPI music on hold (optional)

V.24 interfaces (9-pin SUB-D plug)
● ●

Service (X50) = for connecting the service PC Application (X51) = for connecting a printer or application

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-33

boards.fm

Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Switches and indicators

Reset/reload switch: – – Switch pressed < 5 s = Reset activated Switch pressed > 5 s = Reload activated (FAIL LED (red) off indicates that a reload is in progress)

Two LEDs indicating the board status: – – Run (green) = signals the current status of the CBSAP board (see Table 12-2) Fail (red) = error encountered

Two LEDs for displaying the LAN interface status: – LED1: – Green = 100 Mbps online (link) – Yellow = 10 Mbps online (link) – Flashing = active LED2 (green): – On = full-duplex (FDX) – Off = half-duplex

3-34

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards

Diagram of CBSAP board

MMC

IMODN

LIMS CMS

MPPI

Figure 3-5

CBSAP Board (S30810-Q2314-X)

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-35

boards.fm

Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Front panel

Two LEDs indicating the board status: ● Run (green, flashing: 0.5 s on/0.5 s off) = correct, error-free operation ● Fail (red) = error encountered Reset/reload switch Slide-in shelf for MMC

V.24 interfaces (9-pin SUB-D plug): Service (X50) = for connecting the service PC ● Application (X51) = for connecting a printer or application

Two Ethernet (10BaseT) LAN connectors (8-pin RJ45 jacks) via LIMS: ● LAN2 (not assigned) ● LAN1 (administration via HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E and CTI functions) The LAN interface status is indicated by two LEDs: ● LED1: – Green = 100 Mbps online (link) – Yellow = 10 Mbps online (link) – Flashing = active ● LED2 (green): – On = full-duplex (FDX) – Off = half-duplex

Figure 3-6 3-36

CBSAP - Front Panel
P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards

V.24 interface assignment Table 3-17 X50/X51, Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 CBSAP - V.24 Interface Assignment (SUB-D Plug) Signal DCD RxD TxD DTR 0V DSR RTS CTS RI Receive data Transmit data Data terminal ready (not used) Ground Data send ready (not used) Request to send Clear to send Ring indicator (not used) Description Data carrier detect (not used)

LAN connector assignment via LIMS Table 3-18 Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 CBSAP - LAN Connector Assignment (RJ45 Jack) Signal Tx + Tx – Rx + – – Rx – – – Description Transmit + Transmit – Receive + Not used Not used Receive – Not used Not used

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-37

boards.fm

Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

3.2.4

CMA
Caution Place the central control board on a flat surface before inserting the CMA subboard. The spacing bolts supplied guarantee the correct insertion of the subboard, so you should always mount them (see Figure 3-7). Otherwise you may damage the board.

7

Spacing bolts

Figure 3-7 Introduction

CMA with Spacing Bolts

The Clock Module ADPCM CMA (S30807-Q6931-X) is an optional subboard for the CBCC and CBRC central control boards. The CMA module is needed for special HiPath Cordless Office configurations. All clock module small (CMS) functions are available when you insert a CMA module. Please refer to Page 3-39 for recommendations on CMA module implementation.

3-38

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards

3.2.5

CMS
Caution Place the central control board on a flat surface before inserting the CMS subboard. The spacing bolts supplied guarantee the correct insertion of the subboard, so you should always mount them (see Figure 3-7). Otherwise you may damage the board.

7

Introduction The Clock Module Small CMS (S30807-Q6928-X) is an optional subboard for the HiPath 3000 central control boards and guarantees greater clock accuracy. Recommendations for CMA and CMS implementation Table 3-19 provides recommendations for the implementation of CMA and CMS subboards based on
● ●

the type of network (ISDN S0, ISDN S2M or Ethernet/IP (10/100 BaseT)) the trunk connection available (no trunk/analog trunk, ISDN S0 or ISDN S2M) and consequently, the possible provision of a digital reference clock HiPath Cordless Office. Trunk connection:

Networked via:
● ●

Trunk connection:

● ●

No trunk or analog trunk HiPath 3000 ISDN S0 ISDN S2M Master System

ISDN S0 ISDN S2M

HiPath 3000

Slave System(s)

No trunk or analog trunk ISDN S0 ISDN S2M

HiPath 3000 System 1

Ethernet/IP (10/100 BaseT)

HiPath 3000 System(s) 1+n

Figure 3-8

Networking Options for HiPath 3000 Systems

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-39

boards.fm

Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Table 3-19

Recommendations for CMA and CMS Implementation HiPath Cordless Office no yes Trunk connection Reference clock HiPath Cordless Office no yes

Trunk Reference connecclock tion

Networking via ISDN S0 lines: MASTER system No trunk or analog trunk ISDN S0 (not always active) ISDN S0 (always active) ISDN S2M – – CMS or CMA (see Table 11-1) No trunk or analog trunk ISDN S0 (not always active) ISDN S0 (always active) ISDN S2M SLAVE system(s) Via ISDN S0 networking line Via ISDN S0 networking line Via ISDN S0 trunk connection Via ISDN S2M trunk connection – CMA2

Via CMS1 CMS or CMA (see ISDN S0 Table 11-1) trunk connection (if active) Via CMS1 ISDN S0 trunk connection Via CMS1 ISDN S2M trunk connection CMA2

CMA2

CMA2

CMA2

CMA2

3-40

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards

Table 3-19

Recommendations for CMA and CMS Implementation HiPath Cordless Office no yes Trunk connection Reference clock HiPath Cordless Office no yes

Trunk Reference connecclock tion

Networking via ISDN S2M lines: MASTER system No trunk or analog trunk ISDN S0 (not always active) ISDN S0 (always active) ISDN S2M – – CMS or CMA (see Table 11-1) No trunk or analog trunk ISDN S0 (not always active) ISDN S0 (always active) ISDN S2M SLAVE system(s) Via ISDN S2M networking line Via ISDN S2M networking line Via ISDN S0 trunk connection Via ISDN S2M trunk connection – CMA2

Via CMS1 CMS or CMA (see ISDN S0 Table 11-2) trunk connection (if active) Via CMS1 ISDN S0 trunk connection CMS1 Via ISDN S2M trunk connection CMA2

CMA2

CMA2

CMA2

CMA2

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-41

boards.fm

Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Table 3-19

Recommendations for CMA and CMS Implementation HiPath Cordless Office no yes Trunk connection Reference clock HiPath Cordless Office no yes

Trunk Reference connecclock tion

Networking via Ethernet/IP (10/100 BaseT) lines: System 1 No trunk or analog trunk ISDN S0 (not always active) ISDN S0 (always active) ISDN S2M – CMS3 CMS or CMA (see Table 11-1) No trunk or analog trunk ISDN S0 (not always active) ISDN S0 (always active) ISDN S2M System(s) n+1 – CMS3 CMS or CMA (see Table 11-1)

Via CMS3 CMS or CMA ISDN S0 (see trunk conTable 11-1) nection (if active) Via ISDN S0 trunk connection Via ISDN S2M trunk connection – CMA2

Via CMS3 CMS or CMA ISDN S0 (see trunk conTable 11-1) nection (if active) Via ISDN S0 trunk connection Via ISDN S2M trunk connection – CMA2

CMA2

CMA2

1 2 3

CMS is not necessary if the reference clock supplied by the CO is always available via the networking lines (not a transparent clock). CMA is not necessary if ADPCM conversion is not needed for HiPath Cordless Office (see Table 11-1). CMS is not necessary but is recommended for the following reasons: Although an Ethernet link is an asynchronous connection, buffer overflow/underflow can cause transmission errors. To avoid this, the clock difference between the master and the slave systems should be as small as possible so that the receive and send buffer can be read and addressed at the same speed on both sides. The more accurate the clock source in the relevant systems, the fewer the faults.

3-42

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards

3.2.6

CUC and CUCR

The backplane comes in two versions:

CUC (Connection Unit Com) S30777-Q750-X (Figure 3-9) - for use in HiPath 3550 (wall housing) CUCR (Connection Unit Com Rack) S30777-Q750-Z (Figure 3-10) - for use in HiPath 3500 (19-inch housing)

CUC connector designations and slot assignments (S30777-Q750-X)

Reserved Slot 2 (8 x UP0/E) Slot 6 (X40) Slot 8 (X60) Slot 4 (X20) Figure 3-9

Slot 10 (X10) Slot 1 (2 x S0) Slot 3 (4 x T/R) Slot 7 (X50) Slot 9 (X70) PSU/UPS (X1) Slot 5 (X30) CBCC Peripheral board Peripheral board Peripheral board

CUC

CUC Backplane (S30777-Q750-X)

CUCR connector designations and slot assignments (S30777-Q750-Z)

Slot 2 (8 x UP0/E) Slot 6 (X40) Slot 8 (X60) Slot 4 (X20) Figure 3-10

Slot 1 (2 x S0)

Slot 3 (4 x T/R) Slot 7 (X50) Slot 9 (X70)

CBRC Peripheral board Peripheral board Peripheral board

CUCR

PSU/UPS (X1)

Slot 5 (X30)

CUCR Backplane (S30777-Q750-Z)

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-43

boards.fm

Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

3.2.7

CUP and CUPR

The backplane comes in two versions:

CUP (Connection Unit Point) S30777-Q751-X (Figure 3-11) - for use in HiPath 3350 (wall housing) CUPR (Connection Unit Point Rack) S30777-Q751-Z (Figure 3-12) - for use in HiPath 3300 (19-inch housing)

CUP connector designations and slot assignments (S30777-Q751-X)

Slot 2 (8 x UP0/E)

Slot 1 (2 x S0)

Slot 3 (4 x T/R)

CBCC

Slot 4 (X20)

PSU/UPS (X1) CUP

Slot 5 (X30)

Peripheral board

Figure 3-11

CUP Backplane (S30777-Q751-X)

CUPR connector designations and slot assignments (S30777-Q751-Z)

Slot 2 (8 x UP0/E)

Slot 1 (2 x S0)

Slot 3 (4 x T/R)

CBRC

Slot 4 (X20)

PSU/UPS (X1) CUPR

Slot 5 (X30)

Peripheral board

Figure 3-12

CUPR Backplane (S30777-Q751-Z)

3-44

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards

3.2.8

DBSAP

A prerequisite for expanding HiPath 3800 to a two-cabinet system is that the DBSAP (Driver Board for Synergy Access Platform) board is mounted on the backplane of the expansion cabinet. DBSAP ensures that the expansion cabinet receives HDLC, PCM and clock signals from the basic cabinet. In addition, an ID signal is created which indicates the availability of an expansion cabinet to the CBSAP.

Front With 68-pin DB68 mini-jack for connecting the connection cable to the basic cabinet Figure 3-13 DBSAP (S30807-Q6722-X)

Back With four jacks for plugging into the backplane of the expansion cabinet

>

The cable (C39195-Z7611-A10) is used as the connection cable between basic cabinet (X201 jack) and expansion cabinet (DBSAP board). To ensure smooth operation, use only shielded cables with a maximum length of 1 m.

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-45

boards.fm

Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

DBSAP

Figure 3-14

DBSAP on the Backplane of the Expansion Cabinet

3-46

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards

3.2.9

IMODN
Caution Place the central control board on a flat surface before inserting the IMODN subboard. The spacing bolts supplied guarantee the correct insertion of the subboard, so you should always mount them (see Figure 3-7). Otherwise you may damage the board.

7

Introduction The Integrated Modem Card New (IMODN - S30807-Q6932-X100) is an optional subboard for HiPath 3000 central control boards. It permits the use of remote service (analog mode up to 33.6 Kbps) over analog trunks without an external modem. IMODN is the compatible successor of IMODC. Functional differences between both modules only exist in the higher transmission speed of the IMODN. Loadable loadware To avoid exchanging the IMODN subboard during a software upgrade, IMODN loadware is automatically updated in V4.0 SMR-08 and later. Updating the IMODN loadware takes approx. 10 minutes beginning with the idle system status. The red LED on the IMODN lights up repeatedly during the loading procedure. IMODN is ready as soon as the green LED starts to flash. If the IMODN loadware is not updated when the system is reset, the green LED starts to flash approx. 10 seconds after the reset. The green LED continues to flash after the system boot.

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-47

boards.fm

Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

3.2.10

LIM
Caution The LAN interface module must not be plugged in or out when the system is energized. Place the central control board on a flat surface before inserting the LIM subboard. The spacing bolts supplied guarantee the correct insertion of the subboard, so you should always mount them (see Figure 3-7). Otherwise you may damage the board.

7

Introduction The LAN Interface Module LIM (S30807-Q6930-X) is an optional plug-in card for all central control boards of HiPath 3000 with the exception of the CBSAP (HiPath 3800), the CBCC (HiPath 3550, HiPath 3350) from S30810-Q2935-A401 or later, and the CBRC (HiPath 3500, HiPath 3300) from S30810-Q2935-Z401 or later. The board provides an Ethernet (10BaseT/10 megabit) LAN connector via an 8-pin RJ45 jack. The LIM module can be used for administration via HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E and for CTI functions (TAPI 120 V2.0). Bear in mind, however, that the number of BHCAs (Busy Hour Call Attempts = number of connection attempts during busy traffic hours) is restricted to 400 at a maximum of six TAPI ports. The use of "power dialers" is not approved. In V6.0 or later, the system software deactivates an existing LIM module when an HG 1500 board is inserted. You cannot operate the LIM module and a HG 1500 board simultaneously in a HiPath 3000. RJ45 jack assignment Table 3-20 Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 LIM - RJ45 Jack Assignment Signal Tx + Tx – Rx + – – Rx – – – Description Transmit + Transmit – Receive + Not used Not used Receive – Not used Not used

3-48

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards

3.2.11

LIMS
Caution The LIMS module must not be plugged in or out when the system is energized.

7

Introduction The LAN Interface Module for SAPP LIMS (S30807-Q6721-X) is an optional plug-in card for the CBSAP central control board in HiPath 3800. The board provides two Ethernet (10BaseT) LAN connectors via two 8-pin RJ45 jacks:
● ●

LAN1 (administration via HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E and CTI functions) LAN2 (not assigned)

The LIMS module can be used for administration via HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E and for CTI functions (TAPI 120 V2.0). However, bear in mind that the number of BHCAs (Busy Hour Call Attempts = number of connection attempts during busy traffic hours) is restricted to 400 at a maximum of six TAPI ports. The use of "power dialers" is not approved. In V6.0 or later, the system software deactivates an existing LIMS module when an STMI2 board is inserted. You cannot operate the LIMS module and an STMI2 board simultaneously in a HiPath 3800.

Figure 3-15

CBSAP with LIMS Module Plugged In

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-49

boards.fm

Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

RJ45 jack assignment Table 3-21 Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 LIMS - RJ45 Jack Assignment Signal Tx + Tx – Rx + – – Rx – – – Description Transmit + Transmit – Receive + Not used Not used Receive – Not used Not used

3-50

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards

3.2.12

LUNA2

Introduction LUNA2 (Line-powered Unit for Network-based Architecture No. 2) is used as the central power supply in HiPath 3800. Depending on the system configuration up to three LUNA2 modules can be used in the basic cabinet and up to four LUNA2 modules can be used in the expansion cabinet. When expanding the HiPath 3800 to a two-cabinet system, two LUNA2 modules in the basic cabinet and three LUNA2 modules in the expansion cabinet are enough to supply the maximum configuration in Table 2-6. For information on how to calculate the number of LUNA2 modules required, see Page 3-57. You can use a third LUNA2 in the basic cabinet and a fourth in the expansion cabinet to ensure error-free operation if one LUNA2 module fails (redundant LUNA2) or to charge a connected battery pack or a battery cabinet. These operating modes cannot be combined. LUNA2 supports power supply and battery management functions. No other components are required if it is operated as a power supply. To maintain short-term battery emergency operation after a power failure, (i.e. to use uninterruptible power supply functions), you must also connect a battery pack for each system cabinet or a BSG 48/38 battery cabinet (including battery charger). LUNA2 is used in all countries. Licensed batteries S30122-K5950-Y200: Battery pack 4 x 12 V/7 Ah Weight (including batteries): 14.1 kg Dimensions (length x width x height): 280 mm x 160 mm x 140 mm This is the only battery pack approved for operation with LUNA2. Part numbers

LUNA2: S30122-K7686-L1, S30122-K7686-M1 For production-related reasons, two different LUNA2 modules with the same functions are used. Technically identical, the two models have minor mechanical differences and are fully compatible with each other. Battery pack 4 x 12 V/7 Ah: S30122-K5950-Y200 (the connection cable for LUNA2 is part of the battery pack)

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-51

boards.fm

Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Battery cabinet BSG 48/38: S30122-K5950-F300 (Page 3-58) – – Battery cable for BSG 48/38: C39195-Z7985-B10 (A battery cable is required for each system cabinet to be connected.) Battery 12 V/38 Ah: S30122-X5950-F320 (Four batteries necessary for each BSG 48/38.)

Technical specifications
● ● ●

Nominal voltage range: 110 Vac - 240 Vac Nominal frequency: 50 Hz - 60 Hz Output voltage (battery charging voltage, if a LUNA2 is used as a battery charger): – 54.7 Vdc; –53.5 Vdc (for gell cell batteries, currently not released) Output current (battery charge current, if a LUNA2 is used as a battery charger): up to 2 A Bridging times Table 3-22 lists the maximum possible bridging times (emergency battery operation in case of power failure) with battery pack S30122-K5950-Y200 ((48 V/7 Ah) and battery housing BSG 48/38 (S30122-K5950-F300). Table 3-22 System LUNA2 - Bridging Times with Battery Pack 48 V/7 Ah and Upright Battery Housing BSG 48/38 Power supply unit Load levels Maximum bridging time 25 min

● ●

HiPath 3800 2 x LUNA2 per system cabinet as 60 % nominal PSU load 1 x LUNA2 per system cabinet as battery charger 1 x battery pack 48 V/7 Ah per system cabinet HiPath 3800 5 x LUNA2 per system 60 % nominal 1 x BSG 48/38 upright battery load housing per system (LUNA2 is not required as a battery charger as the BSG 48/38 battery cabinet features a built-in charger.)

1 h 30 min

Measurement conditions: All measurements were performed at a room temperature of approximately 22 °C (71.6 °F). ● The batteries were new and fully charged when measurement started.

3-52

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards

Front view of LUNA2 with indicators and switches

LED for displaying the operating status

ON/OFF switch for secondary operating voltages (system supply voltages) LUNA2 can only be plugged in or out when the system is switched off (switch = DC-OFF)

Switches for setting the operating mode

Removal tab You can insert a screwdriver here to remove the LUNA2 from the shelf.

Figure 3-16

LUNA2 Front Panel

LED for displaying the operating status: – Illuminated = LUNA2 is operating as power supply unit – Flashing = LUNA2 is operating as a battery charger – Off = at least one secondary operating voltage is outside the tolerance zone. In this case a) the voltage feed for LUNA2 may not be sufficient (an additional LUNA2 module is required. For information on how to determine the number of LUNA2 modules required, see Page 3-57). b) LUNA2 may be defective (the board must be replaced).

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-53

boards.fm

Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

ON/OFF switch for secondary operating voltages (system supply voltages)

7

Caution The switches for deactivating the secondary operating voltage (system supply voltage) must be set to "DC-OFF" on all LUNA2s during maintenance work that requires the system to be de-energized (for example, central board replacement). The system is only in de-energized state if the switches on ALL LUNA2s are set to “DC-OFF” position. The system is only restarted if all LUNA2 switches are returned to the “DC-ON” position.

Switches for setting the operating mode (the operating mode must be set before the outer panel is mounted): – Mode 1: For use as power supply (LED illuminated) – Mode 2a: For use as battery charger (LED flashing) with a charging voltage of 54.7 Vdc – Mode 2b: For use as battery charger (LED flashing) with a charging voltage of 53.5 Vdc

>

From a technical viewpoint, there are no differences between the LUNA2 slots. A LUNA2 can be used in all slots, regardless of the selected operating mode. To achieve a uniform LUNA2 system configuration worldwide, the following rules should be observed: ● The power supplies that are used to supply the system directly should be plugged in at LUNA2 slots 1, 2, and 3 (expansion cabinet only). ● At the LUNA2 slot marked “4”, the only power supplies that should be plugged in are those – used for LUNA2 redundancy (set to mode 1). – used to charge batteries (set to mode 2a or mode 2b).

3-54

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards

Slots Push the LUNA2 power supply unit into the slots provided in the lower part of the system cabinet shelf until you hear a click (see Figure 4-19). The power supply unit slots must be covered with the outer panel shown in Figure 3-17 (basic cabinet) and in Figure 3-18 (expansion cabinet) before the system is started up.

Figure 3-17

LUNA2 slots in the basic cabinet (outer panel mounted)

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-55

Service Manual .fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Figure 3-18 LUNA2 Slots in the Expansion Cabinet (With Outer Panel Mounted) 3-56 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards.

b) Basic cabinet with CBSAP and peripheral boards (with PBXXX. SLMA and/or SLCN available no yes no yes no yes no yes no yes Number of LUNA2s required per cabinet 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 3 3 3 A single LUNA2 can supply a CBSAP and up to four peripheral boards. SLMA or SLCN) ● ● ● PBXXX. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. SLMA and/or SLCN. Table 3-23 Determining the Number of LUNA2 Modules Required Per Cabinet Number of peripheral boards per cabinet Basic cabinet <5 <5 5 5 Expansion cabinet <5 <5 5 5 10 10 Examples for a one-cabinet system: a) Basic cabinet with CBSAP and peripheral boards (without PBXXX. Service Manual 3-57 . SLMA and/or SLCN) ● Two LUNA2s are always required to supply a CBSAP. STMI2. A third LUNA2 can be used as a battery charger or as a redundant LUNA2. and PBXXX. STMI2.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards Calculating the number of LUNA2 modules required The number of LUNA2 modules required in relation to the number and type of peripheral boards installed can be calculated using the following table. STMI2.boards. A third LUNA2 can be used as a battery charger or as a redundant LUNA2. STMI2. ● P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. peripheral boards. A second LUNA2 is required for five or more peripheral boards.

3-58 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. excluding batteries: 18. including batteries: 75.9 kg Weight.boards. Figure 3-20 is a schematic display of the connections between the battery cabinet BSG 48/38 and HiPath 3800.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch BSG 48/38 You can use a BSG 48/38 battery cabinet instead of the battery pack to extend the bridging time in the event of a power failure. The DC connection cable (C39195-Z7985-B10) included in delivery lets you connect any system cabinet to the battery cabinet (do not connect to extension cables).3 kg Dimensions (length x width x height): 380 mm x 420 mm x 492 mm The battery cabinet is designed for direct connection to the HiPath 3800 communication system. refer to the installation and startup instructions that came with the cabinet. The BSG 48/38 battery cabinet (S30122-K5950-F300) consists of ● ● ● an upright housing a charging rectifier a battery set (38 Ah/48 V) Technical specifications for the BSG 48/38 battery cabinet: ● ● ● Weight. > For detailed information about safety precautions as well as using and connecting the battery cabinet. Service Manual . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards DC output 2: –48-V special outputs +– +– BSG 48/38 DC output 1: –48 V to HiPath 3800 AC input 230 V 1 2 3 Figure 3-19 Rear View of the BSG 48/38 Battery Cabinet (S30122-K5950-F300) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.boards. Service Manual 3-59 .

the system cabinets are shown separately and without grounding. Service Manual . –48 V 1 2 3 100 .60 Hz DC connection cable Expansion cabinet DC AC 100 .240 Vac 50 . X212 (basic cabinet only)) Note: For reasons of clarity.60 Hz DC port (X209) AC outlet (X211.240 Vac 50 . Figure 3-20 Connections Between the BSG 48/38 Battery Cabinet and HiPath 3800 3-60 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch HiPath 3800 Basic cabinet DC connection cable BSG 48/38 with batt.set (38 Ah/48 V) 100 .60 Hz DC AC AC input DC Output 1.240 Vac 50 .boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

boards. Service Manual HiPath 3300 with CBRC 3-61 .Application in HiPath 3000 tion in countries HiPath 3800 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3350 with CBCC HiPath 3500 X HiPath 3300 X X X X X X X X X X X X HiPath 3000 Version 4. If the system detects an MMC16.0 (or later) only supports 64 MB multimedia cards (MMC64). 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. CDB backup and APS transfer). the startup is aborted.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards 3. Table 3-24 MMC Multimedia Card Models and Applications Part number Applica.2.0 MMC16 (16 MB) S30122-X7424-X (= empty basic MMC) P50038-P1009-A816 P50038-P1010-A816 P50038-P1011-A816 MMC64 (64 MB) S30122-X8002-X10 (= empty basic MMC) P50038-P1010-A864 P50038-P1011-A864 ROW X X X X X ROW X X X X X X P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Please note that the multimedia card (MMC) may only be replaced by another MMC approved by Siemens Enterprise Communications GmbH & Co. The MMC is checked during system startup. > HiPath 3000 V5. MMC16 (16 MB) cards cannot be used. KG. Cards that have not been approved may have a different internal structure which can affect temporal access and certain features (for example.13 MMC Introduction The Multi Media Card (MMC) is a plug-in memory card for the central control boards and contains the CDB backup and the relevant version-specific application processor software (APS).

0 MMC64 (64 MB) S30122-X8002-X10 (= empty basic MMC) P30152-P1205-P2 P30152-P1205-P1 ROW X X X X X X X X X X X X X X ROW X X X X X X X X X X X X X 3-62 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.0 MMC64 (64 MB) S30122-X8002-X10 (= empty basic MMC) P50038-P1053-A816 P50038-P1054-A816 HiPath 3000 Version 6. Service Manual HiPath 3300 with CBRC .boards.Application in HiPath 3000 tion in countries HiPath 3800 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3350 with CBCC HiPath 3500 X HiPath 3300 HiPath 3000 Version 5.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 3-24 MMC Multimedia Card Models and Applications Part number Applica. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards 3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. –48 V Power consumption: 70 W 7 Caution System voltage can only be switched on or off by plugging in or out the power plug. Service Manual 3-63 .2.60 Hz Ring voltage generator 75 Vac. ● 25 Hz = Germany + international Power plug Figure 3-21 PSUP Interface (S30122-K5658-M) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. The device plugs into a special slot and is secured by screws. A monitoring LED indicates the presence of the 5-V output voltage.240 Vac Nominal frequency: 50 Hz .14 PSUP Introduction The power supply PSUP S30122-K5658-M (Figure 3-21) is used in HiPath 3350 (wall housing). It connects to the power outlet using a modular power cord.boards. Technical specifications ● ● ● ● ● Nominal voltage range: 100 Vac .S. 20/25/50 Hz Partial voltages: +5 Vdc. PSUP interfaces (S30122-K5658-M) 1 To CUP X1 50 50 Hz 20 Hz 25 Hz Slide switch for setting ring frequency for following country settings: ● 50 Hz = France ● 20 Hz = U.

SLMA8 and SLMA2 boards. A system cabinet can be fitted with a mix of SLMA.15 RGMOD (for selected countries only) Introduction The external ring voltage generator RGMOD (S30124-X5109-X) is required for generating ring voltages for the HiPath 3800 SLMA2 board. Service Manual . RGMOD is plugged in on the reverse of the backplane of the basic and/or expansion cabinet. Ring voltage 75 Veff Ring frequency 25 Hz Setting 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Standard European standard Table 3-25 RGMOD (for selected countries only) . When the ring voltage generator is removed. RGMOD has no effect on SLMA and SLMA8. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.2.Setting the Ring Voltages and Ring Frequencies 3-64 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch 3. > Setting the ring voltage and ring frequency The ring voltage and ring frequency are set using jumpers. no ring tone is generated for the analog telephones connected to the SLMA2.boards. The prescribed measures for protection against high voltage must be taken when working on or close to the board. as these boards generate their own ring voltage (35 Veff). 7 Danger RGMOD must not be plugged in or out when the system is energized! In normal mode. the ring voltage generator operates with voltages ranging from +75 V to –170 V.

Setting the Ring Voltages and Ring Frequencies P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.S.boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards Ring voltage 65 Veff Ring frequency 25 Hz Setting 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Standard Switzerland 75 Veff 50 Hz France 85 Veff 20 Hz U. Table 3-25 RGMOD (for selected countries only) . Service Manual 3-65 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing RGMOD The RGMOD ring voltage generator is plugged in at the rear of the backplane. Service Manual . ● Basic cabinet When using one or more SLMA2 boards in the basic cabinet. X214 Figure 3-22 HiPath 3800 . RGMOD must be plugged into the 10-pin port X214 of the basic cabinet (see Figure 3-22).boards.Connectors and Jacks on the Backplane of the Basic Cabinet 3-66 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

RGMOD must be plugged into the 10-pin port X214 of the expansion cabinet (see Figure 3-23).fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards ● Expansion cabinet When using one or more SLMA2 boards in the expansion cabinet. X214 Figure 3-23 HiPath 3800 .Connectors and Jacks on the Backplane of the Expansion Cabinet P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards. Service Manual 3-67 .

16 UPSC-D Introduction The UPSC-D S30122-K5660-M300 board (Figure 3-24) is used in HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 (wall housing).boards.e. No other components are required if it is operated as an AC power supply. Service Manual . 7 Danger Do not use 24-V batteries (S30122-K5403-X) in conjunction with UPSC-D as an explosive gas (hydrogen + oxygen) escapes when the battery is overloaded. For this. and when an error occurs. If the power supplied by the UPSC-D is insufficient. 7 Warning The UPSC-D power supply unit is only released for permanent AC power supply.2. connection must be performed as for a battery pack. The UPSC-D’s internal -48-V output is deactivated when the external power supply is connected. This module supports power supply and battery management functions. Licensed battery pack S30122-K5928-X (48 V (4 x 12 V)/1.2 Ah battery pack) This is the only battery pack released for connection to UPSC-D. The 48-V direct-current system must not exceed the limit of 60 V in operating mode. To maintain short-term battery emergency operation after a power failure (i.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch 3. an external EPSU2 power supply can be installed to provide additional power. A DC power supply unit is only connected to bridge an AC power failure (emergency battery operation). the EPSU2’s DC connection needs to be connected to the special –48 Vdc input on the UPSC-D. to use uninterruptible power supply functions). 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. The direct-current system must not be connected to the UPSC-D if this cannot be guaranteed. 3-68 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. you must also connect a battery pack. Permanent operation at a direct-current system is not allowed. If a 48-V direct-current system is being used instead of a battery pack for DC power supply. during loading.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.2 Ah) Power supply unit Load levels Normal output load = 5 V: 3 A. ● The batteries were fully charged when the measurement was started. –48 V: 0.1 A.4°F). –48 V: 0. 20/25/50 Hz Partial voltages: +5 Vdc. ringing approx. ringing approx.5 A (external via EPSU2). EPSU2 –48 V: 2.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards Technical specifications ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Nominal voltage range: 100 Vac . –48 V: 1. depending on the system.8 V .5 A. –48 V Battery charger: 4 x 12 V (40. 4 VA Normal output load 60 % = 5 V: 4. Service Manual 3-69 .2 Ah). 4 VA Measurement conditions: ● All measurements were performed at a room temperature of approximately 23 °C (73. Table 3-26 System UPSC-D .55.240 Vac Nominal frequency: 50 Hz .8 A.2 V) Power consumption: 180 W Bridging times Table 3-26 lists the maximum possible bridging times (emergency battery operation in case of power failure) with battery pack S30122-K5928-X (48 V/1. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.boards. ringing approx.66 A.Bridging Times with Battery Pack S30122-K5928-X (48 V/ 1. ringing approx.60 Hz Ring voltage generator 75 Vac. 2 VA Maximum bridging time 19 min 6 min 15 min 17 min HiPath 3350 UPSC-D HiPath 3550 UPSC-D HiPath 3550 UPSC-D HiPath 3550 UPSC-D with Normal output load 100 % = 5 V: 8 A. 2 VA Normal output load 100 % = 5 V: 8 A.

Service Manual . battery voltage activated (battery backup on) 1 to CUC/ CUP X1 50 LED.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Diagram of UPSC-D LED. green Slide switch for setting the ring frequency Slide switch for activating/deactivating the battery voltage (battery pack): ● up = off. yellow Figure 3-24 UPSC-D (S30122-K5660-M300) 25 Hz 20 Hz 50 Hz LED. battery voltage deactivated (battery backup off) ● down = on.boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. yellow ry tte Ba 2 SU EP lug rp we Po ck pa Figure 3-25 UPSC-D (S30122-K5660-M300) 3-70 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

battery voltage deactivated (battery backup off) down = on. Service Manual 3-71 . yellow: –48-V output voltage is supplied by the external EPSU2 power supply. LED. battery voltage activated (battery backup on) ● Slide switch for activating and deactivating the battery voltage (battery pack) LED. If using an uninterruptible power supply. switch off the battery voltage first.Switches and LEDs P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Slide switch for setting the ring frequency: – 25 Hz (Germany + international market) – 20 Hz (U. green: +5-V output voltage is available. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards Switches and indicators 7 ● ● ● Caution System voltage can only be switched on or off by plugging in or out the power plug. LED.) – 50 Hz (France) Slide switch for activating and deactivating the battery voltage (battery pack): – – up = off. green: +5-V output voltage is available Slide switch for setting the ring frequency Figure 3-26 UPSC-D .boards.S.

fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Connectors Connector for battery pack Connector for EPSU2 Power plug Figure 3-27 UPSC-D .boards. Service Manual . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.Connectors 3-72 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

To do this.2. and Canada)”).17 UPSC-DR Introduction The UPSC-DR S30122-K7373-M900 board (Figure 3-28) is used in HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 (19-inch housing).S. ● by disconnecting the line cord attached to any connected batteries (installed in the EBR PB3000EBR) (see Section 9. The UPSC-DR’s internal -48 V output is deactivated when the external power supply is connected. “ECR with HiPath 3500 and 3300 (not for U. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.3. Service Manual 3-73 .S. The direct-current system must not be connected to the UPSC-DR if this cannot be guaranteed! Danger The UPSC-DR board is not insulated. A DC power supply unit is only connected to bridge an AC power failure (emergency battery operation).fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards 3. and when an error occurs.2. Display. Consequently. “ECR with HiPath 3500 and 3300 (not for U. Before opening the housing. 7 If the power supplied by the UPSC-DR is insufficient. The 48-V direct-current system must not exceed the limit of 60 V in operating mode. and Canada)”) ● by disconnecting the power plug. connection must be performed as for a battery pack. an external EPSU2-R power supply can be installed to provide additional power.2. you must also connect a battery pack (see Section 9.3.2. No other components are required if it is operated as an AC power supply. to use uninterruptible power supply functions). ● by disconnecting the line cord attached to any connected EPSU2-R (installed in the EBR PB3000EBR) (see Section 9.e. “ECR Control.1.2. a system using a UPSC-DR may only be operated with a closed housing. To maintain short-term battery emergency operation after a power failure (i.3. and Connecting Elements”). during loading. make sure that the system is de-energized as follows: ● by disconnecting the battery voltage and line voltage at any connected EBR (see Section 9. This module supports power supply and battery management functions.boards. connect the DC port on the EPSU2-R to the special –48-Vdc input on the UPSC-DR. 7 Warning The UPSC-DR power supply unit is only released for permanent AC power supply. Permanent operation at a direct-current system is not allowed.3). If a 48-V direct-current system is being used instead of a battery pack for DC power supply.

fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Licensed batteries 4 x V39113-W5123-E891 (4 x 12 V/7 Ah batteries) These are the only batteries released for connection to UPSC-DR and installation in the ECR PB3000! 7 Danger Do not use 24-V batteries (S30122-K5403-X) in conjunction with UPSC-DR as an explosive gas (hydrogen + oxygen) escapes when the battery is overloaded. 2 VA 2h 40min 3-74 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.55. ringing approx.boards.2 V) Power consumption: 180 W Bridging times Table 3-27 lists the maximum possible bridging times (emergency battery operation in case of power failure) with four batteries V39113-W5123-E891 (4 x 12 V/7 Ah batteries). 4 VA Normal output load 60 % = 5 V: 4. ringing approx. –48 V Battery charger: 4 x 12 V (40.8 V . –48 V: 0.8 A (external via EPSU2-R). Service Manual . Table 3-27 System UPSC-DR . 20/25/50 Hz Partial voltages: +5 Vdc. 4 VA HiPath 3500 UPSC-DR with Normal output load 60 % = 5 V: 4. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.8 A.5 A. ringing approx. 2 VA Maximum bridging time 7h 30min 1h 30min 2h 20min 1h 30min HiPath 3300 UPSC-DR HiPath 3500 UPSC-DR HiPath 3500 UPSC-DR HiPath 3500 UPSC-DR with Normal output load 100 % = 5 V: 8 A.60 Hz Ring voltage generator 75 Vac. depending on the system. Technical specifications ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Nominal voltage range: 100 Vac . EPSU2-R –48 V: 1.240 Vac Nominal frequency: 50 Hz . 2 VA Normal output load 100 % = 5 V: 8 A.8 A. EPSU2-R –48 V: 3 A (external via EPSU2-R). ringing approx. –48 V: 0. –48 V: 1.1 A.66 A. ringing approx.Bridging Times with four Batteries V39113-W5123-E891 (4 x 12 V/7 Ah Batteries) Power supply unit Load levels Normal output load = 5 V: 3 A.

green LED. Service Manual 3-75 . ● The batteries were fully charged when the measurement was started.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards Table 3-27 System UPSC-DR . Diagram of UPSC-DR LED.Bridging Times with four Batteries V39113-W5123-E891 (4 x 12 V/7 Ah Batteries) Power supply unit Load levels Maximum bridging time Measurement conditions: ● All measurements were performed at a room temperature of approximately 23 °C (73. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. yellow Figure 3-28 UPSC-DR (S30122-K7373-M900) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.4 °F).boards.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards. Service Manual . battery voltage activated (battery backup on) Caution The screw marked “ ” performs the ground connection between UPSC-DR and the 19-inch housing and must always be installed. Battery connector assignment: +48 VBatt –48 VBatt –48 V from EPSU2-R +48 V from EPSU2-R 1 to CUCR/CUPR X1 50 LED.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch 25 Hz 20 Hz 50 Hz LED. yellow Connector for batteries and EPSU2-R (installed in the ECR) AC power 19-inch housing for HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 Figure 3-29 UPSC-DR (S30122-K7373-M900) 3-76 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. battery voltage deactivated (battery backup off) ● down = on. green Slide switch for setting the ring frequency Slide switch for activating and deactivating the battery voltage (batteries): ● up = off.

Switches and LEDs P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. yellow: –48-V output voltage is supplied by the external EPSU2-R power supply. green: +5-V output voltage is available. green: +5-V output voltage is available Slide switch for setting the ring frequency Figure 3-30 UPSC-DR . battery voltage activated (battery backup on) ● Slide switch for activating and deactivating the battery voltage (batteries) LED. LED.S. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. LED. switch off the battery voltage first. Service Manual 3-77 .) – 50 Hz (France) Slide switch for activating and deactivating the battery voltage (batteries): – – up = off. If using an uninterruptible power supply.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards Switches and indicators 7 ● ● ● Caution System voltage can only be switched on or off by plugging in or out the power plug. Slide switch for setting the ring frequency: – 25 Hz (Germany + international market) – 20 Hz (U. battery voltage deactivated (battery backup off) down = on.boards.

fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Central boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Connectors Connector for batteries and EPSU2-R (installed in the ECR) Figure 3-31 UPSC-DR .boards. Service Manual . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.Connectors Power plug 3-78 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

3. otherwise contact problems can cause board failure. and HiPath 3300 and before removing or inserting the central boards in HiPath 3800. Information about the supported applications can be found in the HiPath All-in-One product documentation.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards 3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. HiPath 3500. HiPath 3500. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.3.boards. All communication between HiPath 3800 and HiPath All-in-One takes place over the IP network. Service Manual 3-79 . The cPCI box contains two fan drawers. the cPCI box CSAPE (Central Shelf Access Point Emergency) can be installed in the HiPath 3800 basic cabinet.1 CSAPE Introduction In V6. There is no electrical connection between the system and the cPCI box CSAPE. 7 Note The HiPath 3550. Installation of the cPCI box CSAPE in the system is a purely mechanical operation. HiPath 3350. CSAPE is required when using HiPath All-in-One applications. the AC power supply unit ACPCI (part number S30124-X5166-X).0 or later.3 Peripheral boards Caution The system must be powered down and de-energized before removing or inserting any boards in HiPath 3550. and two slide-in shelves for the Embedded Application Server EAS. and HiPath 3300 peripheral boards must be firmly inserted into their slots. HiPath 3350.

fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Front panel Fan drawer AC power supply unit ACPCI Slide-in shelves for the Embedded Application Server EAS Fan drawer Figure 3-32 CSAPE (S30807-U6630-X) 3-80 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual .

Service Manual 3-81 . Figure 3-33 HiPath 3800 .Board Slots in the Basic Cabinet P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Please refer to Special board attachments for installation information.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Slot Figure 3-33 shows the slot for the cPCI box CSAPE in the basic cabinet. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards.

adapter cable assignment (C39195-A7269-B625) 50-pin Amphenol connector Pin 38 Function Color code 15-pin Sub-D connector Pin 9 a-wire (T). Copper cable The copper cable is connected to T1-CSU (Customer Service Unit) or DSU (Data Service Unit) via the adapter cable (C39195-A7269-B625) shown in Figure 3-34. only) Adapter Cable C39195-A7269-B625 DIU2U (for U. transmit wht/blu 3-82 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch 3. only) .S. The opto-electronic converter AMOM must be used to connect a fiber optic cable to the 15-pin Sub-D jacks on the front panel. Connection types ● Fiber optic cable The fiber optic cable is only connected via the front panel. only) Introduction The DIU2U (Digital Interface Unit 2 Universal) trunk module connects two digital trunks to HiPath 3800 and in this way provides two primary rate interfaces (PRI) ISDN via T1 interfaces.2 DIU2U (for U.S. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.S.boards. Service Manual .3. ● Adapter cable C39195-A7269-B625 Figure 3-34 Table 3-28 DIU2U (for U.

only) .adapter cable assignment (C39195-A7269-B625) 50-pin Amphenol connector Pin 13 41 16 Function Color code 15-pin Sub-D connector Pin 1 15 8 Front panel b-wire (R).fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Table 3-28 DIU2U (for U. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.S. only) . receive b-wire (R).Front Panel (S30810-Q2216-X) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.boards. Service Manual 3-83 .S. receive blu/wht wht/ora ora/wht Two LEDs indicating the board status: ● LED (green) ● LED (red) Interface 1 Interface 2 Figure 3-35 DIU2U (for U. transmit a-wire (T).

Replace the board. On Off Flashing Off Off Off On Loadware is being loaded. Flashing At least one channel is activated. Board is receiving power and board test is in progress.boards. Loadware loading not successfully completed. only) . Board is out of order. changed (board test unsuccessful). Board test completed successfully. Service Manual . replace board. Board is faulty. Board is defective if status remains unReplace the board. Check whether the board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. If not. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.S. board.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch LED statuses and their meanings Table 3-29 Red LED Off DIU2U (for U.LED Statuses Green LED Off Status Action Board not receiving power or not plugged in Check plug contact on correctly. Error detected on board. Board is OK (idle state). Board is deactivated (not applicable to errors detected by test loops) or board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. 3-84 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.3 DIUN2 Introduction The DIUN2 (Digital Interface Unit ISDN) provides 2 x 30 B channels (voice channels) for HiPath 3800.0 and later. These are used ● ● for the S2M trunk connection (via NT). P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. the B channels in the DIUN2 board are subject to license.boards. Information on licensing can be found in Chapter 8. > In HiPath 3000/5000 V5.3. for S2M networking via S2M lines. Service Manual 3-85 .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards 3.

fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Front panel Two LEDs indicating the board status: ● LED (green) ● LED (red) Interface 1 Interface 2 Figure 3-36 DIUN2 .boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual .Front Panel (S30810-Q2196-X) 3-86 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

Board is faulty.boards. Board is receiving power and board test is in progress.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards LED statuses and their meanings Table 3-30 Red LED Off DIUN2 . Replace the board. Error detected on board. If not. replace board. Loadware loading not successfully completed. Board is deactivated (not applicable to errors detected by test loops) or board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. board.LED Statuses Green LED Off Status Action Board not receiving power or not plugged in Check plug contact on correctly. Board is defective if status remains unReplace the board. Service Manual 3-87 . On Off Flashing Off Off Off On Loadware is being loaded. Flashing At least one channel is activated. Board is OK (idle state). Board is out of order. changed (board test unsuccessful). Check whether the board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Board test completed successfully.

This can take up to three minutes. copper cable = DIUN2) is made in HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E: System Status – System-wide – Card Config. Service Manual . ● 3-88 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. – Switch over to the connection type “DIUN2 mod. – Card Data. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.” with an AMOM adapter plugged in and an existing fiber-optic connection: The fiber-optic path goes into operation immediately if configured correctly. ● Both interfaces can be operated with different versions of the AMOM adapter (see AMOM versions). you must perform a Reload Card with HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E after plugging in the adapter to ensure that the adapter is detected by the DIUN2 board.. Connection types “DIUN2 mod.boards. Both interfaces can be operated with different protocols. The connection type setting always applies to both interfaces (line 1 and line 2). ● Notes: ● The connection type setting (fiber optic cable = DIUN2 mod.” and “DIUN2” cannot be used at the same time. Switch over to the connection type “DIUN2 mod. – – The DIUN2 board automatically performs a reload after switching from “DIUN2 mod.” with an AMOM adapter plugged in and without an existing fiber-optic connection: The fiber-optic path goes into operation once the fiber-optic cable is plugged in if configured correctly. Switch over to the connection type “DIUN2 mod. The opto-electronic converter AMOM must be used to connect a fiber optic cable to the 15-pin Sub-D jacks on the front panel.” without an AMOM adapter plugged in: If the connection type is switched before the adapter is plugged in.” to “DIUN2” or vice versa to load the loadware for the operating mode.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Connection types ● Fiber optic cable The fiber optic cable is only connected via the front panel. Copper cable The copper cable is only connected via the 15-pin Sub-D jacks on the front panel.

fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Jack assignment Table 3-31 Pin 1 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 15 TTIP0 LWLO0_FRONT GND SCAN_IN0 SCAN_IN0 RTIP0 TRING0 +5V LWLI0_FRONT GND +5V RRING0 DIUN2 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual 3-89 . transmit b-wire (R).boards. receive b-wire (R). transmit a-wire (T). Assigning the system cable S30267-Z167-Axxx Table 3-32 Pin 8 15 1 9 DIUN2 .15-Pin Sub-D Jack Assignment Signal Signal description a-wire 120 ohms/75 ohms Fiber optic (data output) Ground return path for the +5V power supply Adapter test Adapter test a-wire 120 ohms/75 ohms b-wire 120 ohms/75 ohms +5-V power supply Fibre optic (data input) Ground return path for the +5V power supply +5-V power supply b-wire 120 ohms/75 ohms No other pins used.Assigning the System Cable S30267-Z167-Axxx Function a-wire (T). receive Color code ora/wht wht/ora blu/wht wht/blu Direction Output Output Input/output Input Input Input Output Output Input Input/output Output Input P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

Forwarding of calls between IP-supported networks (LAN. the power supply unit PSUP must be replaced with UPSC-D. > Up to three boards can be used in HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3500.6. 6. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. ● HiPath 3550 with housing cover C39165-A7021-B52 or higher ● HiPath 3350 with housing cover C39165-A7021-B53 or higher 7 For information on how to calculate the number of boards required for HG 1500. Two boards can be installed only if PDM1 is not being used.4 HXGS3. HiPath 3500. It is not possible to operate an HXGS3 or HXGR3 and an LIM module simultaneously in one system. intranet. Support for the conventional functions of an ISDN and DSL router with the additional functionality of a media gateway for the transfer of voice. The fan kit is not longer required in systems equipped with the following modified housing covers. see Section 2. Caution When using an HXGS3 board in the upper slot row in HiPath 3550 (slots 4.3.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch 3. and HiPath 3300 (HXGR3): ● Connection of a local LAN to the HiPath 3000 and connection with external LANs via the ISDN and DSL interfaces of HiPath 3000. HiPath 3350 (HXGS3). 9 in HiPath 3550 and slot 5 in HiPath 3350).Voice over IP) that provide the functionality of HG 1500 in HiPath 3550. When using an HXGS3 in HiPath 3350. ● ● Configuration is performed via Web-Based Management (WBM) which enables the administration of HG 1500 without any special software requirements. fax and data. 8) or HiPath 3350 (slot 4). PSTN). refer to the HG 1500 Administration Manual.boards. 7. fan kit C39165-A7021-D3 must be installed for thermal reasons (see Page 3-97)! The fan kit is not necessary when using an HXGS3 board in the lower slot row (slots 5. Service Manual . HXGR3 Introduction HXGS3 and HXGR3 are VoIP gateway boards (VoIP . Internet) and circuitswitched networks (ISDN. For information on configuration. A maximum of one board is permitted in HiPath 3350 and HiPath 3300. 3-90 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Board versions Table 3-33 Board HXGS3 HXGR3 HXGS3/HXGR3 Board Versions Part number S30810-Q2943-X S30810-K2943-Z Services Voice and Data Voice and Data DSPs 1 1 B channels DSP channels 8 8 Eight simultaneous Voice over IP connections are possible per DSP (Digital Signal Processor). the number of DSP channels for HXGS3 and HXGR3 boards can be expanded by eight per board. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual 3-91 .boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. > When using the extension module PDM1.

fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Extension modules The HXGS3 and HXGR3 boards each have two HGA (HiPath Gateway Accelerator) slots. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Notes Maximum of one PDM1 module possible. which can be used to connect extension modules. Table 3-34 Extension module PDM1 (PMC DSP modules) HXGS3/HXGR3 . Figure 3-37 HXGS3 (S30810-Q2943-X) 3-92 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.Extension Modules Part number S30807-Q5692X100 Function Used for expansion for an additional eight DSP channels. Service Manual .boards.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual 3-93 .boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Figure 3-38 HXGR3 (S30810-K2943-Z) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

3) with 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps with automatic configuration.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Interfaces/connectors The HXGS3 and HXGR3 boards provide the following connectors: ● ● ● X1: 50-pin connector (edge connector) to the system X2: 8-pin RJ45 jack for LAN interface 1 X3: 8-pin RJ45 jack for LAN interface 2 7 Caution It is absolutely necessary to use a shielded Ethernet cable for LAN interfaces/ ports of the HXGS3 board. ● X4: 9-pin Sub-D plug for V.boards.24 interface X4 Figure 3-39 HXGS3/HXGR3 . Manual configuration is also possible.24 interface LAN connectors: LAN 1 (X2) LAN 2 (X3) 50 HGA slot 1 HGA slot 0 X1 to CUC/ CUCR or CUP/ CUPR 2 V. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Both LAN interfaces allow access to the Ethernet standard (IEEE 802. Service Manual .Interfaces 3-94 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards LAN interfaces Table 3-35 HXGS3/HXGR3 .boards. Service Manual 3-95 . They represent a signal termination of 100 ohms (known as a Bob Smith termination) for the two unused wire pairs in a 4pair twisted pair cable.LAN Interface Assignment Pin of RJ45 connector 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Signal Pin on HXGS3/HXGR3 (X2 and X3) 1 3 4 – – 6 – – TDP (Transmit Data +) TDN (Transmit Data –) RDP (Receive Data +) TT1 (Transmit Termination 1) TT2 (Transmit Termination 2) RDN (Receive Data –) RT1 (Receive Termination 1) RT2 (Receive Termination 2) Signals TT1/2 and RT1/2 are not needed for transmitting data.

24 interface The V.24 cable (C30267-Z355-A25) is used for connecting the service PC.boards.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch V. Service Manual . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. The following settings must be chosen for a terminal or PC connected to the V. Table 3-36 Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 RxD TxD DTR 0V DSR RTS CTS I O I Internal pull-up resistor in level switch (MAX211E) I O O Ground Internal pull-up resistor in level switch (MAX211E) Internal pull-up resistor in level switch (MAX211E) HXGS3/HXGR3 .Assignment of V.200 8 None 1 none It is recommended that the local echo be deactivated on the connected terminal or PC.24 Interface X10 Signal I/O Remark 3-96 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.24 interface: Transmission rate Data bits Parity bit Stop bits Data flow control 19.

2. Start the system by plugging in the power plug. 7. When installing and connecting the fan kit. Push the two supplied securing clips over positions [C] illustrated in Figure 3-41 to attach the fan kit to the shelf. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. The fan kit is not longer required in systems equipped with the following modified housing covers.4. 9 in HiPath 3550 and slot 5 in HiPath 3350). Installing the fan kit marks the end of silent system operation. 4. 3. In the case of an uninterruptible power supply. Warning Grasp the housing cover by its outside walls only.3. Switch off the battery voltage first for an uninterruptible power supply. 8) or HiPath 3350 (slot 4). 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. The fan kit is not necessary when using an HXGS3 board in the lower slot row (slots 5. ● HiPath 3550 with housing cover C39165-A7021-B52 or higher ● HiPath 3350 with housing cover C39165-A7021-B53 or higher > Step 1. Insert the connector of the fan kit cable into the port provided for it on an HXGS3 board as illustrated in Figure 3-42. the battery must then be switched on. This must be taken into consideration when operating the system in an office environment. Open the system. 5.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Installing the fan kit for HXGS3 in HiPath 3550 or HiPath 3350 7 Caution When using an HXGS3 board in the upper slot row in HiPath 3550 (slots 4. fan kit C39165-A7021-D3 must be installed for thermal reasons. Close the system. Place fan kit [A] on the system shelf [B] as shown in Figure 3-40. proceed as follows: Activity Disconnect system from power supply. 6. 7. Caution System voltage can only be switched off by taking out the power plug. The shielding plate on the inside of the cover may have sharp edges which can cause cuts (see Section 4. “Removing the System Housing Cover”).3. Warning Grasp the housing cover by its outside walls only.boards. Service Manual 3-97 . 6.

fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch [A] [B] Figure 3-40 HXGS3 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards. Service Manual .Installation of the Fan Kit in HiPath 3550 3-98 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

Securing Clips for Fan Kit [D] Figure 3-42 HXGS3 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual .boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards [C] Figure 3-41 HXGS3 .Connection of the Fan Kit 3-99 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

startup and administration.boards. Service Manual . > HiPath Xpressions Compact supports a central voice mail functionality in a HiPath 3000/5000 network. the following recommendations must be observed: ● IVMNL: – Installing HiPath 3800 (Standalone): The IVMNL board is to be installed in the last slot in the last system cabinet. In order to avoid inactive IVM channels (due to the slow IVM board boot-up). Optional administration of HiPath Xpressions Compact via the Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface in the front panel of the board is also possible.0 SMR-06 or later. 7 Caution For thermal reasons the IVMNL board may only be installed in the basic cabinet in a HiPath 3800 19-inch cabinet installation. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. the two slots in front should be kept free. – Installing HiPath 3800 (19-Inch Cabinet): The IVMNL board should be installed in the last slot in the basic cabinet. All stations can use the central voice mail server. the two slots in front should be kept free. The boards can also be used for Music on Hold and announcements. If possible. > 3-100 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.3. the two slots in front should be kept free. Only one IVMNL or IVMN8 may be installed per HiPath 3800 system. If possible.5 IVMNL. If possible.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch 3.6. see the manual for the product (see Section 1. “Information on the Intranet”: Electronic Documentation on SEN ESY Products). For detailed information on HiPath Xpressions Compact. HiPath Xpressions Compact may be used as a central announcement device in a network system with V6. ● IVMN8: Standalone installation of the HiPath 3800 or 19" cabinet installation of the HiPath 3800: The IVMN8 board should be installed in the last slot in the last system cabinet. IVMN8 Introduction The IVMNL and IVMNL8 (Integrated Voice Mail New Large) boards allow you to use the HiPath Xpressions Compact integrated voice mail functionality in HiPath 3800: ● ● IVMNL (S30122-H7688-X) = 24 ports IVMN8 (S30122-H7688-X100) = 8 ports Up to 500 mailboxes are available with a total storage capacity of 100 hours.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual 3-101 . IVMN8 .Front Panel (S30122-H7688-X -X100) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Front panel Two LEDs indicating the board status: ● LED (green) ● LED (yellow) Lockout switch Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (8-pin RJ45 jack) Figure 3-43 IVMNL.boards.

LED statuses and their meanings Table 3-37 LED Yellow Off On On Off IVMNL. 2 . This action cancels the LED test and both LEDs flash for approximately five seconds in confirmation. Change board if faulty.boards. IVMN8 .LED Statuses LED Green Off On Off Meaning Action During Startup and Initialization 1 Boot procedure (lasts approx. press the lockout switch four times (off-on-off-on) during the LED test at startup. To reset the board to the default state.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Lockout switch settings ● ● Pressed = free (default) Not pressed = locked: existing connections remain active. 5 s): ● blocked = On ● free = Off 4 Hard disk test. 60 s) 2 LED test (lasts approx. Possibly check if board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/ 5000 Manager E or lockout switch. new connections are locked. The yellow LED flashes when a lockout request is entered (via lockout switch or software) but at least one call is still active. lasts approx. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. application startup (depending on hard disk status. Service Manual . – – The yellow LED lights up when all connections are ended and the board is effectively locked. Flashing (500/ 500 ms) Off On Off On Off During Operation Off On Idle (no call) 3-102 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.9 minutes) 5a Standby mode after successful boot 5b Board locked or board error occurred Check whether board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E or lockout switch. 10 s) 3 Lockout switch state signaling by yellow LED (lasts approx.

Upgrade process active Flashing (100/ 100 ms) Off RJ45 jack assignment Table 3-38 Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 IVMNL. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards. Service Manual 3-103 .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Table 3-37 LED Yellow Flashing (500/ 500 ms) IVMNL. Change board if faulty.LED Statuses LED Green Off Meaning At least one active port (call) Action Flashing Flashing Lockout switch activated during a call (500/ (500/ 500 ms) 500 ms) On Off Board locked or board error occurred Check whether board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E or lockout switch. IVMN8 . IVMN8 .RJ45 Jack Assignment Signal Tx + Tx – Rx + – – Rx – – – Description Transmit + Transmit – Receive + Not used Not used Receive – Not used Not used P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

startup and administration. Only slot 5 can be used for the IVMP4 board in HiPath 3350 (wall housing). and 9 (lower slots) in HiPath 3550 (wall housing). 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. > Only one IVMP4 or IVMP4R may be installed per system.6. All stations can use the central voice mail server. The boards can also be used for Music on Hold and announcements. 3-104 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.5 and later: ● IVMP4 (Integrated Voice Mail Point) S30122-Q7004-X13 . > HiPath Xpressions Compact supports a central voice mail functionality in a HiPath 3000/5000 network.6 IVMP4. HiPath Xpressions Compact may be used as a central announcement device in a network system with V6. the IVMP4 board may only be used in slots 5. see the manual for the product (see Section 1. IVMP4R Introduction The following boards are used for the integrated voice mail functionality in HiPath Xpressions Compact in V2.boards. 7.0 SMR-06 or later. Optional administration of HiPath Xpressions Compact is also possible via the board’s Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface. “Information on the Intranet”: Electronic Documentation on SEN ESY Products). Service Manual .for HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 (19-inch housing) ● Up to 30 mailboxes are available with a total storage capacity of four hours.for HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 (wall housing) IVMP4R (Integrated Voice Mail Point Rack) S30122-K7004-Z13 .fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch 3. For thermal reasons. For detailed information on HiPath Xpressions Compact.3.

The yellow LED flashes when a lockout request is entered (via lockout switch or software) but at least one call is still active. Service Manual 3-105 . – – The yellow LED lights up when all connections are ended and the board is effectively locked. 8-pin RJ45 jack X1 = connection to CUC/ CUCR/ CUP/ CUPR 2 Figure 3-44 IVMP4. activate the lockout switch twice within the first 10 s of board startup.boards. IVMP4R Lockout switch settings ● ● Pressed = free (default) Not pressed = locked: existing connections remain active. new connections are locked. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. To reset the board to the default state. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Switches and LEDs 2 10 X4 Lockout switch LED (green) LED (yellow) X3 50 X1 X3 = LAN connector.

fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Assignment of the RJ45 jack X3 The Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface is accessed via the 8-pin RJ45 jack X3. RJ45 Jack X3 Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Table 3-39 Signal Tx + Tx – Rx + – – Rx – – – Description Transmit + Transmit – Receive + Not used Not used Receive – Not used Not used IVMP4. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards.Assignment of the RJ45 Jack X3 (LAN Connector) 3-106 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. IVMP4R . Service Manual .

lasts approx. Flashing (100/ 100 ms) Table 3-40 Off Upgrade process active IVMP4.9 minutes) 5a Standby mode after successful boot 5b Board locked or board error occurred Check whether board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/ 5000 Manager E or lockout switch. 60 s) 2 LED test (lasts approx. Change board if faulty. 10 s) 3 Lockout switch state signaling by yellow LED (lasts approx. Change board if faulty. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards. Service Manual 3-107 .LED Statuses P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. application startup (depending on hard disk status. IVMP4R . Possibly check if board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/ 5000 Manager E or lockout switch. Flashing (500/ 500 ms) Off On Off On Off During Operation Off Flashing (500/ 500 ms) On Off Idle (no call) At least one active port (call) Flashing Flashing Lockout switch activated during a call (500/ (500/ 500 ms) 500 ms) On Off Board locked or board error occurred Check whether board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/ 5000 Manager E or lockout switch.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards LED statuses and their meanings LED Yellow Off On On Off LED Green Off On Off Meaning Action During Startup and Initialization 1 Boot procedure (lasts approx. 2 . 5 s): ● blocked = On ● free = Off 4 Hard disk test.

) and IVMP8R (not for U. > HiPath Xpressions Compact supports a central voice mail functionality in a HiPath 3000/5000 network.for HiPath 3350 (wall housing) IVMP8R (Integrated Voice Mail Point Rack) S30122-K7379-Z100 .fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch 3. 3-108 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. “Information on the Intranet”: Electronic Documentation on SEN ESY Products). For detailed information on HiPath Xpressions Compact.S.0 or later.) Introduction The following boards are used for the integrated voice mail functionality in HiPath Xpressions Compact in V1. the boards have an Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface which can be used for HiPath Xpressions Compact administration (fast APS transfer.5 is not possible.0 SMR-06 or later.6.S. > Only one IVMP8 or IVMP8R may be installed per system.for HiPath 3300 (19inch housing) Upgrading to HiPath Xpressions Compact V2. HiPath Xpressions Compact may be used as a central announcement device in a network system with V6. startup and administration.3. Service Manual .7 IVMP8 (not for U. see the manual for the product (see Section 1.boards. All stations can use the central voice mail server. backup and restore activities). 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.2 and later: ● ● IVMP8 (Integrated Voice Mail Point) S30122-Q7379-X100 . Music on Hold can be used in V4. In addition.0 SMR-7 or later and announcements in V5. Only slot 5 can be used for the IVMP8 board in HiPath 3350 (wall housing).

Figure 3-45 IVMP8 and IVMP8R (not for U. Service Manual 3-109 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. for example.S.Packing Protection Covering P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. If it is necessary to transport the board again at a later time.boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Packing protection covering You must remove the red packing protection covering (cardboard block). for servicing. you must reattach the packing protection covering. before starting up the board. shown in the following picture.) .

activate the lockout switch twice within the first 10 s of board startup.boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.S. -K7379-Z100) (not for U.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Switches and LEDs 2 10 X4 Lockout switch LED (green) LED (yellow) X3 50 X1 X3 = LAN connector. The yellow LED flashes when a lockout request is entered (via lockout switch or software) but at least one call is still active. 8-pin RJ45 jack X1 = connection to CUP/ CUPR 2 10 X2 2 Figure 3-46 IVMP8. new connections are locked. IVMP8R (S30122-Q7379-X100. 3-110 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.) Lockout switch settings ● ● Pressed = free (default) Not pressed = locked: existing connections remain active. – – The yellow LED lights up when all connections are ended and the board is effectively locked. Service Manual . To reset the board to the default state.

Assignment of the RJ45 Jack X3 (LAN Connector) Signal Description Printed Circuit Connector X2 Pin 1 3 7 RJ45 Jack X3 Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Tx + Tx – Rx + – – Rx – – – Transmit + Transmit – Receive + Not used Not used Receive – Not used Not used 9 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. The signals are output simultaneously at the printed circuit connector X2. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.S.) .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Assignment of the RJ45 jack X3 The Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface is accessed via the 8-pin RJ45 jack X3. Service Manual 3-111 . Table 3-41 IVMP8 and IVMP8R (not for U.boards.

8 12 s) 2 LED test (lasts approx.8 minutes) 5a Standby mode after successful boot 5b Board locked or board error occurred Check whether board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/ 5000 Manager E or lockout switch. Flashing (500/ 500 ms) Off On Off On Off During Operation Off Off On Idle (no call) Flashing At least one active port (call) (500/ 500 ms) Flashing Flashing Lockout switch activated during a call (500/ (500/ 500 ms) 500 ms) On Off Board locked or board error occurred Check whether board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/ 5000 Manager E or lockout switch.S. lasts approx. 3-112 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.) . Service Manual . application startup (depending on hard disk status. Possibly check if board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/ 5000 Manager E or lockout switch. 5 s): ● blocked = On ● free = Off 4 Hard disk test.boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 10 s) 3 Lockout switch state signaling by yellow LED (lasts approx.LED Statuses LED Green Off On Off Meaning Action During Startup and Initialization 1 Boot procedure (lasts approx. 3 .fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch LED statuses and their meanings Table 3-42 LED Yellow Off On On Off IVMP8 and IVMP8R (not for U.

3. and 9 (lower slots) in HiPath 3550 (wall housing).0 SMR-06 or later.for HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 (wall housing) IVMS8R (Integrated Voice Mail Small Rack) S30122-K7379-Z . P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.2 and later: ● IVMS8 (Integrated Voice Mail Small) S30122-Q7379-X . backup and restore activities). 7. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual 3-113 .for HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 (19-inch housing) ● Music on Hold can be used in V4. the IVMS8 board may only be used in slots 5. In addition.0 or later. IVMS8R Introduction The following boards are used for the integrated voice mail functionality in HiPath Xpressions Compact in V1. > Only one IVMS8 or IVMS8R may be installed per system. see the manual for the product (see Section 1. “Information on the Intranet”: Electronic Documentation on SEN ESY Products). All stations can use the central voice mail server. Slot 5 can only be used for the IVMS8 board in HiPath 3350 (wall housing).boards.0 SMR-7 or later and announcements in V5.8 IVMS8. For detailed information on HiPath Xpressions Compact. For thermal reasons.6. > HiPath Xpressions Compact supports a central voice mail functionality in a HiPath 3000/5000 network. HiPath Xpressions Compact may be used as a central announcement device in a network system with V6.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards 3. startup and administration. the boards have an Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface which can be used for HiPath Xpressions Compact administration (fast APS transfer.

fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Packing protection covering You must remove the red packing protection covering (cardboard block). Figure 3-47 IVMS8. for example. If it is necessary to transport the board again at a later time. Service Manual . shown in the following picture. for servicing.boards. before starting up the board. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. IVMS8R . you must reattach the packing protection covering.Packing Protection Covering 3-114 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

activate the lockout switch twice within the first 10 s of board startup. 8-pin RJ45 jack X1 = connection to CUC/ CUCR/ CUP/ CUPR 2 10 X2 2 Figure 3-48 IVMS8. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. – – The yellow LED lights up when all connections are ended and the board is effectively locked. Service Manual 3-115 . The yellow LED flashes when a lockout request is entered (via lockout switch or software) but at least one call is still active. -K7379-Z) Lockout switch settings ● ● Pressed = free (default) Not pressed = locked: existing connections remain active.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Switches and LEDs 2 10 X4 Lockout switch LED (green) LED (yellow) X3 50 X1 X3 = LAN connector. new connections are locked. IVMS8R (S30122-Q7379-X. To reset the board to the default state. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards.

fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Front view of IVMS8R X3 = LAN connector.Front View (S30122-K7379-Z) 3-116 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual . 8-pin RJ45 jack LED (yellow) LED (green) Lockout switch Figure 3-49 IVMS8R .

Assignment of the RJ45 Jack X3 (LAN Connector) Signal Description Printed Circuit Connector X2 Pin 1 3 7 RJ45 Jack X3 Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Tx + Tx – Rx + – – Rx – – – Transmit + Transmit – Receive + Not used Not used Receive – Not used Not used 9 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. The signals are output simultaneously at the printed circuit connector X2. IVMS8R .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Assignment of the RJ45 jack X3 The Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface is accessed via the 8-pin RJ45 jack X3. Table 3-43 IVMS8.boards. Service Manual 3-117 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

IVMS8R .boards. 3 . lasts approx. 8 12 s) 2 LED test (lasts approx.8 minutes) 5a Standby mode after successful boot 5b Board locked or board error occurred Check whether board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E or lockout switch. application startup (depending on hard disk status. 5 s): ● blocked = On ● free = Off 4 Hard disk test. Possibly check if board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/ 5000 Manager E or lockout switch. Service Manual .fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch LED statuses and their meanings Table 3-44 LED Yellow Off On On Off IVMS8. Flashing (500/ 500 ms) Off On Off On Off During Operation Off Off On Idle (no call) Flashing At least one active port (call) (500/ 500 ms) Flashing Flashing Lockout switch activated during a call (500/ (500/ 500 ms) 500 ms) On Off Board locked or board error occurred Check whether board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E or lockout switch. 3-118 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.LED Statuses LED Green Off On Off Meaning Action During Startup and Initialization 1 Boot procedure (lasts approx. 10 s) 3 Lockout switch state signaling by yellow LED (lasts approx.

For thermal reasons.for HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 (wall housing) IVMS8NR (Integrated Voice Mail Small New Rack) S30122-K7379-Z200 . Slot 5 can only be used for the IVMS8N board in HiPath 3350 (wall housing). for servicing.9 IVMS8N. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. HiPath Xpressions Compact may be used as a central announcement device in a network system with V6. Optional administration of HiPath Xpressions Compact is also possible via the board’s Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface.0 SMR-06 or later. IVMS8NR Introduction The following boards are used for the integrated voice mail functionality in HiPath Xpressions Compact in V2.5 and later: ● IVMS8N (Integrated Voice Mail Small New) S30122-Q7379-X200 . see the manual for the product (see Section 1. you must reattach the packing protection covering. Packing protection covering You must remove the red packing protection covering (cardboard block) before starting up the board. the IVMS8N board may only be used in slots 5. > HiPath Xpressions Compact supports a central voice mail functionality in a HiPath 3000/5000 network.3.6. For detailed information on HiPath Xpressions Compact. 7.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards 3. Service Manual 3-119 . > Only one IVMS8N or IVMS8NR may be installed per system.boards. startup and administration. “Information on the Intranet”: Electronic Documentation on SEN ESY Products). for example. If it is necessary to transport the board again at a later time. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. and 9 (lower slots) in HiPath 3550 (wall housing). The boards can also be used for Music on Hold and announcements.for HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 (19-inch housing) ● Up to 500 mailboxes are available with a total storage capacity of 100 hours. All stations can use the central voice mail server.

IVMS8NR Lockout switch settings ● ● Pressed = free (default) Not pressed = locked: existing connections remain active. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 8-pin RJ45 jack X1 = connection to CUC/ CUCR/ CUP/ CUPR 2 Figure 3-50 IVMS8N. To reset the board to the default state.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Switches and LEDs 2 10 X4 Lockout switch LED (green) LED (yellow) X3 50 X1 X3 = LAN connector. Service Manual .boards. new connections are locked. The yellow LED flashes when a lockout request is entered (via lockout switch or software) but at least one call is still active. 3-120 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. – – The yellow LED lights up when all connections are ended and the board is effectively locked. activate the lockout switch twice within the first 10 s of board startup.

Service Manual 3-121 .Assignment of the RJ45 Jack X3 (LAN Connector) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. RJ45 Jack X3 Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Table 3-45 Signal Tx + Tx – Rx + – – Rx – – – Description Transmit + Transmit – Receive + Not used Not used Receive – Not used Not used IVMS8N. IVMS8NR . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Assignment of the RJ45 jack X3 The Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface is accessed via the 8-pin RJ45 jack X3.boards.

Service Manual . lasts approx. 10 s) 3 Lockout switch state signaling by yellow LED (lasts approx.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch LED statuses and their meanings LED Yellow Off On On Off LED Green Off On Off Meaning Action During Startup and Initialization 1 Boot procedure (lasts approx. Flashing (500/ 500 ms) Off On Off On Off During Operation Off Flashing (500/ 500 ms) On Off Idle (no call) At least one active port (call) Flashing Flashing Lockout switch activated during a call (500/ (500/ 500 ms) 500 ms) On Off Board locked or board error occurred Check whether board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E or lockout switch. IVMS8NR . 60 s) 2 LED test (lasts approx.LED Statuses 3-122 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. application startup (depending on hard disk status. Change board if faulty. 2 .9 minutes) 5a Standby mode after successful boot 5b Board locked or board error occurred Check whether board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E or lockout switch.boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Possibly check if board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/ 5000 Manager E or lockout switch. Flashing (100/ 100 ms) Table 3-46 Off Upgrade process active IVMS8N. 5 s): ● blocked = On ● free = Off 4 Hard disk test. Change board if faulty.

see Page 3-284. For information on installing the software on the service PC and on the required settings. Note: The offline configuration of the PBXXX serves solely to visualize the card with HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. The board functions only in conjunction with a DIUN2. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. offline configuration is required with HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E.10 PBXXX (for selected countries only) Introduction The PBXXX (Peripheral Board XXX) module can be used in HiPath 3800 to support countryspecific CAS protocols. ● Up to four PBXXX boards can be installed in a HiPath 3800. this is only visible in the software configuration. Administration of the CAS protocol converter Use the ECGM tool for administration. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.boards.5. 1 x DIUN2 + 2 x PBXXX (see Page 3-129) The PBXXX boards must be plugged in on the left and right next to the DIUN2.2. After configuration. you will have to install a SIVAPAC-SIPAC board adapter to be able to use it in HiPath 3800. as the PBXXX card was only configured on the software side. For power supply reasons.3. please see Section 4. The following combination options are possible: ● 1 x DIUN2 + 1 x PBXXX (see Page 3-126) The PBXXX board must be plugged in on the left next to the DIUN2.5. a maximum of two PBXXX can be installed in a cabinet. For information on this procedure. Either "DIUN2 + PBXXX" or "DIUN2 + 2PBXXX" should be specified as the board to be configured. The C39195-Z7267-C2 cable can be used with a C39334-Z7080-C2 adapter (9-pin Sub-D jack – 25-pin Sub-D jack) to connect the PBXXX (port M) and the service PC. There is no direct connection between the PBXXX board and the system’s central control unit. Notes on setup using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E Because the PBXXX card is not recognized by the hardware. The PBXXX board converts the Euro-ISDN protocol on an S2M link into the Channel Associated Signaling (CAS) protocol. The DIUN2 handles all signaling and data traffic. > The peripheral board slots on the HiPath 3800 are fitted with SIPAC 9 SU connectors. However. the module data can be seen in HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. Since the PBXXX board has SIVAPAC connector strips. Service Manual 3-123 .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards 3.

boards.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Front panel Seven-segment display Port A (not used) Port B (not used) Port C (not used) Port D (not used) Port M (for connecting service PCs with the ECGM tool) Figure 3-51 PBXXX (S30810-Q6401-X) (for selected countries) – Front Panel 3-124 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

Link 1 and Link 2 not active Link 1 active. Table 3-47 Display PBXXX (for selected countries only) – Seven-Segment Display Meaning Waiting for the PBXXX software download Starting the PBXXX software download PBXXX software download Writing the PBXXX software/extender software to the flash memory Loading the PBXXX software/extender software from the flash memory Waiting for ECGM command (10 s) Error while writing the software to flash memory No software in the flash memory. waiting for reload Flash memory erased (changing display) PBXXX card active. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Link 2 active Link 1 active. Service Manual 3-125 .boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Seven-segment display The board statuses listed in the following table are displayed. Link 2 not active Link 1 not active. Link 2 active Boot procedure P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual .fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Connection 1x DIUN2 + 1 x PBXXX The figure below shows an example of a DIUN2 with PBXXX in the basic cabinet. Figure 3-52 HiPath 3800 Basic Cabinet – 1x DIUN2 + 1 x PBXXX 3-126 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Connection cable DIUN2– PBXXX: C39195-A7700-B7 Note: The cable must run under the cabinet. Cable to service PC The CAS cable is connected to the backplane using an APPCU adapter (Figure 3-53).

fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards APPCU adapter (S30807-K5415-X) on the backplane CAS cable connection (see “Assigning both CAS cables” on page 3-131) Connection cable DIUN2–PBXXX: C39195-A7700-B7 Figure 3-53 PBXXX (for selected countries only) – Connecting the CAS Cable using the APPCU Adapter > The backplane of the PBXXX board must be closed with the adapter panels provided (C39165-A7050-C35. Figure 3-54). P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual 3-127 .boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual .fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Figure 3-54 PBXXX (for selected countries only) – Adapter Panel (C39165-A7050-C35) 3-128 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

boards. Service Manual 3-129 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Cable to service PC The CAS cable is connected to the backplane using two APPCU adapters (Figure 3-56).fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Connection 1x DIUN2 + 2 x PBXXX The figure below shows an example of a DIUN2 with two PBXXXs in the basic cabinet. Connection cable DIUN2– PBXXX: C39195-A7700-B7 Note: The cables must run under the cabinet. Figure 3-55 HiPath 3800 Basic Cabinet – 1x DIUN2 + 2 x PBXXX P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch APPCU adapter (S30807K5415-X) on the backplane CAS cable connections (see “Assigning both CAS cables” on page 3-131) Connection cable DIUN2– PBXXX: C39195-A7700-B7 Figure 3-56 PBXXX (for selected countries only) – Connecting the CAS Cable using Two APPCU Adapters > The backplane of both PBXXX boards must be closed with the adapter panels provided (C39165-A7050-C35.boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual . Figure 3-54). 3-130 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

cable 1 BNC line. receive b-wire (R). cable 1 BNC shield. receive b-wire (R). transmit b-wire (R). transmit a-wire (T). cable 2 BNC shield.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Assigning both CAS cables The following CAS cables are connected to the backplane via two APPCU adapters: ● symmetrical line (120 ohms). transmit Wire BNC line. receive Color code wht/blu blu/wht wht/ora ora/wht 15-pin Sub-D connector Pin 9 1 15 8 ● coaxial line (75 ohms) Table 3-49 Assigning the CAS cable S30267-Z80-A100 Function a-wire (T). open end Table 3-48 Assigning the CAS cable S30267-Z167-A100 Function a-wire (T). Service Manual 3-131 . transmit b-wire (R).boards. receive a-wire (T). 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. cable 2 15-pin Sub-D connector Pin 15 8 9 1 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

SLA16N.S. SLA24N Introduction The following peripheral boards can be used in HiPath 3550: ● ● ● SLA8N (Subscriber Line Analog) with eight analog T/R interfaces (not for U. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.S.) SLA16N (16 analog interfaces) SLA24N (24 analog interfaces) Switches and LEDs H1 (green) LEDs H2 (red) Lockout switch S1 (position = free.11 SLA8N (not for U. Service Manual . SLA16N.boards. 3-132 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.). factory default) Figure 3-57 SLA8N (not for U. -X100.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch 3. -X) The operating mode (short or long line with the appropriate flash times) can be set up for each subscriber line interface with HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E (the menu settings: Set up station –> Station –> Param –> Flags). SLA24N (S30810-Q2929-X200.3.).S.

). Board is out of order. SLA16N. replace board.Replace the board. Flashing At least one station is activated.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards LED statuses and their meanings Table 3-50 Red LED Off SLA8N (not for U.boards. On Off Flashing Off Off Off On Loadware is being loaded. Board is faulty. Check whether the board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. Error detected on board. board. Board test completed successfully. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Board is receiving power and board test is in progress. Loadware loading not successfully complet. Board is defective if status remains unReplace the board. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. If not.S.LED Statuses Green LED Off Status Action Board not receiving power or not plugged in Check plug contact on correctly. SLA24N . ed. Service Manual 3-133 . Board is deactivated (not applicable to errors detected by test loops) or board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. changed (board test unsuccessful). Board is OK (idle state).

Service Manual . patch panel) Table 3-51 Color group Pair SLA8N. MW8 pin 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 not used in SLA8N Notes 1 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 2 8 9 10 11 12 3 13 14 15 4 16 3-134 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. SLA16N. SLA24N Assignment Cable 1 (SU Xx8) (not for U.) a-wire (tip) wht/blu blu/wht wht/ora ora/wht wht/grn grn/wht wht/brn brn/wht wht/grn grn/wht red/blu blu/red red/ora ora/red red/grn grn/red red/brn brn/red red/grn grn/red blk/blu blu/blk blk/ora ora/blk blk/grn grn/blk blk/brn brn/blk blk/grn grn/blk yel/blu blu/yel b-wire (ring) SU connector BP: Xx8 19 39 38 48 27 47 16 46 05 45 14 44 23 43 32 42 11 31 02 22 13 33 04 24 15 35 06 26 17 37 08 28 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b SLA8N. SLA16N.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Cable and connector assignment (backplane. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. SLA24N Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Port 9 Port 10 Port 11 Port 12 Port 13 Port 14 Port 15 Port 16 MDFU/ MDFU-E 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b Patch Panel. MDFU/MDFU-E.boards.S.

Service Manual 3-135 . SLA16N. SLA16N.S. MW8 pin Notes 1 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 2 8 9 10 11 12 3 13 14 15 4 16 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. SLA24N Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Port 17 Port 18 Port 19 Port 20 Port 21 Port 22 Port 23 Port 24 17a 17b 18a 18b 19a 19b 20a 20b 21a 21b 22a 22b 23a 23b 24a 24b 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 not used in SLA8N.) a-wire (tip) wht/blu blu/wht wht/ora ora/wht wht/grn grn/wht wht/brn brn/wht wht/grn grn/wht red/blu blu/red red/ora ora/red red/grn grn/red red/brn brn/red red/grn grn/red blk/blu blu/blk blk/ora ora/blk blk/grn grn/blk blk/brn brn/blk blk/grn grn/blk yel/blu blu/yel 11 31 02 22 13 33 04 24 15 35 06 26 17 37 08 28 17a 17b 18a 18b 19a 19b 20a 20b 21a 21b 22a 22b 23a 23b 24a 24b b-wire (ring) SU connector BP: Xx9 SLA8N. SLA16N MDFU/ MDFU-E Patch Panel.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Table 3-52 Color group Pair SLA8N. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. SLA24N .boards.Assignment Cable 2 (SU Xx9) (not for U.

Assignment (SU Xx8. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.S. MDF 1 26 2 27 3 28 4 29 5 30 6 31 7 32 8 33 9 34 10 35 11 36 12 37 13 38 14 39 15 40 16 41 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b Notes wht/ora wht/grn wht/brn wht/grn red/blu red/ora red/grn red/brn red/grn blk/blu blk/ora blk/grn blk/brn blk/grn yel/blu 3-136 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 3-53 # 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 a-wire (tip) wht/blu SLA16N. only) b-wire (ring) blu/wht SU connector BP: Xx8 19 39 38 ora/wht 48 27 grn/wht 47 16 brn/wht 46 05 grn/wht 45 14 blu/red 44 23 ora/red 43 32 grn/red 42 11 brn/red 31 02 grn/red 22 13 blu/blk 33 04 ora/blk 24 15 grn/blk 35 06 brn/blk 26 17 grn/blk 37 08 blu/yel 28 BP: Xx9 SLA16N.boards. SLA24N 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Port 9 Port 10 Port 11 Port 12 Port 13 Port 14 Port 15 Port 16 CHAMP jack. Xx9) (for U. Service Manual . SLA24N .

MDF 9 34 10 35 11 36 12 37 13 38 14 39 15 40 16 41 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b not used in SLA16N Notes red/grn blk/blu blk/ora blk/grn blk/brn blk/grn yel/blu P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Xx9) (for U. SLA24N . Service Manual 3-137 .Assignment (SU Xx8. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.S.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Table 3-53 # 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 a-wire (tip) red/brn SLA16N.boards. only) b-wire (ring) brn/red SU connector BP: Xx8 BP: Xx9 11 31 02 grn/red 22 13 blu/blk 33 04 ora/blk 24 15 grn/blk 35 06 brn/blk 26 17 grn/blk 37 08 blu/yel 28 SLA16N. SLA24N 17a 17b 18a 18b 19a 19b 20a 20b 21a 21b 22a 22b 23a 23b 24a 24b Port 17 Port 18 Port 19 Port 20 Port 21 Port 22 Port 23 Port 24 CHAMP jack.

see Chapter 5. see Section 2. “Starting Up HiPath 3000”). 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. maximum supply voltage: approximately 40 Vdc Ring voltage against negative supply voltage (a-wire (tip)/RING): two telephones maximum Range.boards. ● ● ● ● ● 3-138 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.8 Loop current detection > 10 mA Ground button detection > 20 mA The transmission technology is set according to the specific country through the respectively entered country code (for country initialization.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Technical connection conditions ● Maximum supply current: approximately 34 mA. Service Manual .

the HiPath cordless system number (DECT ID) must be ordered together with the SLC16N board. For this.3. BS3/3 (S30807-H5485-X).5).boards.15. > Base stations must be clocked with a high degree of accuracy for HiPath Cordless Office. You must use the successor product BS4 (S30807-U5491-X) instead of the types named. The base stations BS3/1 (S30807-H5482-X). the subboard CMA or CMS must be plugged into the CBCC board (HiPath 3550) (see Table 11-1). Other mobile telephones must be released before they can be used (see Section 10. > For initial installation of HiPath Cordless Office. BS3/3. You can still operate the base stations listed in HiPath 3000. Installing the first SLC16N and entering the HiPath cordless system number releases 16 mobile telephones for use (PIN numbers are assigned). P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Replacement boards are always delivered without a HiPath cordless system number. and BS4 can also be used in mixed mode. one SLC16N per system).) Introduction The SLC16N board is used in HiPath Cordless Office and connects base stations to ● HiPath 3550 (max.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards 3. Base stations BS3/1. Chapter 11 contains basic information on the options available for the use of HiPath Cordless Office.S. and BS3/S (X30807-X5482-X100) are being phased out and may no longer be ordered. These mobile units can then be logged on to the system. Service Manual 3-139 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.12 SLC16N (not for U.

factory default) Figure 3-58 SLC16N (S30810-Q2193-X100) (not for U.S.boards. Service Manual . all idle mobile telephones are locked.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Switches and LEDs LED (green) LED (red) Lockout switch (not pressed = free. Active mobile telephones are not locked until their release keys are pressed. This precaution ensures that none of the mobile telephones are active. Before unplugging the SLC16N board. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 3-140 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. always activate the lockout switch and wait until the green LED stops flashing.) > When you activate the lockout switch (press the switch).

Flashing At least one subscriber line circuit is activated. Error detected on board. Board is OK (idle state). Service Manual 3-141 . replace board. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Board is receiving power and board test is in progress.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards LED statuses and their meanings Table 3-54 Red LED Off SLC16N (not for U. Board is faulty. Replace the board. board.S. If not. Board is out of order. Board test completed successfully.LED Statuses Green LED Off Status Action Board not receiving power or not plugged in Check plug contact on correctly. Loadware loading not successfully completed. Check whether the board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. Board is defective if status remains unReplace the board. On Off Flashing Off Off On Off On Loadware is being loaded. changed (board test unsuccessful). On Board disabled. Check whether board was deactivated using the lockout switch. Board is deactivated (not applicable to errors detected by test loops) or board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E.) .

) .boards. MW8 pin 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 Notes BS 1: UP0/E port 1 BS x: UP0/E port x BS x: UP0/E port x BS x: UP0/E port x BS x: UP0/E port x BS x: UP0/E port x BS x: UP0/E port x BS x: UP0/E port x BS x: UP0/E port x BS x: UP0/E port x BS x: UP0/E port x BS x: UP0/E port x BS x: UP0/E port x BS x: UP0/E port x BS x: UP0/E port x BS x: UP0/E port x 1 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 2 8 9 10 11 12 3 13 14 15 4 16 3-142 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. MDFU/MDFU-E. Service Manual .fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Cable and connector assignment (backplane.Cable Assignment a-wire (tip) wht/blu blu/wht wht/ora ora/wht wht/grn grn/wht wht/brn brn/wht wht/grn grn/wht red/blu blu/red red/ora ora/red red/grn grn/red red/brn brn/red red/grn grn/red blk/blu blu/blk blk/ora ora/blk blk/grn grn/blk blk/brn brn/blk blk/grn grn/blk yel/blu blu/yel b-wire (ring) SU connector BP: Xx8 19 39 38 48 27 47 16 46 05 45 14 44 23 43 32 42 11 31 02 22 13 33 04 24 15 35 06 26 17 37 08 28 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b Access 1 Access 2 Access 3 Access 4 Access 5 Access 6 Access 7 Access 8 Access 9 Access 10 Access 11 Access 12 Access 13 Access 14 Access 15 Access 16 SLC16N MDFU/ MDFU-E 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b Patch Panel. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. patch panel) Table 3-55 Color group Pair SLC16N (not for U.S.

the system-internal PSU UPSC-D provides sufficient power for the operation of sixteen BS3/1s (one UP0/E each) or eight BS3/3s (two UP0/E each).S. HiPath 3550 Subject to certain prerequisites.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards System configuration using SLC16N For information on the maximum possible system configuration of HiPath Cordless Office with SLC16N boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards. Number and type of corded telephones connected to the system. These prerequisites depend on the – Line length and line type between SLC16N and base station.Maximum Number of Corded Telephones Depending on the Number of BS3/1 Base Stations Connected to SLC16N and BS4s connected to SLC16N (not for U. The following specifications are based on line lengths of up to 1000 m and a line type 2x0. Supplying power to base stations ● Power is supplied to the base stations primarily via the internal PSU in the system in question. see Table 11-1.6 mm per UP0/E. Table 3-56 through Table 3-57 show which telephone configurations work without additional power supply. Service Manual 3-143 .) Maximum number of corded telephones Analog telephones A0 66 63 60 58 55 53 50 47 45 42 40 37 34 32 29 1-10 61 59 56 53 51 48 46 43 40 38 35 33 30 27 25 11-20 57 54 52 49 47 44 41 39 36 33 31 28 26 23 20 21-30 53 50 47 45 42 40 37 34 32 29 27 24 21 19 16 31-40 48 46 43 40 38 35 33 30 27 25 22 20 17 14 12 41-50 44 41 39 36 33 31 28 26 23 20 18 15 13 10 7 Optiset E and optiPoint 500 telephones – Table 3-56 Number of BS3/1s and BS4s connected via 1xUP0/E to SLC16N 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. HiPath 3550 .

S.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 3-56 HiPath 3550 .S.Maximum Number of Corded Telephones Depending on the Number of BS3/1 Base Stations Connected to SLC16N and BS4s connected to SLC16N (not for U.boards.Maximum Number of Corded Telephones Depending on the Number of BS3/3 Base Stations Connected to SLC16N and BS4s Connected to SLC16N (not for U. Service Manual .) Maximum number of corded telephones Analog telephones A0 27 1-10 22 11-20 18 21-30 13 31-40 9 41-50 5 Optiset E and optiPoint 500 telephones Number of BS3/1s and BS4s connected via 1xUP0/E to SLC16N 16 Table 3-57 HiPath 3550 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.) Maximum number of corded telephones Analog telephones 0 64 60 57 53 49 45 41 37 1-10 60 56 52 48 44 40 37 33 11-20 56 52 48 44 40 36 32 28 21-30 51 47 43 40 36 32 28 24 31-40 47 43 39 35 31 27 23 20 41-50 42 39 35 31 27 23 19 15 Optiset E and optiPoint 500 telephones Number of BS3/3s and BS4s connected via 2xUP0/E to SLC16N 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3-144 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

refer to the HiPath Cordless Office service manual. The following options are available for supplying power to the base stations: ● ● ● Power supply via one UP0/E interface (Page 3-146) Power supply via two UP0/E interfaces (Page 3-147) Power supply via three UP0/E interfaces (Page 3-148). the system. Signal propagation times differ due to the varying distances between the base stations. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. To do so. additional power can be supplied by installing the external power supply EPSU2 (Page 3-148). The SLC16N board automatically balances these propagation times. Always route the UP0/E interfaces on the SLC16N via a splitting strip to arrest surges caused to lightning.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Options for supplying power to the base stations > For information on connecting the base stations. insert the polarized surge protectors (supplied) in the plugging locations on the splitting strip from above. Service Manual 3-145 . P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. for BS3/3 only If the power supplied by the UPSC-D (HiPath 3550) is insufficient.boards. and the connection cables used (refer to the HiPath Cordless Office service manual). Each base station must be connected to the SLC16N via the main distribution frame (MDFU or MDFU-E).

Service Manual . Be careful not to exceed the maximum connection cable lengths (1000 m for 2x0.) 3-146 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.S.boards.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Base Station Power Supply via One UP0/E Interface Connect the base station to a free interface on SLC16N as shown in Figure 3-59. HiPath 3550 BS3/1 for indoors 1 2 SLC16N CABLU UP0/E Splitting strip 1 a b MDFU.6 mm). MDFU-E Figure 3-59 Base Station Power Supply via One UP0/E Interface (not for U.

HiPath 3550 BS3/3 for indoors 2 3 4 5 SLC16N CABLU UP0/E1 UP0/E2 Splitting strip 1 a b MDFU. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. MDFU-E Figure 3-60 Base Station Power Supply via Two UP0/E Interfaces (not for U.S. Service Manual 3-147 .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Base Station Power Supply via Two UP0/E Interfaces Connect the base station to two free interfaces on SLC16N as shown in Figure 3-60.boards. Using two UP0/E interfaces increases the traffic capacity in BS3/3 base stations.6 mm).) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Be careful not to exceed the maximum connection cable lengths (1000 m for 2x0.

Section 11. MDFU-E Figure 3-61 Base Station Power Supply via Three P0/E Interfaces (not for U. This is mounted in the ECR (see Section 9.boards. connect the DC port on the EPSU2 to the special DC input on the UPSC-D. BS4 for indoors SLC16N CABLU 2 3 4 5 6 7 a b UP0/E1 UP0/E2 UP0/E3 Splitting strip 1 MDFU. To do this. Be careful not to exceed the maximum connection cable lengths (1000 m for 2x0. additional power can be supplied by installing the external power supply EPSU2. HiPath 3550 BS3/3.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Base Station Power Supply via Three UP0/E Interfaces Connect the base station to three free interfaces on SLC16N as shown in Figure 3-61. The use of three UP0/E interfaces increases the traffic capacity in the base station. Service Manual .S. the base stations must be connected to one (BS3/1) two (BS3/3) or three (BS3/3) free UP0/E interfaces on SLC16N.) Additional UPSC-D power supply via EPSU2 If the power supplied by the UPSC-D (HiPath 3550) is insufficient. “Power-Related Capacity Limits” shows which telephone configurations manage without an additional power supply and which configurations require an additional one.6 mm).5. As described on the preceding pages. you should use the EPSU2-R power supply. 3-148 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.2. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. If you need an additional external power supply for the 19-inch housing in HiPath 3500 or HiPath 3300.3).

30 minutes of bridging time in the event of a power failure. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.This version is supplied without batteries. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. These batteries guarantee approx. Service Manual 3-149 .This version is always supplied with four built-in batteries. The external power supply EPSU2 comes in two versions: ● S30122-K7221-X1 .boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards EPSU2 external power supply The EPSU2 AC/DC converter is an external power supply unit for use when the UPSC-D is unable to provide sufficient power for the base stations and telephones at the HiPath 3550. ● > The new EPSU2 model S30122-K7221-X2 is designed to replace S30122K7221-X1. S30122-K7221-X2 . Differences between the two models are indicated at the appropriate point in the following description. To use this model’s uninterruptible power supply function. four batteries must be ordered separately and installed.

fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch DC port for UPSC-D Note polarity. No AC input voltage (power outage) and batteries are empty. Housing cover Battery fuse LED 1 Mounting screws LED 2 AC port for 100 – 240 Vac Figure 3-62 Table 3-58 LED 1 (DC output) EPSU2 . No AC voltage at input (power outage.Explanation of Indicators and Ports LED 2 (AC input) Description DC output and AC input voltages are OK.Indicators and Ports EPSU2 .boards. Service Manual . No DC voltage at output (for example DC load short-circuited). circuit-breaker panel receiving battery power). or the battery fuse is defective or was removed (by turning it to the left). On Off On Off On On Off Off 3-150 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

boards. IEC-320 socket) DC cable to UPSC-D (length = 2 m) AC power cable AC power Frequency range Connected output Output power consumption/ nominal output Mains/nominal voltage ● ● C39195-Z7001-C17 Euro angled C39195-Z7001-C20 GBR angled 100 .Explanation of Indicators and Ports LED 2 (AC input) Description Description Melting fuse 5 x 20 mm. Service Manual 3-151 .5 mm2). ● EPSU2 S30122-K7221-X2 = 2-wire power cable to UPSC-D. pre-installed.Technical Specifications EPSU2 S30122-K7221-X1 Scope of delivery ● EPSU2 S30122-K7221-X2 ● ● ● ● EPSU2 AC/DC converter with four UPS batteries loaded Operating instructions AC connecting cable (protective grounding plug.5 – 2. 56 V.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Table 3-58 LED 1 (DC output) EPSU2 . soldered ends. with Phoenix terminal block. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.5 A/slow-blowing IEC 320/16 (grounding power cable/IEC) Screw terminal connections for insulated lines (0. Ports Battery fuse AC port (input) DC port (output) EPSU2 technical specifications Table 3-59 EPSU2 . IEC-320 socket) DC cable to UPSC-D (length = 2 m) ● ● ● EPSU2 AC/DC converter without batteries Operating instructions AC connecting cable (protective grounding plug.2 V P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2. 140 W ● EPSU2 S30122-K7221-X1 = 2-wire power cable to UPSC-D.240 Vac 47 to 63 Hz 200 W 140 W 54. Note polarity.

Service Manual . 2.5-12. output is floating against ground 3-152 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Panasonic/ LCR12-7P 4 units.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 3-59 EPSU2 . Varta/ Noack 43720303.5 A/slow-blowing 2. 4. batteries) approx. Battery operation: ● Permitted batteries Manufacturer/type number ● Number of batteries ● Size (Ah) ● Nominal voltage ● Overload protection Nominal current Overload protection Ambient temperature Humidity Cooling Protection Housing dimensions (W x D x H in mm) Weight Symbol Personal safety.5 A Electronic current limiting circuit In buildings.1 kg (incl. UPS batteries V39113-W5123-E891 Four batteries are supplied built-in. 14. 12 V each 7 Ah 48 V (fully charged 54 V. Sonnenschein/0719143200. +5 to +45 °C (41 to 113 °F) 95%. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Yuasa/NP6-12. Hitachi/HP6.boards. discharge to 44 V) Melting fuse 5 x 20 mm. insulation Grounding.Technical Specifications EPSU2 S30122-K7221-X1 EPSU2 S30122-K7221-X2 V39113-W5123-E891 Batteries are not included in the scope of supply and must be ordered separately. shielding ● ● ● ● ● CSB/EVX-1270.1 kg (without batteries) CE EN60950 and IEC950 Protection class 1. non-condensing Natural convection IP 21 (DIN 40050) 250 x 114 x 317 approx.

Insert the anchors and insert two screws (3. Do not block the ventilation holes. you may have to use a different kind of attachment. Activity Drill two holes for anchors (5 mm in diameter) in the wall. Service Manual 3-153 . keep in mind the necessary lengths of the following cables: – AC cable (grounding plug. dust-free area where there is no danger of vibrations. Depending on the wall materials. 2. Mount the EPSU2 onto the screws and tighten them all the way.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Installation notes ● ● ● ● The EPSU2 AC/DC converter is designed for installation indoors only.Holes for Mounting on the Wall P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. When selecting the location. such as wood screws for timber walls.boards. 115 mm 102 mm 33 mm 317 mm Figure 3-63 EPSU2 . leaving 5 mm projecting from the wall. Always make sure there is sufficient air circulation around the units. IEC 320 socket) – DC cable to UPSC-D. Always install the units in a dry. with AC port on bottom). length = 2 m ● Procedure: EPSU2 wall-mounting Step 1. 3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. as shown in Figure 3-63.5 mm in diameter). The unit is suitable only for mounting on the wall (vertically.

provide the board with a shielding panel.3.) (S30810-Q2193-X300) . For this. For information on mounting the shielding panel.3. see Section 4.S.5. Chapter 11 contains basic information on the options available for operating HiPath Cordless Office. Front panel Two LEDs indicating the board status: ● ● LED (red) LED (green) Figure 3-64 SLCN (not for U. Base stations must be clocked with a high degree of accuracy for HiPath Cordless Office. the subboard CMS must be plugged into the CBSAP board (see Table 11-1). Service Manual . There are 16 UP0/E ports available for this.LEDs in the Front Panel > To ensure sufficient shielding.S.boards.) Introduction The SLCN (Subscriber Line Module Cordless New) board is used in HiPath 3800 and connects base stations to HiPath Cordless Office. You can install up to four SLCN boards in one system.2.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch 3. 3-154 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.13 SLCN (not for U. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

boards.LED Statuses Green LED Off Status Action Board not receiving power or not plugged in Check plug contact on correctly. Board is OK (idle state).) .) . Board is out of order. replace board. board. Error detected on board. Loadware loading not successfully completed. Board is defective if status remains unReplace the board. Check whether the board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Board test completed successfully.S.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards LED statuses and their meanings Table 3-60 Red LED Off SLCN (not for U. Flashing At least one subscriber line circuit is activated. changed (board test unsuccessful).SIVAPAC Connector Assignment on the Backplane b-wire (ring) blu/wht wht/ora ora/wht SIVAPAC connector 1 23 3 4 1a 1b 2a 2b SLCN Port 1 Port 2 MDFU-E 1a 1b 2a 2b Notes Table 3-61 Pair 1 2 a-wire (tip) wht/blu P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Cable and connector assignment ● ● ● For connecting to the SIVAPAC connector on the backplane: Table 3-61 For connecting to the connector panels using RJ45 jacks: Table 3-62 For connecting to the connector panels using SIPAC 1 SU connectors: Table 3-63 SLCN (not for U. Board is deactivated (not applicable to errors detected by test loops) or board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. Board is receiving power and board test is in progress.S. Replace the board. On Off Flashing Off Off Off On Loadware is being loaded. If not. Board is faulty. Service Manual 3-155 .

SIVAPAC Connector Assignment on the Backplane b-wire (ring) grn/wht SIVAPAC connector 5 6 7 brn/wht 8 9 grn/wht 10 11 blu/red 12 13 ora/red 14 15 grn/red 16 17 brn/red 18 19 grn/red 20 24 blu/blk 25 26 ora/blk 27 29 grn/blk 30 31 brn/blk 32 34 grn/blk 35 37 blu/yel 38 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b SLCN Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Port 9 Port 10 Port 11 Port 12 Port 13 Port 14 Port 15 Port 16 MDFU-E 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b Notes wht/brn wht/grn red/blu red/ora red/grn red/brn red/grn blk/blu blk/ora blk/grn blk/brn blk/grn yel/blu Table 3-62 SLCN (not for U.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 3-61 Pair 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 a-wire (tip) wht/grn SLCN (not for U. Service Manual Notes RJ45 jack No.) .S.Assignment of Connector Panels with RJ45 Jacks SLCN 1a 1b P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 1 Pin 4 5 3-156 .boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.S.) .

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual 3-157 .boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Table 3-62 SLCN (not for U.Assignment of Connector Panels with RJ45 Jacks SLCN 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b Free Notes RJ45 jack No.S.) . 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Pin 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

Assignment of Connector Panels with SIPAC 1 SU Connectors (Cable for Ports 1 .16) a-wire (tip) wht/blu blu/wht wht/ora ora/wht wht/grn grn/wht wht/brn brn/wht wht/grn grn/wht b-wire (ring) SU connector 19 39 38 48 27 47 16 46 05 45 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b SLCN Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 MDFU-E 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b Patch Panel. 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Pin 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 Table 3-63 Color Group SLCN (not for U. Service Manual .) .Assignment of Connector Panels with RJ45 Jacks SLCN Notes Free Free Free Free Free Free Free RJ45 jack No.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 3-62 SLCN (not for U.boards. MW8 pin 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 Notes Pair 1 2 1 3 4 5 3-158 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.) . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.S.S.

Assignment of Connector Panels with SIPAC 1 SU Connectors (Cable for Ports 1 . MW8 pin 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 Notes Pair 6 7 2 8 9 10 11 12 3 13 14 15 4 16 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.) . Service Manual 3-159 .S.16) a-wire (tip) red/blu blu/red red/ora ora/red red/grn grn/red red/brn brn/red red/grn grn/red blk/blu blu/blk blk/ora ora/blk blk/grn grn/blk blk/brn brn/blk blk/grn grn/blk yel/blu blu/yel b-wire (ring) SU connector 14 44 23 43 32 42 11 31 02 22 13 33 04 24 15 35 06 26 17 37 08 28 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b SLCN Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Port 9 Port 10 Port 11 Port 12 Port 13 Port 14 Port 15 Port 16 MDFU-E 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b Patch Panel.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Table 3-63 Color Group SLCN (not for U.

SLCN board distribution in HiPath 3800 cabinets You can install up to four SLCN boards in HiPath 3800.7. For information on PCM segment distribution. not more than two SLCN boards should be plugged in to a PCM segment. Service Manual . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.2. Supplying power to base stations Power is supplied to the base stations primarily via the internal PSU in the system in question. 3-160 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.boards. If the correct number of LUNA2 modules was calculated. This condition must always be observed. > To guarantee uninterrupted operation of the HiPath 3800. A system cabinet can be fitted with all four SLCN boards. One board slot should be kept free between two SCLN boards to prevent overheating. the system’s internal power supply unit provides sufficient power to supply the HiPath Cordless Office system configuration specified in Table 11-1.5.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch System configuration using SLCN For information on the maximum possible system configuration of HiPath Cordless Office with the SLCN boards see Table 11-1. see Section 4.

14 SLMAE8. SLMAE Introduction The SLMAE8 and SLMAE (Subscriber Line Module Analog Enhanced) boards provide analog T/R interfaces for use in HiPath 3800 V6. Service Manual 3-161 .S.boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. This guarantees that all analog terminals connected are fully accessible. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. For U.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards 3.3. These boards support calling name identification presentation (CLIP).0 SMR-10 or later: ● ● SLMAE8 (S30810-Q2225-X100) = 8 analog T/R interfaces SLMAE (S30810-Q2225-X200) = 24 analog T/R interfaces A code receiver is available for each analog interface (permits DTMF dialing at analog telephones). only: The connection of external extensions via OPS (Off-Premises Station) signaling is not supported. The boards generate their own ring voltages (65 Veff) and do not require an external ring voltage generator.

boards.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Touch guard 7 Caution The boards are fitted with a touch guard because the onboard heat sinks are energized. Service Manual . Figure 3-65 SLMAE8. Do not remove this touch guard. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. SLMAE .Touch Guard 3-162 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

provide the board with a shielding panel.3. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. SLMAE .LEDs on the Front Panel > To ensure sufficient shielding. see Section 4.boards. Service Manual 3-163 .5. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. For information on mounting the shielding panel.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Front panel Two LEDs indicating the board status: ● ● LED (red) LED (green) Figure 3-66 SLMAE8.2.

Board is faulty. On Off Flashing Off Off Off On Loadware is being loaded.S. only: For connecting to the connector panels with CHAMP jack: Table 3-73 For connecting to the connector panels using SIPAC 1 SU connectors: Table 3-74 and Table 3-75 3-164 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.LED Statuses Green LED Off Status Action Board not receiving power or not plugged in Check plug contact on correctly. Service Manual . Board is OK (idle state). board. Board test completed successfully. Board is deactivated (not applicable to errors detected by test loops) or board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. Error detected on board. Flashing At least one subscriber line circuit is activated. Check whether the board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. changed (board test unsuccessful).fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch LED statuses and their meanings Table 3-64 Red LED Off SLMAE8. Board is out of order. Replace the board. Loadware loading not successfully completed. SLMAE .boards. Board is defective if status remains unReplace the board. replace board. Cable and connector assignment ● ● ● ● For connecting to the SIVAPAC connector on the backplane: Table 3-71 For connecting to the connector panels using RJ45 jacks: Table 3-72 For U. If not. Board is receiving power and board test is in progress. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

boards. Service Manual 3-165 . SLMAE . SLMAE 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Port 9 Port 10 Port 11 Port 12 Port 13 Port 14 Port 15 Port 16 MDFU-E 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b Not used for SLMAE8 Notes wht/ora wht/grn wht/brn wht/gry red/blu red/ora red/grn red/brn red/gry blk/blu blk/ora blk/grn blk/brn blk/gry yel/blu P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Table 3-65 Pair 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 a-wire (tip) wht/blu SLMAE8. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.SIVAPAC Connector Assignment on the Backplane b-wire (ring) blu/wht SIVAPAC connector 1 23 3 ora/wht 4 5 grn/wht 6 7 brn/wht 8 9 gry/wht 10 11 blu/red 12 13 ora/red 14 15 grn/red 16 17 brn/red 18 19 gry/red 20 24 blu/blk 25 26 ora/blk 27 29 grn/blk 30 31 brn/blk 32 34 gry/blk 35 37 blu/yel 38 SLMAE8.

fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 3-65 Pair 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 a-wire (tip) yel/ora SLMAE8. SLMAE 17a 17b 18a 18b 19a 19b 20a 20b 21a 21b 22a 22b 23a 23b 24a 24b Port 17 Port 18 Port 19 Port 20 Port 21 Port 22 Port 23 Port 24 MDFU-E 17a 17b 18a 18b 19a 19b 20a 20b 21a 21b 22a 22b 23a 23b 24a 24b Not used for SLMAE8 Notes yel/grn yel/brn yel/gry vio/blu vio/ora vio/grn vio/brn Table 3-66 No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 SLMAE8.boards.Connector Panel Assignment with RJ45 Jacks Pin 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 SLMA8. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. SLMAE . Service Manual Notes RJ45 jack 3-166 .SIVAPAC Connector Assignment on the Backplane b-wire (ring) ora/yel SIVAPAC connector 43 44 45 grn/yel 46 47 brn/yel 48 49 gry/yel 50 51 blu/vio 52 53 ora/vio 54 55 grn/vio 56 57 brn/vio 58 SLMAE8. SLMAE . SLMAE 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

Service Manual 3-167 .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Table 3-66 No. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. SLMAE 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b 17a 17b 18a 18b 19a 19b 20a 20b 21a 21b 22a 22b 23a 23b 24a 24b not used in SLMAE8 not used in SLMAE8 Notes RJ45 jack P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 SLMAE8. SLMAE .Connector Panel Assignment with RJ45 Jacks Pin 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 SLMA8.boards.

SLMAE 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b 1 Ring 1 Tip 2 Ring 2 Tip 3 Ring 3 Tip 4 Ring 4 Tip 5 Ring 5 Tip 6 Ring 6 Tip 7 Ring 7 Tip 8 Ring 8 Tip 9 Ring 9 Tip 10 Ring 10 Tip 11 Ring 11 Tip 12 Ring 12 Tip 13 Ring 13 Tip 14 Ring 14 Tip 15 Ring 15 Tip 16 Ring 16 Tip Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Port 9 Port 10 Port 11 Port 12 Not used for SLMAE8 Port 13 Port 14 Port 15 Port 16 Notes 3-168 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 3-67 CHAMP jack 1 26 2 27 3 28 4 29 5 30 6 31 7 32 8 33 9 34 10 35 11 36 12 37 13 38 14 39 15 40 16 41 SLMAE8. SLMAE .Connector Panel Assignment with CHAMP Jack (for U. Service Manual . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards. only) SLMAE8.S.

SLMAE 17a 17b 18a 18b 19a 19b 20a 20b 21a 21b 22a 22b 23a 23b 24a 24b 17 Ring 17 Tip 18 Ring 18 Tip 19 Ring 19 Tip 20 Ring 20 Tip 21 Ring 21 Tip 22 Ring 22 Tip 23 Ring 23 Tip 24 Ring 24 Tip Port 17 Port 18 Port 19 Port 20 Port 21 Port 22 Port 23 Port 24 not used in SLMAE8 Notes P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. only) SLMAE8. Service Manual 3-169 .boards.Connector Panel Assignment with CHAMP Jack (for U.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Table 3-67 CHAMP jack 17 42 18 43 19 44 20 45 21 46 22 47 23 48 24 49 SLMAE8. SLMAE . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.S.

Connector Panel Assignment with SIPAC 1 SU Connectors (cable for ports 1 .fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 3-68 Color Group SLMAE8. MW8 pin 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 Not used for SLMAE8 Notes Pair 1 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 2 8 9 10 11 12 3 13 14 15 4 16 3-170 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual . SLMAE . SLMAE Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Port 9 Port 10 Port 11 Port 12 Port 13 Port 14 Port 15 Port 16 MDFU-E 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b Patch Panel.boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.16) a-wire (tip) wht/blu blu/wht wht/ora ora/wht wht/grn grn/wht wht/brn brn/wht wht/gry gry/wht red/blu blu/red red/ora ora/red red/grn grn/red red/brn brn/red red/gry gry/red blk/blu blu/blk blk/ora ora/blk blk/grn grn/blk blk/brn brn/blk blk/gry gry/blk yel/blu blu/yel b-wire (ring) SU connector 19 39 38 48 27 47 16 46 05 45 14 44 23 43 32 42 11 31 02 22 13 33 04 24 15 35 06 26 17 37 08 28 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b SLMA8.

SLMAE Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Port 17 Port 18 Port 19 Port 20 Port 21 Port 22 Port 23 Port 24 17a 17b 18a 18b 19a 19b 20a 20b 21a 21b 22a 22b 23a 23b 24a 24b 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 Not used for SLMAE8 MDFU-E Patch Panel. SLMAE .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Table 3-69 Color Group SLMAE8. MW8 pin Notes Pair 1 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 2 8 9 10 11 12 3 13 14 15 4 16 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.24) a-wire (tip) wht/blu blu/wht wht/ora ora/wht wht/grn grn/wht wht/brn brn/wht wht/gry gry/wht red/blu blu/red red/ora ora/red red/grn grn/red red/brn brn/red red/gry gry/red blk/blu blu/blk blk/ora ora/blk blk/grn grn/blk blk/brn brn/blk blk/gry gry/blk yel/blu blu/yel 11 31 02 22 13 33 04 24 15 35 06 26 17 37 08 28 17a 17b 18a 18b 19a 19b 20a 20b 21a 21b 22a 22b 23a 23b 24a 24b b-wire (ring) SU connector SLMA8.boards.Connector Panel Assignment with SIPAC 1 SU Connectors (cable for ports 17 . Service Manual 3-171 .

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. malfunctions may occur (for example the MWI signal may not be recognized). the SLMA2 board can be used with the RGMOD ring voltage generator.2. Depending on the connected terminals. see Section 4. For information on mounting the shielding panel. If a higher ring voltage is required. provide the board with a shielding panel. Front panel Two LEDs indicating the board status: ● ● LED (red) LED (green) Figure 3-67 SLMA/SLMA8 . P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.5.15 SLMA.LEDs on the Front Panel > 3-172 To ensure sufficient shielding.3.boards. 7 Caution The ring voltage is 35 Veff. SLMA8 Introduction The SLMA and SLMA8 (Subscriber Line Module Analog) boards provide analog T/R interfaces for use in HiPath 3800: ● ● SLMA (S30810-Q2191-C300) = 24 analog T/R interfaces SLMA8 (S30810-Q2191-C100) = eight analog T/R interfaces The boards generate their own ring voltages and do not require an external ring voltage generator.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch 3.3. Service Manual .

Board is faulty. replace board. Check whether the board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. If not. Board is out of order. Service Manual 3-173 .S.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards LED statuses and their meanings Table 3-70 Red LED Off SLMA/SLMA8 . Flashing At least one subscriber line circuit is activated. On Off Flashing Off Off Off On Loadware is being loaded. Replace the board. Loadware loading not successfully completed. Cable and connector assignment ● ● ● ● For connecting to the SIVAPAC connector on the backplane: Table 3-71 For connecting to the connector panels using RJ45 jacks: Table 3-72 For U. Board is defective if status remains unReplace the board.boards. board. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Board is OK (idle state). only: For connecting to the connector panels with CHAMP jack: Table 3-73 For connecting to the connector panels using SIPAC 1 SU connectors: Table 3-74 and Table 3-75 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Board test completed successfully. Error detected on board. Board is deactivated (not applicable to errors detected by test loops) or board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. Board is receiving power and board test is in progress. changed (board test unsuccessful).LED Statuses Green LED Off Status Action Board not receiving power or not plugged in Check plug contact on correctly.

boards.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 3-71 Pair 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 a-wire (tip) wht/blu SLMA/SLMA8 . SLMA8 Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Port 9 Port 10 Port 11 Port 12 Port 13 Port 14 Port 15 Port 16 MDFU-E 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b Not used for SLMA8 Notes wht/ora wht/grn wht/brn wht/grn red/blu red/ora red/grn red/brn red/grn blk/blu blk/ora blk/grn blk/brn blk/grn yel/blu 3-174 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.SIVAPAC Connector Assignment on the Backplane b-wire (ring) blu/wht SIVAPAC connector 1 23 3 ora/wht 4 5 grn/wht 6 7 brn/wht 8 9 grn/wht 10 11 blu/red 12 13 ora/red 14 15 grn/red 16 17 brn/red 18 19 grn/red 20 24 blu/blk 25 26 ora/blk 27 29 grn/blk 30 31 brn/blk 32 34 grn/blk 35 37 blu/yel 38 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b SLMA. Service Manual .

boards.SIVAPAC Connector Assignment on the Backplane b-wire (ring) ora/yel SIVAPAC connector 43 44 45 grn/yel 46 47 brn/yel 48 49 grn/yel 50 51 blu/vio 52 53 ora/vio 54 55 grn/vio 56 57 brn/vio 58 SLMA. Service Manual 3-175 .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Table 3-71 Pair 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 a-wire (tip) yel/ora SLMA/SLMA8 . 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 SLMA/SLMA8 .Connector Panel Assignment with RJ45 Jacks Pin 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 SLMA. SLMA8 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b Notes RJ45 jack P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. SLMA8 17a 17b 18a 18b 19a 19b 20a 20b 21a 21b 22a 22b 23a 23b 24a 24b Port 17 Port 18 Port 19 Port 20 Port 21 Port 22 Port 23 Port 24 MDFU-E 17a 17b 18a 18b 19a 19b 20a 20b 21a 21b 22a 22b 23a 23b 24a 24b Not used for SLMA8 Notes yel/grn yel/brn yel/grn vio/blu vio/ora vio/grn vio/brn Table 3-72 No.

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 SLMA/SLMA8 . SLMA8 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b 17a 17b 18a 18b 19a 19b 20a 20b 21a 21b 22a 22b 23a 23b 24a 24b not used in SLMA8 not used in SLMA8 Notes RJ45 jack 3-176 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual .fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 3-72 No.Connector Panel Assignment with RJ45 Jacks Pin 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 SLMA.boards.

Connector Panel Assignment with CHAMP Jack (for U.boards. Service Manual 3-177 . only) SLMA.S. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. SLMA8 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b 1 Ring 1 Tip 2 Ring 2 Tip 3 Ring 3 Tip 4 Ring 4 Tip 5 Ring 5 Tip 6 Ring 6 Tip 7 Ring 7 Tip 8 Ring 8 Tip 9 Ring 9 Tip 10 Ring 10 Tip 11 Ring 11 Tip 12 Ring 12 Tip 13 Ring 13 Tip 14 Ring 14 Tip 15 Ring 15 Tip 16 Ring 16 Tip Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Port 9 Port 10 Port 11 Port 12 Not used for SLMA8 Port 13 Port 14 Port 15 Port 16 Notes P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Table 3-73 CHAMP jack 1 26 2 27 3 28 4 29 5 30 6 31 7 32 8 33 9 34 10 35 11 36 12 37 13 38 14 39 15 40 16 41 SLMA/SLMA8 .

only) SLMA. SLMA8 17a 17b 18a 18b 19a 19b 20a 20b 21a 21b 22a 22b 23a 23b 24a 24b 17 Ring 17 Tip 18 Ring 18 Tip 19 Ring 19 Tip 20 Ring 20 Tip 21 Ring 21 Tip 22 Ring 22 Tip 23 Ring 23 Tip 24 Ring 24 Tip Port 17 Port 18 Port 19 Port 20 Port 21 Port 22 Port 23 Port 24 not used in SLMA8 Notes 3-178 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual .fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 3-73 CHAMP jack 17 42 18 43 19 44 20 45 21 46 22 47 23 48 24 49 SLMA/SLMA8 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.S.boards.Connector Panel Assignment with CHAMP Jack (for U.

SLMA8 .16) a-wire (tip) wht/blu blu/wht wht/ora ora/wht wht/grn grn/wht wht/brn brn/wht wht/gry gry/wht red/blu blu/red red/ora ora/red red/grn grn/red red/brn brn/red red/gry gry/red blk/blu blu/blk blk/ora ora/blk blk/grn grn/blk blk/brn brn/blk blk/gry gry/blk yel/blu blu/yel b-wire (ring) SU connector 19 39 38 48 27 47 16 46 05 45 14 44 23 43 32 42 11 31 02 22 13 33 04 24 15 35 06 26 17 37 08 28 SLMA. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Table 3-74 Color Group SLMA.Connector Panel Assignment with SIPAC 1 SU Connectors (Cable for Ports 1 . SLMA8 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Port 9 Port 10 Port 11 Port 12 Port 13 Port 14 Port 15 Port 16 MDFU-E 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b Patch Panel. Service Manual 3-179 .boards. MW8 pin 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 Not used for SLMA8 Notes Pair 1 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 2 8 9 10 11 12 3 13 14 15 4 16 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

MW8 pin Notes Pair 1 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 2 8 9 10 11 12 3 13 14 15 4 16 3-180 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 3-75 Color Group SLMA.24) a-wire (tip) wht/blu blu/wht wht/ora ora/wht wht/grn grn/wht wht/brn brn/wht wht/gry gry/wht red/blu blu/red red/ora ora/red red/grn grn/red red/brn brn/red red/gry gry/red blk/blu blu/blk blk/ora ora/blk blk/grn grn/blk blk/brn brn/blk blk/gry gry/blk yel/blu blu/yel 11 31 02 22 13 33 04 24 15 35 06 26 17 37 08 28 17a 17b 18a 18b 19a 19b 20a 20b 21a 21b 22a 22b 23a 23b 24a 24b b-wire (ring) SU connector SLMA. Service Manual .Connector Panel Assignment with SIPAC 1 SU Connectors (Cable for Ports 17 . SLMA8 . SLMA8 Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Port 17 Port 18 Port 19 Port 20 Port 21 Port 22 Port 23 Port 24 17a 17b 18a 18b 19a 19b 20a 20b 21a 21b 22a 22b 23a 23b 24a 24b 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 Not used for SLMA8 MDFU-E Patch Panel.

Service Manual 3-181 . For information on mounting the shielding panel.3. Front panel Two LEDs indicating the board status: ● ● LED (red) LED (green) Figure 3-68 SLMA2 (S30810-Q2246-X) (for selected countries only) . provide the board with a shielding panel. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. The ring voltage and ring frequency are set using jumpers.16 SLMA2 (for selected countries only) Introduction The SLMA2 (Subscriber Line Module Analog) board provides 24 analog T/R interfaces for use in HiPath 3800.LEDs on the Front Panel > To ensure sufficient shielding. > A system cabinet can be fitted with a mix of SLMA. see Section 4. as these boards generate their own ring voltage (35 Veff). RGMOD has no effect on SLMA and SLMA8. The external ring voltage generator RGMOD (S30124-X5109-X) is required for generating ring voltages.boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards 3.3.5.2. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. RGMOD is plugged in on the reverse of the backplane of the basic and/or expansion cabinet. SLMA8 and SLMA2 boards.

boards.fm

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

LED statuses and their meanings Table 3-76 Red LED Off SLMA2 (for selected countries only) - LED Statuses Green LED Off Status Action

Board not receiving power or not plugged in Check plug contact on correctly. board. Board is out of order. Board is receiving power and board test is in progress. Board is defective if status remains unReplace the board. changed (board test unsuccessful). Loadware loading not successfully completed. Board is faulty. Error detected on board. Board is deactivated (not applicable to errors detected by test loops) or board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. Replace the board. Check whether the board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. If not, replace board.

On

Off

Flashing Off Off

Off On

Loadware is being loaded. Board test completed successfully. Board is OK (idle state).

Flashing At least one subscriber line circuit is activated.

Cable and connector assignment
● ● ● ●

For connecting to the SIVAPAC connector on the backplane: Table 3-71 For connecting to the connector panels using RJ45 jacks: Table 3-72 For U.S. only: For connecting to the connector panels with CHAMP jack: Table 3-73 For connecting to the connector panels using SIPAC 1 SU connectors: Table 3-74 and Table 3-75 SLMA2 (for selected countries only) - SIVAPAC Connector Assignment on the Backplane
b-wire (ring) blu/wht SIVAPAC connector 1 23 1a 1b SLMA2 Port 1 MDFU-E 1a 1b Notes

Table 3-77
a-wire (tip) wht/blu

Pair 1

3-182

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Table 3-77
a-wire (tip) wht/ora

SLMA2 (for selected countries only) - SIVAPAC Connector Assignment on the Backplane
b-wire (ring) ora/wht SIVAPAC connector 3 4 5 grn/wht 6 7 brn/wht 8 9 grn/wht 10 11 blu/red 12 13 ora/red 14 15 grn/red 16 17 brn/red 18 19 grn/red 20 24 blu/blk 25 26 ora/blk 27 29 grn/blk 30 31 brn/blk 32 34 grn/blk 35 37 blu/yel 38 43 ora/yel 44 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b 17a 17b SLMA2 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Port 9 Port 10 Port 11 Port 12 Port 13 Port 14 Port 15 Port 16 Port 17 MDFU-E 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b 17a 17b Notes

Pair 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

wht/grn wht/brn wht/grn red/blu red/ora red/grn red/brn red/grn blk/blu blk/ora blk/grn blk/brn blk/grn yel/blu yel/ora

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-183

boards.fm

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Table 3-77
a-wire (tip) yel/grn

SLMA2 (for selected countries only) - SIVAPAC Connector Assignment on the Backplane
b-wire (ring) grn/yel SIVAPAC connector 45 46 47 brn/yel 48 49 grn/yel 50 51 blu/vio 52 53 ora/vio 54 55 grn/vio 56 57 brn/vio 58 18a 18b 19a 19b 20a 20b 21a 21b 22a 22b 23a 23b 24a 24b SLMA2 Port 18 Port 19 Port 20 Port 21 Port 22 Port 23 Port 24 MDFU-E 18a 18b 19a 19b 20a 20b 21a 21b 22a 22b 23a 23b 24a 24b Notes

Pair 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

yel/brn yel/grn vio/blu vio/ora vio/grn vio/brn

Table 3-78

SLMA2 (for selected countries only) - Connector Panel Assignment with RJ45 Jacks
Pin 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 SLMA2 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b Notes

RJ45 jack No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

3-184

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Table 3-78

SLMA2 (for selected countries only) - Connector Panel Assignment with RJ45 Jacks
Pin 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 SLMA2 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b 17a 17b 18a 18b 19a 19b 20a 20b 21a 21b 22a 22b 23a 23b Notes

RJ45 jack No. 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-185

boards.fm

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Table 3-78

SLMA2 (for selected countries only) - Connector Panel Assignment with RJ45 Jacks
Pin 4 5 SLMA2 24a 24b Notes

RJ45 jack No. 24

Table 3-79
CHAMP jack 1 26 2 27 3 28 4 29 5 30 6 31 7 32 8 33 9 34 10 35 11 36 12 37 13 38

SLMA2 (for selected countries only) - Connector Panel Assignment with CHAMP Jacks (U.S. only)
SLMA2 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 1 Ring 1 Tip 2 Ring 2 Tip 3 Ring 3 Tip 4 Ring 4 Tip 5 Ring 5 Tip 6 Ring 6 Tip 7 Ring 7 Tip 8 Ring 8 Tip 9 Ring 9 Tip 10 Ring 10 Tip 11 Ring 11 Tip 12 Ring 12 Tip 13 Ring 13 Tip Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Port 9 Port 10 Port 11 Port 12 Port 13 Notes

3-186

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Table 3-79
CHAMP jack 14 39 15 40 16 41 17 42 18 43 19 44 20 45 21 46 22 47 23 48 24 49

SLMA2 (for selected countries only) - Connector Panel Assignment with CHAMP Jacks (U.S. only)
SLMA2 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b 17a 17b 18a 18b 19a 19b 20a 20b 21a 21b 22a 22b 23a 23b 24a 24b 14 Ring 14 Tip 15 Ring 15 Tip 16 Ring 16 Tip 17 Ring 17 Tip 18 Ring 18 Tip 19 Ring 19 Tip 20 Ring 20 Tip 21 Ring 21 Tip 22 Ring 22 Tip 23 Ring 23 Tip 24 Ring 24 Tip Port 14 Port 15 Port 16 Port 17 Port 18 Port 19 Port 20 Port 21 Port 22 Port 23 Port 24 Notes

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-187

boards.fm

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Table 3-80
Color Group

SLMA2 (for selected countries only) - Connector Panel Assignment with SIPAC 1 SU Connectors (Cable for Ports 1-16)
a-wire (tip) wht/blu blu/wht wht/ora ora/wht wht/grn grn/wht wht/brn brn/wht wht/grn grn/wht red/blu blu/red red/ora ora/red red/grn grn/red red/brn brn/red red/grn grn/red blk/blu blu/blk blk/ora ora/blk blk/grn grn/blk blk/brn brn/blk blk/grn grn/blk yel/blu blu/yel b-wire (ring) SU connector 19 39 38 48 27 47 16 46 05 45 14 44 23 43 32 42 11 31 02 22 13 33 04 24 15 35 06 26 17 37 08 28 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b SLMA2 Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Port 9 Port 10 Port 11 Port 12 Port 13 Port 14 Port 15 Port 16 MDFU-E 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b Patch Panel, MW8 pin 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 Notes

Pair 1 2

1

3 4 5 6 7

2

8 9 10 11 12

3

13 14 15

4

16

3-188

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Table 3-81
Color Group

SLMA2 (for selected countries only) - Connector Panel Assignment with SIPAC 1 SU Connectors (Cable for Ports 17-24)
a-wire (tip) wht/blu blu/wht wht/ora ora/wht wht/grn grn/wht wht/brn brn/wht wht/grn grn/wht red/blu blu/red red/ora ora/red red/grn grn/red red/brn brn/red red/grn grn/red blk/blu blu/blk blk/ora ora/blk blk/grn grn/blk blk/brn brn/blk blk/grn grn/blk yel/blu blu/yel 11 31 02 22 13 33 04 24 15 35 06 26 17 37 08 28 17a 17b 18a 18b 19a 19b 20a 20b 21a 21b 22a 22b 23a 23b 24a 24b b-wire (ring) SU connector SLMA2 Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Port 17 Port 18 Port 19 Port 20 Port 21 Port 22 Port 23 Port 24 17a 17b 18a 18b 19a 19b 20a 20b 21a 21b 22a 22b 23a 23b 24a 24b 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 MDFU-E Patch Panel, MW8 pin Notes

Pair 1 2

1

3 4 5 6 7

2

8 9 10 11 12

3

13 14 15

4

16

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-189

boards.fm

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

3.3.17

SLMO2, SLMO8

Introduction The SLMO2 and SLMO8 boards (Subscriber Line Module Optiset) provide UP0/E interfaces for use in HiPath 3800:
● ●

SLMO2 (S30810-Q2168-X10) = 24 UP0/E interfaces SLMO8 (S30810-Q2168-X100) = eight UP0/E interfaces

Front panel

Two LEDs indicating the board status:
● ●

LED (red) LED (green)

Figure 3-69

SLMO2/SLMO8 - LEDs on the Front Panel

>

To ensure sufficient shielding, provide the board with a shielding panel. For information on mounting the shielding panel, see Section 4.2.5.3.

3-190

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

LED statuses and their meanings Table 3-82 Red LED Off SLMO2 and SLMO8 - LED Statuses Green LED Off Status Action

Board not receiving power or not plugged in Check plug contact on correctly. board. Board is out of order. Board is receiving power and board test is in progress. Board is defective if status remains unReplace the board. changed (board test unsuccessful). Loadware loading not successfully completed. Board is faulty. Error detected on board. Board is deactivated (not applicable to errors detected by test loops) or board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. Replace the board. Check whether the board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. If not, replace board.

On

Off

Flashing Off Off

Off On

Loadware is being loaded. Board test completed successfully. Board is OK (idle state).

Flashing At least one subscriber line circuit is activated.

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-191

boards.fm

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Cable and connector assignment
● ● ● ●

For connecting to the SIVAPAC connector on the backplane: Table 3-83 For connecting to the connector panels using RJ45 jacks: Table 3-84 For U.S. only: For connecting to the connector panels with CHAMP jack: Table 3-85 For connecting to the connector panels using SIPAC 1 SU connectors: Table 3-86 and Table 3-87 SLMO2/SLMO8 - SIVAPAC Connector Assignment on the Backplane
b-wire (ring) blu/wht wht/ora ora/wht wht/grn grn/wht wht/brn brn/wht wht/grn grn/wht red/blu blu/red red/ora ora/red red/grn grn/red SIVAPAC connector 1 23 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 SLMO2, SLMO8 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 MDFU-E 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b Notes

Table 3-83
Pair 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 a-wire (tip) wht/blu

3-192

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Table 3-83
Pair 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 a-wire (tip) red/brn

SLMO2/SLMO8 - SIVAPAC Connector Assignment on the Backplane
b-wire (ring) brn/red SIVAPAC connector 17 18 19 grn/red 20 24 blu/blk 25 26 ora/blk 27 29 grn/blk 30 31 brn/blk 32 34 grn/blk 35 37 blu/yel 38 43 ora/yel 44 45 grn/yel 46 47 brn/yel 48 49 grn/yel 50 51 blu/vio 52 53 ora/vio 54 55 grn/vio 56 57 brn/vio 58 SLMO2, SLMO8 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b 17a 17b 18a 18b 19a 19b 20a 20b 21a 21b 22a 22b 23a 23b 24a 24b Port 9 Port 10 Port 11 Port 12 Port 13 Port 14 Port 15 Port 16 Port 17 Port 18 Port 19 Port 20 Port 21 Port 22 Port 23 Port 24 MDFU-E 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b 17a 17b 18a 18b 19a 19b 20a 20b 21a 21b 22a 22b 23a 23b 24a 24b Not used for SLMO8 Not used for SLMO8 Notes

red/grn blk/blu blk/ora blk/grn blk/brn blk/grn yel/blu yel/ora yel/grn yel/brn yel/grn vio/blu vio/ora vio/grn vio/brn

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-193

boards.fm

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Table 3-84
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

SLMO2/SLMO8 - Connector Panel Assignment with RJ45 Jacks
Pin 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 SLMO2, SLMO8 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b not used in SLMO8 Notes

RJ45 jack

3-194

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Table 3-84
No. 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

SLMO2/SLMO8 - Connector Panel Assignment with RJ45 Jacks
Pin 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 SLMO2, SLMO8 17a 17b 18a 18b 19a 19b 20a 20b 21a 21b 22a 22b 23a 23b 24a 24b not used in SLMO8 Notes

RJ45 jack

Table 3-85
CHAMP jack 1 26 2 27 3 28 4 29 5 30 6 31 7 32

SLMO2/SLMO8 - Connector Panel Assignment with CHAMP Jack (for U.S. only)
SLMO2, SLMO8 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 1 Ring 1 Tip 2 Ring 2 Tip 3 Ring 3 Tip 4 Ring 4 Tip 5 Ring 5 Tip 6 Ring 6 Tip 7 Ring 7 Tip Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Notes

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-195

boards.fm

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Table 3-85
CHAMP jack 8 33 9 34 10 35 11 36 12 37 13 38 14 39 15 40 16 41

SLMO2/SLMO8 - Connector Panel Assignment with CHAMP Jack (for U.S. only)
SLMO2, SLMO8 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b 8 Ring 8 Tip 9 Ring 9 Tip 10 Ring 10 Tip 11 Ring 11 Tip 12 Ring 12 Tip 13 Ring 13 Tip 14 Ring 14 Tip 15 Ring 15 Tip 16 Ring 16 Tip Port 8 Port 9 Port 10 Port 11 Port 12 not used in SLMO8 Port 13 Port 14 Port 15 Port 16 Notes

3-196

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Table 3-85
CHAMP jack 17 42 18 43 19 44 20 45 21 46 22 47 23 48 24 49

SLMO2/SLMO8 - Connector Panel Assignment with CHAMP Jack (for U.S. only)
SLMO2, SLMO8 17a 17b 18a 18b 19a 19b 20a 20b 21a 21b 22a 22b 23a 23b 24a 24b 17 Ring 17 Tip 18 Ring 18 Tip 19 Ring 19 Tip 20 Ring 20 Tip 21 Ring 21 Tip 22 Ring 22 Tip 23 Ring 23 Tip 24 Ring 24 Tip Port 17 Port 18 Port 19 Port 20 not used in SLMO8 Port 21 Port 22 Port 23 Port 24 Notes

Table 3-86
Color Group

SLMO2/SLMO8 - Connector Panel Assignment with SIPAC 1 SU Connectors (Cable for Ports 1 - 16)
a-wire (tip) wht/blu blu/wht wht/ora ora/wht wht/grn grn/wht wht/brn brn/wht wht/gry gry/wht b-wire (ring) SU connector 19 39 38 48 27 47 16 46 05 45 SLMO2, SLMO8 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 MDFU-E 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b Patch Panel, MW8 pin 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 Notes

Pair 1 2

1

3 4 5

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-197

boards.fm

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Table 3-86
Color Group

SLMO2/SLMO8 - Connector Panel Assignment with SIPAC 1 SU Connectors (Cable for Ports 1 - 16)
a-wire (tip) red/blu blu/red red/ora ora/red red/grn grn/red red/brn brn/red red/gry gry/red blk/blu blu/blk blk/ora ora/blk blk/grn grn/blk blk/brn brn/blk blk/gry gry/blk yel/blu blu/yel b-wire (ring) SU connector 14 44 23 43 32 42 11 31 02 22 13 33 04 24 15 35 06 26 17 37 08 28 SLMO2, SLMO8 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b Port 16 15b 16a 16b 5 4 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Port 9 Port 10 Port 11 Port 12 Port 13 Port 14 MDFU-E 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b Patch Panel, MW8 pin 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 Not used for SLMO8 Notes

Pair 6 7

2

8 9 10 11 12

3

13 14 15

4

16

3-198

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Table 3-87
Color Group

SLMA, SLMA8 - Connector Panel Assignment with SIPAC 1 SU Connectors (Cable for Ports 17 - 24)
a-wire (tip) wht/blu blu/wht wht/ora ora/wht wht/grn grn/wht wht/brn brn/wht wht/gry gry/wht red/blu blu/red red/ora ora/red red/grn grn/red red/brn brn/red red/gry gry/red blk/blu blu/blk blk/ora ora/blk blk/grn grn/blk blk/brn brn/blk blk/gry gry/blk yel/blu blu/yel 11 31 02 22 13 33 04 24 15 35 06 26 17 37 08 28 17a 17b 18a 18b 19a 19b 20a 20b 21a 21b 22a 22b 23a 23b 24a 24b b-wire (ring) SU connector SLMA, SLMA8 Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Port 17 Port 18 Port 19 Port 20 Port 21 Port 22 Port 23 Port 24 17a 17b 18a 18b 19a 19b 20a 20b 21a 21b 22a 22b 23a 23b 24a 24b 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 Not used for SLMO8 MDFU-E Patch Panel, MW8 pin Notes

Pair 1 2

1

3 4 5 6 7

2

8 9 10 11 12

3

13 14 15

4

16

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-199

boards.fm

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

3.3.18

SLMO8 (not for U.S.), SLMO24

Introduction The SLMO8 and SLMO24 (Subscriber Line Module Cost Optimized UP0/E) boards provide eight and 24 connections for connecting Optiset E and optiPoint 500 telephones to HiPath 3550. Switches and LEDs

Lockout switch S1 (position = free, factory default) H1 (green) LEDs H2 (red)

Figure 3-70

SLMO8 (not for U.S.), SLMO24 (S30810-Q2901-X100, S30810-Q2901-X)

3-200

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

LED statuses and their meanings Table 3-88 Red LED Off SLMO8 (not for U.S.) and SLMO24 - LED Statuses Green LED Off Status Action

Board not receiving power or not plugged in Check plug contact on correctly. board. Board is out of order. Board is receiving power and board test is in progress. Board is defective if status remains unReplace the board. changed (board test unsuccessful). Loadware loading not successfully completed. Board is faulty. Error detected on board. Board is deactivated (not applicable to errors detected by test loops) or board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. Replace the board. Check whether the board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. If not, replace board.

On

Off

Flashing Off Off

Off On

Loadware is being loaded. Board test completed successfully. Board is OK (idle state).

Flashing At least one subscriber line circuit is activated.

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-201

boards.fm

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Cable and connector assignment (backplane, MDFU/MDFU-E, patch panel) Table 3-89
Color Group Pair

SLMO8 (not for U.S.), SLMO24 - Cable 1 Assignment (SU Xx8)
a-wire (tip) wht/blu blu/wht wht/ora ora/wht wht/grn grn/wht wht/brn brn/wht wht/gry gry/wht red/blu blu/red red/ora ora/red red/grn grn/red red/brn brn/red red/gry gry/red blk/blu blu/blk blk/ora ora/blk blk/grn grn/blk blk/brn brn/blk blk/gry gry/blk yel/blu blu/yel b-wire (ring) SU connector BP: Xx8 19 39 38 48 27 47 16 46 05 45 14 44 23 43 32 42 11 31 02 22 13 33 04 24 15 35 06 26 17 37 08 28 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b SLMO8, SLMO24 Access 1 Access 2 Access 3 Access 4 Access 5 Access 6 Access 7 Access 8 Access 9 Access 10 Access 11 Access 12 Access 13 Access 14 Access 15 Access 16 MDFU/ MDFU-E 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b Patch Panel, MW8 pin 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 Not used for SLMO8 Notes

1 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 2 8 9 10 11 12 3 13 14 15 4 16

3-202

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Table 3-90
Color Group Pair

SLMO8 (not for U.S.), SLMO24 - Cable 2 Assignment (SU Xx9)
a-wire (tip) wht/blu blu/wht wht/ora ora/wht wht/grn grn/wht wht/brn brn/wht wht/gry gry/wht red/blu blu/red red/ora ora/red red/grn grn/red red/brn brn/red red/gry gry/red blk/blu blu/blk blk/ora ora/blk blk/grn grn/blk blk/brn brn/blk blk/gry gry/blk yel/blu blu/yel 11 31 02 22 13 33 04 24 15 35 06 26 17 37 08 28 17a 17b 18a 18b 19a 19b 20a 20b 21a 21b 22a 22b 23a 23b 24a 24b b-wire (ring) SU connector BP: Xx9 SLMO8, SLMO24 Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Access 17 Access 18 Access 19 Access 20 Access 21 Access 22 Access 23 Access 24 17a 17b 18a 18b 19a 19b 20a 20b 21a 21b 22a 22b 23a 23b 24a 24b 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 Not used for SLMO8 MDFU/ MDFU-E Patch Panel, MW8 pin Notes

1 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 2 8 9 10 11 12 3 13 14 15 4 16

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-203

boards.fm

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Table 3-91
# 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 a-wire (tip) wht/blu

SLMO24 - Assignment (SU Xx8, Xx9) (for U.S. only)
b-wire (ring) SU connector BP: Xx8 19 blu/wht 39 38 ora/wht 48 27 grn/wht 47 16 brn/wht 46 05 grn/wht 45 14 blu/red 44 23 ora/red 43 32 grn/red 42 11 brn/red 31 02 grn/red 22 13 blu/blk 33 04 ora/blk 24 15 grn/blk 35 06 brn/blk 26 17 grn/blk 37 08 blu/yel 28 BP: Xx9 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b SLMO24 Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Port 9 Port 10 Port 11 Port 12 Port 13 Port 14 Port 15 Port 16 CHAMP jack, MDF 1 26 2 27 3 28 4 29 5 30 6 31 7 32 8 33 9 34 10 35 11 36 12 37 13 38 14 39 15 40 16 41 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b Notes

wht/ora wht/grn wht/brn wht/grn red/blu red/ora red/grn red/brn red/grn blk/blu blk/ora blk/grn blk/brn blk/grn yel/blu

3-204

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

only) b-wire (ring) SU connector BP: Xx8 BP: Xx9 11 brn/red 31 02 grn/red 22 13 blu/blk 33 04 ora/blk 24 15 grn/blk 35 06 brn/blk 26 17 grn/blk 37 08 blu/yel 28 SLMO24 17a 17b 18a 18b 19a 19b 20a 20b 21a 21b 22a 22b 23a 23b 24a 24b Port 17 Port 18 Port 19 Port 20 Port 21 Port 22 Port 23 Port 24 CHAMP jack. MDF 9 34 10 35 11 36 12 37 13 38 14 39 15 40 16 41 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b Notes red/grn blk/blu blk/ora blk/grn blk/brn blk/grn yel/blu P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual 3-205 .Assignment (SU Xx8. Xx9) (for U.boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Table 3-91 # 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 a-wire (tip) red/brn SLMO24 .S. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

you must wait a short while before plugging the SLU8 in or out. Interfaces 1 UP0/E ports 1-4 UP0/E ports 5-8 X2 8 1 X3 8 SLU8 50 to CUP/CUC X1 2 Figure 3-71 SLU8 Interfaces (S30817-Q922-A301) 7 Caution After deactivating the power supply.3. Service Manual Table 3-92 Contact 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3-206 . the CBCC/CBCP may be damaged. If you do not wait before doing so. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch 3.19 SLU8 Introduction The SLU8 board for HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 (wall housing) with 8 digital subscriber line interfaces allows up to 16 digital telephones to be connected in host-client operation (masterslave operation). SLU8 Contact Assignments X2 (UPo/E ports 1-4) a1 b1 a2 b2 a3 b3 a4 b4 X3 (UP0/E ports 5-8) a5 b5 a6 b6 a7 b7 a8 b8 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

Pin 14 15 24 25 34 35 44 45 UP0/E ports 1-4 a1 b1 a2 b2 a3 b3 a4 b4 8 7 6 RJ45 jack 5 X2.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards 3.20 SLU8R Introduction The SLU8R (Subscriber Line UP0/E Rack) boards provide eight ports for connecting Optiset E and optiPoint 500 telephones to HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 (19-inch housing).3. Interfaces UP0/E1 11 50 to CUPR / CUCR UP0/E ports 1–8 (8-pin RJ45 jacks) X1 X2 2 UP0/E8 88 Figure 3-72 Table 3-93 RJ45 jack 1 2 3 4 SLU8R Interfaces (S30817-K922-Z301) SLU8R Contact Assignments X2. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Pin 54 55 64 65 74 75 84 85 UP0/E ports 5-8 a5 b5 a6 b6 a7 b7 a8 b8 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.boards. Service Manual 3-207 .

-A313) 3-208 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. for example.S.3. Interfaces > The board does not supply terminals with power. STLS4 Introduction The STLS4 board for HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 (wall housing) has four S0 ports that can operate as trunk interfaces or as subscriber line interfaces (see Page 3-210). 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch 3.S. 50 S0 ports Mini-Western Not in STLS2 1 2 3 4 2 X2 STLS2/STLS4 to CUP / CUC X1 654321 2 = SX + 3 = SR + 4 = SR 5 = SX - SX = Signal transmit SR = Signal receive Figure 3-73 STLS2 (not for U. STLS4 Interfaces (S30817-Q924-B313.).). Service Manual . The STLS2 is an underequipped variant with two S0 ports. Power must be supplied locally using a local plug-in power supply or a bus power supply unit.boards.21 STLS2 (not for U.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Interface Assignments (for U. Service Manual 3-209 . The system only assigns the MSN after the S0 port has been configured on the “Euro bus” (not for U.boards. For information. the Optiset E ISDN adapter uses a straight-through connection because it is always a station-only device. see Figure 3-77.S.S.S. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. The ISDN terminals must have their own local power supply. In contrast. only) Table 3-94 Pin 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 2 Port 1 STLS4 Module Interface Assignments (for U. only) Assignment Transmit Receive Receive Transmit Transmit Receive Receive Transmit Pin 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 4 Port 3 Assignment Transmit Receive Receive Transmit Transmit Receive Receive Transmit Note: The STLS4 module supports the trunk side in Europe. so the transmit and receive signals must be reversed before the first device on the S0 bus.) and can be read out via administration (Manager T: Code 20 4 3 S0 Bus MSN).

S0 connection options: ● ● Point-to-point (PP) (default) Point-to-multipoint (PMP) Connecting an ISDN trunk (not for U.) Insert the connection cable supplied in jacks S01 to S04. you can also set up configurations for networking and dedicated lines Use the S0 interface S01 for connection to the public telecommunications network (ISDN trunk).) You can use the MW jacks on the STLS boards to connect between one and four ISDN S0 buses. The interfaces on the STLS boards are freely configurable. Networking connection (HiPath 4000/CorNet-NQ (not for U. ● ● ● ● ● EURO CO point-to-point EURO CO point-to-multipoint EURO bus CorNet-N/CorNet-NQ slave Using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. 3-210 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. group 4 fax device. PC.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Connecting ISDN (S0) interfaces (not for U. The connection (networking) to HiPath 3000 and HiPath 4000 (CorNet-NQ) can also be set up via S0 interfaces S01 to S04. Insert the other end in the NT of the carrier.boards.S. You can also connect S0 interfaces S02 to S04 to the ISDN trunk or to ISDN terminals (ISDN telephone. dialing aid) via an S0 bus.) Insert the connection cable supplied in jacks S01 to S04. Service Manual .S. Connect the other end with the HiPath 4000 port.S.

S. it is assigned an MSN. Configuring an S0 bus with a Mini-Western jack (not for U. When you set up an S0 bus.8: 8-pin 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 6-pin 6 5 4 3 2 1 SR SX SX SR 4-pin 4 3 2 1 SR SX SX SR Always establish contact on the center four pins.S. a default MSN is automatically assigned after you change the S0 port to “Euro bus” in system administration.boards. The S0 station is immediately available under this MSN.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Connecting ISDN terminals (not for U. without an outgoing seizure. A maximum of eight ISDN terminals can be addressed on each S0 bus.) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. The system does not assign the MSN until the S0 port is configured on the “Euro bus”. Assignment of RJ jack pins 1 . the MSN can be read out via administration.) S0 telephones cannot be directly connected to an STLS board’s Mini-Western jack via the cable supplied.S. This MSN is the first free station number in the system. > If no MSN is entered in the terminal.) Depending on the system. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. you can set up a maximum of four internal S0 buses (S01 to S04). Service Manual 3-211 . SR SX SX SR Figure 3-74 Sample Pin Assignments in MW Jacks (not for U. You must first install a jack with cross-connected cables (see Figure 3-75).

S.1 Transmit 3 SX.2 Transmit 6 SR. Service Manual .1 Receive 5 SX. SX SR SR SX 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 * 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 * = Not crossed in TA-S0 1st RJ jack (MW8 = 8-pin) 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 2nd to 8th RJ jack (MW8 = 8-pin) 100 Ω/0.boards.) Figure 3-75 20 m 1 2 3 8 Wiring and Ranges for S0 Bus Jacks (not for U.) 3-212 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.) Long bus: 150 m (492 ft. 230 V~ UAE connector 6 5 Additional power supply 4 3 The connecting cord of the ISDN telephone must not exceed 10 m in length.25 W Terminating resistor in last jack Maximum ranges: System Short bus: 150 m (492 ft.2 Receive 4 twisted pair To switch from external to internal S0 operation.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch System S01 to S04 RJ through-jack (MW8 = 8-pin) SR. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. you must cross the SR and SX wires before the first jack.

only) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. – – – ● Pin Assignment of MW Jacks 8-pin MW8 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 6-pin MW6 6 5 4 3 2 1 SR SX SX SR 4-pin MW4 4 3 2 1 SR SX SX SR SX = Signal transmit SR = Signal receive With MW cables.g.boards. silver-satin connector cord to each port on the STLS4 Module. connecting S01 to S04: – Connect the provided. SR SX SX SR Figure 3-76 MWxx Jack Pin Assignment (for U. Plug the ISDN terminal (connecting cord) into the MW jack.S. Figure 3-76 shows the pin assignments for jacks of different sizes. Service Manual 3-213 . Connect the other end to a mounted MW jack.S. manufactured by Sedlbauer). The ISDN terminals must have their own local power supply.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Connecting ISDN Terminals to HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 (for U. reversing the transmit and receive wires as shown in Figure 3-77. contact is always established in the center of the connector. only) ● S0 Bus With RJ45 jack. Connecting an ISDN S0 telephone requires a local power supply (e. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Contact is always established using the center pins of MW jacks.

25 W Terminating resistor in last jack Figure 3-77 S 0 Bus wiring from STLS4 port or optiset E ISDN adapter (for U.S. Service Manual .fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch S 0 Bus wiring from STLS4 port or optiset E ISDN adapter (for U. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.S. only) 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 3-214 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Device jack 1 (8-pin MW8) 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Device jacks 1 to 7 ’ (8-pin MW8) Device jack 2 (8-pin MW8) Last device jack (8-pin MW8) 100 ohms. only) STLS port in system Through jack connected to silver satin colored RJ11 connector cable (6-pin) SX SR SR SX Optiset E ISDN adapter 123 456 789 0 ABC DEF ABC DEF GHI MNO JKL GHIMNO PQRS TUV WXYZ PQRS TUV 6 5 4 3 2 1 SX SR SR SX 6 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Surface-mounted MW8 jack (8-pin) Cross the transmit and receive wires from the STLS port (not required in S0 bus from ISDN adapter). 0.boards.

1 3 = SX + 4 = SR + 5 = SR – 6 = SX – SX = Signal transmit SR = Signal receive Figure 3-78 STLS4R Interfaces (S30817-K924-Z313) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards 3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. In this case. power must be supplied locally using a local plug-in power supply or a bus power supply unit. > The board does not supply terminals with power.3. These are operated either as external trunk interfaces in TE (terminal equipment) mode or as internal S0 buses (PMP bus) in NT (network terminator) mode with cross-connected RX-TX lines.22 STLS4R Introduction The STLS4R (Subscriber And Trunk Line S0 RACK) board provides four S0 basic rate accesses for HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 (19-inch housing).boards.. Service Manual 3-215 .. for example. Interfaces S0 port 1 11 50 STLS4R 4 S0 ports (MW8 (RJ45) jacks) S0 port 4 X2 48 X1 to CUPR / CUCR 2 8 .

boards. Pin 13 14 15 16 2 23 24 25 26 3 33 34 35 36 4 43 44 45 46 S0 Ports 1-4 S0 port 1 transmit+ S0 port 1 receive+ S0 port 1 receive– S0 port 1 transmit– S0 port 2 transmit+ S0 port 2 receive+ S0 port 2 receive– S0 port 2 transmit– S0 port 3 transmit+ S0 port 3 receive+ S0 port 3 receive– S0 port 3 transmit– S0 port 4 transmit+ S0 port 4 receive+ S0 port 4 receive– S0 port 4 transmit– MW8 (RJ45) Jack 1 > Refer to Page 3-210 for information on connecting ISDN lines and telephones. Service Manual . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 3-95 STLS4R Contact Assignments X2. 3-216 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

boards. Interfaces > The board does not supply terminals with power. STLSX4. Power must be supplied locally for telephones. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. for example via a plug-in power supply unit. Service Manual 3-217 .3. STLSX2 S30810-Q2944-X100 = two S0 basic rate accesses for use in HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350. ● ● These are operated either as external trunk interfaces in TE (terminal equipment) mode or as internal S0 buses (PMP bus) in NT (network terminator) mode with cross-connected RX-TX lines.23 STLSX2. STLSX4R Introduction The following boards provide S0 basic connections: ● STLSX4 (Subscriber Trunk Line S0 with ISAC-SX) S30810-Q2944-X = four S0 basic rate accesses for use in HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350. STLSX4R (Subscriber Trunk Line S0 with ISAC-SX Rack) S30810-K2944-Z = four S0 basic rate accesses for use in HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards 3.

STLSX4. STLSX4R . STLSX4R .S0 Interface Assignment X2 Pin 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 S0 Port 2 – – Transmit + Receive + Receive – Transmit – – – X2 Pin 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 S0 Port 31 – – Transmit + Receive + Receive – Transmit – – – X2 Pin 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 S0 Port 41 – – Transmit + Receive + Receive – Transmit – – – S0 Port 1 – – Transmit + Receive + Receive – Transmit – – – Not for STLSX2 3-218 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch S0 port 1 11 50 X2 X1 4 S0 ports (MW8 (RJ45) jacks) S0 port 4 48 CUP/CUC (for STLSX2/ STLSX4) CUPR/CUCR (for STLSX4R) 2 S0 ports 3 and 4 are not assigned in STLSX2..Interfaces S0 interface assignment Table 3-96 X2 Pin 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 STLSX2. 1 MW8 (RJ45) jack assignment: 3 = Transmit + 4 = Receive + 5 = Receive – 6 = Transmit – Figure 3-79 STLSX2. Service Manual .boards. STLSX4. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.. 8 .

– A slave system always receives the clock pulse from the master system regardless of whether the connection is direct or fixed. You can also connect S0 interfaces S0 2 to S0 4 to the ISDN trunk or to ISDN terminals (ISDN telephone. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. The master system supplies the reference clock pulse for the networked system. H300 = Optimized for interconnection with HiPath 4000 ● Direct or fixed connection: defines the type of connection for a network and controls the supply of clock pulses: – Direct = Communication systems are connected to one another by means of a direct cable connection. Fixed connection = Communication systems are connected over lines leased from a network provider (with clock pulse supply). The master system receives the reference clock pulse from the network. use HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E to define the relevant protocols for the trunks to be connected. Use the S0 interface S0 1 for connection to the public telecommunications network. Service Manual 3-219 . PC.boards. group 4 fax device.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Configuring S0 interfaces Depending on how the interfaces are applied. dialing aid) via an S0 bus. Please note the additional information contained in the protocol templates when selecting a suitable S0 protocol: ● ● ● ● ● CO = Interfaces to the public CO Bus = Interfaces to an internal station Master = Interfaces for a master system network Slave = Interfaces for a slave system network H150/H118 or H300 = Defines the CorNet protocol: – – H150/H118 = Optimized for interconnection with HiPath 3000 This option should also be selected in connection with HiPath ProCenter Office HPCO. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

it is assigned an MSN.8: 8-pin 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 6-pin 6 5 4 3 2 1 SR SX SX SR 4-pin 4 3 2 1 SR SX SX SR Always establish contact on the center four pins. you can set up a maximum of four internal S0 buses (S0 1 to S0 4). Service Manual .boards. the MSN can be read out via administration. When you set up an S0 bus. Configuring an S0 bus with a Mini-Western jack S0 telephones cannot be directly connected to an STLSX board’s Mini-Western jack via the cable supplied. without an outgoing seizure. You must first install a jack with cross-connected cables (see Figure 3-81). Assignment of RJ jack pins 1 . This MSN is the first free station number in the system.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Connecting ISDN telephones Depending on the system. A maximum of eight ISDN terminals can be addressed on each S0 bus. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. a default MSN is automatically assigned after you change the S0 port to “Euro bus” in system administration. SR SX SX SR Figure 3-80 Pin Assignments in MW Jacks 3-220 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. The S0 station is immediately available under this MSN. > If no MSN is entered in the terminal. The system does not assign the MSN until the S0 port is configured on the “Euro bus”.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. SX SR SR SX 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 * 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 * = Not crossed in TA-S0 1st RJ jack (MW8 = 8-pin) 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 2nd to 8th RJ jack (MW8 = 8-pin) 100 Ω/0.) Figure 3-81 Wiring and Ranges for S0 Bus Jacks 20m 1 2 3 8 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.1 Transmit 3 SX.25 W Terminating resistor in last jack Maximum ranges: System Short bus: 150 m (492 ft.1 Receive 5 SX.) Long bus: 150 m (492 ft.boards. Service Manual 3-221 .2 Receive 4 twisted pair To switch from external to internal S0 operation.2 Transmit 6 SR. 230 V~ UAE connector 6 5 Additional power supply 4 3 The connecting cord of the ISDN telephone must not exceed 10 m in length.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards System S01 to S04 RJ through-jack (MW8 = 8-pin) SR. you must cross the SR and SX wires before the first jack.

If longer cables are required.LEDs in the Front Panel > To ensure sufficient shielding. This setting can be made in V5.5. This provides a range of approximately 160 m.0 SMR-05 (CV 5) or later.2.3.boards.24 STMD3 Introduction The STMD3 (Subscriber and Trunk Module Digital S0) board contains eight S0 basic rate accesses for HiPath 3800.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch 3. 3-222 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. > The range of the short S0 bus (up to eight Terminal Equipment Identifiers (TEI)) is limited to approximately 60 m. provide the board with a shielding panel.3. For information on mounting the shielding panel. see Section 4. Service Manual . the S0 bus type must be set to "Long" in HiPath 3000/ 5000 Manager E developer mode. Front panel Two LEDs indicating the board status: ● ● LED (red) LED (green) Figure 3-82 STMD3 (S30810-Q2217-X10) .

Service Manual 3-223 . Board is OK (idle state). Board is defective if status remains unReplace the board. replace board. Error detected on board.boards.S. Board test completed successfully. Board is faulty. Loadware loading not successfully completed.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards LED statuses and their meanings Table 3-97 Red LED Off STMD3 . Check whether the board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. only: For connecting to the connector panels with CHAMP jack: Table 3-100 For connecting to the connector panels using SIPAC 1 SU connectors: Table 3-101 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. changed (board test unsuccessful). Board is out of order. Flashing At least one channel is activated. If not. Board is deactivated (not applicable to errors detected by test loops) or board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Cable and connector assignment ● ● ● ● For connecting to the SIVAPAC connector on the backplane: Table 3-98 For connecting to the connector panels using RJ45 jacks: Table 3-99 For U. Replace the board.LED Statuses Green LED Off Status Action Board not receiving power or not plugged in Check plug contact on correctly. On Off Flashing Off Off Off On Loadware is being loaded. Board is receiving power and board test is in progress. board.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual .SIVAPAC Connector Assignment on the Backplane b-wire (ring) blu/wht SIVAPAC connector 1 23 3 ora/wht 4 5 grn/wht 6 7 brn/wht 8 9 grn/wht 10 11 blu/red 12 13 ora/red 14 15 grn/red 16 17 brn/red 18 19 grn/red 20 24 blu/blk 25 26 ora/blk 27 29 grn/blk 30 31 brn/blk 32 34 grn/blk 35 37 blu/yel 38 1Ea 1Eb 1Sa 1Sb 2Ea 2Eb 2Sa 2Sb 3Ea 3Eb 3Sa 3Sb 4Ea 4Eb 4Sa 4Sb 5Ea 5Eb 5Sa 5Sb 6Ea 6Eb 6Sa 6Sb 7Ea 7Eb 7Sa 7Sb 8Ea 8Eb 8Sa 8Sb Basic rate access 8 Basic rate access 7 Basic rate access 6 Basic rate access 5 Basic rate access 4 Basic rate access 3 Basic rate access 2 Basic rate access 1 STMD3 MDFU-E 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b Notes wht/ora wht/grn wht/brn wht/grn red/blu red/ora red/grn red/brn red/grn blk/blu blk/ora blk/grn blk/brn blk/grn yel/blu 3-224 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.boards.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 3-98 Pair 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 a-wire (tip) wht/blu STMD3 .

Subscriber line Pin 3 6 4 5 3 6 4 5 3 6 4 5 3 6 4 5 3 6 4 5 3 6 4 5 3 6 4 5 3 6 4 5 Trunk connection Pin 4 5 3 6 4 5 3 6 4 5 3 6 4 5 3 6 4 5 3 6 4 5 3 6 4 5 3 6 4 5 3 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Table 3-99 STMD3 .Connector Panel Assignment with RJ45 Jacks RJ45 jack STMD3 1Ea 1Eb 1Sa 1Sb 2Ea 2Eb 2Sa 2Sb 3Ea 3Eb 3Sa 3Sb 4Ea 4Eb 4Sa 4Sb 5Ea 5Eb 5Sa 5Sb 6Ea 6Eb 6Sa 6Sb 7Ea 7Eb 7Sa 7Sb 8Ea 8Eb 8Sa 8Sb Basic rate access 8 Basic rate access 7 Basic rate access 6 Basic rate access 5 Basic rate access 4 Basic rate access 3 Basic rate access 2 Basic rate access 1 Notes No. Service Manual 3-225 .boards.

Transmit S0. Transmit S0. Receive S0. Transmit S0. Transmit Basic rate access 8 Basic rate access 7 Basic rate access 6 Basic rate access 5 Basic rate access 4 Basic rate access 3 Basic rate access 2 Basic rate access 1 Notes 3-226 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Transmit S0. Transmit S0. Receive S0.S. Receive S0. Receive S0. Receive S0.Connector Panel Assignment with CHAMP Jack (for U. Transmit S0. Receive S0. Receive S0. Receive S0. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Transmit S0. Receive S0. Receive S0. Transmit S0. Transmit S0. Receive S0. Receive S0. only) STMD3 S0. Receive S0. Receive S0. Service Manual . Transmit S0. Transmit S0. Transmit S0.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 3-100 CHAMP jack 1 26 2 27 3 28 4 29 5 30 6 31 7 32 8 33 9 34 10 35 11 36 12 37 13 38 14 39 15 40 16 41 STMD3 . Transmit S0.boards. Receive S0. Transmit S0. Receive S0. Transmit S0.

MW8 pin Subscriber Trunk line connection 3 6 4 5 3 6 4 5 3 6 4 5 3 6 4 5 3 6 4 5 3 6 4 5 3 6 4 5 3 6 4 5 4 5 3 6 4 5 3 6 4 5 3 6 4 5 3 6 4 5 3 6 4 5 3 6 4 5 3 6 4 5 3 6 Color group Pair STMD3 MDFU-E 1 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 2 8 9 10 11 12 3 13 14 15 4 16 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.Connector Panel Assignment with SIPAC 1 SU Connectors (Cable for Ports 1 .16) a-wire (tip) wht/blu blu/wht wht/ora ora/wht wht/grn grn/wht wht/brn brn/wht wht/grn grn/wht red/blu blu/red red/ora ora/red red/grn grn/red red/brn brn/red red/grn grn/red blk/blu blu/blk blk/ora ora/blk blk/grn grn/blk blk/brn brn/blk blk/grn grn/blk yel/blu blu/yel b-wire (ring) SU connector 19 39 38 48 27 47 16 46 05 45 14 44 23 43 32 42 11 31 02 22 13 33 04 24 15 35 06 26 17 37 08 28 1Ea 1Eb 1Sa 1Sb 2Ea 2Eb 2Sa 2Sb 3Ea 3Eb 3Sa 3Sb 4Ea 4Eb 4Sa 4Sb 5Ea 5Eb 5Sa 5Sb 6Ea 6Eb 6Sa 6Sb 7Ea 7Eb 7Sa 7Sb 8Ea 8Eb 8Sa 8Sb Basic rate access 8 Basic rate access 7 Basic rate access 6 Basic rate access 5 Basic rate access 4 Basic rate access 3 Basic rate access 2 Basic rate access 1 S0 patch panel.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Table 3-101 STMD3 .boards. Service Manual 3-227 .

Board Variants Part number S30810-Q2316-X100 Services Voice and Data DSPs 2 B channels DSP channels 32 Sixteen simultaneous Voice over IP connections are possible per DSP (Digital Signal Processor). see Section 2. Board versions Table 3-102 Board STMI2 STMI2 .boards. fax and data. 3-228 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. but the following restrictions must be observed: ● A maximum of four STMI2 boards may be inserted per HiPath 3800 cabinet. Forwarding of calls between IP-supported networks (LAN. ● To allow for future channel expansion with extension modules. Support for the conventional functions of an ISDN and DSL router with the additional functionality of a media gateway for the transfer of voice.3.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch 3. Service Manual . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. For information on configuration. the slot between two STMI2 boards should remain free. Internet) and circuitswitched networks (ISDN.6. PSTN). For information on how to calculate the number of boards required for HG 1500. This includes: ● Connection of a local LAN to the HiPath 3800 and connection with external LANs via the ISDN and DSL interfaces of HiPath 3800. > A combination of up to eight STMI2 boards can be used per system.Voice over IP) which provides the functionality of HG 1500 in HiPath 3800. refer to the HG 1500 Administration Manual. ● ● Configuration is performed via Web-Based Management (WBM) which enables the administration of HG 1500 without any special software requirements. intranet.25 STMI2 Introduction STMI2 (Subscriber Trunk Module IP) is a VoIP gateway board (VoIP .

Table 3-103 Extension module STMI2 .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Extension modules The STMI2 board has two HGA (HiPath Gateway Accelerator) slots. Service Manual 3-229 .Extension Modules Part number Function Notes The PDMX extension module is not released at present. PDMX S30807-Q5697(PMC DSP Mo.boards.X200 dule Extended) HGA slot 1 HGA slot 0 Figure 3-83 STMI2 (S30810-Q2316-X100) . which can be used to connect the extension modules.HGA Slots P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

24 interface ● 3-230 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. These provide access to the Ethernet standard (IEEE 802. Manual configuration is also possible. 9-pin Sub-D plug for V.3) with 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps with automatic configuration. Service Manual .fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Connections The STMI2 board features the following connections on the front panel: ● Two RJ45 jacks for LAN interfaces.boards.

24 interface (9-pin Sub-D plug) Two Ethernet (10/100BaseT) LAN connectors (8-pin RJ45 jacks): ● LAN2 (only released for service applications) ● LAN1 The LAN interface status is indicated by two LEDs: ● LED1: – Green = 100 Mbps online (link) – Yellow = 10 Mbps online (link) – Flashing = active ● LED2 (green): – On = full-duplex (FDX) – Off = half-duplex Figure 3-84 STMI2 . Service Manual . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Front panel Two LEDs indicating the board status: ● Run (green) – on = at least 1 B channel busy – off = normal operation ● Fail (red) = error encountered V.Front Panel 3-231 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.boards.

V.24 interface: Transmission rate Data bits Parity bit Stop bits Data flow control 38. Table 3-104 Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 STMI2 . Service Manual .24 cable (C30267-Z355-A25) is used for connecting the service PC.24 Interface Assignment Signal DCD RxD TxD DTR 0V DSR RTS CTS RI I O I Internal pull-up resistor in level switch (MAX211E) Not used I O O Ground Internal pull-up resistor in level switch (MAX211E) I/O Not used Internal pull-up resistor in level switch (MAX211E) Remark 3-232 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch V.400 (default) 8 None 1 none It is recommended that the local echo be deactivated on the connected terminal or PC. The following settings must be chosen for a terminal or PC connected to the V.24 interface The V.boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual 3-233 .LAN Interface Assignment (RJ45 Jacks) Signal Signals TT1/2 and RT1/2 are not needed for transmitting data. They represent a signal termination of 100 ohms (known as a Bob Smith termination) for the two unused wire pairs in a 4pair twisted pair cable.boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards LAN interfaces Table 3-105 Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 TDP (Transmit Data +) TDN (Transmit Data –) RDP (Receive Data +) TT1 (Transmit Termination 1) TT2 (Transmit Termination 2) RDN (Receive Data –) RT1 (Receive Termination 1) RT2 (Receive Termination 2) STMI2 .

a total of up to 30 B channels can be used per card.26 TCAS-2 and TCASR-2 (for selected countries only) Introduction The following cards . Figure 3-85 TCAS-2 (S30810-Q2945-X) (for selected countries only) – Figure P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Direct connection to the MINI BNC connectors on each card is only possible for coaxial trunks (75 ohms).3.can be used for V5. An external impedance converter (F31505-E1-A146) must be used for symmetrical trunks (120 ohms).boards.0 SMR -10 and later to support country-specific CAS (Channel Associated Signaling) protocols: ● ● TCAS-2 (S30810-Q2945-X) in HiPath 3550 TCASR-2 (S30810-K2945-X) in HiPath 3500 Please note that the cards listed can only be used in slots 7 and 9. Unlike TMCAS. In contrast to the predecessor TMCAS board. Since HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3500 each support a maximum of 30 B channels.one per system . connection to an S2M board is therefore not required. TCAS-2 and TCASR-2 communicate directly with the central control in the system. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch 3. Each of the cards features two E1-CAS interfaces. which together support up to 60 B channels. TCAS-2 and TCASR-2 function as converters. which convert the Euro-ISDN protocol on an S2M link to the Channel Associated Signaling protocol CAS. Service Manual 3-234 . All signaling and data traffic goes through TCAS-2 and TCASR-2.

boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. TCASR-2 (for selected countries only) – Interfaces and Jumpers P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Interfaces and jumpers CAS interface 1: X910 X909 X805: Analog modem CAS interface 2: X911 X912 X803: V.24 interface X804: Ethernet (10/ 100BaseT) interface 1 Modem (optional) 321 X16 X21 X20 X17 321 321 X13 X14 X11 X12 Figure 3-86 TCAS-2. Service Manual 3-235 .

TCASR-2 (for selected countries only) – Jumper for Setting the V. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. (default setting) Watchdog is not active. Service Manual .4 57.6 (default setting) 19.24 baud rate Setting Pins 2–3 closed See Table 3-107 X16 X17 Table 3-107 TCAS-2.2 9.24 Baud Rate Jumper X11 Open Open Closed Open Closed X12 Open Open Open Closed Closed All other configurations X14 Open Closed Closed Closed Closed V.Flash memory is deleted Flash memory is not deory (all sectors apart from Uleted.boards.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Settings Table 3-106 Jumper X11 X12 X14 X13 Deletes the flash mem. boot (firmware)).6 115.2 38. Watchdog active.6 3-236 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. (default setting) Reset not performed. (default setting) Resets card Hardware watchdog Reset performed. TCASR-2 (for selected countries only) – Jumper Functions Function Pins 1–2 closed Sets the V.24 baud rate (Kbps) 9. TCAS-2.

75 ohms): Receive (RX) CAS interface 1: X909 (MINI BNC connector. 75 ohms): Transmit (TX) X805 (RJ45 jack): Analog modem (optional) X911 (MINI BNC connector. 75 ohms): Receive (RX) CAS interface 2: X912 (MINI BNC connector. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual 3-237 .24 interface X804 (RJ45 jack): Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface Two LEDs indicate the current interface status: ● Yellow LED = transmitting data ● Green LED = receiving data Figure 3-87 TCAS-2. 75 ohms): Transmit (TX) X803 (9-pin MINI DIN jack): V.boards. TCASR-2 (for selected countries only) – Connections P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Connections X910 (MINI BNC connector.

24 ETHERNET RX TX RX TX Figure 3-88 TCASR-2 (for selected countries only) – Front Panel Seven-segment display The card’s software status can be ascertained on the basis of the seven-segment display. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch TCASR-2 front panel Line 1 MODEM Line 2 V. 3-238 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual . CAS application software The decimal point is activated when the card supplies the clock reference for the system. For this a distinction is made between the following boot phases: Power supply unit switched on U-boot (Firmware) The decimal point is flashing to indicate that the Uboot firmware is operational. Linux operating system initialization The decimal point is activated (not flashing) to indicate initialization of the Linux operating system.

TCASR-2 (for selected countries only) – Linux Operating System States Meaning P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual 3-239 . mounted file system rebuild.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards ● U-boot (firmware) states Table 3-108 Display TCAS-2. TCASR-2 (for selected countries only) – U-boot (firmware) States Meaning Initializing hardware Downloading DSP (Digital Signal Processor) firmware Downloading FPGA (Field Programmable Gate Array) firmware Accessing flash EPROM (Save and Delete) Activating built-in self test BIST (BIST1 or BIST2) Administration (Service PC connected) Copying software (from SDRAM to FEPROM) Downloading image file (Linux and CAS application) Initializing the Linux operating system Error Resetting card U-boot (firmware) operational (decimal point flashing) ● Linux operating system states Table 3-109 Display Linux kernel boot User space boot Check and mount flash Error found. reboot TCAS-2.

fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 3-109 Display TCAS-2. TCASR-2 (for selected countries only) – Linux Operating System States Meaning Mounting flash file system Error mounting flash (flashing display) Configuring network interface Loading real-time kernel modules Loading board-specific modules Core files available ● CAS application software states Interface 1 (ISDN) active Interface 1 (CAS) active Interface 2 (CAS) active CAS application operational (flashing display) Figure 3-89 TCAS-2.boards. Service Manual . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. TCASR-2 (for selected countries only) – CAS Application Software States 3-240 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

TCASR-2 (for selected countries only) – Optional Modem The analog modem (modem kit F31505-E1-A147) is an optional subboard for the TCAS-2 and TCASR-2 cards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.boards. Service Manual 3-241 .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Modem (optional) X21: Pin1 Figure 3-90 TCAS-2. which is plugged into the X20 and X21 ports. This facilitates remote administration of the CAS protocol converter on the TCAS-2 and TCASR-2 cards (see Page 3-242).

24 interface CAS Manager X804 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface Analog trunk board CAS Manager CAS Manager PSTN IP Network Figure 3-91 TCAS-2. refer to the readme file.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Administration of the CAS protocol converter A separate tool. Via the optional analog modem (modem kit F31505-E1-A147). The following options are available for accessing the cards: ● Via the V. X803 V. the CAS Manager. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. The CAS Manager software is stored on a CD supplied with the card. is used to download the software and administer the TCAS2 and TCASR-2.boards.24 interface (9-pin MINI DIN jack X803) and the connection cable C39195A9700-B532. Via the Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (RJ45 jack X804). In this case. Service Manual . you will need to establish a connection from the analog modem (RJ45 jack X805) to a free port in an analog subscriber line module via the RJ45 cable C39195-Z7208-A10 supplied with the modem kit (see Figure 3-92). ● ● HiPath 3550 / HiPath 3500 TCAS-2 / TCASR-2 Analog subscriber line module X805 Modem (optional) Establish connection. TCASR-2 (for selected countries only) – Connection Options for Card Administration using CAS Manager 3-242 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. For information on how to install the CAS Manager software on the Service PC.

● HiPath 3550 TCAS-2: X805 Disconnect the RJ45 cable and connect the T/R wires to the free terminals on an analog subscriber line module. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Figure 3-92 TCAS-2. Service Manual 3-243 .boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards RJ45 Cable C39195-Z7208-A10 (included in modem kit F31505-E1-A147) ● HiPath 3500 TCASR-2: X805 Plug the RJ45 connector into the free jack on an analog subscriber line module. TCASR-2 (for selected countries only) – RJ45 Cable C39195-Z7208A10 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

Service Manual 3-244 . TCASR-2 (for selected countries only) – CAS Cable C39195A7700-B13 Symmetrical trunk (120 ohms) The impedance converter F31505-E1-A146 must be used for connecting to a symmetrical trunk.boards. Ring MINI BNC connector Conductor Shield Conductor Shield BNC connector Conductor Shield Conductor Shield MINI BNC connector Figure 3-93 ● Ferrite core BNC connector TCAS-2. TCASR-2 (for selected countries only) – Impedance Converter F31505-E1-A146 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. TCASR-2 (for selected countries only) – Assignment of the CAS Cable C39195-A7700-B13 Function Receive. Figure 3-94 TCAS-2. Tip Transmit. multiplexers (MUX) or modems to the TCAS-2 and TCASR-2 cards (MINI BNC connections): ● Coaxial trunk (75 ohms). length = 10 m Table 3-110 Wire 1 2 TCAS-2.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Assigning the CAS cable The following options are available for connecting network terminators (NT). Ring Transmit. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Tip Receive.

8 To CO Figure 3-95 Table 3-111 Contact 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 Not for TLA2 X3 10 1 X2 8 1 X4 2 8 1 TLA2.Interfaces (S30817-Q923-Bxxx.) .S.S.boards.3.). TLA4 (not for U.).fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards 3.S. TLA8 (not for U. otherwise free b trunk 1 a trunk 1 b trunk 2 a trunk 2 b trunk 31 a trunk 31 b trunk 41 a trunk 41 Call charging module assignment (GMZ) a trunk 41 b trunk 41 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. TLA4 (Not for U. 4 and 8 analog trunks (DP and DTMF dialing method) for HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 (wall housing).) . Service Manual 3-245 . Interfaces 1 to GEE Module T/R ports MSI 1 . -Axxx) TLA2. TLA4 and TLA8 provide 2.4 To CO T/R ports MSI 5 .S. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.S.27 TLA2 (Not for U.Contact Assignments Connector X2 a trunk 1 b trunk 1 a trunk 2 b trunk 2 a trunk 31 b trunk 3 1 50 TLA8 X1 to CUP/ CUC Connector X4 GND for GEE50 FKR.) Introduction The MSI boards TLA2. TLA4 (not for U.

) . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.Interfaces (S30817-Q926-Axxx) TLA8 (not for U.4 To CO T/R ports MSI 5 .fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch The MSI board TLA8 with eight analog trunks for DP and DTMF signalling in HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 .S.Contact Assignments Connector X3 GND b trunk 1 a trunk 1 b trunk 2 a trunk 2 b trunk 3 a trunk 3 b trunk 4 a trunk 4 GMZ 1 Connector X2 a trunk 1 b trunk 1 a trunk 2 b trunk 2 a trunk 3 b trunk 3 a trunk 4 b trunk 4 – – Connector X4 a trunk 5 b trunk 5 a trunk 6 b trunk 6 a trunk 7 b trunk 7 a trunk 8 b trunk 8 – – Connector X5 GND b trunk 5 a trunk 5 b trunk 6 a trunk 6 b trunk 7 a trunk 7 b trunk 8 a trunk 8 GMZ 2 2 TLA8 X1 to CUP/CUC 50 Figure 3-96 Table 3-112 Contact 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 GMZ= Call charging module assignment GND= GND for GEE50 FKR.boards.8 To CO to GEE Module X3 10 1 X2 8 1 X4 8 1 X5 10 TLA8 (not for U.S.) . otherwise free 3-246 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual . 1 to GEE Module T/R ports MSI 1 .

S. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. the call metering receiving equipment interface.S. The transmission and function-oriented characteristics of the TLA4R are completely identical to those of the TLA boards that are used in HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350.) . Pin 14 15 24 25 Trunk connections 1-4 a trunk 1 b trunk 1 a trunk 2 b trunk 2 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.boards. Service Manual 3-247 .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards 3. Interfaces Trunk 1 : : Trunk 4 8 RJ45 jacks 11 18 21 : 50 X1 X5 to CUPR / CUCR 2 ALUM 1+2 88 Figure 3-97 Table 3-113 RJ45 jack 1 2 TLA4R (not for U.S.28 TLA4R (not for U. The only differences are ● ● the two ALUMs which are only available on the TLA4R. There are also two ALUM power failure transfers.3.Contact Assignments X5.) Introduction The TLA4R (Trunk Line Analog Rack) board provides four ports for the analog trunk connection (DP and DTMF signaling methods) on HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 (19-inch housing). which is only on the TLA boards.) .Interfaces (S30817-Q923-Zxxx) TLA4R (not for U.

Pin 54 55 64 65 74 75 84 85 TB1 TA1 TB2 TA2 BE1 AE1 BE2 AE2 ALUM1: Analog telephone connection ALUM2: Analog telephone connection ALUM2: Stn card connection a trunk 3 b trunk 3 a trunk 4 b trunk 4 ALUM 1 + 2 ALUM1: Stn card connection 3-248 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.) .S.Contact Assignments 34 35 44 45 X5.boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual .fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 3-113 3 4 RJ45 jack 5 6 7 8 TLA4R (not for U.

For information on mounting the shielding panel.5.3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. see Section 4. provide the board with a shielding panel.29 TM2LP Introduction The TM2LP (Trunk Module Loop Procedure) board connects up to eight analog trunks to HiPath 3800 using the loop-start protocol.2. Front panel Two LEDs indicating the board status: ● ● LED (red) LED (green) Figure 3-98 TM2LP .3.boards.Front Panel (S30810-Q2159-Xxxx) > To ensure sufficient shielding. Service Manual 3-249 . P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards 3.

LED Statuses Green LED Off Status Action Board not receiving power or not plugged in Check plug contact on correctly. Board is faulty. Board is receiving power and board test is in progress. Board is OK (idle state).boards. Board is defective if status remains unReplace the board. Replace the board. Board is out of order. only: For connecting to the connector panels with CHAMP jack: Table 3-117 For connecting to the connector panels using SIPAC 1 SU connectors: Table 3-118 3-250 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch LED statuses and their meanings Table 3-114 Red LED Off TM2LP . Check whether the board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. Service Manual . Loadware loading not successfully completed. Board test completed successfully. Board is deactivated (not applicable to errors detected by test loops) or board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E.S. Error detected on board. replace board. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. changed (board test unsuccessful). Flashing At least one subscriber line circuit is activated. Cable and connector assignment ● ● ● ● For connecting to the SIVAPAC connector on the backplane: Table 3-115 For connecting to the connector panels using RJ45 jacks: Table 3-116 For U. board. If not. On Off Flashing Off Off Off On Loadware is being loaded.

fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Table 3-115 Pair 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 a-wire (tip) wht/blu TM2LP . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards.SIVAPAC Connector Assignment on the Backplane b-wire (ring) blu/wht SIVAPAC connector 1 23 3 ora/wht 4 5 grn/wht 6 7 brn/wht 8 9 grn/wht 10 11 blu/red 12 13 ora/red 14 15 grn/red 16 17 brn/red 18 19 grn/red 20 24 blu/blk 25 26 ora/blk 27 29 grn/blk 30 31 brn/blk 32 34 grn/blk 35 37 blu/yel 38 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b TM2LP Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Free MDFU-E 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b Notes wht/ora wht/grn wht/brn wht/grn red/blu red/ora red/grn red/brn red/grn blk/blu blk/ora blk/grn blk/brn blk/grn yel/blu P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual 3-251 .

Service Manual . 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 TM2LP .fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 3-116 No.Connector Panel Assignment with RJ45 Jacks Pin 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 TM2LP 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Notes RJ45 jack 3-252 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual 3-253 .boards. 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 TM2LP .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Table 3-116 No.Connector Panel Assignment with RJ45 Jacks Pin 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 TM2LP Notes Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Free RJ45 jack P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 3-117 CHAMP jack 1 26 2 27 3 28 4 29 5 30 6 31 7 32 8 33 9 34 10 35 11 36 12 37 13 38 14 39 15 40 16 41 TM2LP .Connector Panel Assignment with CHAMP Jack (for U.S.boards. Service Manual . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. only) TM2LP 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 1 Ring 1 Tip 2 Ring 2 Tip 3 Ring 3 Tip 4 Ring 4 Tip 5 Ring 5 Tip 6 Ring 6 Tip 7 Ring 7 Tip 8 Ring 8 Tip Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Notes 3-254 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual 3-255 .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Table 3-118 Color Group TM2LP .16) a-wire (tip) wht/blu blu/wht wht/ora ora/wht wht/grn grn/wht wht/brn brn/wht wht/grn grn/wht red/blu blu/red red/ora ora/red red/grn grn/red red/brn brn/red red/grn grn/red blk/blu blu/blk blk/ora ora/blk blk/grn grn/blk blk/brn brn/blk blk/grn grn/blk yel/blu blu/yel b-wire (ring) SU connector 19 39 38 48 27 47 16 46 05 45 14 44 23 43 32 42 11 31 02 22 13 33 04 24 15 35 06 26 17 37 08 28 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b TM2LP Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Free MDFU-E 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b Patch Panel.Connector Panel Assignment with SIPAC 1 SU Connectors (Cable for Ports 1 . MW8 pin 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 Notes Pair 1 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 2 8 9 10 11 12 3 13 14 15 4 16 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.boards.

3. tone dialing.30 TMAMF (for selected countries only) Introduction The TMAMF (Trunk Module Analog for MultiFrequency Code Signaling) board contains eight trunks for analog direct inward dialing. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual . and dial pulsing. It is not possible to use DTMF and MFCR2 (with or without caller ID) simultaneously.boards. MFC-R2 with caller ID. Switches and LEDs LEDs H0 (green) : : : : H7 0 : : 7 On H100 (yellow) Lockout switch S501 (factory default) Subminiature D connector for DSP diagnosis Figure 3-99 TMAMF (S30810-Q2587-Axxx) 3-256 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. The board is implemented in HiPath 3550 and has the part number S30810-Q2587-A400.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch 3. The system supports MFC-R2 signaling (default setting).

The subminiature D connector provides information about MFCR2 signaling. Terminal configuration: ● ● ● ● ● Bits per second = 19. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Microsoft HyperTerminal).boards. you must connect a PC with a terminal emulation program (such as. Service Manual 3-257 .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Notes on DSP diagnosis You can use the trace function built into the TMAMF module to diagnose malfunctions or obtain more precise error analysis. To activate the trace function.200 Data bits = 8 Stop bit = 1 Parity = none Flow control = none Pin assignments of the diagnostic cable TMAMF: Subminiature D connector 1 2 3 4 5 PC: RS-232 interface 5 4 3 2 1 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 5 9 8 7 6 1 3 2 5 Figure 3-100 Pin Assignments of the TMAMF Diagnostic Cable P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

LED Statuses (H100) Meaning Action During Startup and Initialization ● LEDs H0 to H7 (see Figure 3-99): trunk status Table 3-120 LED status (on/off) During Operation Off On Flashing (500/500 ms) The trunk is idle.boards. S1/x “closed”) Check whether the trunk was deactivated using HiPath 3000/ 5000 Manager E or the lockout switch.g.LED Statuses (H0 to H7) Meaning Action 3-258 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch LED statuses and their meanings ● H100 LED (see Figure 3-99): signal processor status Table 3-119 LED status (on/off) Off Flashing (250/250 ms) On During Operation Off Flashing (250/250 ms) On The DSP is idle Error: the DSP has not yet received Replace the board. TMAMF . Service Manual . The MFC-R2 filter is on – The DSP (digital signal processor) is waiting for DID digits The DSP is being reset TMAMF . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. the DID digits. no seizure The trunk was seized Trunk out of service (e.

Service Manual 3-259 . patch panel) Table 3-121 Color Group Pair TMAMF . MW8 pin 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 Notes 1 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 2 8 9 10 11 12 3 13 14 15 4 16 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.Cable Assignment a-wire (tip) wht/blu blu/wht wht/ora ora/wht wht/grn grn/wht wht/brn brn/wht wht/grn grn/wht red/blu blu/red red/ora ora/red red/grn grn/red red/brn brn/red red/grn grn/red blk/blu blu/blk blk/ora ora/blk blk/grn grn/blk blk/brn brn/blk blk/grn grn/blk yel/blu blu/yel b-wire (ring) SU connector BP: Xx8 19 39 38 48 27 47 16 46 05 45 14 44 23 43 32 42 11 31 02 22 13 33 04 24 15 35 06 26 17 37 08 28 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Free TMAMF MDFU/ MDFU-E 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b Patch Panel.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Cable and connector assignment (backplane.boards. MDFU/MDFU-E.

3. see Section 3.3. 3-260 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.31 TMANI/TLANI CLIP for analog stations The "analog CLIP" feature is explained in detail in the feature description .31. for pin assignment. Service Manual . For Austria: The TMANI/TLANI boards do not support the ÜFS (Supervisory Frequency System) trunks with direct inward dialing.3.3.31. A GEE module is not needed for call detail recording and cannot be installed together with TLANI4/TLANI2.boards. For HiPath 3350/3550: TLANI2 and TLANI4 with two or four analog trunk interfaces. for pin assignment. see Section 3.2. ● ● Call detail recording The TMANI/TLANI boards support 12-KHz and 16-KHz call charge frequency bands. The frequency bands are configured on a country-specific basis by default but can be modified. 50KHz is not supported as a call charge frequency band. Call detail recording for TMANI/TLANI boards is enabled or disabled in Manager E under Settings | Lines/networking | Trunks | "Param" column (double-click) | MSI flags | Charge module activated. for pin assignment. see Section 3. For HiPath 3300/3500: TLANI 4R with four analog trunk interfaces.31. It requires the following trunk boards depending on the system: ● For HiPath 3800: TMANI with eight analog trunk interfaces.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch 3.1. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.3.

5.Front Panel (S30810-Q2159-Xxxx) > To ensure sufficient shielding.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards 3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.2 No. provide the board with a shielding panel.boards.3. 7 Warning According to U. Front panel Two LEDs indicating the board status: Jumper for ground start GS GS ● ● LED (red) LED (green) TMANI Backplane port Figure 3-101 TMANI .S.1 TMANI Pin Assignment Introduction The TMANI board connects eight analog trunks to HiPath 3800 using the loop-protocol start. analog trunks must be connected over fuse elements in compliance with UL 497A or CSA C22. Service Manual 3-261 . 226.3.2.31. and Canadian installation instructions. For information on mounting the shielding panel. see Section 4.

changed (board test unsuccessful). Check whether the board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. Board is faulty. The jumpers must be closed for countries that support the "Ground-Start" feature (the U. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Board is out of order. If not. The jumpers must remain open for other countries that support the "Loop-Start" feature. Board test completed successfully. only: For connecting to the connector panels with CHAMP jack: Table 3-117 For connecting to the connector panels using SIPAC 1 SU connectors: Table 3-118 3-262 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Jumper for ground start The two jumpers marked with GS were placed on the board to satisfy security standards. Board is OK (idle state). Board is deactivated (not applicable to errors detected by test loops) or board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. Cable and connector assignment ● ● ● ● For connecting to the SIVAPAC connector on the backplane: Table 3-115 For connecting to the connector panels using RJ45 jacks: Table 3-116 For U.boards. Error detected on board. On Off Flashing Off Off Off On Loadware is being loaded. Flashing At least one subscriber line circuit is activated. Service Manual . Loadware loading not successfully completed. Board is receiving power and board test is in progress.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch LED statuses and their meanings Table 3-122 Red LED Off TMANI .S. replace board. Board is defective if status remains unReplace the board. Replace the board. and Canada).S.LED Statuses Green LED Off Status Action Board not receiving power or not plugged in Check plug contact on correctly. board.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards. Service Manual 3-263 .SIVAPAC Connector Assignment on the Backplane b-wire (Ring) blu/wht SIVAPAC connector 1 23 3 ora/wht 4 5 grn/wht 6 7 brn/wht 8 9 grn/wht 10 11 blu/red 12 13 ora/red 14 15 grn/red 16 17 brn/red 18 19 grn/red 20 24 blu/blk 25 26 ora/blk 27 29 grn/blk 30 31 brn/blk 32 34 grn/blk 35 37 blu/yel 38 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b TMANI Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Free MDFU-E 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b Notes wht/ora wht/grn wht/brn wht/grn red/blu red/ora red/grn red/brn red/grn blk/blu blk/ora blk/grn blk/brn blk/grn yel/blu P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Table 3-123 Pair 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 a-wire (Tip) wht/blu TMANI .

Service Manual . 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 TMANI .Connector Panel Assignment with RJ45 Jacks Pin 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 TMANI 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Notes RJ45 jack 3-264 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 3-124 No. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards.

Connector Panel Assignment with RJ45 Jacks Pin 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 TMANI Notes Free Free Free Free Free Free Free RJ45 jack Table 3-125 CHAMP jack 1 26 2 27 3 28 4 29 5 30 6 31 7 32 8 33 TMANI .Connector Panel Assignment with CHAMP Jack (for U.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Table 3-124 No.boards.S. only) TMANI 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 1 Ring 1 Tip 2 Ring 2 Tip 3 Ring 3 Tip 4 Ring 4 Tip 5 Ring 5 Tip 6 Ring 6 Tip 7 Ring 7 Tip 8 Ring 8 Tip Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Notes P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual 3-265 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 TMANI .

Connector Panel Assignment with SIPAC 1 SU Connectors (Cable for Ports 1 .boards. only) TMANI Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Notes Table 3-126 Color Group TMANI . MW8 pin 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 Notes Pair 1 2 1 3 4 5 3-266 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.Connector Panel Assignment with CHAMP Jack (for U. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.16) a-wire (Tip) wht/blu blu/wht wht/ora ora/wht wht/grn grn/wht wht/brn brn/wht wht/grn grn/wht b-wire (Ring) SU connector 19 39 38 48 27 47 16 46 05 45 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b TMANI Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 MDFU-E 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b Patch Panel.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 3-125 CHAMP jack 9 34 10 35 11 36 12 37 13 38 14 39 15 40 16 41 TMANI . Service Manual .S.

fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Table 3-126 Color Group TMANI . MW8 pin 4 5 4 5 4 5 Notes Pair 6 7 2 8 9 10 11 12 3 13 14 15 4 16 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual 3-267 .boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.16) a-wire (Tip) red/blu blu/red red/ora ora/red red/grn grn/red red/brn brn/red red/grn grn/red blk/blu blu/blk blk/ora ora/blk blk/grn grn/blk blk/brn brn/blk blk/grn grn/blk yel/blu blu/yel b-wire (Ring) SU connector 14 44 23 43 32 42 11 31 02 22 13 33 04 24 15 35 06 26 17 37 08 28 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b TMANI Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Free MDFU-E 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b Patch Panel.Connector Panel Assignment with SIPAC 1 SU Connectors (Cable for Ports 1 .

Interfaces Jumper for ground start Trunk 1 : : Trunk 4 ALUM 1+2 88 11 18 21 : 50 X106 X105 X1 8 MW8 jacks TLANI 4R X5 to CUPR/ CUCR 2 Figure 3-102 Table 3-127 RJ45 jack 1 2 3 TLANI 4R (not for U. 226.) . 7 Warning According to U. The transmission and function-oriented characteristics of TLANI 4R are completely identical to those of the TLANI4/2 boards that are used in HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350.Contact Assignments X5.2 TLANI 4R Pin Assignment (not for U.2 No.S.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch 3.S.S. There are also two ALUM power failure transfers. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.) . Pin 14 15 24 25 34 35 Trunk connections 1-4 B – trunk 1 A – trunk 1 B – trunk 2 A – trunk 2 B – trunk 3 A – trunk 3 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. and Canadian installation instructions.Interfaces (S30817-Q923-Zxxx) TLANI 4R (not for U.) Introduction The TLANI 4R board features four ports for analog trunk connection (DP and DTMF signaling methods) on HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 (19-inch housing). Service Manual 3-268 . analog trunks must be connected over fuse elements in compliance with UL 497A or CSA C22.S.31.3.boards.

) .boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Table 3-127 4 RJ45 jack 5 6 7 8 TLANI 4R (not for U. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual 3-269 .S. Pin 54 55 64 65 74 75 84 85 B A B A B A B A ALUM2: Analog telephone connection ALUM1: Analog telephone connection ALUM2: Subsc. and Canada).S. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. The jumpers must remain open for other countries that support the "Loop-Start" feature. line module connection B – trunk 4 A – trunk 4 ALUM 1 + 2 ALUM1: Subsc. line module connection Jumper for ground start The two jumpers (X105 and X106) marked with GS were placed on the board to satisfy security standards. The jumpers must be closed for countries that support the "Ground-Start" feature (the U.Contact Assignments 44 45 X5.

and Canadian installation instructions.3 TLANI2 (not for U. Service Manual .2 No. -Axxx) X4 2 X3 (free) TLANI4/TLANI2 X1 to CUP/CUC X106 X105 50 3-270 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch 3. Interfaces Jumper for ground start T/R ports MSI 1 .S. 7 Warning According to U.Interfaces (S30817-Q923-Bxxx.) Pin Assignment Introduction The loop-start boards TLANI2 and TLANI4 provide two and four analog trunks (DP and DTMF dialing method) for HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 (wall housing).4 To CO 1 X2 8 1 8 1 ALUM 1+2 Figure 3-103 10 TLANI2.S. analog trunks must be connected over fuse elements in compliance with UL 497A or CSA C22.S.S.) . TLANI4 (not for U.) and TLANI4 (not for U.3.31. 226. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards.

fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Table 3-128 TLANI2. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. line module connection ALUM2: Subsc. TLANI4 (not for U. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual 3-271 .) .Contact Assignments Connector X3 not used Connector X4 (ALUM) B A B A B A B A ALUM1: Subsc.boards. line module connection1 ALUM1: Analog telephone connection ALUM2: Analog telephone connection1 Contact Connector X2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 B – trunk 1 A – trunk 1 B – trunk 2 A – trunk 2 B – trunk 31 A – trunk 31 B – trunk A – trunk 41 41 not for TLANI2 Jumper for ground start The two jumpers (X105 and X106) marked with GS were placed on the board to satisfy security standards. The jumpers must remain open for other countries that support the "Loop-Start" feature. The jumpers must be closed for countries that support the "Ground-Start" feature (the U.S. and Canada).S.

fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch 3. For information on mounting the shielding panel.5.3. 3-272 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.boards.2. Front panel Two LEDs indicating the board status: ● ● LED (red) LED (green) Figure 3-104 TMC16 (for selected countries only) (S30810-Q2485-X) . provide the board with a shielding panel. Service Manual .Front Panel > To ensure sufficient shielding.32 TMC16 (for selected countries only) Introduction The trunk module TMC16 (Trunk Module Central Office) connects up to 16 analog ground-start or loop-start trunks with the HiPath 3800.3. see Section 4. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

replace board. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. If not. Board is receiving power and board test is in progress. Flashing At least one subscriber line circuit is activated.LED Statuses Green LED Off Status Action Board not receiving power or not plugged in Check plug contact on correctly. Error detected on board. Board is defective if status remains unReplace the board. Board is OK (idle state). Board is out of order. Cable and connector assignment ● ● ● For connecting to the SIVAPAC connector on the backplane: Table 3-130 For connecting to the connector panels with CHAMP jack: Table 3-131 For connecting to the connector panels using SIPAC 1 SU connectors: Table 3-132 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Replace the board. Board test completed successfully. board. Loadware loading not successfully completed.boards. Service Manual 3-273 . On Off Flashing Off Off Off On Loadware is being loaded. changed (board test unsuccessful). Board is faulty. Board is deactivated (not applicable to errors detected by test loops) or board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards LED statuses and their meanings Table 3-129 Red LED Off TMC16 (for selected countries only) . Check whether the board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E.

fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 3-130 a-wire (tip) wht/blu TMC16 (for selected countries only) .boards.SIVAPAC Connector Assignment on the Backplane b-wire (ring) blu/wht SIVAPAC connector 1 23 3 ora/wht 4 5 grn/wht 6 7 brn/wht 8 9 grn/wht 10 11 blu/red 12 13 ora/red 14 15 grn/red 16 17 brn/red 18 19 grn/red 20 24 blu/blk 25 26 ora/blk 27 29 grn/blk 30 31 brn/blk 32 34 grn/blk 35 37 blu/yel 38 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b TMC16 Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Port 9 Port 10 Port 11 Port 12 Port 13 Port 14 Port 15 Port 16 MDFU-E 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b Notes Pair 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 wht/ora wht/grn wht/brn wht/grn red/blu red/ora red/grn red/brn red/grn blk/blu blk/ora blk/grn blk/brn blk/grn yel/blu 3-274 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Table 3-131 CHAMP jack 1 26 2 27 3 28 4 29 5 30 6 31 7 32 8 33 9 34 10 35 11 36 12 37 13 38 14 39 15 40 16 41 TMC16 (for selected countries only) . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.Connector Panel Assignment with CHAMP Jack TMC16 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b 1 Ring 1 Tip 2 Ring 2 Tip 3 Ring 3 Tip 4 Ring 4 Tip 5 Ring 5 Tip 6 Ring 6 Tip 7 Ring 7 Tip 8 Ring 8 Tip 9 Ring 9 Tip 10 Ring 10 Tip 11 Ring 11 Tip 12 Ring 12 Tip 13 Ring 13 Tip 14 Ring 14 Tip 15 Ring 15 Tip 16 Ring 16 Tip Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Port 9 Port 10 Port 11 Port 12 Port 13 Port 14 Port 15 Port 16 Notes P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual 3-275 .boards.

fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 3-132 Color Group TMC16 (for selected countries only) .boards.Connector Panel Assignment with SIPAC 1 SU Connectors (Cable for Ports 1 . MW8 pin 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 Notes Pair 1 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 2 8 9 10 11 12 3 13 14 15 4 16 3-276 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.16) a-wire (tip) wht/blu blu/wht wht/ora ora/wht wht/grn grn/wht wht/brn brn/wht wht/grn grn/wht red/blu blu/red red/ora ora/red red/grn grn/red red/brn brn/red red/grn grn/red blk/blu blu/blk blk/ora ora/blk blk/grn grn/blk blk/brn brn/blk blk/grn grn/blk yel/blu blu/yel b-wire (ring) SU connector 19 39 38 48 27 47 16 46 05 45 14 44 23 43 32 42 11 31 02 22 13 33 04 24 15 35 06 26 17 37 08 28 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b TMC16 Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Port 9 Port 10 Port 11 Port 12 Port 13 Port 14 Port 15 Port 16 MDFU-E 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b Patch Panel. Service Manual .

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.33 TMCAS (for selected countries only) Introduction For V1. TMCAS (Trunk Module Channel Associated Signaling) boards can be used in HiPath 3550 to support the country-specific CAS protocol. The TMS2/TS2 handles all signaling and data traffic.boards. The board converts the Euro-ISDN protocol on an S2M link into the Channel Associated Signaling (CAS) protocol. There is no direct connection between the TMCAS board and the system’s central control unit. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.3. Service Manual 3-277 .0 and later.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards 3. The board functions only in connection with a TS2 (HiPath 3550).

factory default) S1 Switch S4 1 Off = default Jumper S2 3 2 1 S3 Figure 3-105 TMCAS (S30810-Q2938-X) 3-278 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards. Service Manual .fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Switches and display Display 25-pin SUB-D jack: V24 interface for connecting the service PC with the ECGM tool H1 X10 Battery Lockout switch (position = free.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Impedance on the CAS Side 120 ohms (default) 100 ohms 75 ohms No function Impedance on the S2M Side S4-3 120 ohms (default) 100 ohms 75 ohms No function Switches S4-5 to S4-8 Switches S4-5 S4-6 S4-7 S4-8 Function Reserved Flash memory: only for laboratory purposes (the flash memory is erased when switch is set to “On”). For information on installing the software on the service PC and on the required settings. see Page 3-284. the same impedance must be selected both on the S2M side of the TMCAS and on the TS2 (HiPath 3550) board. Service Manual 3-279 . Off On Off On Off On Off On Switches S4-4 Off Off On On Switch settings S4-1 S4-2 Off Off On On P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Reserved Battery: Select the “On” switch position to make the connection to the processor’s real-time clock only after the protocol converter has been configured.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Administration of the CAS protocol converter Use the ECGM tool for administration.boards. You can use the C39195-Z7267-C13 cable for the connection between jack X10 and the service PC. Switches S4-1 to S4-4 for setting the impedance To ensure that the TMCAS works properly.

2 S2 = 2 . modem).boards. modem). Service Manual . coaxial line (75 ohms) Do not ground the shield on both ends of the cable. – – Tx: Ground the cable’s shield on the TMCAS side. S3 = 1 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.2. MUX. ● 3-280 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.3 S3 = 2 . Rx: Ground the cable’s shield on the side of the connected device (NT.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Jumpers S2 and S3 for GND connection You can set the GND connection (signal ground) of the receiving (Rx) and transmitting (Tx) lines on the CAS side here.3 symmetrical trunk (120 ohms) Ground the cable’s shield on the side of the connected device (NT. MUX. GND connection no signal ground (default) signal ground on receive lines (Rx) on the CAS side signal ground on the transmit lines (Tx) on the CAS side Recommendations for the GND connection: ● Jumper setting S2 = 1 .

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.Seven-Segment Display H1 Meaning Waiting for the TMCAS software download TMCAS software download start TMCAS software download Writing the TMCAS software/extender software into the flash memory Loading the TMCAS software/extender software from the flash memory Waiting for ECGM command (10 s) Calculating the checksum No TMCAS software in the flash memory. boot process completed P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. waiting for reload Flash memory erased (changing display) TMCAS board active TMCAS board active. Table 3-133 Display TMCAS .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Seven-segment display H1 The board statuses listed in the following table are displayed on H1. Service Manual 3-281 .boards.

fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Assignments for the two TMCAS cables for HiPath 3550 You can use one of the following two cables to connect the network terminator NT. cable 1 BNC signal. or modem to the TMCAS board: ● symmetrical trunk (120 ohms) Table 3-134 Assignment of the TMCAS Cable C39195-A9700-B512 Function a-wire (T). 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards. transmit b-wire (R). transmit Color code grn blk red blk SU connector Xx8. pin 2 22 6 26 3-282 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. transmit b-wire (R). receive b-wire (R). receive b-wire (R). cable 1 BNC shield. receive a-wire (T). cable 2 SU connector Xx8. Service Manual . multiplexer MUX. cable 2 BNC signal. transmit Wire BNC shield. pin 2 22 6 26 ● coaxial line (75 ohms) Table 3-135 Assignment of the TMCAS Cable C39195-A9700-B514 Function a-wire (T). receive a-wire (T).

fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Procedure for retrofitting a TMCAS board Step 1. 6. ● Missing electrical connection between TMS2/TS2 and TMCAS No TMCAS entry in the database. If a correctly configured database (with TMCAS inserted offline) is then loaded into the system using generation/regeneration. If there is a different board entered in HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E in the HiPath 3550’s large slot. 7. Plug in TMS2/TS2-TMCAS connection cable. 3. If necessary. 5. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. the generation is rejected. Service Manual 3-283 .boards. After the system has booted. the TMCAS configured in HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E appears only in the software configuration. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 4. ● Incompatible board configuration There is a correctly inserted TMCAS-TMS2/TS2 combination in the system. 2. ● HiPath 3550 (wall housing): Insert TMCAS in slot 10. ● Activity Disconnect system from power supply and open system. configure with HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. 8. Close the system and connect it to the power supply. Possible problems: TMCAS not entered in HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E The TMCAS is displayed automatically after the generation/regeneration of the database in a system with a correctly inserted and connected TMCAS-TMS2/TS2 combination. both boards are entered in the system’s database (TMS2 or TS2 and TMCAS). Insert TS2 (HiPath 3550). Connect the NT to the system using the TMCAS cable.

This will create the directory ecgm and extract various files. 4brazil.exe (EXE file) ● 4brazil.exe) Explanation of the variables: ● v = software version ● xx = country version of a file ● yy = file version for channels ● zz = file version for maintenance Run . Run the file ecgm. 4.iyy (for example. database and software download CAS protocol configuration Database programming Trace options Procedure Step 1. The ECGM tool supports the following actions: ● ● ● ● Extender. 3-284 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.exe (for example. This will extract the following files.exe.exe (for example Ecgm_4aa.lst (LST file) ● Setup.exe files. for example: ● Ecgm. Activity Create directory c:\ecginst on the service PC.ein (EIN file) ● 4brazil. 6.iam (IAM file) ● Ecg_edb4. 3. Set up the connection to the download server (for information on this. Service Manual .sin (SIN file) ● E140ah. 5.exe (for example.iam) to the directory ecgm.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing the ECGM tool and configuring the CAS protocol converter This section describes how to install the ECGM tool on the service PC and configure the CAS protocol converter on the TMCAS board.eam (EAM file) ● E140ah.pnm (PNM file) ● X140pai. Copy vbrazil.boards.exe file.exe) ● Ecgm_vzz.exe) ● Ee1v0yy.cab (WinZip file) ● Setup. 2.pnm (PNM file) ● X130aq. Ee140am.pnm (PNM file) Execute Setup. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. contact your local ITSC) and copy the following files into the directory c:\ecginst: ● e1v0xx. e140ah.

Close the ECGM tool and then restart (ecgm. Channel configuration Define the channel parameters in the View/Database menu (reserve unused channels with “Out of Service”): ● Protocol ● Signaling method (incoming and outgoing) ● Clock master (always central office) ● Operator number (corresponds to the number of the attendant console of the HiPath 3000) Software download If the seven-segment display H1 on the TMCAS displays “H”. 11. Service Manual 3-285 .exe). select file extension . 8.ein) from the directory ecginst. The seven-segment display H1 on the TMCAS shows “A” (= active). Start the software/database download using the Download/Software and Database menu. select loadware file E1v0xx.pnm (for example. select file vbrazil. This procedure takes approximately 8 minutes. ● Activity Make the following settings in the ECGM tool: File/Options menu: Select the service PC’s COM interface (for example: COM1) ● File/Install Software menu: Select the file E1v0xx. 12. ● File/Update Site menu: – Under ECG SOFTWARE. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 10.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Step 7.pnm. E140ah.iyy.boards. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. continue with the next step.ein (for example Ecg_edb4. it is necessary to download the extender software (Download/Extender menu). Enter the COM interface under “COMM” and the customer name in the Settings/ECG Name menu. The download is complete when the configured channels display the “Idle” status. – Under “ECG EDB”.pnm from the directory ecginst. – Under “FILE NAME”.db for logging TMCAS events. 9. – Enter the customer name under “ECG NAME. All other windows are updated automatically. ● File/Install Edb menu: Select the file Ecg_edbv. Otherwise.

Service Manual . which converts the Euro-ISDN protocol on an S2M link to the Channel Associated Signaling (CAS) protocol. Up to three TMCAS-2 cards can be used in a HiPath 3800. All signaling and data traffic goes through TMCAS-2. In contrast to the predecessor PBXXX card.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch 3.34 TMCAS-2 (for selected countries only) Introduction The TMCAS-2 card (Trunk Module Channel Associated Signaling) can be used in HiPath 3800 for V5. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards. TMCAS-2 functions as a converter. The card features two E1-CAS interfaces. Unlike PBXXX.0 SMR-10 and later to support country-specific CAS protocols. TMCAS-2 communicates directly with the central control in the system. a connection with an S2M card is therefore not required. which together support up to 60 B channels. Both coaxial trunks (75 ohms) and symmetrical trunks (120 ohms) can be connected to the 15pin sub-D jacks on the card. Figure 3-106 TMCAS-2 (S30810-Q2946-X) (for selected countries only) – Figure 3-286 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.3.

boards.24 interface 321 X11 X804: Ethernet (10/ 100BaseT) interface X12 X14 X13 Figure 3-107 TMCAS-2 (for selected countries only) – Interfaces and Jumpers P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Interfaces and jumpers 1 Modem (optional) X909: CAS interface 1 3 2 1 X24 123 X21 X20 X16 X17 321 X999 X25 123 X910: CAS interface 2 X803: V. Service Manual 3-287 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

grounding for the CAS cable.6 (default setting) 19. (default setting) Resets card Reset performed. boot (firmware)).24 baud rate Setting Pins 1–2 closed Pins 2–3 closed See Table 3-137 X16 X17 X24 X25 X999 Deletes the flash mem.2 38.4 57.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Settings Table 3-136 Jumper X11 X12 X14 X13 TMCAS-2 (for selected countries only) – Jumper Functions Function Sets the V.24 Baud Rate X11 Open Open Closed Open Closed Jumper X12 Open Open Open Closed Closed All other configurations X14 Open Closed Closed Closed Closed Table 3-137 V. Service Manual .2 9.boards. Reset not performed. (default setting) Sets trunk impedance 75 ohms 120 ohms for CAS interface 1 (default setting) Sets trunk impedance 75 ohms 120 ohms for CAS interface 2 (default setting) Grounding: card / CAS Grounding for the card is Grounding for the card is cable connected to the groundnot connected to the ing for the CAS cable.6 3-288 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.Flash memory is deleted Flash memory is not deory (all sectors apart from Uleted. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.6 115. (default setting) TMCAS-2 (for selected countries only) – Jumper for Setting the V.24 baud rate (Kbps) 9. (default setting) Hardware watchdog Watchdog active. Watchdog is not active.

24 interface X804 (RJ45 jack): Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface Two LEDs indicate the current interface status: ● Yellow LED = transmitting data ● Green LED = receiving data Figure 3-108 TMCAS-2 (for selected countries only) – Front Panel P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Front panel Seven-segment display X909 (15-pin Sub-D jack): CAS interface 1 X910 (15-pin Sub-D jack): CAS interface 2 X803 (9-pin MINI DIN jack): V.boards. Service Manual 3-289 .

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. CAS application software The decimal point is activated when the card supplies the clock reference for the system. Service Manual .fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Seven-segment display The card’s software status can be ascertained on the basis of the seven-segment display.boards. For this a distinction is made between the following boot phases: Power supply unit switched on U-boot (Firmware) The decimal point is flashing to indicate that the Uboot firmware is operational. Linux operating system initialization The decimal point is activated (not flashing) to indicate initialization of the Linux operating system. ● U-boot (firmware) states Table 3-138 Display TMCAS-2 (for selected countries only) – U-boot (firmware) States Meaning Initializing hardware Downloading DSP (Digital Signal Processor) firmware Downloading FPGA (Field Programmable Gate Array) firmware Accessing flash EPROM (Save and Delete) Activating built-in self test BIST (BIST1 or BIST2) Administration (Service PC connected) Copying software (from SDRAM to FEPROM) 3-290 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

Service Manual 3-291 .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Table 3-138 Display TMCAS-2 (for selected countries only) – U-boot (firmware) States Meaning Downloading image file (Linux and CAS application) Initializing the Linux operating system Error Resetting card U-boot (firmware) operational (decimal point flashing) ● Linux operating system states Table 3-139 Display Linux kernel boot User space boot Check and mount flash Error found.boards. mounted file system rebuild. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. reboot Mounting flash file system Error mounting flash (flashing display) Configuring network interface Loading real-time kernel modules Loading board-specific modules Core files available TMCAS-2 (for selected countries only) – Linux Operating System States Meaning P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

3-292 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. which is plugged into the X20 and X21 ports.boards.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch ● CAS application software states Interface 1 (ISDN) active Interface 2 (ISDN) active Interface 1 (CAS) active Interface 2 (CAS) active CAS application operational (flashing display) Figure 3-109 Modem (optional) TMCAS-2 (for selected countries only) – CAS Application Software States X21: Pin1 Figure 3-110 TMCAS-2 (for selected countries only) – Optional Modem The analog modem (S30122-X8004-X22) is an optional subboard for the TMCAS-2 card. This facilitates remote administration of the CAS protocol converter on the TCAS-2 and TCASR-2 cards (see Page 3-293). Service Manual . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Administration of the CAS protocol converter A separate tool, the CAS Manager, is used to download the software and administer the TMCAS-2. The CAS Manager software is stored on a CD supplied with the card. For information on how to install the CAS Manager software on the Service PC, refer to the readme file. The following options are available for accessing the card:

Via the V.24 interface (9-pin MINI DIN jack X803) and the connection cable C39195A9700-B532. Via the Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (RJ45 jack X804). Via the optional analog modem (S30122-X8004-X22). In this case, you will need to establish a connection from the analog modem to a free port on an analog subscriber line module. Use a connection cable (open-end cable (24 DA): S30267-Z196-A150 = 15 m long, S30267-Z196-A250 = 25 m long) (blue in Figure 3-111) to connect the backplane (TMCAS-2) to the main distributor frame or patch panel and vice versa. Insert the required jumpers in the main distributor frame or patch panel (green in Figure 3-111).

● ●

HiPath 3800
Backplane: TMCAS-2 X1-2 X1-26 Modem (optional) X803 V.24 interface
CAS Manager

Analog subscriber line module

X804 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface

Analog trunk board

CAS Manager

IP Network

CAS Manager

Main distributor frame / patch panel

PSTN

Figure 3-111

TMCAS-2 (for selected countries only) – Connection Options for Card Administration using CAS Manager

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-293

boards.fm

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Assigning both CAS cables You can use one of the following two cables to connect network terminators (NT), multiplexers (MUX), or modems to the TMCAS-2 card (15-pin sub-D jacks X909 and X910):

Symmetrical trunk (120 ohms), length = 10 m Table 3-140 TMCAS-2 (for selected countries only) – Assignment of the CAS Cable S30267-Z167-A100 Function a-wire (T), transmit b-wire (R), transmit a-wire (T), receive b-wire (R), receive Color code wht/blu blu/wht wht/ora ora/wht

15-pin Sub-D connector pin 9 1 15 8

Coaxial trunk (75 ohms), length = 10 m Table 3-141 Wire TMCAS-2 (for selected countries only) – Assignment of the CAS Cable C39195-A7700-B14 Function 15-pin Sub-D connector Pin 8 15 1 9 BNC connector

1 2

Receive, Tip Receive, Ring Transmit, Tip Transmit, Ring

Shield Conductor Shield Conductor

BNC connector 15-pin Sub-D connector

Figure 3-112 3-294

TMCAS-2 (for selected countries only) – CAS Cable C39195-A7700-B14
P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

3.3.35

TMDID (for U.S. only)

Introduction The TMDID board (Trunk Module Direct Inward Dialing) provides direct inward dialing from the central office (CO) to HiPath 3800. The board has eight trunk circuits that connect to analog trunks. The circuits can be set up for Immediate Start or Wink Start.

>
Switches

The peripheral board slots on the HiPath 3800 are fitted with SIPAC 9 SU connectors. Since the TMDID board has SIVAPAC connector strips, you will have to install a SIVAPAC-SIPAC board adapter in order to be able to use it in HiPath 3800. For information on upgrade procedures, please see Section 4.2.5.5.

Switches for manual trunk selection. In this case, all trunks are filtered one after the other until the LED of the desired trunk flashes. Lockout switch which can be used to manually block the selected trunk circuit.

LED statuses and their meanings Table 3-142 LED status 0-7 Off On Slow flashing Fast flashing The trunk circuit is free. The trunk circuit is assigned. The trunk circuit was deactivated by the software. The switch was pressed and the trunk circuit was selected for manual activation or deactivation. TMDID (for U.S. only) - LED Statuses Meaning

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-295

boards.fm

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Front panel

LEDs (green) for displaying the trunk status:
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Trunk circuit 0 Trunk circuit 1 Trunk circuit 2 Trunk circuit 3 Trunk circuit 4 Trunk circuit 5 Trunk circuit 6 Trunk circuit 7

Switch

Lockout switch

Figure 3-113

TMDID (for U.S. only) (S30810-Q2452-X) - Front Panel

Cable and connector assignment
● ● ●

For connecting to the SIVAPAC connector on the backplane: Table 3-143 For connecting to the connector panels with CHAMP jack: Table 3-144 For connecting to the connector panels using SIPAC 1 SU connectors: Table 3-145

3-296

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Table 3-143
Pair 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 a-wire (tip) wht/blu

TMDID (for U.S. only) - SIVAPAC Connector Assignment on the Backplane
b-wire (ring) blu/wht SIVAPAC connector 1 23 3 ora/wht 4 5 grn/wht 6 7 brn/wht 8 9 grn/wht 10 11 blu/red 12 13 ora/red 14 15 grn/red 16 17 brn/red 18 19 grn/red 20 24 blu/blk 25 26 ora/blk 27 29 grn/blk 30 31 brn/blk 32 34 grn/blk 35 37 blu/yel 38 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b TMDID Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Free MDFU-E 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b Notes

wht/ora wht/grn wht/brn wht/grn red/blu red/ora red/grn red/brn red/grn blk/blu blk/ora blk/grn blk/brn blk/grn yel/blu

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-297

boards.fm

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Table 3-144
CHAMP jack 1 26 2 27 3 28 4 29 5 30 6 31 7 32 8 33 9 34 10 35 11 36 12 37 13 38 14 39 15 40 16 41

TMDID (for U.S. only) - Connector Panel Assignment with CHAMP Jack
TMDID 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 1 Ring 1 Tip 2 Ring 2 Tip 3 Ring 3 Tip 4 Ring 4 Tip 5 Ring 5 Tip 6 Ring 6 Tip 7 Ring 7 Tip 8 Ring 8 Tip Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Notes

3-298

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Table 3-145
Color Group

TMDID (for U.S. only) - Connector Panel Assignment with SIPAC 1 SU Connectors (Cable for Ports 1 - 16)
a-wire (tip) wht/blu blu/wht wht/ora ora/wht wht/grn grn/wht wht/brn brn/wht wht/grn grn/wht red/blu blu/red red/ora ora/red red/grn grn/red red/brn brn/red red/grn grn/red blk/blu blu/blk blk/ora ora/blk blk/grn grn/blk blk/brn brn/blk blk/grn grn/blk yel/blu blu/yel b-wire (ring) SU connector 19 39 38 48 27 47 16 46 05 45 14 44 23 43 32 42 11 31 02 22 13 33 04 24 15 35 06 26 17 37 08 28 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b TMDID Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Free MDFU-E 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b Patch Panel, MW8 pin 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 Notes

Pair 1 2

1

3 4 5 6 7

2

8 9 10 11 12

3

13 14 15

4

16

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-299

boards.fm

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

3.3.36

TMDID2 (for selected countries only)

Introduction TMDID2 (Trunk Module Direct Inward Dialing) provides direct inward dialing from the central office (CO) to HiPath 3800 V6.0 SMR-10 or later. The board has eight trunk circuits that connect to analog trunks. The board supports the protocols Wink Start, Delay Dial, and Immediate Start.

Figure 3-114

TMDID2 (S30810-Q2197-T) (for selected countries only)

3-300

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Front panel

Two LEDs indicating the board status:
● ●

LED (red) LED (green)

Figure 3-115

TMDID2 (for selected countries only) - LEDs on the Front Panel

>

To ensure sufficient shielding, provide the board with a shielding panel. For information on mounting the shielding panel, see Section 4.2.5.3.

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-301

boards.fm

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

LED statuses and their meanings Table 3-146 Red LED Off TMDID2 (for selected countries only) - LED Statuses Green LED Off Status Action

Board not receiving power or not plugged in Check plug contact on correctly. board. Board is out of order. Board is receiving power and board test is in progress. Board is defective if status remains unReplace the board. changed (board test unsuccessful). Loadware loading not successfully completed. Board is faulty. Error detected on board. Board is deactivated (not applicable to errors detected by test loops) or board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. Replace the board. Check whether the board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. If not, replace board.

On

Off

Flashing Off Off

Off On

Loadware is being loaded. Board test completed successfully. Board is OK (idle state).

Flashing At least one subscriber line circuit is activated.

Cable and connector assignment
● ● ● ●

For connecting to the SIVAPAC connector on the backplane: Table 3-143 For connecting to the connector panels using RJ45 jacks: Table 3-116 For connecting to the connector panels with CHAMP jack: Table 3-144 For connecting to the connector panels using SIPAC 1 SU connectors: Table 3-145

3-302

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Table 3-147
a-wire (tip) wht/blu

TMDID2 (for selected countries only) - SIVAPAC Connector Assignment on the Backplane
b-wire (ring) blu/wht SIVAPAC connector 1 23 3 ora/wht 4 5 grn/wht 6 7 brn/wht 8 9 grn/wht 10 11 blu/red 12 13 ora/red 14 15 grn/red 16 17 brn/red 18 19 grn/red 20 24 blu/blk 25 26 ora/blk 27 29 grn/blk 30 31 brn/blk 32 34 grn/blk 35 37 blu/yel 38 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b TMDID2 Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Free MDFU-E 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b Notes

Pair 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

wht/ora wht/grn wht/brn wht/grn red/blu red/ora red/grn red/brn red/grn blk/blu blk/ora blk/grn blk/brn blk/grn yel/blu

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-303

boards.fm

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Table 3-148

TMDID2 (for selected countries only) - Connector Panel Assignment with RJ45 Jacks
Pin 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 TMDID2 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Notes

RJ45 jack No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

3-304

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Table 3-148

TMDID2 (for selected countries only) - Connector Panel Assignment with RJ45 Jacks
Pin 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 TMDID2 Notes Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Free

RJ45 jack No. 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-305

boards.fm

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Table 3-149
CHAMP jack 1 26 2 27 3 28 4 29 5 30 6 31 7 32 8 33 9 34 10 35 11 36 12 37 13 38 14 39 15 40 16 41

TMDID2 (for selected countries only) - Connector Panel Assignment with CHAMP Jacks (for U.S. only)
TMDID2 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 1 Ring 1 Tip 2 Ring 2 Tip 3 Ring 3 Tip 4 Ring 4 Tip 5 Ring 5 Tip 6 Ring 6 Tip 7 Ring 7 Tip 8 Ring 8 Tip Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Notes

3-306

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Table 3-150
Color Group

TMDID2 (for selected countries only) - Connector Panel Assignment with SIPAC 1 SU Connectors (cable for ports 1-16)
a-wire (tip) wht/blu blu/wht wht/ora ora/wht wht/grn grn/wht wht/brn brn/wht wht/grn grn/wht red/blu blu/red red/ora ora/red red/grn grn/red red/brn brn/red red/grn grn/red blk/blu blu/blk blk/ora ora/blk blk/grn grn/blk blk/brn brn/blk blk/grn grn/blk yel/blu blu/yel b-wire (ring) SU connector 19 39 38 48 27 47 16 46 05 45 14 44 23 43 32 42 11 31 02 22 13 33 04 24 15 35 06 26 17 37 08 28 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b TMDID2 Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Free MDFU-E 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b Patch Panel, MW8 pin 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 Notes

Pair 1 2

1

3 4 5 6 7

2

8 9 10 11 12

3

13 14 15

4

16

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-307

boards.fm

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

3.3.37

TMEW2

Introduction The TMEW2 board (Trunk Module for E&M World) provides four analog tie trunk circuits for E&M signaling for HiPath 3800. Each tie trunk circuit has eight connectors: incoming speech path (2), outgoing speech path (2), incoming signaling (2) and outgoing signaling (2). This allows tie trunk traffic to other private communication systems. Interface type 1A is released for E&M networking with Immediate Start, Wink Start, and Delay Dial protocols.

>

The peripheral board slots on the HiPath 3800 are fitted with SIPAC 9 SU connectors. Since the TMEW2 board has SIVAPAC connector strips, you will have to install a SIVAPAC-SIPAC board adapter in order to be able to use it in HiPath 3800. For information on upgrade procedures, please see Section 4.2.5.5.

Note on E&M networking compatibility TMEW2 does not support E&M interface types 1, 1B, 2, 3, and 5 on the TIEL board. The following options are available when replacing a HiPath 3750 or HiPath 3700 system with a HiPath 3800 system: 1. 2. Switch customer-specific E&M networking to interface 1A on the TMEW2 board (Immediate Start, Wink Start or Delay Dial protocols). If option 1 is not possible for technical reasons, HiPath 3750 or HiPath 3700 remains active as the E&M gateway. Create a TDM network with the CorNet protocol between the HiPath 3750 or HiPath 3700 system and HiPath 3800.

Speech paths Speech paths always use four wires (two wires for the incoming speech path and two wires for the outgoing speech path). The advantage of providing separate speech paths for incoming and outgoing calls is that it helps maintain call stability (echo). In addition, repeaters in the transmission equipment compensate for attenuation loss on the line. Signaling paths E&M trunks are used for signaling between networked communications systems: E-wire = ear (receive), M-wire = mouth (transmit).

3-308

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Protocol settings TMEW2 supports interface type 1A. Before starting up the tie trunk, you must ensure that the two participating systems support interface type 1A. Remote system//transmission equipment with TMEW2 TMEW2 - 48 V E E E E

M - 48 V

M

Figure 3-116

E&M Interface Type 1A

The following signaling protocols are supported:
● ●

“Delay Dial” protocol “Wink Start” protocol This is the most widely used protocol internationally. “Immediate Start” protocol

HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E is used to set the signaling protocol. Go to the Settings menu and select Lines/networking –> Trunks –> (double-click) Parameters –> Template Editor:
● ●

Board type = TMDID, TIEL, TMEW2 Template: the following settings are possible: – – – 4. E/M tieline with winkstart/delayed (= “Wink Start” protocol) 11. E/M tieline with delayed dialing (= “Delay Dial” protocol) 12. E/M tieline with immediate dialing (= “Immediate Start” protocol)

The interface type 1A is used in all cases. SIVAPAC connector assignment on the backplane with tie trunk traffic over the interface type 1A is shown in Table 3-152.

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-309

boards.fm

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Connecting the Genius announcement device The TMEW2 board may be installed on interface type 2 for connecting the Genius announcement device. Remote system/transmission equipment with TMEW2 TMEW2 - 48 V E E SG M SB E SG M SB E - 48 V

Figure 3-117

E&M Interface Type 2

Use HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E to configure the settings for the Genius announcement device: Go to the Settings menu and select Auxiliary equipment –> Announcement. SIVAPAC connector assignment on the backplane with a Genius announcement device connected (interface type 2A) is shown in Table 3-153.

3-310

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Front panel

Two LEDs indicating the board status:
● ●

LED (red) LED (green)

Figure 3-118

TMEW2 - Front Panel (S30810-Q2292-X100)

>

To ensure sufficient shielding, provide the board with a shielding panel. For information on mounting the shielding panel, see Section 4.2.5.3.

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-311

boards.fm

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

LED statuses and their meanings Table 3-151 Red LED Off TMEW2 - LED Statuses Green LED Off Status Action

Board not receiving power or not plugged in Check plug contact on correctly. board. Board is out of order. Board is receiving power and board test is in progress. Board is defective if status remains unReplace the board. changed (board test unsuccessful). Loadware loading not successfully completed. Board is faulty. Error detected on board. Board is deactivated (not applicable to errors detected by test loops) or board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. Replace the board. Check whether the board was deactivated using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. If not, replace board.

On

Off

Flashing Off Off

Off On

Loadware is being loaded. Board test completed successfully. Board is OK (idle state).

Flashing At least one subscriber line circuit is activated.

Cable and connector assignment SIVAPAC connector assignment on the backplane depends on how the board is used.
● ●

Assignment in the case of tie trunk traffic over interface type 1A: Table 3-152. Assignment in the case of Genius announcement device connection (interface type 2): Table 3-153.

3-312

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Table 3-152
a-wire (tip) wht/blu

TMEW2 - SIVAPAC Connector Assignment on the Backplane in Tie Trunk Traffic via Interface Type 1A
b-wire (ring) blu/wht SIVAPAC connector 1 23 3 ora/wht 4 5 grn/wht 6 7 brn/wht 8 9 grn/wht 10 11 blu/red 12 13 ora/red 14 15 grn/red 16 17 brn/red 18 19 grn/red 20 24 blu/blk 25 26 ora/blk 27 29 grn/blk 30 31 brn/blk 32 34 grn/blk 35 37 blu/yel 38 TMEW2 1ka 1kb 1ka 1kb 1ka 1kb 1ka 1kb 1ga 1gb 1ga 1gb 1ga 1gb 1ga 1gb 1E 1M 1E 1M 1E 1M 1E 1M Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 MDFU-E 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ear Mouth Ear Mouth Ear Mouth Ear Mouth System ground, system battery System ground, system battery System ground, system battery System ground, system battery Notes Transmit Transmit Transmit Transmit Receive Receive Receive Receive

Pair 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

wht/ora wht/grn wht/brn wht/grn red/blu red/ora red/grn red/brn red/grn blk/blu blk/ora blk/grn blk/brn blk/grn yel/blu

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-313

boards.fm

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Table 3-153
a-wire (tip) wht/blu

TMEW2 - SIVAPAC Connector Assignment on the Backplane with Genius Announcement Device Connected (Interface Type 2):
b-wire (ring) blu/wht SIVAPAC connector 1 23 3 ora/wht 4 5 grn/wht 6 7 brn/wht 8 9 gry/wht 10 11 blu/red 12 13 ora/red 14 15 grn/red 16 17 brn/red 18 19 gry/red 20 24 blu/blk 25 26 ora/blk 27 29 grn/blk 30 31 brn/blk 32 34 gry/blk 35 37 blu/yel 38 TMEW2 1ka 1kb 1ka 1kb 1ka 1kb 1ka 1kb 1ga 1gb 1ga 1gb 1ga 1gb 1ga 1gb 1E 1M 1E 1M 1E 1M 1E 1M Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 MDFU-E 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15a 15b 16a 16b Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Ring Tip Notes Transmit Transmit Transmit Transmit Free Free Free Free Ear System ground Ear System ground Ear System ground Ear System ground Mouth System battery Mouth System battery Mouth System battery Mouth System battery

Pair 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

wht/ora wht/grn wht/brn wht/gry red/blu red/ora red/grn red/brn red/gry blk/blu blk/ora blk/grn blk/brn blk/gry yel/blu

3-314

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch

Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards

3.3.38

TMGL4 (for U.S. only)

Introduction A TMGL4 trunk module connects up to four analog ground-start or loop-start trunks to HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350. Ground start is the default.

7

Warning You must disconnect the power and remove the slip-on connectors from the TMGL4 board before removing it from the system. Do not connect the slip-on connectors to the TMGL4 board until the board is seated in its slot and the system power is on. Failure to follow these instructions may severely damage the system.

Interfaces

50 1 To trunks 8 2 X2 TMGL4 board X1

to CUP/ CUC

To ANI4

X3

Figure 3-119

TMGL4 (for U.S. only) - Interfaces (S30810-Q2918-X)

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620, 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7, Service Manual

3-315

trunk 2 b-wire (ring). trunk 4 4 3 2 Port 1 Note: The pinouts shown are on the board itself. only) . trunk 1 b-wire (ring).S.Contact Assignment Connector X2 b-wire (ring).boards. trunk 3 b-wire (ring). trunk 3 a-wire (tip). 3-316 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. trunk 1 a-wire (tip). trunk 2 a-wire (tip). Service Manual .fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Contact assignment Table 3-154 Contact 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 TMGL4 (for U. The main distribution frame cable (MDF cable) supplied reverses the signal order before the MDF. trunk 4 a-wire (tip).

6 or 8 (slots 6 and 8 are not available with HiPath 3300).3. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. only) (S30810-K2918-Z) > If ANI4R is installed as option 1 or 2. TMGL4R board must be inserted in slot 4.39 TMGL4R (for U. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Ground start is the default. only) Introduction A TMGL4R trunk module connects up to four analog ground-start or loop-start trunks to HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300. Interfaces To ANI4R 1 X5 (MW10 jack) 50 To trunk 1 : : : To trunk 4 To GEE 11 X1 X4 (4 MW4 jacks) 44 to CUPR/ CUCR 2 X3 Figure 3-120 TMGL4R (for U.S.boards. Service Manual 3-317 .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards 3.S.

trunk 4 Call charging module assignment (GMZ) X3 Pin (To GEE) 3 2 5 4 7 6 9 8 10 3-318 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.S. Service Manual . trunk 1 b-wire (ring). trunk 2 b-wire (ring). trunk 3 b-wire (ring). only) .fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Contact assignment Table 3-155 Port 1 2 3 4 – TMGL4R (for U.boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. trunk 2 a-wire (tip).Contact Assignment X4 Pin (To trunks 1-4) 12 13 22 23 32 33 42 43 – X5 Pin (To ANI4R) 3 2 5 4 7 6 9 8 10 Signal b-wire (ring). trunk 1 a-wire (tip). trunk 3 a-wire (tip). trunk 4 a-wire (tip).

only) Introduction An TMQ4 (ISDN BRI) trunk module connects up to four digital trunks to the HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350. The TMQ4 board provides basic rate interface (BRI) ISDN via a U2B1Q interface.S.3.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards 3. The interface supports the following central office protocols: ● ● ● ● AT&T 5Ess NI-1 AT&T 5ESS Custom Nortel DMS100 NI-1 Siemens EWSD NI-1 Interfaces 50 1 To trunks 8 X2 TMQ4 board X1 to CUP/ CUC 2 Figure 3-121 TMQ4 (for U. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.40 TMQ4 (for U.boards.S. only) (S30810-Q2917-X) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual 3-319 .

trunk 2 a-wire (tip). The main distribution frame cable (MDF cable) supplied reverses the signal order before the MDF.Contact Assignment Connector X2 b-wire (ring).boards. trunk 4 Port 3 4 Note: The pinouts shown are on the board itself. trunk 3 a-wire (tip). Service Manual . 3-320 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. trunk 1 b-wire (ring). trunk 4 a-wire (tip). trunk 1 a-wire (tip). only) .fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Contact assignment Table 3-156 Contact 1 2 3 4 TMQ4 (for U. trunk 3 b-wire (ring).S. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. trunk 2 2 Port 1 Contact 5 6 7 8 Connector X2 b-wire (ring).

There are two versions of this board: ● ● S30810-Q2919-X .41 TST1 (for U. Service Manual 3-321 .boards.for use in the HiPath 3550 (wall housing) S30810-K2919-Z . only) (S30810-Q2919-X/S30810-K2919-Z) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. only) Introduction The digital T1/PRI trunk module (TST1) connects the communications server to primary rate interface (PRI) ISDN via a T1 interface. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Interfaces 50 To CO 1 X2 8 1 TST1 X1 to CUC/ CUCR Figure 3-122 TST1 (for U. the TST1 connects to a channel service unit (CSU).fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards 3.3.S. The CSU supplies the required secondary protection.for use in the HiPath 3500 (19-inch housing) The board can also be used for the following layer-1 operating modes: ● ● Super Frame SF Extended Super Frame ESF Board usage is subject to the following restrictions: ● ● Only one TST1 board allowed (primary multiplex access) For slot 7 or 9 only Rather than connecting to a main distribution frame (MDF).S.

boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. transmit not connected not connected not connected 3-322 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. only) . transmit Contact 5 6 7 8 X2 a-wire (tip).fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Contact assignment Table 3-157 Contact 1 2 3 4 TST1 (for U. receive a-wire (tip).Contact Assignment X2 b-wire (ring). Service Manual .S. receive not connected b-wire (ring).

TS2R (not for U. the B channels in the TS2 and TS2R boards are subject to license.for use in HiPath 3500 (19-inch housing) ● Implemented in V5. The total transmission speed including signaling and synchronization is 2048 Mbps.0: – – TS2 (Trunk Module S2M) S30810-Q2913-X100 (Figure 3-123) .S.0 and later. Refer to the installation instructions.for use in HiPath 3550 (wall housing) TS2R (Trunk Module S2M Rack) S30810-K2913-Z300 (Figure 3-124) . The new codes prevent the boards from being used in earlier versions. Consequently. Functionality and layout of the boards have not been changed. for information on the connection and power supply. The ECG cabinet is a protocol converter that converts the Euro-ISDN protocol into the Channel Associated Signaling CAS protocol.for use in HiPath 3550 (wall housing) TS2R (Trunk Module S2M Rack) S30810-K2913-Z100 (Figure 3-124) . you can also use the new TMCAS board to support countryspecific CAS protocols.for use in HiPath 3500 (19-inch housing) Board usage is subject to the following restrictions: ● ● Only one TS2/TS2R board allowed (primary multiplex access) For slot 7 or 9 only To support country-specific CAS protocols. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.0 and later.boards. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.0 and later: > – – In HiPath 3000/5000 V5.).3. Up to thirty trunk calls can be conducted simultaneously via the S2M interface. which are provided with each ECG cabinet.42 TS2 (Not for U. Two trace files are available: ● Implemented up to and including V4. For HiPath 3000 V1. Service Manual 3-323 . the two boards below have been assigned a new hardware identification code. you can use the Euro-ISDN CAS gateway ECG.) Introduction The board contains a four-wire interface with S2M code for connection to the public telecommunications network or private networks. TS2 (Trunk Module S2M) S30810-Q2913-X300 (Figure 3-123) .S.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards 3.

fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch TS2 interfaces S2M interface: 1 ● TS2 X2 50 Wieland terminal (symm. -X300) TS2R interfaces TS2R 50 S2M interface: ● to CUCR X1 1 X5 2 MW8 (RJ48C) jack (MW line) Figure 3-124 TS2R (not for U.Interfaces (S30810-K2913-Z100.S.) . Service Manual .Interfaces (S30810-Q2913-X100. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.S.boards. -Z300) 3-324 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. line) 8 X1 ● to CUC 1 X5 2 MW8 (RJ48C) jack (MW line) Figure 3-123 TS2 (not for U.) .

100 m) depends on the quality of the cable used and its signal attenuation. 15 W 0 V (NT1 feeding) GND Board ID for TMCAS a-wire (T). Connect the cable to the X2 using an 8-pin Wieland terminal (TS2 only). receive Free b-wire (R). ● Symmetrical line (120 ohms) The maximum cable length (approx. The maximum cable length (approx. max. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Table 3-158 Contact Assignments for X2 Connector X2 (TS2 only) –48 V (NT1 feeding). Table 3-159 Pin 1 2 3 4 5 Contact Assignments for the MW8 (RJ48C) jack X5 X5 b-wire (R). four-wire twisted-pair cable) at X2 or via an MW line at X5. receive Contact 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ● RJ line (MW8 (RJ48C) jack) The shielded 8-pin MW8 (RJ48C) jack X5 is provided for connecting MW lines.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Network interfaces The TS2 board is connected to the network transfer point (NT1) via the symmetrical line (120 ohms. transmit a-wire (T). transmit b-wire (R). transmit Pin 6 7 8 11 12 X5 Free Free Free GND GND An additional line must be provided from pins 1 and 2 on the X2 connector to NT1 for NT1 feeding. 130 m) depends on the quality of the cable used and its signal attenuation.boards. transmit a-wire (T). Note: use the connection kits listed on Page 3-327 for NT connections in Spain and Portugal. Use shielded cables only to guarantee proper operation. Service Manual 3-325 . P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. receive b-wire (R). receive a-wire (T).

which the system feeds over the CUC.boards. NT1 power supply ● TS2 board The NT1 supply voltage of –48 V can be tapped from the X2 connector (see Table 3-158). ● 3-326 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. If the HiPath 3550 system is separately grounded (such as with the 19-inch housing of the HiPath 3500). 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Do not connect the shield of the connection cable you are using either on the HiPath 3550 side or on the NT side.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch S2M trunk connection HiPath 3550. you may make a connection between HiPath 3550 and NT. TS2R board The NT1 power supply must come from an S30122-X7321-X (S30122-X7321-X100 with UPS operation) power supply unit. Service Manual . 7 Caution There should be absolutely no ground connection between the HiPath 3550 wall housing and the NT. HiPath 3500 TS2/TS2R Public network NT1 Figure 3-125 S2M Trunk Connection Keep the cable from the NT to HiPath 3550 or HiPath 3500 as short as possible to ensure proper operation. There is a power limit of < 15 W for this voltage.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards. 10 m: C39195-Z7208-A100 Cable 2 (2 units) = coaxial adapter cable. 30 cm: S30267-Z354-A3 ● TS2/TS2R upgrade kit for Portugal: L30252-U600-A190 containing the following: – Cable 3 (2 units) = Mini-coaxial cable. 10 cm: S30267-Z353-A1 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.NT Connections for Spain and Portugal Connection kit contents and part numbers: ● TS2/TS2R connection kit for Spain and Portugal: F50035-E2-X63 containing the following: – – – Interface converter: S30122-X7357-X Cable 1 = Patch cable MW8 (RJ48C). Service Manual 3-327 . HiPath 3500 Cable 1 Interface converter Public network TS2/TS2R Cable 2 Cable 3 NT Figure 3-126 S2M .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Cable set for NT connections (Spain and Portugal only) Spain (and in certain cases Portugal) HiPath 3550. HiPath 3500 Cable 1 Interface converter Public network TS2/TS2R Cable 2 NT Portugal HiPath 3550.

8SLA.).S.S. Interfaces T/R ports 1-4 Stns.3.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch 3. 8SLA . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.Interfaces (S30810-Q2923-X200. Service Manual .). -X100) 4SLA (not for U. 5 to 8 (not with 4SLA) 1 X2 8 1 X3 8 4/8SLA 50 X1 to CUP/CUC 2 Figure 3-127 Table 3-160 Contact 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 4SLA (not for U.). and 16SLA (Subscriber Line Analog) modules for analog T/R interfaces connect HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 (wall housing) to conventional analog telephones and supplementary equipment (such as.S. 1 to 4 T/R ports 5-8 Stns. 8SLA Contact Assignments X2 (T/R ports 1 to 4) a1 b1 a2 b2 a3 b3 a4 b4 X3 (T/R ports 5 to 8) a5 b5 a6 b6 a7 b7 a8 b8 3-328 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.) Introduction The 4SLA. 16SLA (Not for U.43 4SLA (not for U.S. 8SLA. Group 3 fax machines and entrance telephone adapters).boards.

Service Manual 3-329 . 13 to 16 Figure 3-128 Table 3-161 Contact X2 8 1 X3 8 1 X4 8 1 X5 8 16SLA (not for U. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 1 to 4 T/R ports 5-8 Stns. 9 to 12 T/R ports 13-16 Stns.) .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards 1 T/R ports 1-4 Stns.) .Interfaces (S30810-Q2923-X) 16SLA (not for U.S. 5 to 8 T/R ports 9-12 Stns.Contact Assignments X2 (T/R ports 1 to 4) a1 b1 a2 b2 a3 b3 a4 b4 X3 (T/R ports 5 to 8) a5 b5 a6 b6 a7 b7 a8 b8 X4 (T/R ports 9 to 12) a9 b9 a1 b 10 a 11 b 11 a 12 b 12 X5 (T/R ports 1316) a 13 b 13 a 14 b 14 a 15 b 15 a 16 b 16 16SLA 2 X1 to CUP/ CUC 50 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 The operating mode (short or long line with the appropriate flash times) can be set up for each subscriber line interface with HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E (the menu settings: Set up station –> Station –> Param –> Flags).boards.S. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

see Chapter 5.8 Loop current detection > 10 mA Ground button detection > 20 mA The transmission technology is set according to the specific country through the respectively entered country code (for country initialization. see Section 2. ● ● ● ● ● 3-330 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.boards. Service Manual . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. maximum supply voltage: approximately 40 Vdc Ring voltage against negative supply voltage (a-wire (tip)/RING): two telephones maximum Range.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Technical connection conditions ● Maximum supply current: approximately 34 mA. “Starting Up HiPath 3000”).

Pin 54 55 64 65 74 75 84 85 T/R ports 5-8 a5 b5 a6 b6 a7 b7 a8 b8 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.44 8SLAR Introduction The 8SLAR (Subscriber Line Analog Rack) board provides eight T/R interfaces for connecting analog telephones and supplementary equipment (such as group 3 fax machines and TFE adapters) in HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 (19-inch housing). 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards 3. Service Manual 3-331 .3. Pin 14 15 24 25 34 35 44 45 T/R ports 1-4 a1 b1 a2 b2 a3 b3 a4 b4 8 7 6 RJ45 jack 5 X2.boards. Interfaces Port 1 11 50 T/R ports 1–8 (4-pin RJ45 jacks) X1 X2 2 to CUPR/ CUCR Port 8 88 Figure 3-129 Table 3-162 RJ45 jack 1 2 3 4 8SLAR Interfaces (S30810-K2925-Z) 8SLAR Contact Assignments X2.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.8 Loop current detection > 10 mA Ground button detection > 20 mA The transmission technology is set according to the specific country through the respectively entered country code (for country initialization. ● ● ● ● ● 3-332 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. see Chapter 5.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral boards Nur für den internen Gebrauch Technical connection conditions ● Maximum supply current: approximately 34 mA. maximum supply voltage: approximately 40 Vdc Ring voltage against negative supply voltage (a-wire (tip)/RING): two telephones maximum Range.boards. “Starting Up HiPath 3000”). see Section 2. Service Manual .

the transfer represented in the figure below takes place. When normal operation is resumed.1 Options ALUM4 Introduction In the event that HiPath 3550 or HiPath 3350 experience a voltage drop. a trunk failure transfer (ALUM) is activated (MSI only). When the system is deactivated or if an error occurs. the trunk lines are connected directly to the telephones.4. The module implements a power failure transfer for four analog telephones. voltage dip or unrecoverable system errors.Function P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.boards. The signaling method of the connected telephones should be the same as that on the trunk line. The only kind of telephone that can be used is an analog telephone. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. otherwise signaling will not be possible.4 3. ALUM4 module function X6 KX-X relay interface 9 8 System Pins 1-8 16 1 From analog trunks X3 To analog trunk board To analog stations X4 Pins 9-16 To central control or analog station board Figure 3-130 ALUM4 .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Options 3. Service Manual 3-333 .

.boards.. 4b – – – – Connector X6 AT1 to TLA a BT1 to TLA b AT2 to TLA a BT2 to TLA b AT3 to TLA a BT3 to TLA b AT4 to TLA a BT4 to TLA b TA4 to SLA* a TB4 to SLA* b TA3 to SLA* a TB3 to SLA* b 3-334 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. ALUM module contact assignments Table 3-163 Contact 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 ALUM4 . 2b AE3 to Stn.S. .. 3b AE4 to Stn.Interfaces (S30817-Q935-A) X4 X3 9 8 . 1b AE2 to Stn. 16 1 X1 X6 ALUM module X2 > The cable that is plugged in by default is split and is connected to the TLA and to the 4/8/16SLA board.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Options Nur für den internen Gebrauch Interfaces CB side 1 from the CO 8 1 to the tele8 Board side Figure 3-131 ALUM4 . 3a BE3 to Stn.Interface Assignments (not for U. Service Manual . 4a BE4 to Stn.. 2a BE2 to Stn.) Connector X3 R1 from trunk 1a T1 from trunk 1b R2 from trunk 2a T2 from trunk 2b R3 from trunk 3a T3 from trunk 3b R4 from trunk 4a T4 from trunk 4b – – – – Connector X4 AE1 to Stn. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 1a BE1 to Stn.

fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Options Table 3-163 Contact 13 14 15 16 ALUM4 . 1 To the analog station ports on the CBCC (recommended) or to four consecutive ports on an 8SLA board.) Connector X3 – – – – Connector X4 – – – – Connector X6 TA2 to SLA* a TB2 to SLA* b TA1 to SLA* a TB1 to SLA* b * = or to free analog port Table 3-164 Pin ALUM4 .Interface Assignments (not for U.boards.S.Interface Assignments (for U.S. Service Manual 3-335 . only) X4 (to MDF) R to station 1 T to station 1 R to station 2 T to station 2 R to station 3 T to station 3 R to station 4 T to station 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Y-Cable from X6 to TMGL4 Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 R from trunk 1 T from trunk 1 R from trunk 2 T from trunk 2 R from trunk 3 T from trunk 3 R from trunk 4 T from trunk 4 Assignment T to TMGL4 port 1 R to TMGL4 port 1 T to TMGL4 port 2 R to TMGL4 port 2 T to TMGL4 port 3 R to TMGL4 port 3 T to TMGL4 port 4 R to TMGL4 port 4 Y-Cable from X6 to Analog Ports1 Pin 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Assignment T to analog port 4 R to analog port 4 T to analog port 3 R to analog port 3 T to analog port 2 R to analog port 2 T to analog port 1 R to analog port 1 X3 (to MDF) Note: Pinouts shown are at the board itself. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. The supplied main distribution frame cable (MDF cable) reverses the signal order for X3 and X4 before the MDF. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

boards.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Options Nur für den internen Gebrauch ALUM module block diagram Trunk Connector X3 ALUM R1 K1-B Relay T1 K2-B BT1 AT1 TA1 TB1 K1-C AE1 Relay K2-C BE1 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 Connector X6 Trunk board Station board Connector X4 Analog telephone Figure 3-132 ALUM4 . Service Manual . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.Basic Structure 3-336 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

Service Manual 3-337 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fiber cable 50 μm 62.5 μm 50 μm and 62.5 3 6 8 3 3.5 10 8 S30807-K5480.5 μm 9 μm/125 Cable length Cable attenua.5 11.1300 nm X200 multimode S30807-K5480.5 1 0.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Options 3.850/820 nm X100 multimode S30807-K5480.1300 nm X300 mono mode 1 Maximum optical attenuation in an AMOM to AMOM connection: a reserve of 4 dB attenuation must be included for ageing and splicing.4. HiPath 3800 Optical fiber cable S U B D S U B D AMOM DIUN2 or DIU2U Figure 3-133 AMOM .5 14.2 AMOM Introduction AMOM is an opto-electronic converter that can be used to connect fiber optic cables to the SubD jacks on the front panel of the DIUN2 and DIU2U boards.Connection to DIUN2 and DIU2U AMOM variants AMOM variant Wave length Op. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.Maximum at(km) tion tenuation1 (dB/km) (dB) 2.boards.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards. Input/output Input 3-338 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Options Nur für den internen Gebrauch Connector assignment Table 3-165 Pin 4 5 6 7 10 11 12 14 AMOM .15-Pin Sub-D Plug Assignment Signal LWLO0_FRONT GND SCAN_IN0 SCAN_IN0 +5V LWLI0_FRONT GND +5V Signal description Data output on the optical fiber interface Ground return path for the +5V power supply Adapter test Adapter test +5-V power supply Input Input/output Output Output Input Direction Data input on the optical fiber inter.Output face (front) Ground return path for the +5V power supply +5-V power supply No other pins used. Service Manual .

Each ANI4 can serve four trunks. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. This means that the ANI4 has received system software activation for all four channels. and the bottom line of the display on the Optiset E or optiPoint 500 phones appears. and forwarding them to the base system HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350. It contains the external trunk board hardware interfaces (TMGL4) as well as a trunk and options bus interface. Service Manual 3-339 . the station name is analyzed in addition to the call number and shown on the telephone display.0 SMR-7 or later. If ANI4 is recognized properly by the system. After system startup the green LED is on and the red LED is off. Interfaces on the ANI4 module LEDs 2/1 4/3 6/5 8/7 10/9 1 CB side (red) X1 TMGL4 X 3 *) (green) ANI4 Trunk X4 X2 8 Board side *) Pins: Component side/solder side Figure 3-134 ANI4 (for selected countries only) .boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. This signals that the layer-1 firmware has started correctly.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Options 3. the green LED is reset (after all system software initialization).3 ANI4 (for selected countries only) Introduction The ANI4 (Automatic Number Identification) board is responsible for receiving station numbers modulated using the CPFSK method. demodulating them.4. The trunks are transferred directly on the board between the trunk and the trunk board interfaces. In V4.Interfaces (S30807-Q6917-Axxx) LED statuses and their meanings On the ANI4 board two LEDs are implemented that show the status of trunk channel 1.

Firmware Condition No caller ID signals on the line. Checksum is OK. If a message is not displayed on the Optiset E or optiPoint 500 telephone. The LED or the microcontroller is defective. The incoming signal is lower than –36 dBm (as defined in Bellcore SR3004 for the lowest caller ID signal (space . The received caller ID signal has a checksum error. Service Manual . – Red LED . Line is not connected to trunk channel 1. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Replace ANI4 board. this could mean that there is noise or speech on the line.boards. On (but glowing weakly) On (for approx. provided.signal)): the Mitel chip on ANI4 shows no reaction. Start up system. too.bit sequence + valid message byte) on the line is being recognized at the moment.LED Statuses for Trunk 1 Meaning Action Call service provider and ask if feature is available. In other words. A valid caller ID signal (correct channel seizure/mark – .ery call: the FSK signal is sage is received. but is not Bellcorecompliant on the customer side. some bits in the signal have “tipped over” into the other logical status. However. The system has not yet started. This must be corrected by the service provider.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Options Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 3-166 LED Off ANI4 (for selected countries only) . If so.Checksum Status On Off 3-340 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. the signal that appears on the customer side is too low (not Bellcore-compliant). Green LED . This must be corrected by the service provider. there may be too much noise on the line. 1 s) The Mitel chip interprets the signal on the line as an – FSK carrier signal. The firmware is in the state of recognition. Call service provider and ask if feature is available. If the red LED is on after evThe LED is reset after the next correct caller ID mes. The firmware builds the checksum for the received caller ID message byte and compares this checksum with the one received. Connect line to trunk channel 1.

trunk 1 -b-wire (ring). trunk 3 -a-wire (tip). trunk 3 -b-wire (ring).fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Options ANI4 module contact assignments Table 3-167 Contact 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ANI4 (for selected countries only) . trunk 4 -GMZ Connector X3 Solder Side Not assigned -a-wire (tip). trunk 3 b-wire (ring). trunk 4 b-wire (ring). 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. trunk 4 -Connector X4 a-wire (tip). trunk 4 – – GMZ= Call charging module assignment P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.Contact Assignments Connector X3 Component Side -b-wire (ring). trunk 1 a-wire (tip). trunk 1 b-wire (ring). trunk 2 -a-wire (tip).boards. trunk 3 a-wire (tip). trunk 1 -a-wire (tip). trunk 2 a-wire (tip). Service Manual 3-341 . trunk 2 b-wire (ring). trunk 2 -b-wire (ring).

7 Caution Remove the trunk slip-on connectors from the TMGL4 board before starting to work on the system. 6. Install the ANI4 board in the system. Restart the system by reconnecting the power plug. Service Manual .boards. Unplug the system from the power supply. 7. 3. Fig.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Options Nur für den internen Gebrauch ANI4 installation instructions Follow the steps below to install ANI4 in the HiPath 3550 or HiPath 3350 system. 2 Pin 1 Pin 1 Fig.Installation Steps 3-342 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 3 Figure 3-135 ANI4 (for selected countries only) . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Be sure to reinstall the ANI4 and TMGL4 boards in their slots before reconnecting the trunks. 5. Disconnect the trunks from theTMGL4 board (Figure 3-135: Figure 1). making sure that the colored markings (pin 1) at both ends of the cable are facing upwards (Figure 3135: Figure 2). Connect the trunk slip-on connectors to the ANI4 (Figure 3-135: Figure 3). 1. 4. 2. 1 Fig. Use the ribbon cable supplied with the board to connect ANI4 and TMGL4. Connect the OPAL adapter cable to the ANI4 board.

the station name is analyzed in addition to the call number and shown on the telephone display. Service Manual 3-343 . It contains the external trunk board hardware interfaces (TMGL4R) and the options bus interface. Each ANI4R module can serve four trunks. > If ANI4R is installed as option 1 or 2. TMGL4R board must be inserted in slot 4. and forwarding them to the HiPath 3500 or HiPath 3300 base system. Interfaces To OPALR. demodulating them. In V4.boards.0 SMR-7 or later. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Options 3.4 ANI4R (for selected countries only) Introduction The ANI4R (Automatic Number Identification Rack) board is responsible for receiving station numbers modulated using the CPFSK method. or previous option 1 TMGL4R 10 X3 (10-pin MW10 jack) ANI4R X1 X2 Board side Figure 3-136 ANI4R (for selected countries only) (S30807-Q6917-Z103) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.4. 6 or 8 (slots 6 and 8 not available with HiPath 3300).

trunk 4 b-wire (ring).fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Options Nur für den internen Gebrauch Contact assignment Table 3-168 X3 Pin 1 2 3 4 5 ANI4R (for selected countries only) . trunk 1 b-wire (ring). trunk 2 X3 Pin 6 7 8 9 10 Signal a-wire (tip). trunk 2 b-wire (ring). trunk 3 b-wire (ring).boards. trunk 4 Call charging module assignment (GMZ) 3-344 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. trunk 3 a-wire (tip). trunk 1 a-wire (tip). Service Manual .Contact Assignment Signal – a-wire (tip). 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

only) EXMR S30122-K7403-Z ● ● ● ● ● P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual 3-345 . HiPath 3350.7. IVMS8R (HiPath 3550. HiPath 3300 (19" housing). see Figure 3-137. Implemented in HiPath 3550. ● EXMNA (for S30807-Q6923-X U.4.6.0 SMR-7 or later and announcements in V5. 7 Introduction The HiPath 3000 systems use different modules or boards for playing announcements and music on hold. For details on connecting these boards.S.0 or later: ● IVMNL. IVMN8 (HiPath 3800) ● IVMP8 (not for U. > The following HiPath Xpressions Compact boards support music on hold in V4. see Section 3. HiPath 3500. HiPath 3350 (wall housing). and HiPath 3500. 19" housing: Connected via cable to cinch jack on the front panel (see Figure 3-139). see the manual for the product (see Section 1.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Options 3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Overview Table 3-169 Module/ Board EXM Announcement and Music Modules Part number S30817-Q902B401 ● Notes Used in HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 (wall housing).S. HiPath 3300) ● IVMS8.5 Announcement and Music Modules Caution Place the central control board on a flat surface before inserting a subboard. refer to the manufacturer’s installation instructions.boards. HiPath 3300) For detailed information on HiPath Xpressions Compact.S. Otherwise you may damage the board. Wall housing: Direct connection to external music source (see Figure 3-138).4. “Information on the Intranet”: Electronic Documentation on SEN ESY Products). startup and administration. Connected via cable to X4 connector on CBCC/CBCP.) (HiPath 3350. Module installed directly on CBCC/CBRC (X19 and X20). Implemented in HiPath 3550. HiPath 3350 (wall housing).) and IVMP8R (not for U.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Options Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 3-169 Module/ Board MPPI Announcement and Music Modules Part number S30122-K7275-B ● ● Notes Used in all HiPath 3000 systems Board installed directly on the central control board (X19 and X20). MPPI (not for U.) S30122-X7402-Z ● ● Notes on displaying options You can use HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E to display the presence of options.S. Connected to OPALR and analog interface (for the announcement function). Used in HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 (wall housing). Slot for EXM Cable duct Slot for EXM module Figure 3-137 EXM Slot for HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 Wall Housing 3-346 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.) UAMR (not for U. Service Manual .S. The presence of MPPI or UAM (HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 only) is displayed as “Option 5”. The ALUM4 module cannot be displayed. Used in HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 (wall housing).S. Connected to OPAL and analog interface (for the announcement function) Used in HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 (19-inch housing).boards. Connected via cable to X4 connector on CBCC/CBCP.) S30122-K5380X200 ● ● ● ● UAM (not for S30122-X7217-X U.

Service Manual 3-347 . Figure 3-138 EXMR connection to HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 Front panel of the system Cinch jack X1 EXMR (component side) X2 Cable C39195-Z7001-C79 Figure 3-139 EXMR Connection to HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Options Connection of EXMR X1 Direct connection of the external music source EXMR (component side) X2 Note: A cable binder has been provided in the cable duct for suitable strain relief of the connecting cable.

the EVM voice mail ports must be deactivated.2. set the ports to the "Standard" station type and remove them from the active voicemail hunt group.2) using the connector strip X2. To do this.boards.4. The spacing bolts supplied guarantee the correct insertion of the subboard. speed dialing).1) or CBRC (see Section 3. HiPath 3500. HiPath Entry Voice Mail has capacity to store up to two hours of recorded messages. Service Manual . You can create up to 24 standard mailboxes and up to four of these can be configured as Auto Attendant mailboxes (attendant mailboxes with automatic call acceptance. The prerequisite for this is the use of the S30810-Q2935-A301/-A401 (CBCC) and S30810-Q2935-Z301/-Z401 (CBRC) central boards. 3-348 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 7 Caution If using a different voicemail application (such as HiPath Xpressions Compact). This prevents the user making accidental changes to Call Management.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Options Nur für den internen Gebrauch 3.2. Information on administering HiPath Entry Voice Mail for HiPath 3000 can be found in the HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E Help. Next set the number of mailboxes for autoconfiguration to "0". day and night mode. Otherwise you may damage the board. and HiPath 3300. The board is plugged directly into the X32 connector on the central control boards CBCC (see Section 3. HiPath 3350. Place the central control board on a flat surface before inserting the EVM subboard. 7 Caution The EVM subboard must not be plugged in or out when the system is energized. so you should always mount them (see Figure 3-140). greeting with routing options. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.6 EVM Introduction The optional EVM (Entry Voice Mail) subboard enables the function of integrated voice mail in HiPath 3550.

Service Manual 3-349 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards.Interfaces P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Options Interfaces Spacing bolts X2 26-pin socket strip X1 (not used for HiPath 3000) Figure 3-140 EVM (S30807-Q6945-X) .

only) (S30807-Q6923-X) Cable duct Slot for EXMNA module Figure 3-142 EXMNA (for U.S. Interfaces Ribbon cable to CB 1 X1 10 EXMNA To external music source Figure 3-141 X2 EXMNA (for U. only) Introduction The EXMNA (external music on hold) module provides a connection for external music on hold in HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350. only) . you must select Music on using Manager T or HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E.7 EXMNA (for U. ● ● Ribbon cable connected = External music Ribbon cable not connected = Internal music Expert mode code 22 11 allows you to choose between music on.S. Service Manual 3-350 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. The module is operational as soon as it is plugged in. The EXMNA connects to the CBCC and CBCP board (connector X4) by means of a ribbon cable.Slot for HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.boards. music off. or music on unscreened transfer.S.4. If the EXMNA module is connected. ring tone.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Options Nur für den internen Gebrauch 3.

only) .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Options Contact assignment Table 3-170 Contact 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 EXMNA (for U. Service Manual 3-351 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards.S.Contact Assignments Connector X1 GND Not assigned Not assigned EXMCL EXMDIR HRES EXMD EXMDET +5 V Not assigned Connector X2 Input Input Not assigned Not assigned P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

S. Service Manual .S.) Modules Frequency 12 kHz 16 kHz 50 Hz Remarks also for Silent Reversal The call charge detection channel is looped in the trunk and then routed to the TLA Interfaces CB side 1 to the TLA 10 1 To CO LS X4 8 X3 1 X5 GEE module X2 Board side Figure 3-143 GEE12.) .S. GEE50 (not for U.boards. Table 3-171 Module GEE 12 GEE 16 GEE 50 GEE12/GEE16/GEE50 (not for U.S.Interfaces (S30817-Q951-Axxx) 10 X1 3-352 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.S.4.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Options Nur für den internen Gebrauch 3. GEE16 (not for U.).). GEE16. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. GEE50 (not for U.8 GEE12 (not for U.) Introduction Each of the modules listed below supports four call-metering receiving units for recording and preprocessing call charge pulses in HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Options Contact assignments Table 3-172 Contact 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 a b a b a b a b a GEE12.) . GEE50 (not for U.S.Contact Assignments Connector X3 GND * CO 1 (BN 1) CO 1 (AN 1) CO 2 (BN 2) CO 2 (AN 2) CO 3 (BN 3) CO 3 (AN 3) CO 4 (BN 4) CO 4 (AN 4) Call charging module assignment Connector X4 CO 1 (AL1) CO 1 (BL1) CO 2 (AL2) CO 2 (BL2) CO 3 (AL3) CO 3 (BL3) CO 4 (AL4) CO 4 (BL4) – – Connector X5 0V 0V RTS CTS RxD TxD 0V +5V 0V +5V * for GEE 50 in France. GEE16.boards. otherwise free P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual 3-353 .

S.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Options Nur für den internen Gebrauch 3.4. only) (S30122-Q7078-X. only) Introduction The HOPE (Hicom Office PhoneMail Entry) board provides Hicom Office PhoneMail Entry functions. Interfaces LED status indicator Software load/diagnostic button Digital station connector On/off switch (Off—towards LED On—towards slot) PCMCIA slot Card ejector Figure 3-144 HOPE (for U. When expanding a system (such as HiPath 3350 or HiPath 3550). Service Manual . ensure that a free slot is available. > The HOPE board does not identify itself to the system and is therefore not visible in the HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E card map.boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.S. S30122-Q7079-X) 3-354 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.9 HOPE (for U.

fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Options Board components The following list describes the purpose of the components on the HOPE board: ● ● The LED status indicator signals the state of the Hicom Office PhoneMail system The software load/diagnostic button is for software loads (for example. servicing. and connectivity For information on installing. connecting. The card ejector ejects the software cards from the PMCIA slot ● ● ● ● Installation. voice cards). P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. The digital station connector connects the HOPE board to the corresponding digital ports. and servicing the HOPE board. using a modular cable The on/off switch turns the Office PhoneMail system on and off The PCMCIA slot is for Office PhoneMail software cards (for example.boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. refer to the Hicom Office PhoneMail Entry Installation and System Administration Guide. Service Manual 3-355 . loading a specific language).

10 OPAL and OPALR Introduction The adapter cable for connecting the central board to the first optional board comes in two versions: ● OPAL (Options Adapter Cable Long) C39195-A7001-B130 (Figure 3-145 .fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Options Nur für den internen Gebrauch 3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards.for use in HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 (wall housing).4. OPALR (Options Adapter Cable Long Rack) C39195-A7001-B142 (Figure 3-146) . Service Manual .for use in HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 (19-inch housing). ● OPAL interfaces Option board connection Ribbon cable folded and secured CBCC/CBCP interface Figure 3-145 OPAL (C39195-A7001-B130) 3-356 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

Service Manual 3-357 .boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Options OPALR interface Option board connection CBRC interface Figure 3-146 OPALR (C39195-A7001-B142) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.).boards.) Introduction In the event of a power failure or system error in HiPath 3800.S. These are: ● ● 1 analog trunk with a PFT1 (Power Failure Transfer) board 4 analog trunks with a PFT4 board When using an analog telephone for outgoing calls. ALUM using PFT1/PFT4 TRUNK PFT R E L A Y S a b TMB TMA SMA SMB Analog station board (optional) Trunk circuit SLA SLB Analog telephone Figure 3-147 ALUM Using PFT1/PFT4 (not for U.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Options Nur für den internen Gebrauch 3.) 3-358 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual .S.11 PFT1 (not for U. you may need to adapt its signaling method to match the signaling method of the connected trunk. analog trunks can be transferred (ALUM) to designated analog telephones.S.4. PFT4 (not for U.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.S. Service Manual 3-359 .boards. see Figure 3-149. The boards require -48 V. 2 x PFT1 or 1 x PFT4 System side Figure 3-148 Line network Installation Location of PFT1 and PFT4 (MDFU/MDFU-E) (not for U.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Options Installation location of the PFT1 and PFT4 board (MDFU/MDFU-E) Wire PFT1 or PFT4 into the MDFU or MDFU-E.) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. For the assignments of both boards.

48 PFT 10 X4 X1 TMA 1 TMB A B SMA SMB SLA SLB . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Options Nur für den internen Gebrauch PFT1 and PFT4 board assignment X1 TMA 10 TMB A B SMA SMB SLA SLB 1 TMA 10 TMB A B SMA SMB SLA SLB 1 X3 Figure 3-149 X2 TMA 1 TMB A B SMA SMB SLA SLB PFT4 10 TMA 1 TMB A B SMA SMB SLA SLB . SLB = Analog telephone PFT1 (S30777-Q539-X) and PFT4 (S30777-Q540-X) Board Assignment 3-360 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. b (Telephone company) SMA. SMB = SLA board SLA.48 PFT 10 PFT1 TMA. TMB = Trunk circuit A. B = a.boards. Service Manual .

Service Manual 3-361 . The voltage is picked up via MDFU-E (Table 3-173: M48VF1 / 0V_F and M48VF2 / 0V_F). 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 30 W All of the functions are controlled by the CBSAP board. PFTTLa/b (terminal) is connected to PFTTSa/b (subscriber line module).25 A Contact power: max. 1. Each trunk has a maximum load capacity of 300 mA.4. 1. such as door openers. controllable relays are available for special connections. Electrical characteristics of the relays are as follows: – – – – Maximum current drain at – 48 V: 80 mA Operating voltage: + 5 V Contact current: max. – Default = HiPath 3800 is in normal mode: PFTALa/b (trunk) is connected to PFTASa/b (trunk module). 30 W ● Trunk failure transfer (ALUM) In the event of a power failure or a system restart or reload. an analog trunk is transferred from the system to an analog telephone. If the power supply voltage returns after an interruption and a trunk call is in progress.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Options 3. Two –48-V lines fused using a PTC resistor are available for external applications. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.25 A Contact power: max. The switch contacts for all relays are floating and protected by surge protectors.boards. ALUM relay electrical data: – – – Operating voltage: + 5 V Contact current: max. activation of the trunk failure transfer relay is prevented by optocoupler. – Error = HiPath 3800 does not have any power PFTTLa/b (terminal) is connected to PFTALa/b (trunk).12 REALS Introduction The REALS (Relay and ALUM for SAPP) board is used in HiPath 3800 to provide the following functions: ● Four individual.

boards. Figure 3-150 REALS (S30807-Q6629-X) 3-362 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Options Nur für den internen Gebrauch To the SIPAC 4SU connector X17 Signals are picked up via SIVAPAC connector X116 on the backplane. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Removal tab You can insert a screwdriver here to remove REALS from the shelf. Service Manual .

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards. Figure 3-151 REALS Slots in the Basic Cabinet (With Outer Panel Mounted) Cable and connector assignment Table 3-173 shows the assignment of the SIVAPAC connector X116 on the backplane and the assignment of the jumper strip in the MDFU-E. Service Manual 3-363 . P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. The outer panel is fixed onto the shelf with screws (see Figure 3-151). The slots for the power supply units and for the REALS board must be covered with an outer panel before the system is started up.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Options Slot Insert the REALS board into the slot marked 3 in the lower part of the shelf in the basic cabinet and apply pressure until you hear a click (see Figure 4-22).

fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Options Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 3-173 Pair 1 2 3 4 5 a-wire (tip) wht/blu REALS . Service Manual . 300 mA) wht/ora wht/grn wht/brn wht/grn red/blu 6 red/ora 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 red/grn red/brn red/grn blk/blu blk/ora blk/grn blk/brn 3-364 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 300 mA) ALUM: Subscriber line (telephone) Notes – 48 V (max.SIVAPAC Connector Assignment on the Backplane b-wire (ring) blu/wht SIVAPAC Connector X116 20 38 18 ora/wht 17 16 grn/wht 15 14 brn/wht 13 12 grn/wht 11 10 blu/red 9 8 ora/red 7 6 grn/red 5 4 brn/red 3 2 grn/red 1 37 blu/blk 36 35 ora/blk 34 32 grn/blk 31 30 brn/blk 29 REALS M48VF1 0V_F PFTTLb PFTTLa 0V – 0V_F M48VF2 – 0V AK1 AK2 AK3 AK4 0V PFTASa PFTASb PFTALa PFTALb – – 0V – – RK3 0V RK1 RK2 MDFU-E 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8a 8b 9a 9b 10a 10b 11a 11b 12a 12b 13a 13b 14a 14b ALUM: Trunk module ALUM: Trunk Relay 1: Normally open contact Relay 2: Normally open contact Relay 3: Normally open contact Relay 4: Normally open contact – 48 V (max.

Service Manual 3-365 .boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.SIVAPAC Connector Assignment on the Backplane b-wire (ring) grn/blk SIVAPAC Connector X116 27 26 24 blu/yel 23 58 ora/yel 57 56 grn/yel 55 54 brn/yel 53 52 grn/yel 51 50 blu/vio 49 48 ora/vio 47 46 grn/vio 45 44 brn/vio 43 REALS RK4 0V PFTTSb PFTTSa – S5 0V – – S3 S4 0V UK1 UK2 UK3 UK4 0V – – S6 MDFU-E 15a 15b 16a 16b 17a 17b 18a 18b 19a 19b 20a 20b 21a 21b 22a 22b 23a 23b 24a 24b Relay 1: Switch contact Relay 2: Switch contact Relay 3: Switch contact Relay 4: Switch contact ALUM: Subscriber line module Notes yel/blu yel/ora yel/grn yel/brn yel/grn vio/blu vio/ora vio/grn vio/brn P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Options Table 3-173 Pair 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 a-wire (tip) blk/grn REALS .

13 STBG4 (for France only) Introduction This current-limiting board is for connecting loop start trunks in France (HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350). CB side 1 TLA MDF Trunk 8 Board side Figure 3-152 Table 3-174 Contact 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 STBG4 (for France only) .4. No options bus lines are needed. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. The STBG4 channel is looped between TLA and the trunk.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Options Nur für den internen Gebrauch 3.Interfaces (S30817-Q934-A) STBG4 (for France only) .boards. The slot X3 wiring is polarized. It includes the current-limiting components and surge-protection elements required by law.Contact Assignment Connector X3 Not used BL 1 AN 1 BL 2 AN 2 BL 3 AN 3 BL 4 AN 4 Not used Connector X4 AL 1 BL 1 AL 2 BL 2 AL 3 BL 3 AL 4 BL 4 – – 10 1 X4 X3 STBG4 X2 X1 3-366 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual .

alerting. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. For safety. then program the alert type. be sure to store the CDB data elsewhere. STRBR Introduction This option comes in two versions: ● STRB (Control Relay Board) S30817-Q932-A (Figure 3-153) . Service Manual 3-367 . and they must be reset before they can accept data again from the central board. Actuators are relays that can be energized from any station by means of a code (such as a door opener). the control voltage for the optocoupler is electrically isolated from the system’s other partial voltages. controlling and regulating can be connected to the control relay board. double-throw relays as shown in Figure 3-155). Example: You can route the +12-V signal for power failure alert to the control input of the optocoupler for connector X4 or X6.for use in HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 (wall housing) STRBR (Control Relay Board Rack) S30817-K932-Z (Figure 3-154) . old data may still be present on the board. If a used board is used. Sensors (such as thermostats or motion detectors) can detect a change of status in the connected equipment and activate a feature or dial a station number stored in the system. The board has a total of four outputs (in the form of two floating switch contacts each) and four control inputs in the form of optocouplers for externally activating an electrically isolated normally open (NO) contact.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Options 3. For the manual relay on/off function and door opener. The "Reset options" procedure should only be used by factory technicians (Expert Mode code 29-3-3).boards. When replacing the board.14 STRB. 7 Caution CDB data is stored on the board. you must enter the desired switching time (expert mode code 26 2).4. Route the signal through a normally open (NO) contact that is electrically isolated from the external device. Using the procedure during operation returns all options to their factory defaults. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.for use in HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 (19-inch housing) ● The STRB or STRBR has four double-pin. Actuators and sensors for monitoring.

boards.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Options Nur für den internen Gebrauch STRB interfaces CBCC/CBCP side 1 X3 MDF 8 1 X4 8 Board side Figure 3-153 STRB Interfaces (S30817-Q932-A) 8 X5 1 8 X6 1 X1 STRB X2 STRBR interfaces CBRC side 11 : 18 21 : 28 31 : 38 41 : 48 X1 X3 8-pin RJ45 jacks STRBR X2 Board side Figure 3-154 STRBR Interfaces (S30817-Q932-Z) Control relay connection values 7 Warning The STRB or STRBR interface is an SELV (Safety Extra-Low Voltage Circuit) interface. Do not connect any circuits whose voltages exceed the following limit values: Maximum: 30 Vac (42 Vpeak) or 60 Vdc. Service Manual . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. as defined by IEC 60950. 3-368 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

12 K1. Service Manual 3-369 .11 K1.21 K1. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Options STRB and STRBR board relay and sensor functions STRB or STRBR K1.23 Relay K1. OPTKP1 Sensor To system Figure 3-155 STRB and STRBR Board Relay and Sensor Functions P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.22 K1.boards.13 +12 V +12 VI Short the wires to activate the sensor.

1 (NO) Relay contact K4.1 (NO) Relay contact K1.22 K 4.22 K 1.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Options Nur für den internen Gebrauch STRB contact assignment Table 3-175 Connector STRB Contact Assignments Contact 1 2 3 X3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 X4 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 X5 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 X6 4 5 6 7 8 Signal Name K 4.11 K 1.1 (NO) Relay contact K2.2 (common) Relay contact K4.2 (NC) +12-V control voltage optocoupler Control input optocoupler 2 +12-V control voltage optocoupler Control input optocoupler 1 Relay contact K3.21 K 3.13 K 3.1 (NC) Control input optocoupler 3 +12-V control voltage optocoupler Control input optocoupler 4 +12-V control voltage optocoupler Relay contact K4.2 (NO) Relay contact K1.1 (NC) Relay contact K1.23 K 3.2 (NO) Relay contact K2.2 (common) Relay contact K3.1 (NC) Relay contact K3.12 K 2.2 (NC) Relay contact K2.1 (NO) Relay contact K3.12 K 4. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.21 K 2. Service Manual .2 (common) Relay contact K2.13 K 2.11 Function Relay contact K4.23 +12VI OPTKP 2 +12VI OPTKP 1 K 3.1 (NC) Relay contact K2.11 K 2.13 OPTKP 3 +12VI OPTKP 4 +12VI K 4.11 K 4.23 K 2.2 (NO) Relay contact K3.2 (NO) Relay contact K4.22 K 3.1 (common) Relay contact K4.1 (common) Relay contact K1.2 (NC) Relay contact K1.21 K 1.boards.22 K 2.23 K 1.13 K 1.1 (common) 3-370 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.21 K 4.2 (NC) Relay contact K3.12 K 3.1 (common) Relay contact K2.12 K 1.2 (common) Relay contact K1.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards. Pin 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 STRBR Contact Assignments Signal Name ACT4-2M ACT4-2B ACT4-2A ACT4-1M ACT4-1B ACT4-1A P12VI SENSE4 ACT3-2M ACT3-2B ACT3-2A ACT3-1M ACT3-1B ACT3-1A P12VI SENSE3 ACT2-2M ACT2-2B ACT2-2A ACT2-1M ACT2-1B ACT2-1A P12VI SENSE2 ACT1-2M ACT1-2B ACT1-2A ACT1-1M ACT1-1B ACT1-1A P12VI SENSE1 Function Relay contact K203 (common) 2 Relay contact K203 (NO) 2 Relay contact K203 (NC) 2 Relay contact K203 (common) 1 Relay contact K203 (NO) 1 Relay contact K203 (NC) 1 + 12-V optocoupler 4 Control input optocoupler 4 Relay contact K202 (common) 2 Relay contact K202 (NO) 2 Relay contact K202 (NC) 2 Relay contact K202 (common) 1 Relay contact K202 (NO) 1 Relay contact K202 (NC) 1 + 12-V optocoupler 3 Control input optocoupler 3 Relay contact K201 (common) 2 Relay contact K201 (NO) 2 Relay contact K201 (NC) 2 Relay contact K201 (common) 1 Relay contact K201 (NO) 1 Relay contact K201 (NC) 1 + 12-V optocoupler 2 Control input optocoupler 2 Relay contact K200 (common) 2 Relay contact K200 (NO) 2 Relay contact K200 (NC) 2 Relay contact K200 (common) 1 Relay contact K200 (NO) 1 Relay contact K200 (NC) 1 + 12-V optocoupler 1 Control input optocoupler 1 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Options STRBR contact assignments Table 3-176 X3. Service Manual 3-371 .

the adapter and a CD-ROM with drivers.com) The delivery includes one USB cable.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Options Nur für den internen Gebrauch 3. 3-372 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Notes: ● ● The drivers provided must be used. close the Transfer dialog and then reopen it.15 USB V.com) Serial USB adapter BF-810 from BAFO Technologies (www.boards.bafo.belkin.4. Service Manual .24 Adapter The following adapters have been tested for connecting serial devices to the USB interface on the service PC: ● ● Serial USB adapter F5U103 from Belkin Corporation (www. If a connection cannot be established between the PC and the system. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

Service Manual 3-373 .) Introduction In connection with the CBCC central board (up to and including S30810-Q2935-A301).V. the V24/1 module can be used in HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350.16 V24/1 (not for U. Interfaces To CBCC/CBCP (X7) via ribbon cable 1 26 Component side shown X2 25-pin Sub-D jack Figure 3-156 V24/1 (not for U.boards.S.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Options 3. printers or applications. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.24 Connections P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.4. This provides a serial V.24 interface for connecting PCs.) (S30807-Q6916-X100) Figure 3-157 HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 .S.

fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Options Nur für den internen Gebrauch Connector assignment To CB X7: Edge connector 25-pin TxD RxD RTS CTS DSR DTR Vcc GND Figure 3-158 Table 3-177 TTL/RS-232 Level-converter and electrical isolation X2: Sub-D jack. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.boards. 25-pin RxD TxD CTS RTS DTR DSR 0V V. 3-374 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual . HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 Pin Assignments of the V.24 (RS-232) Connector Assignment.24 Socket X2 Signal TxD RxD RTS CTS DSR DTR 0V I/O O I O I I O - Connector X2 2 3 4 5 6 20 7 No other pins in connector X2 are used.

24 adapter assignment Table 3-178 V. V.24 interface on all HiPath 3000 V1.2 (or later) systems.17 V. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.24 Adapter Assignment (C39334-Z7080-C2) Signal DCD RxD TxD DTR GND DSR RTS CTS RI 25-pin jack Pin 8 3 2 20 7 6 4 5 22 9-pin jack Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.24 Adapter The V.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Boards for HiPath 3000 Options 3.24 adapter is required as an adapter between the 25-pin connector on the cable (C39195-Z7267-C13) and a 9-pin jack for connection to the V.4. Service Manual 3-375 .boards.

18 V.24 interface on all HiPath 3000 systems (V1.2 or later).4.fm Boards for HiPath 3000 Options Nur für den internen Gebrauch 3.boards.24 Cable Assignment (C30267-Z355-A25) 3-376 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.24 Cable The V. for example.24 cable is used. Service Manual .24 cable assignment 9-pin jack DCD 1 RxD TxD 2 3 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 5 Shield 9 9-pin jack DCD RxD TxD DTR DSR RTS CTS GND RI Data Carrier Detect Receive Data Transmit Data Data Terminal Ready Data Send Ready Request to Send Clear to Send Ground Ring Indicator DTR 4 DSR 6 RTS 7 CTS 8 GND 5 RI Figure 3-159 9 V. for connecting a service PC to the V. V.

Topic Installing HiPath 3800.1 Installing HiPath 3000 Overview Chapter contents This chapter discusses the topics listed in the following table. page 4-65 Loading the System Software and Installing Subboards on the CBSAP. page 4-20 Installing Boards (Configuration Notes). page 4-4 Installing HiPath 3800 (19-Inch Cabinet). page 4-80 Connecting Workpoint Clients. HiPath 3350. page 4-82 Installation Prerequisites. page 4-81 Performing a Visual Inspection.Nur für den internen Gebrauch inst_h3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. and HiPath 3300. page 4-50 Using an External Main Distribution Frame or External Patch Panel. page 4-81 Making Trunk and Networking Connections. page 4-2 Installation Procedure. HiPath 3500. page 4-2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Installation Prerequisites.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Overview 4 4. page 4-84 Installation Procedure. page 4-84 ● ● ● ● P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual 4-1 . page 4-107 Installing HiPath 3550. page 4-30 Connecting the Cable to the Backplane. page 4-85 Installing HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350. page 4-3 Installing HiPath 3800 (Standalone). page 4-86 Installing HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 (19-Inch Housing).

from 2 to 8 mm (1/4 to 5/16 in.S. AuroraExpert. wire stripper. C39300-A7194-B10) Electric drill. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.2 4. hammer Level. sizes 1 and 2 TORX screwdriver Wire stripper (for example. telephone pliers. tape measure For U. Service Manual . from Krone) Board wrench (part no.1 Installing HiPath 3800 Installation Prerequisites Warning Only authorized service personnel should install and start up the system.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 4.) Phillips or cross-point screwdrivers. flat-nosed pliers Slotted screwdrivers.inst_h3. AuroraRemote or similar.S. only: AuroraDuet. open-end wrench 13 mm Diagonal cutting pliers.2. ISDN protocol analyzer 4-2 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.: ISDN tester (such as K3000 or Aurora) For U. 8 mm. only: Punch-down tool suitable for the block used (such as block 66) ● Resources: – – – – – Manager T or HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E Digital multimeter for testing ground connections and partial voltages Telephone test set for analog interfaces Not for U.S. 7 Tools and resources needed The following are needed for installing the HiPath 3800 system: ● Tools: – – – – – – – – – – Hex or open-end wrench.

page 4-20 (usually predetermined) (generally determined by the existing 19inch cabinet) Unpacking the Components. page 4-29 Installing Boards (Configuration Notes). 5. Loading the System Software and Installing Subboards on the CBSAP. from page 4-65: Main Distribution Frame MDFU-E Patch Panel S30807-K6143-X S0 Patch Panel C39104-Z7001-B3 Connecting Workpoint Clients. 7. 6. page 4-30 Connecting the Cable to the Backplane.Installation Procedure Installation Activity Installing HiPath 3800 (Standalone) Installing HiPath 3800 (19-Inch Cabinet) 1. 9. 3. page 4-6 Setting up the System Cabinets (from page 4-7): Single Cabinet Two cabinets (stacked) Unpacking the Components. page 4-27 Checking the Grounding.inst_h3. Selecting the Installation Site. page 4-81 Performing a Visual Inspection. ● ● ● Grounding the System. page 4-80 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. page 4-23 Mounting System Cabinets in the 19-Inch Cabinet. page 4-24 2. 11. page 4-4 Selecting the Installation Site. page 4-50 If required: use an external main distribution frame or external patch panel. Service Manual 4-3 . 10.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 4.2 Table 4-1 Step Installation Procedure HiPath 3800 . page 4-81 Making Trunk and Networking Connections. page 4-19 Grounding the System.2. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Two cabinets (side by side) 4. page 4-14 Checking the Grounding. page 4-82 8.

4-4 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.11.2. This chapter describes the standard installation procedures for the basic system. KG equipment and other electrical equipment.S. Allow a minimum clearance of 10 cm both at the rear and the front of the cabinets for maintaining boards and for wiring.2. Avoid standard carpeting.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 4. Service Manual .44 cm) of clearance in front of electrical equipment and 40 in. Do not expose the systems to direct sources of heat (for example sunlight and heaters). allow a minimum of 50 mm clearance between the base of the cabinet and the ground and between stacked cabinets. as it tends to produce electrostatic charges. When cabinets are stacked. the basic cabinet must always be at the bottom of the stack. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. (101. (91. Avoid contact with chemicals. Ensure that a distance of at least 40 in.1. ● ● ● ● ● ● ● For U. Systems covered with condensation must be dried before being used. Do not expose the systems to extremely dusty environments. The National Electrical Code (NEC) requires 36 in.2.inst_h3.3. ● Information on the design of the HiPath 3800 can be found in Section 2. 4.1. Only: ● ● ● Install secondary-protection equipment.2. (101. Observe the environmental conditions specified in Section 2.6 cm) of clearance from other electrical service equipment.3.3 Installing HiPath 3800 (Standalone) This section contains information on how to install the HiPath 3800 communication system. Refer to Chapter 9 for information about supplementary equipment or expansions. Take every precaution to prevent the formation of condensation on the system during operation.2. Ensure the availability of a power source that meets the requirements described in Section 4.1 Selecting the Installation Site Selecting a site The customer usually has a preferred installation site in mind.1. Make sure that the customer’s site meets the following guidelines: ● To guarantee sufficient system ventilation.6 cm) is left between Siemens Enterprise Communications GmbH & Co.

1 For U. earth Wall Outlet Configurations 7 WARNING Never connect a HiPath 3800 system or a combination of HiPath 3800 systems directly to a wall socket. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.inst_h3.3. fused) power at 50-60 Hz and 20 A. The power source must provide 120 V AC (single-phase.3. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Two cabinets can be connected to each surge protector. An independent electric circuit with an isolated ground conductor should be used. Use a UL-listed or CSA-certified surge protector for every two cabinets.2. Table 4-2 Nominal voltage 120 V AC/ 60 Hz Electrical Connection Values (USA only) Nominal voltage range from 110 V AC to 130 V AC Nominal Frequency Range from 47 Hz to 63 Hz NEMA 5-15.4). The power source may not be more than 2. only: AC outlet An AC connection is required for each cabinet. ● ● ● ● The system must be properly grounded before startup (see description in Section 4.S. AC Power Outlet Requirements ● A UL-listed or CSA-certified surge protector must be connected between the socket and the system. The AC connection must fulfill the requirements specified in Table 4-2.2. 3wire.1. Never connect a HiPath 3800 system or a combination of systems directly to a wall socket.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 4. A warning should be attached to the circuit breaker to prevent accidental removal of power.) from the system.4 m (8 ft. 2-pin. Service Manual 4-5 .

Unpacking the Components Activity Compare the components with the packing slip or customer receipt to make sure that they are correct and complete. Do not use equipment with visible damage. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Dispose of the packing materials properly.3. 3.2. Caution Only use tools and equipment that are in perfect condition.2 Procedure Step 1. Service Manual .inst_h3. 2. 7 4-6 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 4. Determine whether any damage has occurred during transport and report it to the proper departments.

For information on board installation. Both covers are supplied in separate packages.3. these are included in the delivery. Overview 4. For information on the installation procedure.1 System configurations The following setup options are possible for system cabinets: ● ● ● Single cabinet Two cabinets (stacked) Two cabinets (side by side) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.2.3.5.2. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. “Mounting Connector Panels (if required)”. Service Manual 4-7 .5. The front plastic cover (for board servicing) and the rear plastic cover (for cable servicing) are not attached to the system cabinets. please see Section 4.4. If it has been agreed to provide connector panels for connecting peripherals.2. potential equalization bus).3. please see Section 4.2. 7 Danger Be sure to connect the main protective earthing terminal on all system cabinets to the grounding point of the electrical building installation before starting the system and before connecting up the peripherals (for example. “Installing Boards (Configuration Notes)”.inst_h3.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 4.3 Setting up the System Cabinets Introduction The cabinets are not supplied with pre-installed boards. The system may only be started (connected to the power supply) if all system cabinets are sealed at the rear with the connection and filler panels provided.

Check that the space between the base of the cabinet and the ground is at least 50 mm. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. ● Basic cabinet setup A B Figure 4-1 HiPath 3800 .inst_h3. 7 Procedure Step 1. Service Manual .3.3. ● Fix the cabinet foot in position by tightening the lock nut (Figure 4-1. Activity Place the system cabinet in the installation site and make sure that it is level and stable. 3. 2.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 4.Setting Up the Basic Cabinet ≥ 50 mm 4-8 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. A).2 Setting Up a Single Cabinet Caution To guarantee sufficient ventilation for the system cabinet. B) so that the cabinet is steady and the minimum clearance is observed. A) on one of the cabinet feet using an open-end wrench (wrench size = 13 mm). If necessary. ● Adjust the height of the cabinet foot by turning the screw nut (Figure 4-1. allow a minimum clearance of 50 mm between the base of the cabinet and the ground. set up the basic cabinet in the following way: Unscrew lock nut (Figure 4-1.2.

The cabinet feet have indents. 4. and between basic and expansion cabinets. If necessary. 2. Service Manual 4-9 . Activity Place the system cabinet in the installation site and make sure that it is level and stable. comply with the following requirements: ● The basic cabinet must be set up as the bottom cabinet.2. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. set up the basic cabinet in the following way: ● Unscrew lock nut (Figure 4-1. ● Fix the cabinet foot in position by tightening the lock nut (Figure 4-1. 6. set up the expansion cabinet as described in Step 3. A) on one of the cabinet feet using an open-end wrench (wrench size = 13 mm).fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 4. 5. ensure that these indents are sitting precisely on top of the screw heads in the four corners of the basic cabinet (Figure 4-2). Check that the space between the base of the basic cabinet and the ground is at least 50 mm. Check that the space between the base of the basic cabinet and the ground is at least 50 mm. If necessary.3 Stacking Two Cabinets Caution To guarantee sufficient ventilation for the system cabinets. A). 7 Procedure Step 1. ● Adjust the height of the cabinet foot by turning the screw nut (Figure 4-1.3.inst_h3. 3. B) so that the cabinet is steady and the minimum clearance is observed. Place the expansion cabinet on top of the basic cabinet. ● Allow a minimum of 50 mm clearance between the base of the cabinet and the floor. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. When placing the expansion cabinet on top of the basic cabinet.3.

Positioning the Cabinet Feet 4-10 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Positioning the cabinet feet Figure 4-2 HiPath 3800 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual .inst_h3.

Installing a Stacked Two-Cabinet System (Rear View) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual 4-11 .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Installing a stacked two-cabinet system ≥ 50 mm ≥ 50 mm Figure 4-3 HiPath 3800 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.inst_h3.

inst_h3. set up the basic cabinet in the following way: Unscrew lock nut (Figure 4-1. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Place the expansion cabinet beside the basic cabinet. 6. set up the expansion cabinet as described in Step 3 ensuring that both cabinets are at exactly the same level. Check that the space between the base of the basic cabinet and the ground is at least 50 mm. A) on one of the cabinet feet using an open-end wrench (wrench size = 13 mm). ● 4. B) so that the cabinet is steady and the minimum clearance is observed.2. Activity Place the system cabinet in the installation site and make sure that it is level and stable.4 Setting Up a Two-Cabinet System Side by Side Caution To guarantee sufficient ventilation in the system cabinets. 5.3. 2. 3. A). Service Manual . If necessary. Note: The cabinets can be placed directly beside one another. If necessary.3.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 4. allow a minimum clearance of 50 mm between the base of the cabinets and the ground. 4-12 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 7 Procedure Step 1. ● Adjust the height of the cabinet foot by turning the screw nut (Figure 4-1. Check that the space between the base of the expansion cabinet and the ground is at least 50 mm. ● Fix the cabinet foot in position by tightening the lock nut (Figure 4-1.

inst_h3. Service Manual 4-13 .Installing a Two-Cabinet System Side by Side (Rear View) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Installing a Two-Cabinet System Side by Side ≥ 50 mm Figure 4-4 HiPath 3800 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

Failure to follow these instructions can result in electrical shock.inst_h3.2. the devices should be connected to the same low-voltage network (sub-distribution board) if possible. 7 Danger If your personnel are not qualified to work on the low-voltage network (230 Vac).4. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. you may need a line driver to isolate the external devices in the event of a malfunction.5 mm2).S.4 Grounding the System Ground the system as described. the ground conductor must have a minimum cross-section of 4 mm2. 4.: Grounding the System Grounding: Grounding options 7 Danger Each HiPath 3800 system cabinet and all external main distribution frames (for example. If external factors can impact on the ground conductor and if protected installation is not possible.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 4. If the building floor plan does not permit this.24 system peripherals). you must hire a licensed electrician to ground the system separately using option 1b (Figure 4-7).1 Not for U. Service Manual . Note on possible ground loops > To avoid ground loops from remotely operated devices (V. 4-14 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.2. The illustrations starting with Figure 4-6 show different grounding options. Make sure that the ground conductor is securely installed and strain-relieved.3.3. MDFU-E) must be grounded as shown in Figure 4-5 by a separate ground conductor (minimum cross-section = 2.

fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Grounding the system(s) and a possible main distribution frame HiPath 3800.5 mm2 Any color. cross-section ≥ 2. except for green or yellow to avoid confusion Min.5 mm2 Example Potential equalization bus but not: . g.) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.ground conductor for antenna system Figure 4-5 HiPath 3800 .drain channels . EC (if present) Attach to the grill using cable ties to next main distribution frame (if present) e. BC green/yellow Min.central heating system .S. MDFU-E Main distribution frame (if present) HiPath 3800. cross-section ≥ 2.inst_h3.Grounding the System Cabinets and Main Distribution Frame (nor for U.. Service Manual 4-15 .

Service Manual . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.Grounding Option 1b (not for USA) 4-16 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.Grounding Option 1a (not for USA) Grounding option 1b L1 N PE 230 V ~ Grounding outlets HiPath 3800 Example Connector socket green/yellow Main grounding terminal Figure 4-7 HiPath 3800 .fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Grounding option 1a HiPath 3800 Main grounding terminal green/yellow Example Potential equalization bus Figure 4-6 HiPath 3800 .inst_h3.

Service Manual 4-17 .2. Choose a ground connection with less than 2 ohms of resistance. Only: Grounding the System A connecting cable is used for grounding the system cabinets.4.2 For U. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Figure 4-8 shows the safety conductor connectors for the basic cabinet. The system must also be grounded by a separate ground conductor. such as: ● ● ● Master ground busbar Ground field Copper ground rod Run a separate earth ground conductor from the earth ground to the cabinet frame ground (located in the lower right corner of the backplane).3.S. An expansion cabinet requires a separate earth ground. The minimum cross-section required is 12 AWG. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 4.inst_h3.

blank or green/yellow. only) Grounding the Main Distribution Frame Mount and ground the MDF in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch HiPath 3800 Connection cable with plug AC outlet Fuse box facility 20 A 120 VAC.Earth ground connection (for U. 60 Hz Neutral ground Main grounding terminal Recommended: 12 AWG solid or stranded copper wire conductor not exceeding 126 feet in length. Notes: Single-point ground (SPG) configuration shown. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual . Figure 4-8 HiPath 3800 . 4-18 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.inst_h3.S. Grounding point (example: Master ground busbar) Located in the electrical service panel providing power to the HiPath 3800 system. 7 DANGER This wire installation must be completed by a qualified electrician and must comply with the national and local electrical codes.

Prerequisite: HiPath 3800 is not yet connected to the low-voltage network via the power cable. Prerequisites: ● HiPath 3800 is not yet connected to the low-voltage network via the power cable. 2. Service Manual 4-19 .inst_h3. Activity Check the ohmic resistance of the ground connection to the system: Perform measurement between the PE (protective earth) on a socket in the internal installation (at the system’s installation site) and HiPath 3800. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. ● The system’s separate grounding is connected. expansion cabinet. < 1 ohm Target < 10 ohms P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Check the ohmic resistance between the individual system parts (basic cabinet.3.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 4.2. main distribution frame).5 Procedure Checking the Grounding Perform the tests in the table below to ensure that the system is properly grounded before startup. Step 1.

g. If inactive components (e.900 mm) make installation. 4. the lowest position must be cleared for installation of the basic cabinet. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. This chapter describes the standard installation procedures for the basic system. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.2. for example. The support brackets required for installing the system cabinets must have a minimum ultimate load of 40 kg. The following specifications must be observed when selecting a location: ● The 19-inch cabinets provided for installing the HiPath 3800 components must have the following characteristics: – – – Components installed in the 19-inch cabinet must be accessible from both the front and the rear. Refer to Chapter 9 for information about supplementary equipment or expansions. cable servicing. the basic cabinet can also be installed above them. The support brackets must be purchased from the relevant 19inch cabinet supplier. Deeper cabinets (800 . the depth at least 600 mm. The following minimum clearance must be provided in order to ensure adequate ventilation of the system cabinets in the 19-inch cabinet (see Figure 4-10): – – three height units between two stacked system cabinets. In a 19-inch cabinet with active (heat-emitting) components already installed. and the installation of additional components in the rear of the cabinet much easier.7” = 43 mm) must be kept clear above the cabinet to accommodate the gray plastic cover (Figure 4-9) attached to the top of the system cabinets.4. one height unit above one system cabinet if a patch panel is being installed. Service Manual 4-20 .4 Installing HiPath 3800 (19-Inch Cabinet) This section contains information on how to install the HiPath 3800 communication system in a 19-inch cabinet.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 4.1 Selecting the Installation Site The installation site is generally determined by the 19-inch cabinet already installed. the basic cabinet must be mounted at the lowest position in a 19-inch cabinet. 1. The system cabinets must be fixed to the cabinet bars using the angle brackets included in the delivery.inst_h3. – – ● One height unit (one height unit is approx. patch panel) are involved. ● ● To guarantee sufficient heat dissipation. It should be possible to install 19-inch components both at the front and at the rear ( four vertical bars).2. Never remove this plastic cover. It is recommended that the width of the cabinet measure 700 to 800 mm.

Systems covered with condensation must be dried before being used. Service Manual 4-21 .1.System Cabinet with Plastic Cover Do not expose the 19-inch cabinet to direct sources of heat (such as sunlight and heaters.inst_h3.). Take every precaution to prevent the formation of condensation on the system during operation. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. ● Information on the design of the HiPath 3800 can be found in Section 2. Observe the environmental conditions specified in Section 2. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.11.2.2. Do not expose the 19-inch cabinet to extremely dusty environments.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Figure 4-9 ● ● ● ● HiPath 3800 . Avoid contact with chemicals.

inst_h3.Installation Examples in the 19-Inch Cabinet P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.92 m with 37 height units Patch Panel HiPath 3800 Expansion cabinet Patch Panel HiPath 3800 Basic cabinet HiPath 3800 Basic cabinet Figure 4-10 4-22 HiPath 3800 . Examples of a 19-inch cabinet height of 1.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Examples for installation in a 19-inch cabinet 7 Caution The height units represented in yellow in Figure 4-10 must be kept clear to ensure adequate ventilation of the system cabinets. Service Manual .

2-pin. 4.1 For U. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 3. earth Wall Outlet Configurations The system must be properly grounded before startup (see description in Section 4. 2.2.1.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 4.inst_h3. Activity Compare the components with the packing slip or customer receipt to make sure that they are correct and complete.4.4).2. Table 4-3 Nominal voltage 120 V AC/ 60 Hz Electrical Connection Values (USA only) Nominal voltage range from 110 V AC to 130 V AC Nominal Frequency Range from 47 Hz to 63 Hz NEMA 5-15.2 Procedure Step 1. Dispose of the packing materials properly. only: AC outlet An AC connection is required for each cabinet. Determine whether any damage has occurred during transport and report it to the proper departments.S.4.4. Unpacking the Components 7 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual 4-23 . Do not use equipment with visible damage. Caution Only use tools and equipment that are in perfect condition. The AC connection must fulfill the requirements specified in Table 4-3. 3wire.2.

comply with the following requirements: ● The basic cabinet may only be mounted at the lowest position in a 19-inch cabinet.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 4. ● 7 Caution To guarantee sufficient ventilation for the system cabinets.g. Mounting a System Cabinet using Support and Angle Brackets 4. each system cabinet should be installed separately. please see Section 4. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.inst_h3. 7 Danger Be sure to connect the main protective earthing terminal on all system cabinets to the grounding point of the electrical building installation before starting the system and before connecting up the peripherals (for example.2. The system may only be started (connected to the power supply) if all system cabinets are sealed at the rear with the connection and filler panels provided. 4-24 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. “Mounting Connector Panels (if required)”. A minimum clearance of one free height unit above a system cabinet is sufficient if a patch panel is to be installed. ● A minimum clearance of three height units must be maintained between two stacked system cabinets.4. For information on the installation procedure. “Installing Boards (Configuration Notes)”. the basic cabinet can also be installed above them. patch panel) are involved. For information on board installation.2. please see Section 4. Service Manual .3 Mounting System Cabinets in the 19-Inch Cabinet Introduction The cabinets are not supplied with pre-installed boards.2. the lowest position must be cleared for installation of the basic cabinet. potential equalization bus). If inactive components (e. these are included in the delivery.4.5. C39165-A7075-D1). for example.3.1 If a two-cabinet system is to be installed in a 19-inch cabinet. which must be provided by the 19-inch cabinet supplier. which are supplied with the system cabinet.4. In a 19-inch cabinet with active (heat-emitting) components already installed.2. Two angle brackets (order no. If it has been agreed to provide connector panels for connecting peripherals.5. The following components are required to install a system cabinet: ● Two cabinet-specific support brackets with an ultimate load > 40 kg.

A minimum clearance of one free height unit above a system cabinet is sufficient if a patch panel is to be installed. Attach a right-handed and a left-handed support bracket (B in Figure 4-12) in the 19-inch cabinet using the screws provided. Unscrew cabinet feet completely. 6. 5. Note: the use of cabinet floors is not permitted to prevent overheating. Repeat steps 1 to 5 if you want to install an expansion cabinet. Please note that a minimum clearance of three height units must be observed between two stacked system cabinets. Secure the system cabinet using the two angle brackets (A. Lift the system cabinet into the 19-inch cabinet and sit the cabinet on the two support brackets (B in Figure 4-12). 3.Removing Cabinet Feet P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. unscrew the lock nuts (Figure 4-11. in Figure 4-12) on the frame of the 19-inch cabinet using the screws provided. Warning Never attempt to lift a system cabinet into the 19-inch cabinet without assistance. To do this. 4. for example.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Procedure 7 Step 1. A Figure 4-11 HiPath 3800 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.inst_h3. Slide the cabinet into the 19-inch cabinet until the front edge of the system cabinet is flush with the front of the 19-inch frame. A) on the cabinet feet using an open-end wrench (wrench size = 13 mm). Activity Remove all four cabinet feet from the system cabinet. Attach the two angle brackets (A in Figure 4-12) to the sides of the system cabinet using the screws that have been supplied (four per bracket). 2. Service Manual 4-25 .

fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installation in the 19-inch cabinet A B A B Figure 4-12 HiPath 3800 .inst_h3.Installing System Cabinets in 19-Inch Cabinet 4-26 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

Make sure that the ground conductor is securely installed and strain-relieved. 7 Danger Each HiPath 3800 system cabinet and any patch panel (S30807-K6143-X) that may be installed must be grounded as shown in Figure 4-13 by a separate ground conductor (minimum cross-section = 2.5 mm2). P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.2. Grounding: Inspection and Implementation Preliminary Inspection of the 19-Inch Cabinet: Is the 19-inch cabinet grounded by a separate ground conductor (green/yellow)? NO The 19-inch cabinet must be grounded by a separate ground conductor (green/yellow). the ground conductor must have a minimum cross-section of 4 mm2. the system (system cabinets. patch panels) may be grounded as described below. you must hire a licensed electrician to install the ground. Service Manual 4-27 . YES If you answer “Yes” to both questions.inst_h3. YES Does the 19-inch cabinet have a potential equalization bus at which the HiPath 3800 can be grounded as shown in Figure 413 ? NO A potential equalization bus must be installed in the 19-inch cabinet and connected to the ground conductor.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 4.4 Grounding the System Ground the system as described. If external factors can impact on the ground conductor and if protected installation is not possible.4. Danger If your personnel are not qualified to work on the low-voltage network (230 Vac). Failure to follow these instructions can result in electrical shock. you must hire a licensed electrician to install the ground. Please note: The 19-inch cabinet’s potential equalization bus may only be used if it is grounded by a separate ground conductor. Danger If your personnel are not qualified to work on the low-voltage network (230 Vac).

in 19 cabinet for example Figure 4-13 HiPath 3800.5 mm2 Any color. Service Manual . Patch Panel S30807-K6143-X green/yellow Min. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. BC for example.Grounding the Systems and Patch Panels in a 19-Inch Cabinet 4-28 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.) HiPath 3800.5 mm2 Potential equalization bus.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Grounding the system cabinets and possible patch panels To other patch panels S30807-K6143-X (if present) (A ground conductor is not required for the S0 patch panel S30807-K6143-X.inst_h3. cross-section ≥ 2. except for green or yellow to avoid confusion Min. EC (if present) Attach to the grill using cable ties Patch Panel (if present) HiPath 3800. cross-section ≥ 2.

Check the ohmic resistance between the individual system parts (basic cabinet. Step 1. Checking the Grounding Procedure Perform the tests in the table below to ensure that the system is properly grounded before startup. Activity Check the ohmic resistance of the ground connection to the 19-inch cabinet: Perform measurement between the PE (protective earth) on a socket in the internal installation (at the system’s installation site) and HiPath 3800. If the building floor plan does not permit this. ● The system’s separate grounding (basic cabinet. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. expansion cabinet. Prerequisites: No device in the 19-inch cabinet is connected to the low-voltage network via the power cable. the devices should be connected to the same low-voltage network (sub-distribution board) if possible.24 system peripherals).5 To avoid ground loops from remotely operated devices (V. Prerequisite: HiPath 3800 is not yet connected to the low-voltage network via the power cable. ● Target < 10 ohms 2.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Note on possible ground loops > 4. patch panel). you may need a line driver to isolate the external devices in the event of a malfunction. expansion cabinet.inst_h3.4.2. Service Manual 4-29 . < 1 ohm P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. patch panel) and the grounding of the 19-inch cabinet are connected.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.2. the recommendations on page 3-100 must be followed. Service Manual . up to three LUNA2 power supply units can be used in the basic cabinet BC and up to four in the expansion cabinet EC. Depending on your requirements. The current system software (without customer data) is installed.2 Board Slots in the Basic and Expansion Cabinet There are nine slots available in the basic cabinet BC (slots 1 to 5 and slots 7 to 10) and thirteen in the expansion cabinet EC (slots 1 to 6 and slots 8 to 14) for peripheral boards.0 or later. you must follow the instructions in Section 4. ● Unconfigured systems The system cabinet(s) is/are not supplied with pre-installed boards. ● In a HiPath 3800 19-inch cabinet configuration. a distinction is made between the following delivery states: ● Pre-configured systems – – – The system cabinet(s) is/are supplied with customer-specific boards.5 Installing Boards (Configuration Notes) Caution Always wear an antistatic wristband when working on the system (especially when handling boards). The central control board CBSAP has a fixed slot (slot 6. the IVMNL board may only be installed in the basic cabinet to avoid overheating.inst_h3.5.7 concerning PCM highway distribution. 4-30 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 4. only in the basic cabinet BC). the cPCI box CSAPE can be used in the basic cabinet.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 4. Install the boards as described in the following information. Caution ● To ensure that the system operates without blocking.2.2.5. System factory default 7 7 4.1 According to the sales order.2. The system has passed the startup test. ● To avoid inactive IVM channels caused by slow IVM board startup. In V6.5.

fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Figure 4-14 HiPath 3800 . Service Manual 4-31 .Board Slots in the Basic Cabinet P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.inst_h3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

inst_h3.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Figure 4-15 HiPath 3800 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual .Board Slots in the Expansion Cabinet Not used 4-32 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

inst_h3. Service Manual 4-33 . Always use the board wrench provided for removing and inserting boards. Board is to Using its guide rails slide the board into the system cabinet until it stops. right). Lever the board out of the shelf by pushing the board wrench upwards (Figure 416.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 4. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 7 Introduction Peripheral boards can be inserted and removed while the power is connected. Then you can pull the module out of the system cabinet over the guide rails. See Section 9. Lever the board into the shelf of the cabinet by pushing the board wrench upwards (Figure 4-16. moved. be added.2.5.3 Inserting or Removing Boards Caution Always wear an antistatic wristband when working on the system (especially when handling boards). Observe the measures for protecting electrostatically sensitive devices (see page 19).2. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.1 for information on upgrading peripheral boards. Insert the tip of the board wrench marked “Plug In” into the bottom opening in the front cover of the board. left). Procedure for inserting and removing the boards If Then Board is to Insert the tip of the board wrench marked “Pull” into the top opening on the front be recover of the board to be removed.

Empty board slots must also be covered with shielding covers. To do this. Then push the shielding cover in the direction of the board until it locks into position (refer to Figure 4-17). Service Manual 4-34 . insert the two bottom pins on the shielding cover into the openings provided for this purpose on the slide-in shelf.inst_h3.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Removing a board Figure 4-16 Inserting a board HiPath 3800 . a shielding cover (C39165-A7075-B15) must be installed for boards with no connection options in the front panel. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.Removing/Inserting the Board Using the Board Wrench Installing shielding covers In order to guarantee adequate shielding. Figure 4-17 Installing the Board Shielding Cover P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

Fixing screws Fixing screws Figure 4-18 HiPath 3800 .inst_h3. Special board attachments ● CSAPE Insert the cPXI box CSAPE into the relevant slot of the basic cabinet and apply pressure until you hear a click. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. An additional cover is not required. The slot must be covered with a panel before the system is started up.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Boards that can be connected from the front have a specially shielded front cover. Service Manual 4-35 . The panel is fixed onto the shelf with four screws (see Figure 4-18).cPCI Box CSAPE in the Basic Cabinet with Panel Mounted P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch ● DBSAP The DBSAP board is plugged into four socket contacts on the backplane of the expansion cabinet and fixed with screws.inst_h3. 4-36 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. ● Removal tab You can use a screwdriver here to remove the LUNA2 from the shelf. Service Manual . The outer panel is fixed onto the shelf with screws (see Figure 4-20 and Figure 4-21).Installing the LUNA2 Power Supply Unit The slots for the power supply units must be covered with an outer panel before the system is started up. LUNA2 Depending on the system configuration up to three LUNA2 modules can be used in the basic cabinet and up to four LUNA2 modules can be used in the expansion cabinet. Figure 4-19 HiPath 3800 . see the LUNA2 board description. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. For information on how to calculate the number of LUNA2 modules required. Push the LUNA2 power supply unit into the slots provided in the lower part of the system cabinet shelf until you hear a click.

Slots for LUNA2 and REALS in the Basic Cabinet (With Outer Panel Mounted) Fixing screws Figure 4-21 HiPath 3800 .inst_h3. Service Manual 4-37 .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Fixing screws Figure 4-20 HiPath 3800 .Slots for LUNA2 in the Expansion Cabinet (With Outer Panel Mounted) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

Service Manual . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.inst_h3.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch ● REALS Insert the REALS board into the slot marked 3 in the lower part of the shelf in the basic cabinet and apply pressure until you hear a click. The outer panel is fixed onto the shelf with screws (see Figure 4-20). Figure 4-22 HiPath 3800 .Installing the REALS Board The slots for the power supply units and for the REALS board must be covered with an outer panel before the system is started up. 4-38 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

2.2. For U.6.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 4. only: Connector panels with CHAMP jack (see Section 4.6.Use filler panels to cover the backplane sections of signment other boards and empty board slots. Service Manual 4-39 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Attach a connector panel with 24 RJ45 jacks (S30807Q6622-X) to the SIVAPAC connector on the backplane.2. mount the panels supplied as follows: If Connector panels with RJ45 jacks (see Section 4.4 Mounting Connector Panels (if required) The HiPath 3800 has various connection options for connecting the peripherals. different or no as.Use filler panels to cover the backplane sections of signment other boards and empty board slots. If you intend to use connector panels. different or no as.inst_h3. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.5) Slot with STMD3 Slot with SLCN SLMA SLMA21 SLMA8 SLMO2 SLMO8 TM2LP TMC161 TMDID2 Then Attach a connector panel with 8 RJ45 jacks (S30807Q6624-X) to the SIVAPAC connector on the backplane.6) Slot with SLMA SLMA21 SLMA8 SLMO2 SLMO8 STMD3 TM2LP TMC161 TMDID2 Attach a connector panel with CHAMP jacks (S30807Q6626-X) to the SIVAPAC connector on the backplane.S.5.

S. different or no as.6.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch If Connector panels with SIPAC 1 SU connectors (see Section 4. 1 2 for selected countries only for U.Use filler panels to cover the backplane sections of signment other boards and empty board slots.2.inst_h3. Service Manual .7) Slot with SLCN SLMA SLMA21 SLMA8 SLMO2 SLMO8 STMD3 TM2LP TMC161 TMDID2 Then Plug a connector panel with SIPAC 1 SU connectors (S30807-Q6631-X) into the SIVAPAC connector on the backplane. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. only 4-40 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

5 Installing the SIVAPAC-SIPAC Board Adapter The peripheral board slots on the HiPath 3800 are fitted with SIPAC 9 SU connectors.inst_h3. SIVAPAC-SIPAC board adapters have to be installed in order to use them in HiPath 3800.5. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.S.2. The TMEW2 and TMDID (for U.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 4. only) boards have SIVAPAC connector strips and as a result. The SIVAPAC-SIPAC board adapter consists of three individual parts (refer to Figure 4-23): ● ● two adapter modules one startup module Adapter modules Startup module Component side board Figure 4-23 SIVAPAC-SIPAC Board Adapter P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual 4-41 .

Repeat steps 2 to 5 to install the second adapter module. 2. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Plug the startup module (Figure 4-24. Activity Rotate the board so that the backplane connector is pointing towards you. 6. Align the adapter module on the connector strip (Figure 4-24. 7.inst_h3. 3. Close the locking hooks. B) of the board. Make sure that the outermost row of pins on the adapter module and the outermost row of jacks on the connector strip are aligned flush with one another and press the adapter module fully into the connector strip. C. Service Manual . A) on an adapter module apart.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Procedure: Installing the SIVAPAC-SIPAC Board Adapter Step 1.) into the hotplug connector on the board. The outside edges of the adapter module must match the outside edges of the connector strip. Carefully pull the locking hooks (Figure 4-24. A B B A C Figure 4-24 Installing the SIVAPAC-SIPAC Board Adapter 4-42 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 5. 4.

The boards jut out slightly from the board shelf. the upper black lock must be replaced with a gray lock.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Replacing the Board Lock Install the board adapter increases the board length. Black and gray board locks Remove the black lock (At the point marked with the arrow press the lock out of its seating and pull it out of the shelf.inst_h3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual 4-43 .) Figure 4-25 Replacing the Board Lock P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. To ensure that these boards can still snap into place in spite of the board adapter.

The system initializes subscriber line circuits and ports in the sequence indicated by the arrow (Figure 4-26). At least one B channel on line trunk modules is available for the slot (only the available number of B channels is activated). The system activates all connected boards in the following situations: ● The maximum configuration has not yet been reached. If it has. starting with the lowest installation position the first time the system starts up.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 4. the board is not activated. The board LED shows the board’s status. ● Assignment of subscriber line circuits and ports Expansion cabinet 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Basic cabinet 1 2 3 4 5 6 C B S A P 7 8 9 10 Figure 4-26 HiPath 3800 . Service Manual .2.5.inst_h3.Initialization of Subscriber Line Circuits and Ports 4-44 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.6 Initializing the Boards The system software detects the boards in ascending order. While sequentially scanning the slots for each board. the system software checks whether the maximum number of stations or trunks has been exceeded. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

the peripheral boards only use the PCM highways of bundle A: – PCM segment for board slots 1 – 5 = 128 time-division multiplex channels (four PCM highways) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.inst_h3. The system cannot execute any more call requests. only) and STMI2.5. The PCM highway bundles in the basic cabinet are used by peripheral boards according to the following rules: ● Single-cabinet system (basic cabinet only) With the exception of boards DIUN2. There are 32 time-division multiplex channels available for each PCM highway. The following figures show the PCM highways for both system cabinets of the HiPath 3800.PCM Highways in the Basic Cabinet The basic cabinet provides two PCM highway bundles with 2 x 4 PCM highways each. make sure when performing configuration that the boards on a PCM segment do not require more than the number of time-division multiplex channels available. Service Manual 4-45 . There are 32 time-division multiplex channels available for each PCM highway.7 Distribution of the PCM Highway HiPath 3800 provides PCM highway bundles with 2 x 4 PCM highways for each peripheral board slot. To guarantee that the system operates without blocking.2. DIU2U (for U.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 4. Basic cabinet: PCM highways PCM highway bundle A with 2 x 4 PCM highways PCM highway bundle F with 2 x 4 PCM highways HDLC Figure 4-27 HiPath 3800 .S. Blockages occur if these are busy.

The remaining time-division multiplex channels remain free. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. only) and STMI2 use the PCM highways from bundle F. ● PCM segment for board slots 1 – 6 = 128 time-division multiplex channels (four PCM highways) PCM segment for board slots 8 – 14 = 128 time-division multiplex channels (four PCM highways) ● PCM highway bundle F is not used.S.inst_h3. the system will automatically resort to timedivision multiplex channels from bundle A. There are 32 time-division multiplex channels available for each PCM highway. 4-46 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.PCM Highways in the Expansion Cabinet The expansion cabinet provides a PCM highway bundle with 2 x 4 PCM highways. Service Manual . DIU2U (for U. If more than the 2 x 128 time-division multiplex channels from bundle F are required because of the configuration with these boards. However. ● Two-cabinet system (basic cabinet + expansion cabinet) All peripheral boards use the PCM highways from bundle A only. Expansion cabinet: PCM highways PCM highway bundle A with 2 x 4 PCM highways Connection to the PCM highway bundle F in the basic cabinet PCM highway bundle F (not used) HDLC connection to the basic cabinet HDLC Figure 4-28 HiPath 3800 .fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch – PCM segment for board slots 7 – 10 = 128 time-division multiplex channels (four PCM highways) DIUN2. only complete boards are activated on the other trunk group. Thus there are an additional 128 time-division multiplex channels available for slots 1 – 5 and for slots 7 – 10 for these boards.

Consequently. This ensures that all incoming calls can be processed. Examples for a PCM segment: ● 2 x TMDID + 1 x DIU2U = 64 static time-division multiplex channels = approved equipment ● 1 x TMDID + 1 x TMC16 + 1 x DIU2U = 72 static time-division multiplex channels = unapproved equipment ● 1 x TMDID + 2 x SLMO2 = 8 static and 96 dynamic time-division multiplex channels = approved equipment Maximum Number of Time-Division Multiplex Channels Required Per Board Maximum number of time-division multiplex channels required 48 60 8 24 1281 24 24 8 Time-division multiplex channel assignment static static dynamic dynamic dynamic dynamic dynamic dynamic Table 4-4 Board DIU2U DIUN2 IVMN8 IVMNL SLCN SLMA SLMA2 SLMA8 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Time-division multiplex channels for peripheral boards The following table lists the maximum number of time-division multiplex channels that the different boards require. A distinction is made here between: ● static time-division multiplex channels Time-division multiplex channels are subject to static assignment in trunk boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Channels are seized for each call and released afterwards. a maximum of 64 channels is available on each PCM segment for TMDID-specific static time-division multiplex channels.inst_h3. This means that the current number of time-division multiplex channels required is determined by the number of active stations. dynamic time-division multiplex channels Time-division multiplex channels are subject to dynamic assignment in subscriber line modules. the boards on a PCM segment must not require more than the 64 static time-division multiplex channels. ● 7 Restrictions for using the TMDID board The TMDID board only uses the first half of a PCM segment. Service Manual 4-47 . To guarantee that the system operates without blocking when using the TMDID.

fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 4-4 Board SLMO2 SLMO8 STMD3 STMI2 Maximum Number of Time-Division Multiplex Channels Required Per Board Maximum number of time-division multiplex channels required 482 162 16 32 64 8 16 60 8 4 Time-division multiplex channel assignment dynamic dynamic static/dynamic3 dynamic dynamic static static static static static STMI2 + PDMX4 TM2LP TMC16 TMCAS-2 TMDID TMEW2 1 2 3 4 A time-division multiplex channel is required if a call is being conducted over the “home SLCN board” of a mobile telephone. The maximum number of masters and slaves possible is taken into consideration.6.inst_h3. additional time-division multiplex channels will be required. 4-48 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual . If a call is being conducted over a “Current location SLCN board”. “Multi-SLC and System-Wide Networking”. Static time-division multiplex channel assignment for operation as a trunk board. dynamic assignment for operation as a subscriber line module. More information is provided in Section 11. PDMX is not currently released.

If HiPath 3800 is used as a twocabinet system.5.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 4. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. only) and STMI2 use the PCM highways from bundle F. a use of PCM highway bundle F is not possible. Table 4-5 HiPath 3800 .inst_h3. Service Manual 4-49 .8 Static Traffic Capacity The static traffic capacity of the HiPath 3800 system can be determined as follows. DIU2U (for U.2.S.Total static traffic ity per PCM segcapacity of the ment system 128 erlangs + (128 erlangs1) 128 erlangs + (128 erlangs1) 128 erlangs 128 erlangs 128 erlangs 128 erlangs 512 erlangs Single-cabinet system (see page 4-45) 512 erlangs 7 – 10 11 – 16 18 – 24 The basic cabinet provides two PCM highway bundles with 2 x 4 PCM highways each. DIUN2. Thus there are an additional 128 time-division multiplex channels available for slots 1 – 5 and for slots 7 – 10 for these boards in the basic cabinet.Static Traffic Capacity Slots per PCM segment 1–5 7 – 10 1–5 Two-cabinet system (see page 4-46) 1 HiPath 3800 Static traffic capac. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

potential equalization bus). The connector panels are clipped onto the SIVAPAC connectors on the backplane. Only: Connector panels with CHAMP jack for direct connection of peripherals (see Section 4.2.2. The connector panels are clipped onto the SIVAPAC connectors on the backplane.2. The cabinets will be delivered accordingly with or without clipped-on connector panels.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 4.inst_h3. ● ● ● The type of connection used will be decided in consultation with the customer on conclusion of the agreement. > Connection options Peripheral devices can be connected up to the HiPath 3800 in a number of different ways: ● SIVAPAC connector on the backplane for connecting the external main distribution frame via CABLUs (prefabricated cabling units) or for connecting external patch panels (see Section 4.2.7).S.6 Connecting the Cable to the Backplane All cables that leave the system cabinet must be attached to the metal back panel using cable ties.5). 4-50 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 7 Danger Be sure to connect the main protective earthing terminal on all system cabinets to the grounding point of the electrical building installation before connecting up the peripherals (for example.6. The system may only be started (connected to the power supply) if all system cabinets are sealed at the rear with the connection and filler panels provided.6.6. The connector panels are clipped onto the SIVAPAC connectors on the backplane. Connector panels each with two SIPAC 1 SU connectors for connecting the external mail distribution frame MDFU-E or external patch panels using CABLUs (see Section 4.4). For U. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Connector panels with RJ45 jacks for direct connection of peripherals (see Section 4.2. Service Manual .6).6.

Backplane (S30804-Q5392-X) of the Basic Cabinet P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.inst_h3.1 Backplane of the Basic Cabinet 9 SIVAPAC connector for peripherals 68-pin DB68 minijack (connection to EC) DC port Figure 4-29 HiPath 3800 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.6. Service Manual AC port 4-51 .2.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 4.

Service Manual X101 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.inst_h3.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch X105 X104 X103 X102 X212 X209 X112 X111 X110 X109 X214 X116 X211 Figure 4-30 HiPath 3800 .Connectors and Jacks on the Backplane of the Basic Cabinet X201 4-52 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

● Connector panels each with two SIPAC 1 SU connectors for connecting an external main distribution frame or external patch panel using CABLUs (see Section 4. long stripped length for MDFU-E slots 1-10 (see Figure 4-37) Open-end cable (24 TW) for connection to an external patch panel: ● S30267-Z196-A150: 15 m in length ● S30267-Z196-A250: 25 m in length ● S30267-Z196-A350: 35 m in length ● S30267-Z196-A550: 55 m in length ● S30267-Z196-A950: 95 m in length 68-pin DB68 mini-jack for connecting the cable C39195-Z7611-A10 to the expansion cabinet (for the DBSAP board) DC port AC power 10-pin connection for the ring voltage generator RGMOD (for selected countries only) X201 X209 X211.2.6.2.7).2.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Table 4-6 Connector HiPath 3800 .inst_h3. X212 X214 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. For selected countries only: PBXXX board: An APPCU adapter (S30807K5415-X) is used to connect the CAS cable and the DIUN2 connection cable.6. only: Connector panels with CHAMP jack for direct connection of peripherals (see Section 4. X116 SIVAPAC connectors for picking up the signals from the REALS board.2. CABLUs for connection to the MDFU-E (jumper strip for 25 TW): ● C39195-A7267-A372: 3 m in length.6). Service Manual 4-53 .Assignment of Connectors and Jacks on the Backplane of the Basic Cabinet Function X101 – X105 SIVAPAC connector for connecting peripherals: X109 – X112 CABLUs and open-end cables are used for connection to the MDFU-E or to an external patch panel (see Section 4. ● For U.6.5). Note: The SIVAPAC connectors can have the following connector panels: ● Connector panels with RJ45 jacks for direct connection of peripherals (see Section 4. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. short stripped length for MDFU-E slots 11-21 (see Figure 4-37) ● C39195-A7267-A373: 3 m in length.4).6.S.

2 Expansion Cabinet Backplane Figure 4-31 HiPath 3800 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 4.inst_h3.Expansion Cabinet Backplane (S30804-Q5393-X) AC port DBSAP with 68-pin DB68 mini-jack (connection to BC) DC port 4-54 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.6.2. Service Manual 13 SIVAPAC connectors for peripheral boards .

Connectors and Jacks on the Backplane of the Expansion Cabinet P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.inst_h3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 X115 X114 X113 X112 X111 X110 X109 X106 X105 X104 X103 X102 X211 X209 Figure 4-32 HiPath 3800 . Service Manual X220 – X223 X214 X101 4-55 .

● Connector panels each with two SIPAC 1 SU connectors for connecting an external main distribution frame or external patch panel using CABLUs (see Section 4.2. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. only: Connector panels with CHAMP jack for direct connection of peripherals (see Section 4. For selected countries only: PBXXX board: An APPCU adapter (S30807K5415-X) is used to connect the CAS cable and the DIUN2 connection cable.6. 4. Service Manual . ● For U.inst_h3. DBSAP has a 68-pin DB68 mini-jack for connecting the cable C39195-Z761110 to the basic cabinet (to the jack X201).2.6.6. PCM.3 Connecting Cables Between the Basic and Expansion Cabinet The connection cable C39195-Z7611-A10 has to be connected up for feeding the HDLC.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 4-7 Connector HiPath 3800 . use only shielded cables with a maximum length of 1 m.2.2.7). Note: The SIVAPAC connectors can have the following connector panels: ● Connector panels with RJ45 jacks for direct connection of peripherals (see Section 4. and clock signals from the basic cabinet to the expansion cabinet: ● ● Basic cabinet = X201 jack Expansion cabinet = DBSAP board > To ensure smooth operation. 4-56 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.5).Assignment of Connectors and Jacks on the Backplane of the Expansion Cabinet Function X101 – X106 SIVAPAC connector for connecting peripherals: X109 – X115 CABLUs and open-end cables are used for connection to the MDFU-E or to an external patch panel (see Section 4.6. X209 X211 X214 DC port AC power 10-pin connection for the ring voltage generator RGMOD (for selected countries only) X220 – X223 Connections for plugging in the DBSAP board.6).2.S.4).6.

The system may only be started (connected to the power supply) if all system cabinets are sealed at the rear with the connection and filler panels provided. “Using an External Main Distribution Frame or External Patch Panel”.6. Service Manual 4-57 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.inst_h3. long stripped length for MDFU-E slots 1-10 (see Figure 4-37) CABLU for connection between backplane (SIVAPAC connectors) and external patch panel S30807-K6143-X (SIVAPAC socket terminal strip): ● S30267-Z333-A20: 2 m in length (refer to Figure 4-43) ● S30267-Z333-A50: 5 m in length (refer to Figure 4-43) Open-end cable (24 TW) for connection between backplane (SIVAPAC connector) and external patch panel: ● S30267-Z196-A150: 15 m in length ● S30267-Z196-A250: 25 m in length ● S30267-Z196-A350: 35 m in length ● S30267-Z196-A550: 55 m in length ● S30267-Z196-A950: 95 m in length P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.4 Connecting Peripherals to the SIVAPAC Connector on the Backplane The boards should be installed in the cabinets as described in Section 4. potential equalization bus).fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 4.7.5. Use the CABLUs (prefabricated cabling units) that are listed in the following table to establish the connection with the MDFU-E. Open-end cables must be used if an external patch panel is being used. CABLUs and open-end cables for SIVAPAC connectors If Slot with SLCN SLMA8 SLMO8 STMD3 TM2LP TMC161 TMDID2 Then CABLUs for connection between backplane (SIVAPAC connector) and MDFU-E (splitting strip for 16 TW): ● C39195-A7267-A370: 3 m in length.2. short stripped length for MDFU-E slots 11-21 (see Figure 4-37) ● C39195-A7267-A371: 3 m in length.2.2. 7 Danger Be sure to connect the main protective earthing terminal on all system cabinets to the grounding point of the electrical building installation before connecting up the peripherals (for example. See also Section 4.

Service Manual . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Slot with PBXXX1 1 2 for selected countries only for U. long stripped length for MDFU-E slots 1-10 (see Figure 4-37) CABLU for connection between backplane (SIVAPAC connectors) and external patch panel S30807-K6143-X (SIVAPAC socket terminal strip): ● S30267-Z333-A20: 2 m in length (refer to Figure 4-43) ● S30267-Z333-A50: 5 m in length (refer to Figure 4-43) Open-end cable (24 TW) for connection between backplane (SIVAPAC connector) and external patch panel: ● S30267-Z196-A150: 15 m in length ● S30267-Z196-A250: 25 m in length ● S30267-Z196-A350: 35 m in length ● S30267-Z196-A550: 55 m in length ● S30267-Z196-A950: 95 m in length A CAS cable is connected via an APPCU adapter (S30807-K5415-X). short stripped length for MDFU-E slots 11-21 (see Figure 4-37) ● C39195-A7267-A373: 3 m in length. Closing the backplane of the system cabinets > After the cable has been connected. the backplane of the basic cabinet and that of the expansion cabinet (if applicable) must be closed with the dummy panels provided (C39165-A7075-C44).fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch If Slot with SLMA SLMA21 SLMO2 Then CABLUs for connection between backplane (SIVAPAC connector) and MDFU-E (jumper strip for 25 TW): ● C39195-A7267-A372: 3 m in length.S. only Information on cable and connector assignment is provided in the board descriptions in Chapter 3. 4-58 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.inst_h3.

inst_h3.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Figure 4-33 HiPath 3800 . Service Manual 4-59 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.Backplane of the Basic Cabinet with Mounted Filler Panels P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

Connector panel with 24 RJ45 jacks Connector panel with eight RJ45 jacks 8-pin RJ45 jack 8 Figure 4-34 1 HiPath 3800 .2.connector panels with RJ45 Jacks 7 Danger Be sure to connect the main protective earthing terminal on all system cabinets to the grounding point of the electrical building installation before connecting up the peripherals (for example. The connector panels plugged into the SIVAPAC connectors of the backplane are equipped with eight or 24 RJ45 jacks according to the relevant board.6. potential equalization bus).5. Service Manual . The system may only be started (connected to the power supply) if all system cabinets are sealed at the rear with the connection and filler panels provided. 4-60 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.2.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 4. Connect the peripheral directly to the 8-pin RJ45 jacks on the connector panels. If Slot with STMD3 Then Connector panel with eight RJ45 jacks: S30807-Q6624-X The RJ45 jacks are configured with four wires. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.inst_h3. S0 stations can be directly connected (1:1 cable). The receive and send lines should be switched for trunk connections.5 Connecting Peripherals to the Connector Panels with RJ45 Jacks The boards should be installed in the cabinets as described in Section 4.

fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 If Slot with SLCN SLMA SLMA21 SLMA8 SLMO2 SLMO8 TM2LP TMC161 TMDID2 different or no assignment 1 2 Then Connector panel with 24 RJ45 jacks: S30807-Q6622-X The RJ45 jacks are configured with two wires.S. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. only Information on cable and connector assignment is provided in the board descriptions in Chapter 3. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.inst_h3. Service Manual 4-61 . The backplane sections of other boards and empty board slots must be covered with filler panels. for selected countries only for U.

Service Manual . only) The boards should be installed in the cabinets as described in Section 4. 4-62 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.S. potential equalization bus).5.6 Connecting Peripherals to the Connector Panels with CHAMP Jack (for U.2.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 4. only) 7 Danger Be sure to connect the main protective earthing terminal on all system cabinets to the grounding point of the electrical building installation before connecting up the peripherals (for example.2. The S30807Q6626-X connector panels attached to the SIVAPAC connectors on the backplane are equipped with a CHAMP jack. Information on cable and connector assignment is provided in the board descriptions in Chapter 3. The system may only be started (connected to the power supply) if all system cabinets are sealed at the rear with the connection and filler panels provided.Connector Panel with CHAMP Jack (for U. If Then Slot with periph. No assignment The backplane sections with empty board slots must be covered with filler panels. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.6. Figure 4-35 HiPath 3800 .S.A cable with CHAP jack should be used to connect to a main distributor eral card frame or external patch panel. Connect the peripheral directly to the CHAMP jack in the connector panels.inst_h3.

open-end cables should be used.2.7.24 Cables and connectors for ports 1 . Cables and connectors for ports 17 . In special cases where the prefabricated CABLUs cannot be used.Connector Panel with Two SIPAC 1 SU Connectors (S30807Q6631-X) 7 Danger Be sure to connect the main protective earthing terminal on all system cabinets to the grounding point of the electrical building installation before connecting up the peripherals (for example. Use the CABLUs that are listed in the following table to establish the connection with the MDFU-E or an external patch panel. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 4. See also Section 4.6. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. The system may only be started (connected to the power supply) if all system cabinets are sealed at the rear with the connection and filler panels provided.2.7 Connecting Peripherals to the Connector Panels with SIPAC 1 SU Connectors The boards should be installed in the cabinets as described in Section 4. Service Manual 4-63 . potential equalization bus).2.16 Figure 4-36 HiPath 3800 . “Using an External Main Distribution Frame or External Patch Panel”. The S30807Q6631-X connector panels attached to the SIVAPAC connectors on the backplane have two SIPAC 1 SU connectors each.inst_h3.5.

) CABLUs for connection between connector panel (SIPAC 1 SU connectors) and MDFU-E (jumper strip for 25 TW): ● S30269-Z100-A14: 3 m in length. 4-64 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. long stripped length for MDFU-E slots 1-10 (see Figure 4-37) CABLU with 16 TW for connection between connector panel (SIPAC 1 SU connectors) and external patch panel S30807-K6143-X (SIVAPAC socket terminal strip): ● S30267-Z362-A20: 2 m in length (refer to Figure 4-43) Open-end cable (16 TW) for connection between backplane (SIPAC 1 SU connectors) and external patch panel: ● S30267-Z192-A60: Open-end cable with 16 TW. 6 m in length ● S30267-Z192-A100: Open-end cable with 16 TW. short stripped length for MDFU-E slots 11-21 (see Figure 4-37) ● S30269-Z100-A24: 3 m in length.) The backplane sections of other boards and empty board slots must be covered with filler panels. 10 m in length ● S30267-Z192-A200: Open-end cable with 16 TW. 20 m in length (Information on the required stripped lengths for open-end cables is provided in Figure 4-48. 6 m in length ● S30267-Z192-A100: Open-end cable with 16 TW. short stripped length for MDFU-E slots 11-21 (see Figure 4-37) ● S30269-Z100-A21: 3 m in length.inst_h3.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch CABLUs and open-end cables for SIPAC 1 SU connectors If Slot with SLCN SLMA8 SLMO8 STMD3 TM2LP TMC161 TMDID2 Then CABLUs for connection between connector panel (SIPAC 1 SU connectors) and MDFU-E (splitting strip for 16 TW): ● S30269-Z100-A11: 3 m in length. 10 m in length ● S30267-Z192-A200: Open-end cable with 16 TW. 20 m in length (Information on the required stripped lengths for open-end cables is provided in Figure 4-48.S. Service Manual . only Information on cable and connector assignment is provided in the board descriptions in Chapter 3. Slot with SLMA SLMA21 SLMO2 different or no assignment 1 2 for selected countries only for U. long stripped length for MDFU-E slots 1-10 (see Figure 4-37) CABLU with 24 TW for connection between connector panel (SIPAC 1 SU connectors) and external patch panel S30807-K6143-X (SIVAPAC socket terminal strip): ● S30267-Z363-A20: 2 m in length (refer to Figure 4-43) Open-end cable (16 TW) for connection between backplane (SIPAC 1 SU connectors) and external patch panel: ● S30267-Z192-A60: Open-end cable with 16 TW.

The type of connection used will be decided in consultation with the customer on conclusion of the agreement.2.2.3 For U. only: Connecting Network Facilities. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.1 Patch panel S30807-K6143-X. This may involve the implementation of an external main distribution frame or an external patch panel.4 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Section 4.7.7 Using an External Main Distribution Frame or External Patch Panel The HiPath 3800 has various connection options for connecting the peripherals.2.7.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 4.2 S0 patch panel C39104-Z7001-B3. Section 4. Service Manual 4-65 .S.2.2.7.inst_h3. Section 4. This section contains information on the following external components: ● ● ● ● Main distribution frame MDFU-E.7. Section 4.

Service Manual . 2 x PFT1 or System side Figure 4-37 Line network MDFU-E .Layout and Dimensions (669. only: 328. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.8 mm 1 2 3 4 5 669.inst_h3.S.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 4. 4-66 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.0 mm 6 21 slots (9 x 30 mm) Jumpering Channel 19 20 21 Special built-in comps.8 x 125.0 x 328.1 Using an External Main Distribution Frame MDFU-E S30805-U5283-X For U.2.7.4 mm) Not more than 21 CABLUs per MDFU-E with one 16-TW strip or 25-TW strip (9 x 30 mm) can be implemented.

Use a standard wiring tool for laying the cable wires. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. You must jumper them to the incoming line network (see jumpering duct.1 Mounting the Main Distribution Frame (MDFU-E) The MDFU-E main distribution frame should be installed in the direct vicinity of the system (note length of connection cable) and at eye level. 3. 4.2. Insert the wall anchors and screw in the screws. 4. Connect the polarized surge protectors to the plugging locations on the splitting strip described above (see Figure 4-39). Remove the housing cover and mount the MDFU-E on the brackets. Procedure for wall mounting Step 1.inst_h3.7. Tighten the screws through the holes. The packing material contains a drawing that can be used as a drilling template.2 Use the template to drill the holes.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 4.1. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. leaving 5 mm projecting. external line network Most main distribution frames do not have an external side. Surge protector To divert surges caused by lightning. 2.2.7. Service Manual 4-67 . Activity 7 Jumpers.1. Figure 4-37). insert surge protectors on ● ● lines that leave the system buildings (outside stations) lines > 500 m long. Laying the Line Network and Jumpers on the MDFU-E Danger Be sure to connect the main protective earthing terminal on all system cabinets and all main distribution frames to the grounding point of the electrical building installation before connecting up the peripherals (for example. potential equalization bus).

25 not used Assignment (Numbering) of the Splitting/Jumper Strips (view from above) 4-68 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Splitting strip for 16 TW (C39334-A166-A1) S0 bus 8 a 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 b Jumper strip for 25 TW (C39334-A166-A3) Figure 4-38 No. Service Manual ..fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Splitting and jumper strips a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 b 1Ea 1Sa 1Eb 1Sb E = Receive S = Transmit a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 b S0 bus 1 .inst_h3.. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

inst_h3. Ground wire shortened to 25 mm and soldered onto conductive tape (1). Stripped length 250 ± 5 (1) Stripped length = 600 ± 5 mm Stripped length = 910 ± 5 mm for MDFU-E slots 1 to 10 Velcro tape (19 mm wide) Bundle fastener Figure 4-39 Stripping an Open-End Cable for the MDFU-E P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Stripping the open-end cable for the MDFU-E a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 View from below 1 2 Example for connecting 3 the wires 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b View from above (surge protector plug locations) Cable with film sheath: No. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual 4-69 . 6 (conductive copper tape) 1.5 windings.

blu/blk .inst_h3. Service Manual b-Wire (Ring) blu/wht Color Group 4 Pair 16 17 18 19 20 a-Wire (Tip) yel/blu yel/ora b-Wire (Ring) blu/yel ora/yel yel/grn grn/yel yel/brn brn/yel yel/gry gry/yel vio/blu blu/vio vio/ora ora/vio vio/grn grn/vio vio/brn 5 21 22 23 24 brn/vio Note: In the case of cables with 16 double gry/red wires. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Color Codes for the Open-End Cable Table 4-8 Color Group 1 Color Codes for the Open-End Cable Pair 1 2 3 4 5 2 6 7 8 9 10 3 11 12 13 14 15 a-Wire (Tip) wht/blu wht/ora ora/wht wht/grn grn/wht wht/brn brn/wht wht/gry gry/wht red/blu blu/red red/ora ora/red red/grn grn/red red/brn brn/red red/gry blk/blu blk/ora ora/blk blk/grn grn/blk blk/brn brn/blk blk/gry gry/blk 4-70 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. the specifications for pairs 17 to 24 are not relevant.

1. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.7.2.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 4. SIVAPAC edge connector: port for CABLU connection to the backplane Eight surge protector plug locations Front panel with 3 x 16 RJ45 jacks RJ45 jack assignment: 4 = a-wire 5 = b-wire 8 1 Necessary height units for 19-inch cabinet assembly: 1 (one height unit corresponds to approx.inst_h3.2 Structure Inserting the External Patch Panel S30807K6143-X > All incoming cables must be attached to the patch panel using cable ties.7’’=43 mm) Figure 4-40 Patch Panel S30807-K6143-X P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual 4-71 .

7. This is achieved by the gray plastic cover fixed to the top of the system cabinets. Service Manual .1 Installing the Patch Panel in a 19-Inch Cabinet Installation procedure 7 Caution The patch panel must be installed above the system cabinet. in Figure 4-41) above the system cabinet and secure it to the 19-inch frame on both the left and the right using two screws on each side.2. A B Figure 4-41 Installing the External Patch Panel in the 19-Inch Cabinet 4-72 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.2. Never remove this plastic cover. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.inst_h3.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 4. A minimum of one height unit must be kept clear above the cabinet to guarantee sufficient ventilation of the system cabinet. Insert the patch panel (A.

Service Manual 4-73 .inst_h3.2 Connecting the Line Network to the External Patch Panel Danger Be sure to connect the main protective earthing terminal on all system cabinets and all patch panels to the grounding point of the electrical building installation before connecting up the peripherals (for example. Information on RJ45 jack assignment on the front of the patch panel is provided in the board descriptions (in the “Cable and Connector Assignment” table) in Chapter 3. 7 Telephones and trunks are connected directly to the RJ45 jack on the front of the patch panel.2. Surge protector To divert surges caused by lightning. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 4. Front panel with 3 x 16 RJ45 jacks each 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 Example 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 Board with 16 ports 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 Board with 16 ports 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 Example 2 Board with 24 ports Board with 16 ports 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 Example 3 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 Board with 16 ports 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 Board with 24 ports Figure 4-42 Layout of the Patch Panel S30807-K6143-X for Different Peripheral Boards P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.2. Connect the polarized surge protectors to the plugging locations F1 to F8 provided on the patch panel (see Figure 4-43). potential equalization bus). insert surge protectors on ● ● lines that leave the system buildings (outside stations) lines > 500 m long.7.

X11 and PFT1 not used in HiPath 3000. Using jumper wire.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch SIVAPAC edge connectors: port for CABLU connection to the backplane X5 X11 1 1 1 1 X1 1 1 X12 X13 X14 X15 X9 X10 PFT1 X9. X15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b Figure 4-43 Assignment of Patch Panel S30807-K6143-X 4-74 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 X12. Bridges are not necessary in this case. F1 F4 F6 F8 Slots F1–F8 for surge protector F2 F3 F5 F7 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 Front panel with 3 x 16 RJ45 jacks Options for connecting the external line network: ● Connection via the RJ45 jacks on the front of the patch panels. Service Manual .inst_h3. The contact between the connector X5 and the first eight RJ45 jacks is only set up when wire bridges are present. X14 X13. bridges must be inserted between the terminal strips X12 and X14 and between X13 and X15. ● Direct connector jumpering on the X12/X13 connector. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. X10.

3 Structure Inserting External S0 Patch Panel C39104-Z7001-B3 > All incoming cables must be attached to the patch panel using cable ties. Service Manual 4-75 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 3 x 8 RJ45 jacks Necessary height units for 19-inch cabinet assembly: 1 (one height unit corresponds to approx.7.inst_h3.7’’=43 mm) Figure 4-44 S0 Patch Panel C39104-Z7001-B3 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 4.2. 1.

Insert the S0 patch panel (A. Never remove this plastic cover. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.1 Installing the S0 Patch Panel in the 19-Inch Cabinet Installation Procedure 7 Caution The patch panel must be installed above the system cabinet.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 4. A B Figure 4-45 Installing the External S0 Patch Panel in the 19-Inch Cabinet 4-76 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.3. Service Manual .7.inst_h3. in Figure 4-45) above a system cabinet and secure it to the 19inch frame on both the left and the right using two screws (B) on each side. This is achieved by the gray plastic cover fixed to the top of the system cabinets.2. A minimum of one height unit must be kept clear above the cabinet to guarantee sufficient ventilation of the system cabinet.

Service Manual 4-77 ..7... 8 6 4 2 23 21 19 17 . .2.3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.2 Connecting Lines to the External S0 Patch Panel 24 22 20 18 ...inst_h3. 7 5 3 1 3 x 8 RJ45 jacks.. Figure 4-47 Laying Wire Pairs at the S0 Patch Panel P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.. You can use the Krone wiring tool for this. .. numbering : Pin 3 4 RJ45 jack assignment: as a subscriber line Transmit + Receive + Receive – Transmit – as a trunk connection Receive + Transmit + Transmit – Receive – 8 1 5 6 Figure 4-46 Assignment of the S0 Patch Panel C39104-Z7001-B3 CABLUs must be manually connected to the S0 patch panel (Figure 4-47). 87632145 Pin assignment of RJ45 jacks Twist the wire pairs before laying them.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 4.

5 windings. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 4-78 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 6 (conductive copper tape) 1. Stripped length = 600 mm ± 5 mm Figure 4-48 Stripping the Open-End Cable for the S0 Patch Panel The color codes for open-end cables are provided in Table 4-8.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Stripping the open-end cable for the S0 patch panel Stripped length 250 ± 5 (1) Velcro tape (19 mm wide) Bundle fastener Cable with film sheath: No.inst_h3. Ground wire shortened to 25 mm and soldered onto conductive tape (1). Service Manual .

or CorNet 7 Caution The TMST2 Module can only be installed in conjunction with a listed channel service unit CSU. Secondary Protection 7 DANGER To protect against surge voltage caused by lightning. Service Manual 4-79 .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 4. Use a standard wiring tool for laying the cable wires.S. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. PRI. You must crossconnect the MDF to the incoming trunks. the following boards require secondary protection when their lines leave the building where the main distribution frame is housed: ● DIU2U* ● SLMA / SLMA8 ● TMC16 ● TMDID ● TMEW2 ● TM2LP * When this module is connected to the public network.4 For U.7. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.inst_h3. secondary protection must be provided by the CSU. only: Connecting Network Facilities DANGER Ground the system properly before connecting the stations.2. Connecting to T1. 7 Connecting to the Point of Demarcation Most main distribution frames are designed with a network demarcation block.

7 The boards should be installed in the cabinets as described in Section 4.8 Loading the System Software and Installing Subboards on the CBSAP Caution Always wear an antistatic wristband when working on the system (especially when handling boards). The central control boards are not always fully equipped when delivered.2. Service Manual . 7 Caution Place the central control board on a flat surface before installing subboards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. so you should always mount them (see Figure 3-7). Optional plug-in boards are packaged individually. 4-80 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.2.5.inst_h3.2.3 for information on slots for subboards on the central control board CBSAP. Otherwise you may damage the board. See Section 3.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 4. Connect the wristband to the slide-in shelf in the cabinet using the alligator clip. The spacing bolts supplied guarantee the correct insertion of the subboard.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.S.9 Connecting Workpoint Clients Refer to Chapter 10 for details.2.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 4. only) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.S.2.inst_h3. only) TMC16 (for selected countries only) TMDID (for U. 4. Service Manual 4-81 .10 Making Trunk and Networking Connections Refer to the following board descriptions for information: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● DIUN2 (S2M) STMD3 (S0) STMI2 (IP) TM2LP (MSI) TMEW2 (E&M) DIU2U (for U.

2. The procedure is shown in Table 4-9. If necessary. attach the outer panel (see page 4-35). 5. The visual inspection must be performed while the system is disconnected from the power supply. Check whether the slots for LUNA2 and for REALS (basic cabinet only) are covered by an outer panel. cables. Resources/ Remarks Board assignment map Action If necessary.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 4.11 Performing a Visual Inspection Introduction Before starting up the system. plug the boards in again. Observe the measures for protecting electrostatically sensitive devices (see page 1-9). Check that a shielding cover has been attached for all boards with no connection options in the front cover. 3. Check that all boards are secure. Check whether all system cabinets have been sealed at the rear with the connection and filler panels provided. you must perform a visual inspection of the hardware.inst_h3. 7 Caution Before beginning work. correct the board configuration and notify the sales department. and the power supply. 2. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Visual Inspection Procedure Table 4-9 Step 1. Visual Inspection Procedure Activity Compare the slots of the available boards with the component mounting diagram. Service Manual . Get additional connection and filler panels where required. 4-82 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. If necessary. See page 4-33 4. make sure that the system is grounded and disconnected from the power supply. replace missing shielding covers (refer to page 4-34). If necessary.

Check the local supply volt. 7.4. > After finishing the visual inspection. you can begin starting up the HiPath 3800 as described in Chapter 5. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.2.Digital multimeage. ground the system as described in the following sections: ● Section 4. Check whether a separate grounding is connected to the main grounding terminals of all system cabinets.inst_h3.4.2. Fit the cover into the guides and press down on the cover unit it snaps into place. for installing the standalone HiPath 3800 ● Section 4. ter Only for installing HiPath 3800 as a standalone system: close all system cabinets with the front and back plastic covers provided.4.3. Service Manual 4-83 . P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. for installing the HiPath 3800 in the 19-inch cabinet.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Table 4-9 Step 6. 8. Visual Inspection Procedure Activity Resources/ Remarks Action If necessary.

HiPath 3500. Service Manual .S.3. tape measure For U. only: Punch-down tool suitable for the block used (such as block 66) ● Resources: – – – – – Manager T or HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E Digital multimeter for testing ground connections and partial voltages Telephone test set for analog interfaces Not for U. flat-nosed pliers Slotted screwdrivers. HiPath 3500. HiPath 3350. AuroraRemote or similar.S. telephone pliers. hammer Level. HiPath 3350.inst_h3. 7 Tools and resources needed The following are needed for installing the HiPath 3550. only: AuroraDuet. and HiPath 3300 systems: ● Tools: – – – – – – – Diagonal cutting pliers.S. ISDN protocol analyzer 4-84 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. HiPath 3350. and HiPath 3300 Installation Prerequisites Warning Only authorized service personnel should install and start up the system.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3550. and HiPath 3300 4.: ISDN tester (such as K3000 or Aurora) For U.) Phillips or cross-point screwdrivers. sizes 1 and 2 TORX screwdriver Electric drill. from 2 to 8 mm (1/4 to 5/16 in.1 Installing HiPath 3550. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. AuroraExpert.3 4. wire stripper. HiPath 3500.

HiPath 3350. page 4-111 Attaching the System to the Wall. page 4-100 Configuration notes.Installing a HiPath 3500 or HiPath 3300 in a er. page 4-113 Installing the Boards. page 4-108 (usually predetermined) Unpacking the Components. page 4-119 4. HiPath 3300 to the Wall.2 Table 4-10 Step Installation Procedure HiPath 3550. Not for U.Not for U. page 4-106 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.S. page 4-94 Installing the Boards. 11. page 4-119 4-106 Making trunk connections. page 4-110 page 4-89 Removing the System Housing Cov. Service Manual 4-85 . page 4-102 Grounding the System.S. page 4-115 Configuration notes. Connecting Workpoint Clients. 5. page 4-119 Making trunk connections. 10. page 4-109 1. 12. 9. page Performing a Visual Inspection. 7. page 4-91 Cabinet. page 4-93 Grounding the System and the Main Distribution Frame. 6. HiPath 3500. and HiPath 3300 4.3. 3300 .System Installation Procedure Installation Activity Installing HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 Installing HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 (19-Inch Housing) Selecting the Installation Site. page 4-97 Attaching Ferrite. page 4-89 2.: Mounting the Main Dis.inst_h3. 3. Selecting the Installation Site. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.: Attaching a HiPath 3500 and tribution Frame (HiPath 3550 only). page 4-86 (usually predetermined) Unpacking the Components. page 4-96 Laying the Line Network and Connection Cables.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3550. 3350. page 4-114 Connecting Cables and the Line Network. page 4106 Performing a Visual Inspection. 3500. 13. 8. page 4-116 Connecting Workpoint Clients.

3. Observe the environmental conditions specified in Section 2. We recommend using a plywood backboard at least 0. Take every precaution to prevent the formation of condensation on the system during operation. Avoid standard carpeting. top and bottom of the housing.5 in. (101. Do not expose the systems to direct sources of heat (for example sunlight and heaters).6 cm) of clearance from other electrical service equipment. and 10 cm clearance on the right. HiPath 3350. Refer to Chapter 9 for information about supplementary equipment and expansions. This chapter describes the standard installation procedures for the basic system. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Ensure that a distance of at least 40 in.3 Installing HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 This section contains information on how to install HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350.6 cm) is left between Siemens Enterprise Communications GmbH & Co.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3550. Make sure that the customer’s site meets the following guidelines: ● To guarantee sufficient system ventilation. Install lightning and surge arrester equipment. HiPath 3500. See Figure 4-49 for space requirements on the sides of the system.inst_h3. KG equipment and other electrical equipment. ● 4-86 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Avoid contact with chemicals.44 cm) of clearance in front of electrical equipment and 40 in.1 Selecting the Installation Site Selecting a site The customer usually has a preferred installation site in mind. (101. Ensure that the equipment room for the system provides adequate space for installation and maintenance activities. ● ● ● ● ● For U. (122 cm) by 4 ft. keep the area surrounding the housing clear as follows: allow 30 cm clearance on the left (for board replacement). 4.3. Service Manual . The National Electrical Code (NEC) requires 36 in. Only: ● ● ● ● ● Ensure that the installation site is in the immediate vicinity of an electrical outlet Allow space for a main distribution frame or other additional equipment. Do not expose the systems to extremely dusty environments.3. including removing and replacing the cover). (122 cm.11.). and HiPath 3300 4.S. (127 mm) thick and measuring at least 4 ft. as it tends to produce electrostatic charges. Systems covered with condensation must be dried before being used. (91.

only) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.inst_h3. (203 mm) of clearance on the top and right. (50. Service Manual 4-87 . and HiPath 3300 Main distribution frame Leave 46 cm (18’’) free HiPath 3550 or HiPath 3350 20.S. (46 mm) of clearance on the left. and at least 8 in.Space Requirements (for U. HiPath 3500.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3550.3 cm (8’’) 50.8 cm) of clearance on the bottom (for cables).8 cm (20’’) Backplane 122 X 122 cm (4 X 4 ft.7 inches (46 x 45 cm). HiPath 3350. Figure 4-49 HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 .) The system measures 18 by 17. Allow 20 in. The following spaces should be allowed: 18 in. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

3. HiPath 3500. only) Nominal voltage range from 110 V AC to 130 V AC Nominal Frequency Range from 47 Hz to 63 Hz NEMA 5-15. earth Wall Outlet Configurations AC Power Outlet Requirements ● ● ● ● ● The power source may not be more than 2 m (6 ft.inst_h3.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3550. The power source must supply a voltage of 120 V AC (single phase.2. An independent electric circuit with an isolated ground conductor should be used.2.1 The AC connection must fulfill the requirements specified in Table 4-11. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. and HiPath 3300 You will find information on the design and dimensions in the following section: ● ● HiPath 3550 Section 2.2. HiPath 3350.2. Table 4-11 Nominal voltage 120 V AC/ 60 Hz Electrical Connection Values (for U. 3wire.3.S. Service Manual . Recommendation: Add a power surge protector between the outlet and the system.S.2 HiPath 3350 Section 2. 2-pin. fused) in 50-60 Hz.1. only: AC outlet 4.) from the system.3 For U. 4-88 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. A warning should be attached to the circuit breaker to prevent accidental removal of power.

3.S. Service Manual 4-89 . Unpacking the Components Activity Compare the components with the packing slip or customer receipt to make sure that they are correct and complete. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.6 for an explanation of the procedure.: Mounting the Main Distribution Frame (HiPath 3550 only) 7 4. Not for U. and HiPath 3300 4. HiPath 3500.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3550. Determine whether any damage has occurred during transport and report it to the proper departments. 2.3. Installation notes The MDFU-E main distribution frame should be installed in the direct vicinity of the system (note length of connection cable) and at eye level. 3.3 Introduction MDFU is the main distribution frame used (see Figure 4-50).3. Dispose of the packing materials properly. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.3.3. HiPath 3350.3.inst_h3. Caution Only use tools and equipment that are in perfect condition. Do not use equipment with visible damage. Refer to Section 4. It also contains the necessary screws and wall anchors for attaching the MDF to the wall.2 Procedure Step 1. Mount it on the wall according to the instructions that came with it. The MDFU must be grounded. The bag attached to the cover contains a drill template.

inst_h3. Tighten the screws through the holes. Activity Layout and dimensions of the MDFU 328.4 mm) (not for U. 4.0 5 6 7 8 9 Special built-in comps. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Use the template to drill the holes. 2 x PFT1 or 1 x PFT4 System side Figure 4-50 Line network 9 slots (9 x 30 mm) Jumpering Channel MDFU . 3.8 x 125.) 4-90 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. HiPath 3350. 2. Insert the wall anchors and screw in the screws. HiPath 3500. Service Manual .8 1 2 3 4 367. leaving 5 mm projecting.Layout and Dimensions (367.S.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3550. Remove the housing cover and mount the MDFU-E on the brackets.0 x 328. and HiPath 3300 Procedure for mounting the MDFU on the wall Step 1.

fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3550. HiPath 3350. Hold the housing cover so that it does not fall.inst_h3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Activity Loosen the two screwed plugs on the housing cover with a slotted screw driver.3.4 Removing the System Housing Cover Warning To prevent injuries. and HiPath 3300 4. HiPath 3500. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual 4-91 . 7 Procedure Step 1.3. you must observe the following instructions for the removal and attachment of the HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 housing cover.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Warning Grasp the housing cover by its outside walls only. Mounting the housing cover To close the system housing again. HiPath 3350. To avoid injuries. 4-92 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. HiPath 3500.inst_h3. Service Manual . The shielding plate on the inside of the cover may have sharp edges which can cause cuts.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3550. Activity Remove the housing cover. put the cover on and fasten it with the two screwed plugs. and HiPath 3300 Step 2. grasp the housing cover by its outside walls only when mounting it.

and HiPath 3300 4.Wall Attachment P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual 4-93 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.inst_h3.3.3.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3550.5 Attaching the System to the Wall Attach the system to the wall as shown in Figure 4-51. HiPath 3350. HiPath 3500.Wall Attachment Figure 4-52 HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 . Attaching the HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 housing to the wall This is not an attachment point Hang system and tighten screws Cable duct Rear wall of housing Oblong holes for wall attachment 30 cm Minum clearance for replacing boards Figure 4-51 PSU/ UPS Attachment of PSU UPS to the rear wall of housing HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 .

Mount and ground the MDF in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.). the wall housing HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 must be grounded by a separate ground conductor via the ground connection marked “ ”.: – HiPath 3550: Shipments always include an MDFU (Germany only) and two grounding cables.S. This grounding connection must meet the requirements of the relevant authorities (U.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3550. and HiPath 3300 4. Use one of the cables to ground the MDFU.5 mm2) Failure to follow these instructions can result in electrical shock.S. 4-94 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.S.3. ● For U. HiPath 3350: This system type does not require an external main distribution frame. Service Manual . It is not necessary to ground the connection between the MDFU and HiPath 3550 (see Figure 4-53).S. National Electrical Code. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. HiPath 3500.3. The connection cables to the peripherals are attached directly to the boards and routed to the outside via a cable duct inside the housing. only: The customer supplies a main distribution frame to complete the communications system. U. HiPath 3350. Canadian Electrical Code). and Canada only: Grounding the system The connector cables of systems HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 have a grounding. For U. Refer to Figure 4-53 when replacing a customer system but maintaining the existing external main distribution frame.: Grounding of the System > Because of their safety class. Lay a separate grounding from the earth to the system’s grounding connector.S.inst_h3. – 7 Danger An external main distribution frame which requires grounding (if the existing ground connection is marked “ ”) must be grounded by a separate ground conductor (minimum cross-section = 2. Grounding for the external main distributor frame ● Not for U.6 Grounding the System and the Main Distribution Frame Not for U. the HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 do not have to be grounded.S. If grounding is required in certain countries (for example in Finland. The cross-section of the grounding must measure at least 14 AWG. The system must also be grounded by a separate ground conductor. Norway.

HiPath 3350.5 mm2 Example Potential equalization bus but not: . MDFU green/yellow Min. Service Manual 4-95 . if required) e.Grounding an External Main Distribution Frame P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. HiPath 3500. and HiPath 3300 Grounding an external main distribution frame O L D S Y S T E M Communication system to be replaced Main distribution frame being reused Grounding screw N E W S Y S T E M HiPath 3550 or HiPath 3350 (Grounding not required) External main distribution frame (You must install proper grounding. g.inst_h3.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3550. cross-section = 2.ground conductor for antenna system Figure 4-53 HiPath 3550.drain channels .central heating system . HiPath 3350 .

. Service Manual . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. you may need to install the boards. or CorNet (for U. 4-96 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. PRI. Connecting to T1.S.S. In the U. HiPath 3500.S.7 Installing the Boards Outside the U.3.inst_h3.. HiPath 3350.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3550.3. the system is already equipped with the boards needed for the customer-specific requirements when the system is delivered. only) 7 Caution The TST1 Module (HiPath 3550) can be installed only in conjunction with a listed channel service unit (CSU). and HiPath 3300 4.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. HiPath 3500.3.8 Laying the Line Network and Connection Cables HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 . HiPath 3350.CABLU for connection to the external main distribution frame Jumper strip (25 TW) for installation in the external main distribution frame 6 slip-on connectors (4 TW each) for connection to the HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 boards Figure 4-54 Layout of CABLU S30269-Z41-A30 (Length = 3 m) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.3.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3550.inst_h3. Service Manual 4-97 . and HiPath 3300 4.

The line network connects directly to the jumper strip.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3550.inst_h3. With an external main distribution frame (MDFU): Use CABLU S30269-Z41-A30 (Figure 4-54) to connect the peripheral boards to the customer’s line network. and HiPath 3300 HiPath 3550 . Figure 4-55 HiPath 3550 .S. 4-98 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. HiPath 3500. HiPath 3350.MDFU ports for peripheral boards The two arrows on the left mark the connections for the cables coming from the main distribution frame (MDFU).: HiPath 3550: Connecting the Cabling If SLA8N SLA16N SLA24N SLC16N SLMO24 Slot with any other peripheral board Then Route the 16 TW to the MDFU via the SU X8 and 8 TW via SU X9 (see Figure 4-55) using a standard cable (with 16 TW).Backplane port for peripheral board Not for U. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Connect both cables (= 1 CABLU with SU connectors labeled 8 and 9) to the same jumper strip (25 TW). you can connect the eight-pin slip-on connectors to the boards directly. As shown in Figure 4-56. Service Manual . ● ● Without an external main distribution frame (MDFU): You can attach cables for the peripheral boards directly to the boards (see Figure 4-56 for the slip-on connectors) and route them to the MDFU through the cable duct inside the housing.

and HiPath 3300 Not for U.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3550.Slip-On Connector Screw Connections If you have an external main distribution frame (MDFU). As shown in Figure 4-56. For U.S. use CABLU S30269-Z41-A30 (Figure 4-54) to connect the peripheral boards to the customer’s line network. ● The TST1 Module (HiPath 3550) connects to a customer-supplied channel service unit (CSU) using the supplied cable. HiPath 3350. ● ● The board in Slot 10 of HiPath 3550 connects using a special cable from the backplane to the main distribution frame (MDF). silver-satin connector cord and a surface-mounted RJ21X jack. HiPath 3500. you need to connect them. The peripheral boards and optional boards contain a distribution frame component in the form of edge connectors on the boards. only: HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350: Connecting the Cabling If the boards are not already connected to the appropriate cables leaving the system.inst_h3. The slip-on connectors for these edge connectors are supplied with the boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. See Figure 3-74. The surface-mounted RJ21X jack is not supplied. you can connect the 8-pin slip-on connectors directly to the boards. Plug connection to the HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 Screw connections to the network Figure 4-56 Integrated Distribution Frame . The line network connects directly to the jumper strip. The slip-on connectors (C39334-Z7089-C13) can be easily removed for easy system connection and disconnection.: HiPath 3350: Connecting the Cabling The integrated distribution frame in HiPath 3350 allows you to connect the cable network to the trunk and the stations using screw connections on slip-on connectors.S. The CSU provides the required secondary protection. Service Manual 4-99 . The signals must be reversed in the RJ45X jack. Each port on the STLS4 Module connects to an S0 bus using the supplied.

Power Cable with Ferrite Sleeve 4-100 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. You select the output pattern on the Amphenol connector by which slip-on connector you use on each board edge connector. you must attach ferrite to the following lines. 15 mm Ferrite sleeve C39022-Z7000-C7 Power cable Figure 4-57 HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 .9 To keep within the interference limit required by EMC Class B.inst_h3.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3550. HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 power cables (wall housing) The wall housing’s power cable must be guided through the C39022-Z7000-C7 ferrite sleeve that is included in the accessory pack. Note: The MDF cable reverses the signals coming from the board. This is where the MDF cables supplied are used (Octopus cable with Amphenol terminators). Service Manual . 40 +/– 5 mm min. HiPath 3350. Attaching Ferrite ● 4. and HiPath 3300 ● The remaining peripheral boards and options are connected by means of a mains distributor provided on the customer side or a comparable unit. HiPath 3500.3. This means that R/T on the board interface becomes T/R on the Amphenol connector.3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Position the ferrite sleeve as shown in Figure 4-57 so that you will be able to close the housing cover.

HiPath 3500. and HiPath 3300 Digital and analog trunks and subscriber lines from HiPath 3550 (wall housing) > If The accessory pack does not contain enough ferrite sleeves for all trunks and subscriber lines possible in a maximum system configuration. i. HiPath 3350. you will need to order additional ferrite. Service Manual 4-101 . The ferrite should be placed as far inside the housing as possible. Guide the trunk and subscriber lines of all ports connected on a board through a ferrite sleeve twice. the ferrite can be attached directly at the output of the cable duct.e. in a loop. If the number of lines makes this impossible. Then Guide both standard cables from SU X8 and SU X9 (see Figure 4-55) to the MDFU through two ferrite sleeves (C39022-Z7000-C6) each. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. The ferrite should be fixed in the cable duct if possible. In this case.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3550.inst_h3. Trunk board or subscriber line module Trunk or subscriber line modules in “small” format P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

Wall Housing System Overview 4-102 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.3. Service Manual . TST1 and TS2 boards must be observed. > HiPath 3550: system overview and slots PSU UPS Cable duct 1 2 3 Slot levels Figure 4-58 4 Optional boards 5 6 CUC HiPath 3550 . IVMS8. HiPath 3500. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3550. and HiPath 3300 4.3.inst_h3.10 Configuration notes Restrictions for equipment with IVMP8. HiPath 3350.

2 to MDF V. and HiPath 3300 CUC: Connection Unit Com OPAL Opt.5 Opt.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3550. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.inst_h3.24 1 Figure 4-59 2 3 Slot levels 4 5 6 HiPath 3550 . Figure 4-60 HiPath 3550 . HiPath 3500.1 Slot 4 Slot 8 Slot 6 Slot 2 Wall CBCC Slot 5 Slot 9 Slot 7 Slot 3 Slot 10 Opt.Option Adapter Long (OPAL) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.Slots in the Wall Housing The CBCC board is connected to the optional board via a ribbon cable (OPAL) (see adjacent figure). Service Manual 4-103 .4 Opt.3 Opt. HiPath 3350.

4 Opt. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3550.5 Opt. and HiPath 3300 HiPath 3350: system overview and slots PSU UPS Cable duct 1 2 3 Optional boards CUP Slot levels Figure 4-61 HiPath 3350 .Slots in the Wall Housing Opt. HiPath 3350. Service Manual .Wall Housing System Overview CUP: Connection Unit Point OPAL Slot 4 Slot 2 CBCC Slot 5 Slot 3 2 V.2 3 4-104 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.3 Opt.24 Opt. HiPath 3500.inst_h3.1 Wall 1 Slot levels Figure 4-62 HiPath 3350 .

thus resulting in 30 Erlangs for slot 7 or 9. Service Manual 4-105 . and HiPath 3300 Static traffic capacity The HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 systems have the following static traffic capacities. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.Total static traffic capacity ity of the system 24 erlangs 16 erlangs 16 erlangs 16 erlangs 16 erlangs 16 erlangs 30 erlangs1 64 erlangs 24 erlangs 16 erlangs 16 erlangs 56 erlangs 198 erlangs 4 5 Use of a TS2 board results in a capacity of 30 erlangs. and the board may only be installed in slot 7 or 9. HiPath 3500. Table 4-12 System HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 . HiPath 3350. A maximum of one TS2 per HiPath 3550 is possible.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3550.Static Traffic Capacity Slots 2 / 3 (CBCC) 4 5 HiPath 3550 (see Figure 4-59) 6 7 8 9 10 2 / 3 (CBCC) HiPath 3350 (see Figure 4-62) 1 Static traffic capac.inst_h3. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

S. Resources/Remarks Board assignment map Possible remedies Correct the board configuration and notify the sales department.). TLA8 (not for U. and HiPath 3300 4. see Chapter 10. Activity Compare the slots for the installed boards with the board assignment map.). HiPath 3350. only) TST1 (for U.S. you can begin starting up the system as described in Chapter 5.3.13 Before starting up the system.S.S.3.) (MSI) TMAMF (for selected countries only). > 4-106 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. The visual inspection must be performed while the system is disconnected from the power supply. Always wear an antistatic wristband and observe the measures for protecting electrostatically sensitive devices (see page 1-9). TLA4 (Not for U. Check the local line voltage. only) TMQ4 (for U. only).inst_h3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.S.3. Digital multimeter After finishing the visual inspection. cables.S. HiPath 3550 only (S2M trunk connection) TLA2 (Not for U. you must perform a visual inspection of the hardware. 7 Caution Conduct the visual inspection only while the system is disconnected from the power supply.3.12 Making trunk connections Refer to the following board descriptions for information: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● STLS2 (not for U. 2.3. Service Manual . HiPath 3500.S. and the power supply. Step 1.). STLS4 (S0 trunk connection) TS2. HiPath 3550only Performing a Visual Inspection 4.11 Connecting Workpoint Clients For information.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3550. HiPath 3550only TMGL4 (for U. 4.3.

inst_h3. HiPath 3500.3). Installation Versions 4. HiPath 3350.2. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.4 Installing HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 (19-Inch Housing) This section contains information on how to install the HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 19-inch housing. Before opening the housing.3. and HiPath 3300 4. Refer to Chapter 9 for information about supplementary equipment and expansions. ● Disconnect the line cord on any connected EPSU2-R (for UPSC-DR only).3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.4. make sure that the system is de-energized as follows: ● Disconnect the line cord on any connected battery pack (for UPSC-DR only). ● Disconnect the power plug. Service Manual 4-107 .1 HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 are designed for the following three installation variants: ● ● Wall attachment (with assembly kit) Desk installation (assembly kit includes adhesive feet) Stick the adhesive feet to the bottom of the housing. This chapter describes the standard installation procedures for the basic system. 7 Danger The HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 systems can only be operated with a closed housing.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3550. Installation into 19" cabinet (with assembly kits for HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300) ● You can also install an ECR expansion cabinet rack in which you can install a battery pack (for uninterruptible power supply) and/or an additional external power supply unit EPSU3000-R (if the system’s internal power supply is not sufficient) (see Section 9.

5 For U. Service Manual .2. 3wire. Take every precaution to prevent the formation of condensation on the system during operation. allow a minimum of 10 cm clearance around the housing. ● ● ● ● ● You will find information on the design and dimensions in the following section: ● ● HiPath 3500 Section 2. Make sure that the customer’s site meets the following guidelines: ● To guarantee sufficient system ventilation. Do not expose the systems to extremely dusty environments. only: AC outlet 4.2.S.2. and HiPath 3300 4. Systems covered with condensation must be dried before being used.inst_h3.4 HiPath 3300 Section 2. Table 4-13 Nominal voltage 120 V AC/ 60 Hz Electrical Connection Values (for U.11.2.2 Selecting the Installation Site Selecting a site The customer usually has a preferred installation site in mind. earth Wall Outlet Configurations 4-108 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.S.3.3. Avoid contact with chemicals. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3550. HiPath 3500. for example an existing 19-inch cabinet.4. only) Nominal voltage range from 110 V AC to 130 V AC Nominal Frequency Range from 47 Hz to 63 Hz NEMA 5-15. HiPath 3350.1 The AC connection must fulfill the requirements specified in Table 4-13. Do not expose the systems to direct sources of heat (for example sunlight and heaters). Observe the environmental conditions specified in Section 2.2.4. 2-pin.

Service Manual 4-109 . Dispose of the packing materials properly. Do not use equipment with visible damage.inst_h3. 7 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 3.4. HiPath 3500. 2. HiPath 3350.3 Procedure Step 1.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3550.3. Caution Only use tools and equipment that are in perfect condition. Unpacking the Components Activity Compare the components with the packing slip or customer receipt to make sure that they are correct and complete. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Determine whether any damage has occurred during transport and report it to the proper departments. and HiPath 3300 4.

: Attaching a HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 to the Wall Procedure for wall mounting (Figure 4-63) Step 1. insert a wall anchor and screw in the screws. 2. 4.4 Not for U.inst_h3. Drill a second hole in the wall for the lower angle bracket (B).fm Installing HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3550. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.S. Service Manual .4. HiPath 3500. HiPath 3350. 3.Wall Installation (for U. Screw the angle brackets (A) and (B) for HiPath 3500 or HiPath 3300 onto the base of the device. Activity Drill a hole in the selected wall. insert a wall anchor and attach the angle bracket with a screw.3. Wall mounting A HiPath 3500 / HiPath 3300 B Figure 4-63 HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 . Mount the system with the angle bracket (A) on the screws. and HiPath 3300 4.) 4-110 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.S.

HiPath 3350. Attach the two angle brackets (B) to the left and right of the HiPath 3500 or HiPath 3300 using two screws per bracket. 2.inst_h3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.5 Installing a HiPath 3500 or HiPath 3300 in a Cabinet Procedure for 19-inch cabinets (Figure 4-64) Step 1. Slide the HiPath 3500 or HiPath 3300 system into the 19-inch cabinet and attach it to the left and right of the 19-inch frame with screws.3. Service Manual 4-111 . and HiPath 3300 4. 3.4. HiPath 3500.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3550. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Activity HiPath 3500 only: Attach the two angle brackets (A) to the 19-inch cabinet using two screws per bracket.

HiPath 3350.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3550.Mounting the 19-Inch Cabinet 4-112 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. and HiPath 3300 Mounting the 19-inch cabinet HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 B B HiPath 3500 A Figure 4-64 HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 .inst_h3. Service Manual . HiPath 3500. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

YES If you answer “Yes” to both questions. Service Manual 4-113 .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3550. Danger If your personnel are not qualified to work on the low-voltage network (230 Vac). you must hire a licensed electrician to install the ground. HiPath 3350.4.3. and HiPath 3300 4. the HiPath 3500 or HiPath 3300 systems may be grounded as described below.inst_h3. Danger If your personnel are not qualified to work on the low-voltage network (230 Vac).6 Grounding the System Grounding: Inspection and Implementation Preliminary Inspection of the 19-Inch Cabinet: Is the 19-inch cabinet grounded by a separate ground conductor (green/yellow)? NO The 19-inch cabinet must be grounded by a separate ground conductor (green/yellow). YES Does the 19-inch cabinet have a potential equalization bus at which the HiPath 3500 or HiPath 3300 can be grounded? NO A potential equalization bus must be installed in the 19-inch cabinet and connected to the ground conductor. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. HiPath 3500. you must hire a licensed electrician to install the ground. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

Failure to follow these instructions can result in electrical shock. Service Manual . HiPath 3350.inst_h3.3. HiPath 3500. Activity Connect the grounding cable to the potential equalization bar on the 19-inch cabinet. Connect the grounding cable to the system’s ground connection with the grounding screw supplied (point A). Step 1. Make sure that the ground conductor is securely installed and strain-relieved. 3. Attach the grounding cable (strain relief) to the system (point B) with a cable tie.4. Installing the Boards 4. 2. and HiPath 3300 Procedure: Ground the system Proceed as follows to ground the HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 systems (see also diagram below). HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 systems Back A Grounding cable Potential equalization bar Figure 4-65 HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3550. 4-114 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.Grounding B 7 Danger The HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 housing to be wall-mounted must be grounded by a separate ground conductor (such as a potential equalization bar).7 The systems are already equipped with the boards needed for the customer’s specific requirements.

the braided shields of the connection cable must be connected to the housing on the HiPath 3500 or HiPath 3300 side and on the ECR side PB3000 side. HiPath 3500. and Canada: Connection cable for the expansion cabinet rack (ECR) (if present) To meet EMC requirements. ● Attaching to the HiPath 3500 or HiPath 3300 side A clip and a tooth lock washer are enclosed with the ECR mounting set PB3000 mounting set. The tooth lock washer must be mounted between the painted surface of the cover and the clip. Service Manual 4-115 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.4. Use these and the housing cover mounting screw to attach the braided shield to the HiPath 3500 or HiPath 3300 housing (as shown in Figure 4-66). P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Housing cover mounting screw Clip Tooth lock washer Housing cover Figure 4-66 ● HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 connection cable for the ECR PB3000 Attachment to the EBR side PB3000 side (see Section 9.3) Line network The connecting cords to the peripherals can be connected directly to the relevant RJ45 jacks on the front panel of the 19-inch housing. and HiPath 3300 4.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3550.S.8 Connecting Cables and the Line Network Not for U.inst_h3.3.2. HiPath 3350.

and HiPath 3300 4. 4-116 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.inst_h3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Slot levels: Slots 1-3 Slot 6 Slot 8 Slot 4 Figure 4-67 Slot 7 Slot 9 Slot 5 5 (options) 4 (CBRC) 3 (Peripheralboards) 2 (Peripheralboards) 1 (Peripheralboards) HiPath 3500 .3. HiPath 3350. HiPath 3500.Slot Levels in the 19-Inch Housing > It is imperative that you observe the restrictions regarding TS2R installation.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3550. Always use dummy panels (C39165-A7027-B115) to close slots that are not equipped with boards.9 Configuration notes HiPath 3500: system overview and slots 7 Caution For safety.4. Service Manual . operate HiPath 3500 only with the housing front closed.

Slot levels: 3 (options) Slots 1-3 Slot 4 Figure 4-68 Slot 5 2 (CBRC) 1 (Peripheralboards) HiPath 3300 . Service Manual 4-117 .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3550. HiPath 3500. Always use dummy panels (C39165-A7027-B115) to close slots that are not equipped with boards. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. HiPath 3350.inst_h3. operate HiPath 3300 only with the housing front closed.Slot Levels in the 19-Inch Housing P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. and HiPath 3300 HiPath 3300: system overview and slots 7 Caution For safety.

A maximum of one TS2R per HiPath 3500 is possible. and the board may only be installed in slot 7 or 9. Table 4-14 System HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 . HiPath 3500.fm Installing HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3550. thus resulting in 30 Erlangs for slot 7 or 9.Static Traffic Capacity Slots 2/3 (CBRC) 4 5 HiPath 3500 (see Figure 4-67) 6 7 8 9 2/3 (CBRC) HiPath 3300 (see Figure 4-68) 1 Static traffic capac. Service Manual . 4-118 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.inst_h3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. and HiPath 3300 Static traffic capacity The HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 systems have the following static traffic capacities.Total static traffic capacity ity of the system 24 erlangs 16 erlangs 16 erlangs 16 erlangs 16 erlangs 16 erlangs 30 erlangs1 24 erlangs 16 erlangs 16 erlangs 56 erlangs 134 erlangs 4 5 Use of a TS2R board results in a capacity of 30 erlangs. HiPath 3350.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 7 Caution Conduct the visual inspection only while the system is disconnected from the power supply. Always wear an antistatic wristband and observe the measures for protecting electrostatically sensitive devices (see page 1-9). you can begin starting up the system as described in Chapter 5. HiPath 3500. you must perform a visual inspection of the hardware.S. cables. Service Manual 4-119 . 2. and the power supply.4. Step 1.3. only HiPath 3500 (S2M trunk connection) TLA4R (not for U.4. Check the local line voltage.S.inst_h3. Digital multimeter After finishing the visual inspection. and HiPath 3300 4.3. only). > P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Activity Compare the slots for the installed boards with the board assignment map. only) TST1 (for U.S. HiPath 3500 only Performing a Visual Inspection 4.) (MSI) TMGL4R (for U. The visual inspection must be performed while the system is disconnected from the power supply. see Chapter 10. 4.12 Before starting up the system.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3550. HiPath 3350.10 Connecting Workpoint Clients For information.3.4. Resources/Remarks Board assignment map Possible remedies Correct the board configuration and notify the sales department.11 Making trunk connections Refer to the following board descriptions for information: ● ● ● ● ● STLS4R (S0 trunk connection) TS2R.

Service Manual .fm Installing HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installing HiPath 3550. HiPath 3500. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.inst_h3. and HiPath 3300 4-120 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. HiPath 3350.

1 Starting Up HiPath 3000 Overview Chapter contents This chapter discusses the topics listed in the following table. page 5-12 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Topic Starting Up HiPath 3800.fm Starting Up HiPath 3000 Overview 5 5. HiPath 3500. page 5-2 Starting Up HiPath 3550. Service Manual 5-1 . HiPath 3350. HiPath 3300.Nur für den internen Gebrauch start_h3.

page 5-11 Performing a System Check. page 5-10 Customer-Specific Programming. page 5-3 (Plugging in the power supply cable for the system cabinet(s) and positioning the switches for all LUNA2 power supplies to “DC-ON” –> starting system boot) Carrying Out a System Reload.S.2 Starting Up HiPath 3800 This section contains information on how to start up the HiPath 3800 communication system. 3. 4. Danger The system may only be started (connected to the power supply) if all system cabinets are sealed at the rear with the connection and filler panels provided. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual .fm Starting Up HiPath 3000 Starting Up HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 5. 5. 7 7 5. Startup Procedure HiPath 3800 .Startup Procedure Startup Activity (Remarks) Supplying the System with Power. Warning Only authorized service personnel should start up the system.: Entering the System Number. 6. page 5-11 2. page 5-8 Not for U. 5-2 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. page 5-7 Carrying Out the Country Initialization and Selecting the Password Type.start_h3.1 Table 5-1 Step 1.2.

Since additional lightning protection is prescribed for Brazil. loadware. the AC power of the system cabinet(s) must be conducted through the outlet strip with overvoltage protection (part number C39334-Z7052-C31). 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 2kV. The AC power of the system cabinet(s) must be conducted through the outlet strip with overvoltage protection. RUN LED HiPath 3800 The CBSAP has a RUN LED that indicates the system status. and card data Normal operating state (zero load)1 RUN LED Off On Off On Off for 0. 4kV.LED Status Meaning Meaning No power Reset switch pressed briefly Reset switch held down for more than 5 seconds (LED is extinguished to acknowledge that a reload has begun) System boot Load operation: APS in SDRAM. 7 Procedure Step 1. In this way.5 s off P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.2. Position all LUNA2 power supply switches to “DC-ON”. Monitor the RUN LED of the CBSAP.1 s Flashing 0. The individual steps of the system boot (Table 5-2) can be observed this way.2 Supplying the System with Power Caution (for Brazil only) The use of the outlet strip with overvoltage protection with part number C39334Z7052-C31 is absolutely mandatory.5 s on/0. Note (for Brazil only): The AC power of a system cabinet is internally equipped with transient overvoltage protection up to approx. transient overvoltage protection is guaranteed up to approx. Note: Startup does not begin until the switches on all LUNA2 units are in “DC-ON” position. Table 5-2 RUN LED .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Starting Up HiPath 3000 Starting Up HiPath 3800 5. 3.start_h3. Service Manual 5-3 . Activity Plug in the power supply cable for the system cabinet(s). 2.

1 s on/0. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Starting Up HiPath 3000 Starting Up HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 5-2 RUN LED . JAN 00” and the time “00:00” appear in the display on the system telephone. Service Manual .LED Status Meaning Meaning MMC removed or defective RUN LED Flashing 0. > The HiPath 3800 is ready when the date “1.start_h3.1 s off 1 The flashing rhythm depends on the load. The higher the system load the slower the flashing rhythm. 5-4 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. the following action is taken: If Missing or defective board Different board type Underequipped or same board variant No action. Then Over-equipped board variant Board is activated. The ports are split if there is no contiguous station range available.2. If the system detects changes to the board configuration during startup. The system does not automatically activate the board.start_h3. Service Manual 5-5 . Board was inserted ahead of another board in the placement sequence: Board is activated and appended to the last board in the numbering plan.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Starting Up HiPath 3000 Starting Up HiPath 3800 5.2. The old station range is activated and the ports associated with the new board are inserted at the end. the system determines its capacity and stores the result in the CDB (customer database). 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. the system accesses this data and generates a continuous numbering plan.1 Assigning Station Numbers The first time the system is initialized. Board is activated. The same station range is used. After each system reset. New board in empty slot ● ● Board was the last one installed in accordance with the placement sequence: All boards are activated and the numbering plan continues without a gap.

fm Starting Up HiPath 3000 Starting Up HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Procedure: Reinitialization Proceed as follows if measures to expand the system configuration require reinitialization of the numbering plan: Step 1. ● A mixture of subscriber line circuits and trunk lines on one S0 board can result in gaps in line numbering. ● Only those ports provided for in accordance with the maximum configuration are activated if the maximum line configuration is exceeded (too many trunk boards). 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Description 2. Notes: ● Changes to the extension numbers result in changes to the individual. Expand as required.A continuous numbering plan is generated (as was ply the case when the system was first initialized).start_h3. extension-specific data. Service Manual . Connect system to power sup. This is because all S0 ports are initially activated as trunks and are only subsequently reconfigured. Check that the system is de-energized. Activity Disconnect the system from the power supply. 5-6 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

then it is not possible to evaluate the cause of the restart.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Starting Up HiPath 3000 Starting Up HiPath 3800 5. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. If the reset/reload switch is activated during loading.start_h3. the system may perform a reset rather than a reload or may not reload properly. This FPGA is loaded by the processor when starting up the HiPath 3800 and is only fully functional after the loading process is complete.2.3 Carrying Out a System Reload After supplying the system with power. Press and hold down the reset switch for at least 5 seconds (FAIL LED (red) goes out). Service Manual 5-7 . P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. the reset/reload switch may only be activated after the system startup (green Run LED lights up). you must carry out a system reload. If you do not hold down the reset switch for a full 5 seconds. For this reason. Procedure > The reset/reload switch is tested by a Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA).

some systems no longer start up in the customary local language after the country code is entered. 3.2. After carrying out the country initialization.5 X Default user name Default password You are prompted to enter a new password (max. > Carry out the country initialization on the system telephone with internal station number 100 (port 01). 6. 15 digits) You are prompted to confirm the password entered in the previous step.start_h3. XX 5-8 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. This process loads the country-specific language and features and ensures that the system meets the country’s conditions for approval. Description Start system administration 8. Entering the Country Code and Selecting the Password Type Entry *95 31994 31994 XXXXX XXXXX 29 . 5. You must now load the local language prior to country initialization. 4. the displays come up in German. Country initialization You are prompted to select the password type: 1 = Variable password 2 = Fixed password You are prompted to enter the country code (see page A26). The next step involves selecting the password type. 7. The system then boots up with the country-specific default information. In Germany. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. no country adaptation is required after a reload because the system boots with the German country code by default. 2. using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E (see information on multilingual text output in the Feature Description HiPath 3000/5000).fm Starting Up HiPath 3000 Starting Up HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 5.4 Carrying Out the Country Initialization and Selecting the Password Type Since the system software no longer provides all languages. Input procedure Table 5-3 Step 1. Service Manual . but before loading the required local language.

7 For Brazil only: CO call privileges. This can lead to dialing problems at DTMF terminals because the system waits for the dial tone from the analog trunk and does not set up the connection between the DTMF terminal and the trunk until it recognizes the dial tone. both steps are omitted when calling the system again. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.start_h3. ● On step 7: When selecting the fixed password. is deleted or reset to the default value. Digits dialed before dial tone recognition are therefore not recognized by the CO. Service Manual 5-9 . Any data that has already been stored.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Starting Up HiPath 3000 Starting Up HiPath 3800 Table 5-3 Step Entering the Country Code and Selecting the Password Type Entry Description Notes: ● On step 4 and step 5: If a new password is issued. Least Cost Routing LCR should be activated for all systems with the country code for Brazil and with connection to analog trunks with DTMF signaling. > P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. the default data is only guaranteed to load correctly if the system software has been officially released for that country. the default password (31994) overwrites the new password entered in step 4. Entering the country code starts the system. ● On step 6: No country adjustment is necessary for Germany because the system starts up with German codes. such as system speed-dialing destinations and classes of service. This in turn can impact CO call privileges. the option for saving the digits dialed and transmitting them via the system (dial rule 1A) is not activated. After you enter a country code. To avoid this. ringback protection per trunk If the system was initialized with the country code for Brazil.

start_h3.: Entering the System Number Introduction Corresponding to the configuration. OR: Expert mode: Enter the code 20 2 1 to 4. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 3. Follow the user prompting on the display. Service Manual .fm Starting Up HiPath 3000 Starting Up HiPath 3800 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 5. Example Port number: 98008 National number: 2302 (prefix without 0) International number: 49 (country code) Station number type: international Input procedure Table 5-4 Step 1. the system station number must be entered (without the DID number or attendant code) on the system telephone that is assigned 100 as its internal station number. 4. for example.2. 5-10 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Scroll until “ISDN parameters” and “System station number” appear.S.5 Not for U. Depending on the configuration type. Confirm your selection. 2. Entering the System Number Entry *95 Service XXXXX Description System administration code User name (identification) Enter password Watch the display. The system station number is determined by the network or service provider. system station numbers should not be entered for point-to-multipoint operation or for tie trunks to HiPath 4000. 5.

If a different text appears (“Gateway not found”. Refer to the HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E Help for information on programming individual features. When you program the system offline.6 Customer-Specific Programming You can program the system using one of the following tools: ● ● Manager T (programming telephone.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Starting Up HiPath 3000 Starting Up HiPath 3800 5.2.9 on all telephones. for example).start_h3. this means that there is an error. see Annex A) HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E (PC tool) > Changes to the system (for example key programming) made using HiPath 3000/ 5000 Manager E during an offline programming session will be lost when the database is loaded. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.2. Correct the error by following the administration instructions for the relevant telephone. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 5. Service Manual 5-11 .2.7 Performing a System Check Checking the telephones ● The display must be checked on every telephone. the assignments of trunk and subscriber ports depend on the order in which the boards are inserted. the boards are inserted from the lowest slot to the highest. date and time are normally shown in the display. Usually. The phone number.3. ● Perform random terminal tests as described in Section 12. Checking for proper system booting ● Set up internal and external calls at random to check if the system is functioning properly.

operate HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 only with the housing front closed. page 5-13 (starting system boot).3 Starting Up HiPath 3550. HiPath 3350. Caution For safety. HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 communication systems. HiPath 3500. Service Manual . HiPath 3300 This section contains information on how to start up the HiPath 3550.: Entering the System Number. HiPath 3500.S. 6. page 5-18 Customer-Specific Programming. Carrying Out a System Reload. page 516 Not for U. 2. HiPath 3300 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 5. HiPath 3350. page 5-16 Carrying Out the Country Initialization and Selecting the Password Type. 3.start_h3.3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 7 7 Warning Only authorized service personnel should start up the system. Always use dummy panels (C39165-A7027-B115) to close slots that are not equipped with boards. page 5-19 5-12 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. HiPath 3350. 5. page 5-19 Performing a System Check. Startup Procedure Startup Procedure Startup Activity (Remarks) Supplying the System With Power. 4.fm Starting Up HiPath 3000 Starting Up HiPath 3550.1 Table 5-5 Step 1. 5.

loadware. Since additional lightning protection is prescribed for Brazil. and HiPath 3300 systems is internally equipped with transient overvoltage protection up to approx. Service Manual 5-13 . P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Table 5-6 RUN LED . Monitor the Run LED of the central controller. HiPath 3300 RUN LED The central board has a RUN LED that indicates the system status. Normal operating state (zero load)1 MMC removed or defective RUN LED Off on Off On Off for 0.3.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Starting Up HiPath 3000 Starting Up HiPath 3550. and card data. Activity Plug in the power supply cable and. 2 kV.1 s off 1 The flashing rhythm depends on the load. HiPath 3300 5. 4 kV. transient overvoltage protection is guaranteed up to approx. HiPath 3500.5 s on/0. HiPath 3500. HiPath 3350. HiPath 3350. HiPath 3500.1 s on/0.LED Status Meaning Meaning No power Reset switch pressed briefly Reset switch held down for more than 5 seconds (LED is extinguished to acknowledge that a reload has begun) System boot Load operation: APS in SDRAM.start_h3.2 Supplying the System With Power Caution (for Brazil only) The use of the outlet strip with overvoltage protection with part number C39334Z7052-C31 is absolutely mandatory. In this way. the battery cable. The individual steps of the system boot (Table 5-6) can be observed this way. HiPath 3550. 7 Procedure Step 1. HiPath 3350. the AC power of a system must be conducted through the outlet strip with overvoltage protection (part number C39334-Z7052-C31). where applicable. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.1 s Flashing 0. 2. The AC power of the system must be conducted through the outlet strip with overvoltage protection.5 s off Flashing 0. Note (for Brazil only): The AC power of the HiPath 3550. The higher the system load the slower the flashing rhythm.

After each system reset. Assigning Station Numbers The first time the system is initialized.2.3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. The system does not automatically activate the board. Then Over-equipped board variant Board is activated. JAN 00” and the time “00:00” appear in the display on the system telephone. HiPath 3300 Nur für den internen Gebrauch > 5. New board in empty slot ● ● Board was the last one installed in accordance with the placement sequence: All boards are activated and the numbering plan continues without a gap. the system determines its capacity and stores the result in the CDB (customer database). Board is activated.fm Starting Up HiPath 3000 Starting Up HiPath 3550.1 The system is ready when the date “1. the system accesses this data and generates a continuous numbering plan. The same station range is used. HiPath 3500. Service Manual . HiPath 3350. Board was inserted ahead of another board in the placement sequence: Board is activated and appended to the last board in the numbering plan. If the system detects changes to the board configuration during startup. The old station range is activated and the ports associated with the new board are inserted at the end. 5-14 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.start_h3. The ports are split if there is no contiguous station range available. the following action is taken: If Missing or defective board Different board type Underequipped or same board variant No action.

Connect system to pow. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. This is because all board ports are initially activated as trunks and are only subsequently reconfigured. HiPath 3350. the system uses a default MSN. their station numbers result from the MSN programmed in the telephone. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. ● The system does not assign the MSN until the S0 port is configured on the “Euro bus”. Notes: ● Changes to the extension numbers result in changes to the individual. ● S0 station: If stations are connected to an S0 board (S0 bus). extension-specific data. If no MSN is programmed on a telephone or if no MSN can be programmed. The default MSN can be administered by S0 port (HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E). Activity Disconnect the system from the power supply. Description 2. the MSN can be read out via administration.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Starting Up HiPath 3000 Starting Up HiPath 3550. Service Manual 5-15 . ● Only those ports provided for in accordance with the maximum configuration are activated if the maximum line configuration is exceeded (too many trunk boards).start_h3. HiPath 3500. regardless of the connection.A continuous numbering plan is generated (as was the er supply case when the system was first initialized). ● A mixture of subscriber line circuits and trunk lines on one S0 board can result in gaps in line numbering. Expand as required. Check that the system is de-energized. HiPath 3300 Procedure: Reinitialization Proceed as follows if measures to expand the system configuration require reinitialization of the numbering plan: Step 1.

HiPath 3500. Country initialization P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. the system may perform a reset rather than a reload or may not reload properly.start_h3. > Carry out the country initialization on the system telephone with the internal station number 100 (HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3500) or 11 for (HiPath 3350 and HiPath 3300) (port 01). 5. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Starting Up HiPath 3000 Starting Up HiPath 3550.5 Default user name Default password You are prompted to enter a new password (max. HiPath 3300 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 5. Service Manual Description Start system administration .3 Carrying Out a System Reload After supplying the system with power. This process loads the country-specific language and features and ensures that the system meets the country’s conditions for approval.3. Procedure Press and hold down the reset switch for at least 5 seconds (RUN LED goes out). 6. but before loading the required local language. The next step involves selecting the password type. some systems no longer start up in the customary local language after the country code is entered. HiPath 3350. the displays come up in German. using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E (see information on multilingual text output in the Feature Description HiPath 3000/5000). Input procedure Table 5-7 Step 1. 2. If you do not hold down the reset switch for a full 5 seconds. no country adaptation is required after a reload because the system boots with the German country code by default. 5-16 Entering the Country Code and Selecting the Password Type Entry *95 31994 31994 XXXXX XXXXX 29 . 4. This can be performed during the initial system boot. 5.4 Carrying Out the Country Initialization and Selecting the Password Type Since the system software no longer provides all languages. You must now load the local language prior to country initialization. 15 digits) You are prompted to confirm the password entered in step 4. After carrying out the country initialization. you must carry out a system reload. In Germany.3. 3.

To avoid this. 8. The correct loading of the default data is not guaranteed for those countries. ringback protection per trunk If the system was initialized with the country code for Brazil. HiPath 3300 Table 5-7 Step 7. the option for saving the digits dialed and transmitting them via the system (dial rule 1A) is not activated. 7 For Brazil only: CO call privileges. HiPath 3550. HiPath 3500. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. such as system speed-dialing destinations and classes of service. Any data that has already been stored. Least Cost Routing LCR should be activated for all systems with the country code for Brazil and with connection to analog trunks with DTMF signaling. ● On step 7: When selecting the fixed password. ● On step 6: No country adjustment is necessary for Germany because the system starts up with German codes. After you enter a country code. the default password (31994) overwrites the new password entered under step 4. the default data is only guaranteed to load correctly if the system software has been officially released for that country. Digits dialed before dial tone recognition are therefore not recognized by the CO. Note Entering the country code starts the system. both steps are omitted when calling the system again.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Starting Up HiPath 3000 Starting Up HiPath 3550. This can lead to dialing problems at DTMF terminals because the system waits for the dial tone from the analog trunk and does not set up the connection between the DTMF terminal and the trunk until it recognizes the dial tone. Service Manual 5-17 . is deleted or reset to the default value. HiPath 3350 and HiPath 3500 have not been introduced in some of the countries listed in HiPath 3300. This in turn can impact CO call privileges. HiPath 3350. Entering the Country Code and Selecting the Password Type Entry X Description You are prompted to select the password type: 1 = Variable password 2 = Fixed password You are prompted to enter the country code (see page A-26). Table A-3. The system then boots up with the country-specific default information.start_h3. > P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. XX Notes: ● On step 4 and step 5: If a new password is issued.

for example. HiPath 3500. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Depending on the configuration type.3. HiPath 3350. Follow the user prompting on the display. Service Manual .: Entering the System Number Introduction Corresponding to the configuration. system station numbers should not be entered for point-to-multipoint operation or for tie trunks to HiPath 4000. Example ● ● ● ● Port number: 98008 National number: 2302 (prefix without 0) International number: 49 (country code) Station number type: international Input procedure Table 5-8 Step 1.5 Not for U. 3. Scroll until “ISDN parameters” and “System station number” appear. 5-18 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Entering the System Number Entry *95 Service XXXXX Description System administration code User name (identification) Enter password Watch the display. 2. OR: Expert mode: Enter the code 20 2 1 to 4. Confirm your selection.start_h3. the system station number must be entered (without the DID number or attendant code) on the system telephone that is assigned 100 as its internal station number for HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3500 and 11 in the case of HiPath 3350 and HiPath 3300. HiPath 3300 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 5.fm Starting Up HiPath 3000 Starting Up HiPath 3550. 5. 4. The system station number is determined by the network or service provider.S.

2. ● Perform random terminal tests as described in Section 12. 5.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Starting Up HiPath 3000 Starting Up HiPath 3550. the assignments of trunk and subscriber ports depend on the order in which the boards are inserted.9 on all telephones.start_h3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.3.3. HiPath 3500. When you program the system offline. Service Manual 5-19 . Checking for proper system booting ● Set up internal and external calls at random to check if the system is functioning properly. for example). refer to Annex A) HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E (PC tool) > Changes to the system (for example key programming) made using during an HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E offline programming session will be lost when the database is loaded. this means that there is an error. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Refer to the HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E Help for information on programming individual features. The phone number. date and time are normally shown in the display. Usually. HiPath 3350. HiPath 3300 5.6 Customer-Specific Programming You can program the system using one of the following tools: ● ● Manager T (programming telephone.7 Performing a System Check Checking the telephones ● The display must be checked on every telephone. Correct the error by following the administration instructions for the relevant telephone. If a different text appears (“Gateway not found”. the boards are inserted from the lowest slot to the highest.3.

HiPath 3350.fm Starting Up HiPath 3000 Starting Up HiPath 3550.start_h3. HiPath 3300 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 5-20 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual . HiPath 3500. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

page 6-62 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.Nur für den internen Gebrauch start_h5. page 6-53 HiPath Manager PCM. Service Manual 6-1 . page 6-57 GetAccount. page 6-8 Installation Requirements. page 6-12 Integrating the HiPath 5000 Server in the Customer LAN. page 6-50 ● ● ● Configuring HiPath 5000 with HiPath ComScendo Service. page 6-52 Configuring HiPath 5000 RSM as a Central Admin. page 6-47 Optimizing Operating System Settings. page 6-45 Modifying HiPath 5000 Components (Retro-Fitting. page 6-9 HiPath 5000. page 6-2 Software Structure.1 HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration Overview Chapter contents This chapter discusses the topics listed in the following table. page 6-37 Verifying Installation. page 6-42 Version-Wide Upgrading of a HiPath 5000 Installation. page 6-14 Installing HiPath ComScendo Service. page 6-48 Perform HiPath 5000 Basic Configuration. Topic Introduction. page 6-51 Reloading the HiPath ComScendo Service (if required). page 6-58 ● Parameters for Call Data Export. page 6-5 Notes on Open Numbering in a HiPath 3000/5000 Network. page 6-22 Installing HiPath Fault Management. page 6-58 Connecting an Uninterruptible Power Supply to HiPath 5000. Updating. page 6-31 Installing the TAPI Service Provider. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. page 6-12 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Preparing for Installation. page 6-44 ● Performing Licensing. page 6-35 Installing the HiPath Inventory Server Separately. Unit in an IP Network. page 6-13 HiPath 5000 Installing Standard Components. Deleting).fm HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration Overview 6 6.

door openers. HiPath 5000 RSM is the platform for providing applications at a central point and enables them to be used by all stations in the IP network.323 via Annex M1) are supported in this process.). The HiPath ComScendo Service is a complete HiPath 3000 node that is only configured as software on a PC. Cross-platform use of HiPath ComScendo features (IP networking). for example in conjunction with HiPath 4000. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. and special stations. HG 1500 in HiPath 3000 and HG3550 V2.2 Introduction HiPath 5000 Real-Time Services Manager RSM is operated as a central administration unit in an IP network of HiPath 3000 systems. is implemented via CorNet-IP (CorNet-NQ protocol tunnelled in H. All participating nodes can be administered from a central point through the formation of a “single system image”.0 in HiPath 4000 are prerequisites for IP networking over CorNet IP. all HiPath 3000/HiPath 5000 features are available. The HiPath ComScendo Service also supports the use of an integrated gatekeeper as well as features for IP workpoint clients from HiPath ComScendo.fm HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration Introduction Nur für den internen Gebrauch 6. HG 1500 and databases)) Inventory Manager (service for detecting software components installed and system information in a HiPath 3000/5000 network) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. ● ● Feature Server (central administration service in a HiPath 3000/5000 network) Presence Manager (service for LED signaling of call processing station statuses and network-wide DSS keys) HiPath ComScendo Service (gatekeeper and HiPath ComScendo features for IP workpoint clients) HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E (MS Windows-based tool for the administration of all service and customer-specific data by Service) HiPath 3000/5000 Manager C (MS Windows-based tool for the administration of customerspecific data by the customer) HiPath Software Manager (Web-based tool for upgrades (Upgrade Manager for HiPath ComScendo Service and HG 1500) and backups (Backup Manager for HiPath ComScendo Service. HiPath ComScendo Service is administered via HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. while the HG 1500 resources (see the feature description) are administered via WebBased Management (WBM). Apart from TDM-specific features (for example. Service Manual ● ● ● ● ● 6-2 . trunks.start_h5. Up to 1000 registered IP workpoint clients and up to 250 CorNet IP lines (CorNet NQ protocol tunneled in H. such as. the connection of UP0/E stations. Parts of the following setup for HiPath 5000 are optional and can be installed both on the HiPath 5000 Real-Time Services Manager RSM and on a separate PC.323 via annex M1). etc.

start_h5. Service Manual 6-3 .) ● ● ● ● P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.0 (Java-based application for error signaling) GetAccount (application that prepares generated call data records for further processing. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration Introduction ● Customer License Agent CLA (service for analyzing and decrypting a HiPath License Management license file) Central License Manager CLM (CLA front-end for reading in licenses in online and offline mode) Personal Call Manager PCM (Web-based application for the configuration and administration of personal call forwarding operations) HiPath FM Desktop V3.

Central administration unit with: ● Feature Server ● Presence Manager ● HiPath Software Manager ● HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E ● Inventory Manager ● .. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7... Service Manual . OpenStage TDM HiPath 3500 PSTN HiPath 3000 Figure 6-1 6-4 HiPath 5000 RSM Multi-Node IP System P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.. HiPath 5000-RSM optiPoint 600 optiPoint 410 .... such as: ● HiPath Xpressions ● HiPath ProCenter Office ● HiPath Manager PCM ● HiPath Fault Management ● . Optiset E ..fm HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration Introduction Nur für den internen Gebrauch HiPath ComScendo Service with integrated gatekeeper and HiPath ComScendo features Central resourcing of applications (possibly installed on a separate PC)...start_h5. HiPath Cordless Office HiPath 3500 IP Network optiClient 130 optiClient Attendant optiPoint 500 .

Service Manual 6-5 . HiPath 3000 Node 1 CDB 1 HiPath 3000 Node 2 CDB 2 HiPath 3000 Node 3 CDB 3 HG 1500 HG 1500 HG 1500 Feature Server CDB 1 CDB 2 CDB 3 Figure 6-2 Customer Data Exchange Between the Feature Server and Nodes P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. The Feature Server is an MS Windows service that automatically starts at the same time as the HiPath 5000 RSM. the Feature Server synchronizes the HG 1500 boards with all necessary data for digit analysis in a HiPath 3000/5000 network. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. The individual systems are accessed directly by HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E in the course of maintenance and online functions. In addition. HG 1500 boards are still administered on a board-specific basis using Web-based management (WBM). The Feature Server ensures that the networked HiPath 3000 systems receive synchronized CDB data. Communication with the individual HiPath 3000 systems belonging to the network takes place over their HG 1500 boards. The HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E administration tool does not communicate with the individual systems but exchanges data with the Feature Server. The networked HiPath 3000 systems (nodes) are administered over the Feature Server.3 Software Structure Feature Server The Feature Server is an essential component in the HiPath 5000 software architecture and serves as a central point for administration and as a data interface for applications and middleware.start_h5.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration Software Structure 6.

dll Accs520x.exe vaplx.dll Accs520x.exe Accs520x.exe regserver.dll Server Database vdbaccess.dll Socket Interface Data Transfer Interface Remote Procedure Call Interface vsock.start_h5.dll Figure 6-3 Feature Server Services and Routines 6-6 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.dll cars. CDB Synchronization HiPath 3000 –> server Application Interface Call Address Resolution Update Server HG 1500 Registration Server vsync. Service Manual . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.dll Accs520x.dll FCT.dll vadmtftp.exe Server Control Layer (MS Windows Service) Event Log Texts VEvtLogMsg.dll vsrv.fm HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration Software Structure Nur für den internen Gebrauch The following figure shows the services and routines associated with the Feature Server.dll AssCkds.

exe vsync.exe service for the Presence Manager is installed with the HiPath 5000 software. > Note for troubleshooting and diagnosis The Feature Server and Presence Manager components generate entries in the Event Viewer (event log) which are used for troubleshooting and diagnosis. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. The status of a MULAP call number cannot be signaled. it starts all other components. This ensures the automatic synchronization of the Feature Server with the new CDB data. Table 6-1 Component vsrv. The TAPI Service Provider is required for the Presence Manager to work.3. Service Manual 6-7 . The dssserver.dll cars. the HG 1500 boards automatically log on to the Feature Server over the Registration Server. regserver. Following startup.start_h5.dll. because a CSTA monitor point cannot be set on a call number of this type. The Call Address Resolution Server provides the HG 1500 boards with the call numbers of all HiPath 3000 systems (nodes) that belong to the network. Section 12. You can pick up a call by pressing the appropriate button.3. Logical interface for applications. Interface to the systems for direct CDB data access.exe vaplx. for example.4). Provides read-only and read/write access to CDB data. by key programming. Note: Event 1027 confirms that the corresponding HG 1500 board was successfully downloaded with the call numbers of all HiPath 3000 systems associated with the network (see Section 12. As an MS Windows service. This is a user-configured service that receives its information from vaplx.exe FCT. Call processing states can only be signaled for a station if the Presence Manager can set a CSTA monitor point on the relevant station. All “node-specific” CDB changes (for example.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration Software Structure The following table shows the most important features of the Feature Server. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. “busy” and “call” using the LEDs on the Optiset E and optiPoint telephones in a HiPath 3000/5000 network.dll Presence Manager This is a Feature Server service for signaling the call processing station states “free”.exe Feature Server Components Function Basic Feature Server component. Manager T) are reported by the node to the Feature Server’s VSYNC process.4 provides information on the possible entries and any necessary user responses.

to enable unique call number evaluation.. a HiPath 3000/5000 network performs call number evaluation in a number of stages. The Feature Server sends the IP addresses of the relevant HiPath 3000 systems to the HG 1500 boards. With an open numbering scheme only the node number needs to be administered. every HiPath 3000 system is assigned a unique node number. regardless of the status of the system flag “Open numbering scheme”.4 Notes on Open Numbering in a HiPath 3000/5000 Network In contrast to standalone systems./Flags: Node number) and the incoming PABX number for route 16 (HG 1500 route) (Settings/Lines / networking. The CAR tables are updated and overwritten by the Feature Server after every administration activity.. > The node number (Settings/System parameters.incoming) should be identical for every HiPath 3000 system. This means that every call number dialed can be uniquely assigned to a node. However. In V7 or later. Service Manual ./ Routes: PABX number . The “Open numbering” system flag in HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E must be set for every HiPath 3000 system involved./Flags: Node number) and the incoming PABX number for route 16 (HG 1500 route) (Settings/Lines / networking. This flag must be set to permit the administration of the node number. the node number (Settings/System parameters./Routes: PABX number ..start_h5. In V7 or later. 6-8 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.. All station and group numbers for the relevant HiPath 3000 systems (nodes) are kept on the HG 1500 boards and subject to digit analysis. The Feature Server also assigns every HG 1500 board a call number table in which all call numbers of the other HiPath 3000 systems are saved. it is possible to administer the node number of each associated HiPath 3000 system using HiPath 3000 Manager E.fm HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration Notes on Open Numbering in a HiPath 3000/5000 Network Nur für den internen Gebrauch 6. Internal call numbers can be assigned more than once in a network using open numbering. The call number tables can be displayed using HG 1500’s Web-based management (WBM).. A station in node A always dials a station in node B by entering the node number + internal call number. Changes made to tables with the WBM can impact the digit analysis functionality and are not permitted. These call number tables are also known as CAR (Call Address Resolution) tables..incoming) do not need to be identical...

“Licensing”.5 Installation Requirements To use HiPath 5000.10/100 Mbps Ethernet network work card card 17-inch color monitor 17-inch color monitor Licenses Information on features. interfaces.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration Installation Requirements 6. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.5-inch floppy disk drive CD-ROM/DVD drive Upgrade an existing system to V7 Pentium III 1 GHz See Table 6-3 18 GB MS Windows Server 2000 2 x serial free PCI slots (for S0/S2M boards for HPCO and HiPath Xpressions) 3.start_h5. and products subject to mandatory licensing can be found in Chapter 8. ● RAM requirements of the HiPath 5000 server Table 6-3 can be used to determine the required RAM expansion (RAM space) of the HiPath 5000 server depending on the number of nodes in the HiPath 3000/5000 network and the applications installed on the server. Service Manual 6-9 .5-inch floppy disk drive CD-ROM/DVD drive Component Processor RAM space Hard disk Operating system Interfaces Slots Drives Network card Monitor ● 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet net. the following minimum requirements must be met: ● Hardware and software Table 6-2 HW and SW Minimum Requirements for HiPath 5000 New system 3 GHz CPU See Table 6-3 80 GB MS Windows Server 2000 or MS Windows Server 2003 2 x serial free PCI slots (for S0/S2M boards for HPCO and HiPath Xpressions) 3. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

16 nodes1 (3 GHz CPU) not possible possible 17 . Table 6-4 shows the maximum expansion level permitted for the HiPath ComScendo Service together with HiPath 5000 RSM (central administration unit in an IP network) and other applications on a single PC.32 nodes1 (3 GHz CPU) not possible possible 33 .3 with HiPath Xpressions V3. Table 6-4 Prerequisites for a Single-PC Solution Upgrade V6. In this special configuration.02 DLS 1 2 512 MB + 100 MB + 90 MB + 400 MB + 100 MB + 90 MB + 400 MB + 100 MB + 90 MB + 600 MB + 100 MB + 90 MB not supported + 250 MB not supported + 90 MB not supported + 250 MB + 250 MB + 250 MB + 250 MB Networks are currently released with up to 32 nodes. Larger configurations can be released on a project-specific basis.0 + HiPath FM V3.0 supports up to 248 Unified Messaging users or 400 voice mail users.0 + HiPath Software Manager HiPath ComScendo Service HiPath Manager PCM V2.fm HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration Installation Requirements Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 6-3 RAM Space of the HiPath 5000 Server Minimum RAM Up to 2 nodes Up to 8 nodes 1 GB Up to 16 nodes 1 GB Up to 32 nodes 1.0 + Teledata Office V3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual .642 nodes1 (3 GHz CPU) not possible possible possible possible possible possible possible possible possible possible possible possible possible possible 6-10 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. HiPath Xpressions V3.start_h5.5 GB Up to 64 nodes1 2 GB HiPath 5000 V6.0 HiPath ProCenter Office V1.0 to 2 nodes1 (3 GHz V7 CPU) 1-node system (1 GHz CPU) HiPath ComScendo Service3 HiPath 5000 RSM (central administration unit in an IP network) HiPath Software Manager DLS3 possible possible possible possible 3-6 nodes1 (3 GHz CPU) possible possible 7 .

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.32 nodes1 (3 GHz CPU) possible possible possible 33 . must be performed during off-peak hours when few or no calls are underway.16 nodes1 (3 GHz CPU) possible possible possible 17 . and every HiPath ComScendo service counts as a node. statistics.0 HiPath FM Teledata Office3 HiPath Xpressions3 possible possible possible possible possible possible up to 248 stations up to 248 up to 248 up to 248 not pospossible stations stations stations sible possible possible possible 1 2 3 Every HiPath 3000 gateway.642 nodes1 (3 GHz CPU) possible possible possible not possible HiPath Manager PCM V2. every survivable media gateway. etc.start_h5. Service Manual 6-11 . Teledata Office.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration Installation Requirements Table 6-4 Prerequisites for a Single-PC Solution Upgrade V6. Networks are currently released with up to 32 nodes. If the customer is unwilling to accept restrictions. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Software updates. Teledata Office. HiPath Xpressions. Larger configurations can be released on a project-specific basis. call charge data queries. We do not recommend installing DLS. Real-time operation of the HiPath ComScendo Service cannot be guaranteed if the lion’s share of processor resources is required for DLS. HiPath Xpressions.0 to 2 nodes1 V7 (3 GHz 1-node system CPU) (1 GHz CPU) 3-6 nodes1 (3 GHz CPU) possible possible possible 7 . HiPath ComScendo Service must be installed on a separate PC. and HiPath ComScendo Service together on a PC.

6.1 HiPath 5000 Preparing for Installation To ensure successful installation. The main partition C should have a capacity of at least 4 GB and should be reserved for the operating system and the HiPath 5000 software. Make sure that no unnecessary hardware is connected to the server PC. LAN integration Miscellaneous Check to ensure that the server PC has been correctly integrated in the customer LAN (see Section 6. Service Manual .2).Preparing for Installation Description The server PC hard disk should be divided into two NTFS partitions. For safety reasons. if necessary. you should check the points listed in the table below before installing the HiPath 5000 software.fm HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 6.To install HiPath 5000. All applications running in the background must be closed prior to software installation. partitioning with the format FAT 16/32 is not permitted.6 6. any sound cards should be removed. Table 6-5 Component Hard disk partitioning HiPath 5000 . you must log on to the operating system with admines istrator rights or.6. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Hardware Access privileg.start_h5. log on as the server domain administrator. 6-12 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

Service Manual 6-13 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. a reboot is required.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 6. for example. > The settings are made under Control Panel .Network .2 Integrating the HiPath 5000 Server in the Customer LAN Network analysis must be performed before the relevant systems and applications are installed to guarantee smooth operation in the IP customer network.Network .Protocols. IP addresses. Adapt the DNS entries.6. Test the LAN connection with a “ping” to another computer Integrate the HiPath 5000 in the Windows domain under Control Panel . ● ● ● ● ● ● Modify the IP address Adapt the subnet mask. is defined as part of network analysis and in consultation with the customer (requirements specifications).Identification (a domain administrator account is required here!) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Network analysis determines the conditions under which the IP customer’s network is suitable for a HiPath 3000/5000 network. The data necessary for integrating the HiPath 5000 server. WINS entries. Once the data has been customized.start_h5. gateway.

6. or later) No Customer License Manager CLM 1 2 yes.start_h5.6. Software Components and Master Setup Tools Component Server PC Yes Yes Yes Yes Client PC Yes No Yes Yes No Standard component (default setup)1 No (see Section 6. optional Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No No Yes yes (MS Windows 2000 Pro.4) Yes Yes Yes No (see Section 6. see Section 6. 6-14 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 6.3 6. optional No Standard components should generally always be installed and are therefore already selected in the master setup (= default setup).1 HiPath 5000 Installing Standard Components Overview The installation program (Master Setup) enables both the basic installation of a HiPath 5000 system including middleware and components for system administration/analysis and the postinstallation of individual software components and tools (update.7) Yes Yes No (see Section 6. > Table 6-6 HiPath ComScendo Service cannot be operated at the same time as an optiClient 130 on a single server.6. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.5) Yes HiPath ComScendo service MSDE 2000 SQL database with SP3 TFTP Server Common Web Service HiPath Call Accounting (GetAccount) yes.6. Refer to current information in HiPath Fault Management release documentation.12) No (see Section 6. Service Manual . Presence Manager HiPath Fault Management2 Customer License Agent CLA yes.11) Yes No Yes (see Section 6.3. optional HiPath Manager PCM HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E HiPath 3000/5000 Manager C HiPath Inventory HiPath Software Manager Feature Server.6. optional network-based release Yes yes.7).

fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 > 6. The system falls into licensing default if licensing is not performed within the 30-day grace period.start_h5. A grace period of 30 days begins after startup. Service Manual 6-15 . P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. interfaces. HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E comes with a customer-specific file which is used by the Customer License Agent CLA to generate a GPCF (Grace Period Configuration File) file. The system or systems are not licensed. and products subject to mandatory licensing within this grace period.2 HiPath ComScendo Service cannot be operated at the same time as an optiClient 130 on a single PC. Licensing must be performed for all features. Licensing Please refer to Chapter 8. “Licensing” for information on how to proceed.3.6. This means that features which subject to mandatory licensing will suffer from reduced functionality. This file ensures that the maximum expansion of all features subject to mandatory licensing is possible within the 30-day grace period.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. The system is prepared for installation.start_h5. Important installation information is displayed. Service Manual .6. Select destination path. Select the language you require for the Setup browser. The installation program is started via the autorun function. 3. Click Next to start the installation routine. 6.6. 6-16 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Select the folder where you want to install the program. Insert the installation CD.fm HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 6. Select the location where the setup should create the new shortcuts.3 Starting the Installation A TAPI service provider must be installed on the relevant PC to enable the default setup to be performed.3. Click Next to proceed with the installation routine.6. Confirm the default folder c:\program files\siemens\hipath\ with Next or click Browse and select a different folder. German (Germany) and English (USA) versions are currently available. Please read this information carefully. 2. This includes the latest information on installation. Procedure 1. Alternatively you can initiate Setup via Windows Explorer under <CD-ROM drive letter>:\setup. 4. Confirm the default folder HiPath with Next or select a different folder. Installation information can be found in Section 6. Select program folder. 5.exe.

refer to your order. The Select Features dialog appears. Service Manual 6-17 . Information on installing the HiPath ComScendo Service can be found in Section 6.4.6. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.start_h5. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. > The components marked by default (Default Setup) are standard components that as a rule should always be installed. Mark the components you want to install and unmark the ones you don’t. The subsequent description of the installation procedure relates to the default setup. For information on the exact components to install.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 7.

If this requirement is met.6. If there is no TAPI service provider installed. Check if the correct destination directory and program group are specified and if all necessary components are installed.start_h5. Then click Next. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 9.fm HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 8. Click Next to start the copy operation. > At this point your attention is drawn to the fact that a TAPI service provider must be installed for the current selection of components. click Yes to continue with the procedure. > The PC reboots after installing the MSDE 2000 SQL database. 6-18 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. The Start Copying Files dialog appears.6. Then restart the master setup. Install the TAPI service provider on the basis of the information in Section 6. The installation procedure is automatically continued after rebooting. Service Manual . click No to cancel the procedure.

Confirm the default folder c:\program files\siemens\hipath\tftp\files\ with Next or click Change to select a different folder.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 10. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. The File Transfer Folder appears. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual 6-19 . Select the folder where you want to install the files.start_h5.

> The FM Reporting Client does not have its own user interface.fm HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 11.start_h5.cnf (see Annex E). The trap destinations and community names defined during installation may only be changed by uninstalling and then reinstalling the FM Reporting Client. Service Manual . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Enter the trap destinations (if necessary) and the HiPath Fault Management desktop community names. Click Next to proceed with the setup routine. 6-20 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. The Trap Destinations and Communities dialog appears. Users with sufficient knowledge of SNMP can change trap destinations and community names by editing the file snmpd.

13. Click Next to proceed with the setup routine. The User Configuration dialog appears.start_h5. Click Next to proceed with the setup routine.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 12. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 14. Configure the user account for the license agents (Customer License Agent CLA). When all selected components are installed. a dialog appears in which you can terminate the setup with Finish. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual 6-21 .

exe. Click Next to start the installation routine. The system is prepared for installation.4 Installing HiPath ComScendo Service The HiPath ComScendo Service is a complete HiPath 3000 node that is only configured as software on a PC. all HiPath 3000/HiPath 5000 features are available. 6. Service Manual . Apart from TDM-specific features (for example.start_h5. etc. Important installation information is displayed. Select destination path. Click Next to proceed with the installation routine. 3. Select the language you require for the Setup browser. and special stations. Confirm the default folder c:\program files\siemens\hipath\ with Next or click Browse and select a different folder. door openers. Select program folder. trunks.). The installation program is started via the autorun function. Insert the installation CD. This includes the latest information on installation. Select the location where the setup should create the new shortcuts. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. while the HG 1500 resources (see the feature description) are administered via WebBased Management (WBM). HiPath ComScendo Service is administered via HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. Select the folder where you want to install the program. 2. Please read this information carefully. 4.fm HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 6. German (Germany) and English (USA) versions are currently available. Procedure 1. Alternatively you can initiate Setup via Windows Explorer under <CD-ROM drive letter>:\setup. For this reason. such as. 6-22 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. the connection of UP0/E stations. Confirm the default folder HiPath with Next or select a different folder. the procedure for a separate installation will be described here. 5. The HiPath ComScendo service is not a standard component (default setup) of the master setup.6.

The Select Features dialog appears. Select the HiPath ComScendo Service components you want to install and deselect the ones you do not want to install.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 7. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.start_h5. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual 6-23 .

Then click Next. To implement the setup for the HiPath ComScendo service.fm HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 8. Finally. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. check whether the correct target directory and program group have been specified.start_h5. Service Manual . 6-24 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. The Start Copying Files dialog appears. Both components are automatically selected and installed by the Master Setup. both a TFTP server and an FM Reporting client must be installed on the relevant PC.

Note: This dialog only appears if none of the Master Setup components has been installed on the PC. Confirm the default folder c:\program files\siemens\hipath\tftp\files\ with Next or click Change to select a different folder. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. The File Transfer Folder appears.start_h5. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Select the folder where you want to install the program. Service Manual 6-25 . Click Next to start the copy procedure.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 9.

fm HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 10.start_h5. 6-26 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Users with sufficient knowledge of SNMP can change trap destinations and community names by editing the file snmpd. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.cnf (see Annex E). Service Manual . Note: This dialog only appears if none of the Master Setup components has been installed on the PC. The Trap Destinations and Communities dialog appears. Click Next to proceed with the setup routine. Enter the trap destinations (if necessary) and the HiPath Fault Management desktop community names. > The FM Reporting Client does not have its own user interface. The trap destinations and community names defined during installation may only be changed by uninstalling and then reinstalling the FM Reporting Client.

Note: This dialog only appears if the relevant PC has more than one network card.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 11. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.start_h5. Select the network card for HiPath 5000. Continue setup with Next. Service Manual 6-27 . The Select Network Card dialog appears.

start_h5. currency and date format. The Country selection dialog appears. Service Manual . Continue setup with Next. Confirm the default or select a different country to define the international standard settings for language. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 12. 6-28 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Confirm the default folder c:\program files\siemens\hipath\hipath 5000\pcsdata\ with Next or click Change to select a different folder. When all selected components are installed. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Click Next to proceed with the setup routine.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 13. The Destination Folder for Data dialog appears.start_h5. Select the folder for the HiPath ComScendo service data. 14. a dialog appears in which you can terminate the installation with Finish. Service Manual 6-29 .

fm HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 6.3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.4. 6-30 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Details about configuring the HiPath ComScendo service can be found in Section 6. in other words if one or more service status indicators are red. Checking the Installation of the HiPath ComScendo Service Open the status display with Start/Program Files/HiPath/HiPath 5000 State Viewer.11 contains information about how to proceed in the event of a fault.6. > Section 12. Service Manual .1 Procedure 1.10.start_h5.1.2. 2. The following appears: Make sure that the server status is “Running” and that all service status indicators are green.

This allows the system to permanently monitor the status of the network components and to include changes of status in the network administrator information. Please read this information carefully. Confirm the default folder HiPath with Next or select a different folder. 4. 3. Click Next to proceed with the installation routine. The system is prepared for installation.exe. Service Manual 6-31 . This includes the latest information on installation. Procedure 1.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 6. The installation program is started via the autorun function. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Select the language you require for the Setup browser.5 Installing HiPath Fault Management HiPath Fault Management can read information from the HiPath 3000 and HiPath 5000 system MIB via SNMP requests. Select the folder where you want to install the program. 5.6. German (Germany) and English (USA) versions are currently available. Confirm the default folder c:\program files\siemens\hipath\ with Next or click Browse and select a different folder. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Click Next to start the installation routine.start_h5. Important installation information is displayed. 6. Select destination path. 2. Insert the installation CD. Select the location where the setup should create the new shortcuts. Select program folder. Alternatively you can initiate Setup via Windows Explorer under <CD-ROM drive letter>:\setup.

Select the HiPath Fault Management components you want to install and deselect the ones you do not want to install. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 6-32 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 7. Service Manual .start_h5. The Select Features dialog appears.

11. The Start Copying Files dialog appears. Service Manual 6-33 . Select the folder where you want to install the Java Runtime Environment. 9. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Confirm the default folder c:\program files\javasoft\jre\<version>\ with Next or click Browse and select a different folder. Confirm the license agreement with Yes.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 8. The software license agreement is displayed. The Choose Destination Location dialog appears. Check if the correct destination directory and program group are specified and if all necessary components are installed. 10.start_h5. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Then click Next. Click Next to start the copy procedure. The license terms must be accepted before continuing with the setup.

Confirm the name suggested with Next or click Browse to select a different directory. 18. The licensing conditions for HiPath Fault Management are displayed.fm HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 12. Close the InstallShield Wizard for HiPath Fault Management with Finish. 14. The license terms must be accepted before continuing with the installation. Continue installation with Next. Click I accept the terms of the license agreement.start_h5. The Directory Name dialog is displayed. Confirm your selection with Next. A message appears indicating that the master setup has been successful. 13. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 15. 17. 16. The Select Browser dialog appears. a final dialog appears. Select one of the available browsers for which the Java plugin is to be used as the standard runtime environment for Java. Service Manual . Click Next to proceed with the installation routine. 6-34 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Close the setup with Finish. Select the Server & Client option. Once installation is complete. Click Next to proceed with the installation routine. The InstallShield Wizard for HiPath Fault Management is started. The installation options are displayed.

Confirm the welcome dialog by clicking Next. AllServe For using the TAPI Service Provider in networked HiPath AllServe scenarios. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. the required installation components are automatically preselected. The dongle driver is therefore not required.0 or later.6 Installing the TAPI Service Provider This section describes the separate installation of the TAPI 170 Service Provider. 4.0.6. ● ● ● When you select the setup types Standalone. When reinstalling TAPI 170 Version 2. 1.0 1 Installation component CSTA Message Dispatcher CMD – – X CSTA Service Provider CSP – – X Dongle driver1 Central Configuration Manager Client CCMC – – – – X X X X X The dongle driver is only relevant to installations for which a dongle is used for licensing. User-defined In this case you can manually select the components to be installed. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. MAC IDs and license codes are used for the licensing procedure. The following options are available: ● Standalone For using the TAPI Service Provider in standalone scenarios with no more than one HiPath 3000 system. The Setup Type dialog appears. Insert the TAPI 170 Service Provider installation CD and run Setup.start_h5.0 For using the TAPI Service Provider in networked HiPath 3000/5000 scenarios in V4. AllServe and HiPath 3000/5000 V4. 5. The system starts to install the selected components.0 and later. Select the appropriate option and confirm with Next. HiPath 3000/5000 V4. 2. You will find detailed information on how to install and configure the individual installation components in the online help for the TAPI 170 Service Provider. 3.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 6. Service Manual 6-35 . Setup type TAPI Service Provider TSP Standalone AllServe HiPath 3000/ 5000 V4.

please refer to the online help for the TAPI 170 Service Provider. Service Manual . The TAPI Service Provider is now installed. When a component is successfully installed. For further information. The relevant ACD support utility can also be enabled or disabled at a later stage.start_h5. 6. 6-36 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. the associated configuration dialog opens. You can set the required parameters here or postpone configuration until a later time. Confirm this prompt with Yes. a dialog is displayed prompting you to enable ACD support. When all of the selected components have been installed. a final dialog is displayed in which you can conclude installation with Finish. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch > At the beginning of the installation routine (the precise time will depend on the installation components you selected).

4. Select the language you require for the Setup browser. 5. Click Next to proceed with the installation routine. Alternatively you can initiate Setup via Windows Explorer under <CD-ROM drive letter>:\setup. Insert the installation CD. Confirm the default folder HiPath with Next or select a different folder.exe.6. 3. The installation program is started via the autorun function. The system is prepared for installation. In such a scenario the Inventory Server should be installed on all PCs that are to support the HiPath Inventory Manager. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Select the folder where you want to install the program. Confirm the default folder c:\program files\siemens\hipath\ with Next or click Browse and select a different folder. 2. German (Germany) and English (USA) versions are currently available. Select destination path. This includes the latest information on installation. Service Manual 6-37 . Procedure 1.7 Installing the HiPath Inventory Server Separately The software components and tools of the master setup mentioned in Table 6-6 can be installed on several PCs. Select the location where the setup should create the new shortcuts.start_h5. 6. Select program folder. Please read this information carefully.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 6. Click Next to start the installation routine. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Important installation information is displayed.

fm HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 7. Service Manual . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Select the HiPath Inventory components you want to install and deselect the ones you do not want to install.start_h5. 6-38 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. The Select Features dialog appears.

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. The Start Copying Files dialog appears.start_h5. both an FM Reporting client and a Common Web Service must be installed on the relevant PC.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 8. Both components are automatically selected and installed by the Master Setup. Then click Next. To be able to implement the setup for HiPath Inventory. Service Manual 6-39 . Check if the correct destination directory and program group are specified and if all necessary components are installed.

The Trap Destinations and Communities dialog appears.cnf (see Annex E). Users with sufficient knowledge of SNMP can change trap destinations and community names by editing the file snmpd. > The FM Reporting Client does not have its own user interface. The trap destinations and community names defined during installation may only be changed by uninstalling and then reinstalling the FM Reporting Client. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Click Next to start the copy operation. Enter the trap destinations (if necessary) and the HiPath Fault Management desktop community names.fm HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 9.start_h5. Service Manual . 6-40 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

12.start_h5. When installation is complete.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 10. The Inventory Database Location dialog appears. Click Next to proceed with the installation routine. a dialog appears in which you can terminate the setup with Finish. 11. Service Manual 6-41 . Enter the IP address and the port number of the PC where the database is installed (MSDE SQL database server). Confirm your entries with Next. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

Computer Management is displayed in a separate window. MS Windows XP.6. 6-42 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.1 Administrator user rights are required to use the full range of Computer Management functions.shows the tool’s attributes and data as well as any subordinate tools available.Services and Applications . for example. creating and managing releases starting and ending system services. This program is a sophisticated desktop tool for performing remote maintenance on computers. This is included in NT-based operating system packages (MS Windows NT. logon times and application errors.). To start this component.the event area .Control Panel .8 Verifying Installation Computer Management can be used to verify that all components are correctly installed.Computer Management. etc.6. Working with Computer Management requires an appropriate level of familiarity with the operating system.8.Services to check if all necessary services were started. services. for example task schedulers and spoolers. for example. The console structure (for the navigation and service program selection) contains the system programs.fm HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 6.start_h5. Verifying the Start and Function of HiPath 5000 Services Select Computer Management .Administrative Tools . Possible actions include the following: ● ● ● ● ● ● monitoring system events. MS Windows 2000. select Settings . > 6. data memory. Service Manual . defining properties for memory devices displaying device configurations and adding new device drivers administering server applications and services. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. DNS (Domain Name System) or DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol). and applications available on the computer. The right pane . like Windows Explorer.

etc. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.8. All events associated with the server(s) and its (their) applications are saved.System Tools .3. The events provide a quick and.2. select Computer Management . To open the Event Viewer. Table 12-8 shows the possible entries that may appear in the Event Viewer.10.). error.start_h5.2 Checking Entries in the Event Viewer The Event Viewer (event log) provides status information on the HiPath 5000 server and any application servers available.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 6. “Event Viewer for HiPath 5000 (Eventlog)”. above all. warning. time-specific overview of all relevant actions (status.Event Viewer. For more information.6. Service Manual 6-43 . see Section 12. information. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

note the following information: ● The TAPI Service Provider configuration (configuration and lines . Service Manual . updating components (features) in the current HiPath 5000 installation. Updating. all components (features) must first be uninstalled.start_h5. deleting all components (features) of the current HiPath 5000 installation. The components from the new version can then be installed (for more information. Note: When upgrading from one version to another (from V6. 6-44 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Deleting) 6.0. Updating. refer to Section 6. the Setup creates the relevant selection lists based on the current HiPath 5000 installation.see TAPI 170 Service Provider Help) and the CDB files for all connected systems (refer to HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E Help) should be saved for security reasons.7 Modifying HiPath 5000 Components (Retro-Fitting. Call data records must be evaluated with WinAccount before starting an update because updating uninstalls the WinAccount application. ● When activated. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration Nur für den internen Gebrauch Modifying HiPath 5000 Components (Retro-Fitting. Refer to the WinAccount user manual for information about the procedure Before starting the Setup maintenance program. Deleting) The Setup maintenance program can be used for ● ● retro-fitting additional components (features) to the current HiPath 5000 installation. Stop Server button). > 7 The WinAccount software for evaluating call data records is no longer used in HiPath 3000/5000 V4.0 or later.0 to V7. for example. ● The HiPath 5000 server must be stopped (Start/Programs/HiPath/HiPath 5000 State Viewer.1).7.

see TAPI 170 Service Provider Help). 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.start_h5. Exit the HiPath 5000 server by clicking Stop Server. Insert the installation CD. Call up the HiPath 5000 State Viewer with Start/Programs/HiPath/HiPath 5000 State Viewer. Save the current TAPI service provider configuration (configuration and lines . Updating. 4.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration Modifying HiPath 5000 Components (Retro-Fitting.0 to V7. Service Manual 6-45 . Select the language you require for the Setup browser. 3. 6.1 Version-Wide Upgrading of a HiPath 5000 Installation When upgrading from one version to another (from V6. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.0. all components (features) must first be uninstalled. Deleting) 6. The installation program is started via the autorun function. 2. Alternatively you can initiate Setup via Windows Explorer under <CD-ROM drive letter>:\setup. 5.exe.7. > 1. The components of the new version can then be installed. Save the current CDB files of all connected systems (see HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E Help). for example).

3).fm HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration Nur für den internen Gebrauch Modifying HiPath 5000 Components (Retro-Fitting. 8. it is not possible to delete them via the setup maintenance program. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Select the option Remove.start_h5.6. 11. Follow the on-screen user prompts. 10. Confirm the deletion of all installed components (features). The Setup maintenance program appears. 9. Then click Next. Install the components (features) for the new version (refer to the instructions in Section 6. Delete the following directories (default paths are provided): c:\Program Files\Microsoft SQL Server\MSSQL\ C:\Program Files\Siemens\HiPath\DB Feature Server\ C:\Program Files\Siemens\HiPath\HiPath5000\ Note: As these directories are not installed via Master Setup. Service Manual . Updating. 6-46 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Deleting) 7.

Service Manual 6-47 . centralized licensing procedure. > Please refer to Chapter 8. Licensing must be performed for all features. This file ensures that the maximum expansion of all features subject to mandatory licensing is possible within the 30-day grace period. A grace period of 30 days begins when HiPath 5000 is started up. and applications. The system or systems are not licensed. and products subject to mandatory licensing within this grace period.start_h5. The system falls into licensing default if licensing is not performed within the 30-day grace period. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. This means that features which subject to mandatory licensing will suffer from reduced functionality. The procedure is used in all HiPath products.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration Performing Licensing 6. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E comes with a customer-specific file which is used by the Customer License Agent CLA to generate a GPCF (Grace Period Configuration File) file. called HiPath License Management. interfaces. for example communication systems.0 and later features a new.8 Performing Licensing Version 5. workpoint clients. “Licensing” for information on how to proceed.

almost all of the virtual memory will be used for generating this file during system startup. Table 6-7 Operating System Settings for HiPath 5000 Description Component Optimizing the physical Windows 2000 Server is normally optimized for maximum throughput memory as a file server. To recover this problem. This may cause certain services on the HiPath 5000 server to experience problems in starting up. The same values should be entered for the virtual memory’s upper and lower thresholds so that the paging file does not have to be extended during operation. For this select the Balance Load option under Start/Settings/ Network and DC Connections/LAN Connection: Properties – File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks: Properties Optimizing the virtual memory To optimize the virtual memory. Service Manual . significantly less memory is needed for the system-wide disk cache. To do this. it creates a file containing debugging information from the paging file the next time the system starts. however. thus considerably increasing the server’s availability. No information is available on how to optimize Windows Server 2003. go to Start/Settings/ Control Panel: Software – Add/Remove Windows Components : Internet Information Service (IIS) – Details: Remove SMTP Service. If the size of this file is the same size as the system’s physical memory. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.start_h5. If the operating system crashes (blue screen). Optimizing availability SMTP service 6-48 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. The Auto restart option forces an automatic restart in the event of a system crash. enter 512 MB as the Total paging file size for all drives under Start/Settings/Control Panel/ System: Advanced – Performance Settings: Virtual Memory: Change.fm HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration Optimizing Operating System Settings Nur für den internen Gebrauch 6. The operating system’s SMTP service should always be disabled as HiPath 5000 provides its own SMTP link which may conflict with the operating system’s service. For a HiPath 5000 server. All other options are viable. you should go to Start/Settings/Control Panel – System – Advanced – Startup and Recovery and select the option none under Write Debugging Information.9 Optimizing Operating System Settings This section describes how you can optimize the Windows 2000 Server operating system for the implementation of HiPath 5000.

it must be taken into account that the default security settings for the wwwroot directory do not always grant the Personal Call Manager the necessary access rights. The PCM requires the following local full access rights to the hard disk: C:\temp and C:\InetPub\wwwroot\PCM\ where C:\InetPub\wwwroot means the standard directory of the IIS (in other installations this may have a completely different name)..”. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration Optimizing Operating System Settings Table 6-7 Operating System Settings for HiPath 5000 Description The Personal Call Manager software runs within the context of the IIS user. Service Manual 6-49 .. The option “Cache ISAPI Applications” must not be disabled. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. If the option were disabled. Component Personal Call Manager and Internet Information Server Application protocol Configure the following by right-clicking Properties under System Log and Application Log in the operating system’s Event Viewer: 'Overwrite events as needed' and set 'Maximum log size' to approximately 2 MB. the Personal Call Manger would lose its “memory” of the users currently logged on and the error message “You are not logged on” would be displayed permanently . This option can be found under Standard website – Properties – Home Directory – Configuration – Application Mapping. When a Windows Server system is being installed for the first time.by default this is the IIS guest account IUSR_<PC name>) has full access to the wwwroott\PCM directory.start_h5. You must ensure that the user account used by the Personal Call Manager (account for “anonymous access” on the standard website .

The formation of a “single system image” allows the central administration of all associated nodes (HiPath 3000 and HiPath 5000 with HiPath ComScendo Service). with or without HiPath ComScendo Service . 6-50 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.10 Perform HiPath 5000 Basic Configuration A distinction should be drawn between the basic configuration of a ● HiPath 5000 PC with HiPath ComScendo service The HiPath ComScendo Service is a complete HiPath 3000 node that is only configured as software on a PC. The IP network is administered via the Feature server. HG 1500 boards are still administered on a board-specific basis using Web-based management (WBM).fm HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration Perform HiPath 5000 Basic Configuration Nur für den internen Gebrauch 6. Service Manual . ● HiPath 5000 RSM as central administration unit in an IP network. HiPath ComScendo Service is administered via HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E.start_h5. The customer database is then automatically distributed to the various nodes. The administration of IP networking with HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E is divided into the following steps: a) Configuring the individual nodes belonging to the network (HiPath 3000 and HiPath 5000 with HiPath ComScendo Service) = Configuration of the individual customer databases. all features of HiPath 3000/HiPath 5000 are available. Apart from the pure TDM features. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. The Feature Server is an MS Windows service that automatically starts at the same time as the HiPath 5000 RSM. The HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E administration tool does not communicate with the individual nodes but exchanges data with the Feature server. The Feature server ensures that the networked nodes receive synchronized CDB data. Configuring the Feature server = Create an empty server net file. Start data transfer = registration of the individual nodes and transfer of the node data to the server net file. while the HG 1500 resources (see the feature description) are administered via Web-Based Management (WBM). Transfer the central database for IP networking = Load the server net file to the Feature server. b) c) d) Future administrative node work is then performed by the server.

Once transfer is complete. trunks. In the Communication Settings tab select IP-HiPath as the access and enter the IP address of the HiPath 5000 with HiPath ComScendo Service in the appropriate field.6.start_h5. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 7. Set the Overwrite and Hardware flags and transfer the customer database by clicking the PC –> System button. > 4. During the first login. Refer to the HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E Help for information on programming individual features. Then switch to the Transfer dialog.1. HiPath 5000 automatically performs a reset and then returns to operation. StartHiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. to be configured.3. Procedure 1. 3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual 6-51 . Perform the customer-specific system programming. 5. Open the Transfer dialog using the File menu. Select Read/Write Database. In the Communication Settings tab select IP-HiPath as the access and enter the IP address of the HiPath 5000 with HiPath ComScendo Service in the appropriate field.10. “Logon With User Name and Password”). Select Read/Write CDB and load the customer database by clicking the System -> PC button. 2. Information about the procedure can be found in the Web-based Management WBM Help.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration Perform HiPath 5000 Basic Configuration 6. 6. Save the customer database. etc.1 Configuring HiPath 5000 with HiPath ComScendo Service The customer database must be loaded to enable the individual IP workpoint clients. the system requests the identity of the user and asks for a new password (for more information see Section 12. > The HG 1500 resources (see the feature description) are administered using WebBased Management (WBM).

pds and hicom. > 1. When operating correctly. The PDS files must not be modified.bak. Procedure Call up the HiPath 5000 State Viewer with Start/Programs/HiPath/HiPath 5000 State Viewer. the server state is shown as “Running”. Start the HiPath 5000 server by clicking Start Server in the HiPath 5000 State Viewer.pds and hicom. Delete the files hicom. The two PDS files are created when the HiPath 5000 is started for the first time.start_h5.fm HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration Perform HiPath 5000 Basic Configuration Nur für den internen Gebrauch 6. Service Manual . Note: This restores the default settings for the entire content of the customer database.pds. 3. Exit the HiPath 5000 server by clicking Stop Server.2 Reloading the HiPath ComScendo Service (if required) Reloading the HiPath ComScendo Service means deleting the files hicom. This includes: ● ● ● ● ● customer data trace error history call charge data status data The directory in which the two PDS files are to be stored is defined when the HiPath 5000 software is installed (setup).pds.10. as reading of the files using conventional tools and interpretation of the content is not possible without specialist knowledge. These files contain the complete data description of the HiPath 5000 with emulated HG 1500 boards. All country and customer-specific settings are lost. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 6-52 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.bak. 4. “status indicators are green” is shown for all services. 2.

10. Service Manual 6-53 . Procedure 1.3 Configuring HiPath 5000 RSM as a Central Admin. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 2. The Feature server ensures that the networked nodes receive synchronized CDB data. Unit in an IP Network The IP network is administered via the Feature server. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.Transfer or via the appropriate button in the toolbar.HiPath 5000 RSM/ AllServe Server is only used to create a CDB memory generated offline. Activate the HiPath 5000 RSM/AllServe server by selecting File .3.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration Perform HiPath 5000 Basic Configuration 6.1 Creating a Central Customer Database for IP Networking An empty server net file must be created in order to create a central customer database for IP networking.HiPath 5000 RSM/AllServe . must be created for IP networking. a central customer database.New .10. The HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E administration tool does not communicate with the individual nodes but exchanges data with the Feature server.start_h5. StartHiPath 3000/5000 Manager E.HiPath 5000 RSM/ AllServe . > The menu item File . the so called server net file. To facilitate this. 6.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. The Transfer (HiPath 5000 RSM/AllServe Server) dialog appears. Service Manual . 4.start_h5. 6-54 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 5. The PC to be used as the HiPath 5000 server should be entered in the Server field.fm HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration Perform HiPath 5000 Basic Configuration Nur für den internen Gebrauch 3. Click Server –> Manager to create an empty server net file. Then click Close. Note: If the required software is not installed on the specified PC. 6. the error message “HiPath 5000 RSM/AllServe Server not Installed on this PC” appears.

HiPath 5000 RSM/AllServe . 2. “Installing HiPath 3000”) and startup (see Chapter 5.HiPath 3000. Procedure 1. define the new CDB in the Enter node data dialog displayed. The prerequisite for adding nodes (HiPath 3000) to a HiPath 3000/5000 network is the successful installation (see Chapter 4. Service Manual .3. select the appropriate CDB file in the Open customer database dialog displayed. 6-55 ● P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.10. The customer database is then automatically distributed to the various nodes. 3.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration Perform HiPath 5000 Basic Configuration 6. You must then configure customer-specific data. To select the node to be added to the CDB.start_h5. The Enter Source dialog appears. call File . Create offline (to create a CDB generated offline) In this case. Select the appropriate source: ● Customer database file (to open a saved CDB file) In this case. The server net file is now loaded to the Feature server.2 Adding Individual Nodes for IP Networking The next steps in creating a central database for IP Networking are the registration of the individual nodes and the transfer of the node data to the server net file.New . “Starting Up HiPath 3000”) of these systems.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Clicking Finish opens the Transfer.Transfer .fm HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration Perform HiPath 5000 Basic Configuration Nur für den internen Gebrauch ● Load from system (to load a CDB directly from a node) In this case. the service and substitution codes are copied from the CDB firstly created to all other CDB files of the node belonging to IP networking. Apply the node data to the server net file by clicking the Add node button. If the Copy netwide data in node option is activated.HiPath 5000 RSM/AllServe . specify the node whose data should be read.start_h5.. You must then start the transfer (system -> PC). select the HiPath 3000 node with the CDB that is to be loaded from the subsequent Transfer (Communication) dialog that appears. dialog. The Transfer (HiPath 5000 RSM/AllServe Server) dialog appears. 6. 5. 6-56 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. The number of nodes loaded during previous actions is displayed. Service Manual .HiPath 5000 RSM/ AllServe Server. invoke File . Here. 4.. To add the node.

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. rewrite the data from HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E to the HiPath 5000 server (Manager –> Server button). > 6.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath Manager PCM 7. Finally. Service Manual 6-57 .11 HiPath Manager PCM For information. see the HiPath Manager PCM Installation and Administration Manual. Refer to the Help for HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E for additional information about the procedure.start_h5. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

6-58 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. > 6. The following dialog appears.12.start_h5. you can forward the existing call data. Service Manual .0 or later. The call data is forwarding in an ASCII file.12 Overview GetAccount The call data records generated during HiPath 3000/5000 operation can be copied to a text file for further processing using the GetAccount program.1 The WinAccount software for evaluating call data records is no longer used in HiPath 3000/5000 V4. Start the GetAccount Administration program. for example. Parameters for Call Data Export For HiPath 5000. Proceed as follows to set the parameters for call data export: 1. for external call charge calculation. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration GetAccount Nur für den internen Gebrauch 6.

Transfer file Transfer file folder 3. Service Manual 6-59 .start_h5. The following modes are available: ● None save call charge data The call data is not written to the transfer file. Each call data record (line) is ended with CR+LF.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration GetAccount 2. The file is extended by one line for each call data record. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Confirm the default file name (gcallserve) or enter a different file name. Select this option. ● Save call charge data The call data is written to the transfer file. The ASCII transfer file is automatically saved in the specified folder and extended to include the new call data. The modes Export calls with calculation and Export and save calls with calculation are intended for a future expansion. Confirm the default folder name (C:\coldir) or enter a different folder name. Enter the following data: Field name Mode Meaning Select the call data forwarding mode in this list field. The changes you made only become effective after the GetAccount service is restarted. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. The transfer file is stored in the folder set here. Click Save to save your inputs.

19 20 .16 17 . for example “ 1” 3 Node ID for HiPath 3000 (matches the configuration in HiPath 3000/ 5000 Manager E) right-aligned with leading blanks 6 Internal extension number right-aligned with leading blanks 5 Call duration in seconds 8 Call duration Format hh:mm:ss.100 13 14 101 105 106 109 110 111 15 16 6-60 .09.00” 8 Time of call end Format hh:mm:ss.fm HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration GetAccount Nur für den internen Gebrauch Data record structure Table 6-8 No. for example “13.YY. for example “14:14:00” 3 Trunk number right-aligned with leading blanks.66 9 10 67 .41 42 . 1-8 9 . 1 2 3 4 Pos. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.89 12 90 .28 29 .77 78 11 Number of tariff units right-aligned with leading blanks 1 Call type ● 1: incoming ● 2: outgoing (default) 11 Account code ACCT left-aligned with succeeding blanks 11 MSN used 5 Trunk right-aligned with leading blanks 4 LCR Selected Route (corresponds to configuration in HiPath 3000/ 5000 Manager E) right-aligned with leading blanks 1 CR 1 LF P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.start_h5.MM. for example “00:04:34” 25 For incoming calls: external caller number ● For outgoing calls: external call number dialed including the callby-call number left-aligned with succeeding blanks ● 5 6 7 8 23 .Data Record Structure Lengt h Description 8 Date of call end Format DD.22 GetAccount . Service Manual 11 79 .33 34 .

Service Manual 6-61 . P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. The transfer file is automatically recreated in the specified folder with the file name saved in the parameters and can be renamed again at a later point. an option is available for deleting the renamed transfer file after forwarding it for external use in this folder.start_h5. Rename the transfer file (default: gcallserve). ● ● > To avoid uncontrolled folder growth with the transfer file.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration GetAccount Copying/renaming the transfer files Proceed as follows if you want to use the call information in the transfer file for external processing: ● Switch to the folder containing the transfer file (default: C:\coldir). The renamed file is now available for external processing. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

The manufacturer’s safety and operating instructions must be observed.Front and Rear Panel 6-62 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.start_h5. The device bridges power failures lasting 5 . Service Manual .13 Connecting an Uninterruptible Power Supply to HiPath 5000 Online’s P 500 uninterruptible power supply (UPS) was certified for use with HiPath 5000.Front and Rear Panel 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Figure 6-4 P 500 UPS . 7 Caution For safety reasons and for protection against guarantee claims.fm HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration Connecting an Uninterruptible Power Supply to HiPath 5000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 6. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. changes to the UPS settings may only be performed by specially trained technicians.10 minutes by means of an integrated battery. The P 500 UPS is fed through the AC power cord to the HiPath 5000 server. P 500 UPS .

By activating the “on” switch (1) and then pressing the reset key. ● 2: increases the response voltage by 5% ● 3: reduces the response voltage by 5% Switch positions normally: DIP FIX 1 = off. This alarm cannot be deactivated if the battery voltage falls under a certain value. 3-pin DIP-FIX switch: ● 1: reduces the response voltage (minimum line voltage value before UPS activation) – 10 V with 220/240-V systems – 5 V with 110/120-V systems. ● green = input voltage (line voltage) is functioning ● red = UPS is suppling voltage or fault has been detected Display shows UPS operating status NORMAL ● CHARG‘G ● BATTERY and reports the charging status of the battery (25. DIP FIX 2 and 3 = on Reset key ● deactivates the acoustic alarm if the input voltage fails. To protect the battery from deep discharging.start_h5. the P 500 UPS can also be activated without a network connection (cold start). Service Manual 6-63 . Switches and Jacks Description LED displays the status of the P 500 UPS. Switches and Jacks Table 6-9 No. for example. 9-pin jack for connection to the communication server NOT USED IN HiPath 3000/5000. 6 7 8 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration Connecting an Uninterruptible Power Supply to HiPath 5000 P 500 UPS . that is. the UPS can only be activated when the line voltage is connected. The connected server must be disconnected before a cold start. 75 or 100%). To avoid malfunctions the connected server should not be connected immediately. ● 2 3 4 5 On/off switch Input (jack for input voltage (line voltage)) There is a cavity under the jack for the input fuse (with spare fuse enclosed). in the case of extended power failures. The P 500 UPS needs between 5 and 20 s to reach the set output voltage.Meaning of Displays. Special monitoring software can shut down the specified server via this jack. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. when using the UPS. ● activates the UPS cold start. 50.Meaning of Displays. Jacks for power supply to the communication server to be monitored. 1 P 500 UPS .

fm HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration Connecting an Uninterruptible Power Supply to HiPath 5000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 6-64 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual .start_h5.

fm Starting HiPath 3000 as a Gateway Overview 7 7.Nur für den internen Gebrauch start_3g. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. In HiPath 3000 V7. Service Manual 7-1 . P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. HiPath 3500.2 Introduction So-called gateways provide the HiPath 5000 with interfaces for trunk and tie trunk connections to the telecommunications network. page 7-8 7.1 Starting HiPath 3000 as a Gateway Overview Chapter contents This chapter discusses the topics listed in the following table. the HiPath 3800. page 7-2 Starting HiPath 3500 as a Gateway. page 7-5 Starting HiPath 3300 as a Gateway. and HiPath 3300 systems can be used as gateways. Topic Starting HiPath 3800 as a Gateway.

3 7. 3. you must ping each new IP address to be configured before each IP address is assigned. Installing HiPath 3800 (19-Inch Cabinet) 7-2 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Starting HiPath 3000 as a Gateway Starting HiPath 3800 as a Gateway Nur für den internen Gebrauch 7. 5. If an IP address responds. 7 Refer to Section 4. 6. Service Manual .2. 7. page 4-50 If required: Inserting the External Patch Panel. 7.3.start_3g. The AC power of the system cabinet(s) must be conducted through the outlet strip with overvoltage protection. page 4-80 Installing Boards (Configuration Notes). page 4-65 Loading the System Software and Installing Subboards on the CBSAP.1 for information on the tools and resources needed to install the HiPath 3800 system. page 4-29 Connecting the Cable to the Backplane. then this address cannot be used again. page 4-20 (generally determined by the existing 19inch cabinet) Unpacking the Components. Procedure for System Installation and Startup Activity (Remarks) Selecting the Installation Site. 2.3. HiPath 3800 as a GW. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 4. page 4-27 Checking the Grounding. 8.1 Starting HiPath 3800 as a Gateway Prerequisites Warning Only authorized service personnel should install and start up the system. page 4-30 (cabinet(s) are already equipped with the boards) We recommend that you check the board population using the configuration notes. page 4-24 Grounding the System. page 4-23 Mounting System Cabinets in the 19-Inch Cabinet. > 7 Table 7-1 Step 1.2 Procedure for Installation and Startup To ensure that IP addresses are not assigned more than once in the customer network. Caution (for Brazil only) The use of the outlet strip with overvoltage protection with part number C39334Z7052-C31 is absolutely mandatory.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Since additional lightning protection is prescribed for Brazil. 11. For information on startup and configuration. 2kV.2) 2. 10. page 5-8 Not for U. page 5-7 Carrying Out the Country Initialization and Selecting the Password Type. 3.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Starting HiPath 3000 as a Gateway Starting HiPath 3800 as a Gateway Table 7-1 Step 9. 4. Service Manual 7-3 . 1. page 5-10 Conducting customer-specific programming with HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E.for S0 trunk connection ● DIUN2 . Startup of HiPath 3800 (Section 5. Performing a Visual Inspection. Procedure for System Installation and Startup Activity (Remarks) Making trunk connections Refer to the following board descriptions for information: ● STMD3 . page 4-82 Supplying the System with Power. only) . P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 4 kV.S. In this way. the AC power of the system cabinet(s) must be conducted through the outlet strip with overvoltage protection (part number C39334Z7052-C31). page 5-3 (Plugging in the system cabinet(s) -> starting system boot) Note (for Brazil only): The AC power of a system cabinet is internally equipped with transient overvoltage protection up to approx. Carrying Out a System Reload. HiPath 3800 as a GW. Refer to the HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E Help for information on programming individual features. 5.: Entering the System Number.S.for T1 PRI trunk Making IP connections Perform the IP connection over the HG 1500 board. refer to the HG 1500 Administration Manual.start_3g.for S2M trunk connection ● DIU2U (for U. transient overvoltage protection is guaranteed up to approx. STMI2.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Starting HiPath 3000 as a Gateway Starting HiPath 3800 as a Gateway Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 7-1 Step 6. – Check for proper system booting Set up internal and external calls at random to check if the system is functioning properly.start_3g. Set up external calls at random (from optiPoints or optiClients on HiPath 5000). Procedure for System Installation and Startup Activity (Remarks) Performing a system check ● The following tests must be performed if telephones are directly connected to the gateway: – Check the telephones Check the time and date display on each telephone. If a display does not appear.2.3. Replace the terminal or fix the link. either the telephone or the link is defective. HiPath 3800 as a GW. Perform random terminal tests as described in Section 12. ● Test IP configuration Ping the HG 1500 IP address in the gateway. Service Manual .9 on all telephones. 7-4 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

HiPath 3500 Installation (19-Inch Cabinet) (Section 4. 7. 7 Refer to Section 4. page 4-113 Connecting Cables and the Line Network. The AC power of the system must be conducted through the outlet strip with overvoltage protection. Caution (for Brazil only) The use of the outlet strip with overvoltage protection with part number C39334Z7052-C31 is absolutely mandatory. Service Manual 7-5 . 2. page 4-108 (usually predetermined) Unpacking the Components. 7.: Attaching a HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 to the Wall.start_3g. page 4-110 Installing a HiPath 3500 or HiPath 3300 in a Cabinet.1 for information on the tools and resources needed to install the HiPath 3500 system. page 4-109 Not for U. 4.S. then this address cannot be used again. page 4-111 Grounding the System. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.4. 5. 3.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Starting HiPath 3000 as a Gateway Starting HiPath 3500 as a Gateway 7.4.3) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.2 Procedure for Installation and Startup To ensure that IP addresses are not assigned more than once in the customer network.4 7. HiPath 3500 as a GW. page 4-115 Configuration notes. page 4-116 > 7 Table 7-2 Step 1. If an IP address responds. Procedure for System Installation and Startup Activity (Remarks) Selecting the Installation Site.1 Starting HiPath 3500 as a Gateway Prerequisites Warning Only authorized service personnel should install and start up the system. you must ping each new IP address to be configured before each IP address is assigned.3. 6.

fm Starting HiPath 3000 as a Gateway Starting HiPath 3500 as a Gateway Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 7-2 Step 8. transient overvoltage protection is guaranteed up to approx.start_3g. Service Manual . Since additional lightning protection is prescribed for Brazil. 3. page 5-18 Conducting customer-specific programming with HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. Startup of HiPath 3500 (Section 5. Procedure for System Installation and Startup Activity (Remarks) Making trunk connections Refer to the following board descriptions for information: ● STLS4R . 4 kV. Performing a Visual Inspection. 7-6 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.3) 2.for the S2M trunk connection ● TST1 (for U. 5. 10. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.: Entering the System Number. Refer to the HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E Help for information on programming individual features.for S0 trunk connection ● TS2R .S. page 5-16 Not for U. page 5-13 (starting system boot). In this way. page 5-16 Carrying Out the Country Initialization and Selecting the Password Type. only) . page 4-119 Supplying the System With Power. 1. 9.for T1 PRI trunk Note: Analog workpoint clients can be connected to the CBRC’s T/R ports in emergencies. Carrying Out a System Reload. HXGR3. the AC power of the system must be conducted through the outlet strip with overvoltage protection (part number C39334-Z7052-C31). Making IP connections Perform the IP connection over the HG 1500 board. This ensures telephone operation via the telecommunications network in the event of IP network failure. Note (for Brazil only): The AC power of the system is internally equipped with transient overvoltage protection up to approx. 2 kV. 4. For information on startup and configuration. HiPath 3500 as a GW.S. refer to the HG 1500 Administration Manual.

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. If a display does not appear. Replace the terminal or fix the link. – Check for proper system booting Set up internal and external calls at random to check if the system is functioning properly. Set up external calls at random (from optiPoints or optiClients on HiPath 5000). Procedure for System Installation and Startup Activity (Remarks) Performing a system check ● The following tests must be performed if telephones are directly connected to the gateway: – Check the telephones Check the time and date display on each telephone.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Starting HiPath 3000 as a Gateway Starting HiPath 3500 as a Gateway Table 7-2 Step 6.start_3g. either the telephone or the link is defective. ● Test IP configuration Ping the HG 1500 IP address in the gateway.2. HiPath 3500 as a GW. Service Manual 7-7 . Perform random terminal tests as described in Section 12.9 on all telephones.3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

HiPath 3300 Installation (19-Inch Cabinet) (Section 4.5. page 4-116 > 7 Table 7-3 Step 1. page 4-110 Installing a HiPath 3500 or HiPath 3300 in a Cabinet.1 Starting HiPath 3300 as a Gateway Prerequisites Warning Only authorized service personnel should install and start up the system. The AC power of the system must be conducted through the outlet strip with overvoltage protection. Service Manual .S.fm Starting HiPath 3000 as a Gateway Starting HiPath 3300 as a Gateway Nur für den internen Gebrauch 7.: Attaching a HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 to the Wall.3) 7-8 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2. page 4-115 Configuration notes.5 7. page 4-108 (usually predetermined) Unpacking the Components.1 for information on the tools and resources needed to install the HiPath 3300 system. 7. you must ping each new IP address to be configured before each IP address is assigned. page 4-113 Connecting Cables and the Line Network. 4. Caution (for Brazil only) The use of the outlet strip with overvoltage protection with part number C39334Z7052-C31 is absolutely mandatory. HiPath 3300 as a GW. 7. 5. 6.start_3g.3. If an IP address responds. 3. Procedure for System Installation and Startup Activity (Remarks) Selecting the Installation Site. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.5. page 4-111 Grounding the System. page 4-109 Not for U. then this address cannot be used again. 7 Refer to Section 4.2 Procedure for Installation and Startup To ensure that IP addresses are not assigned more than once in the customer network.

page 5-13 (starting system boot). 1.start_3g. page 5-16 Not for U. page 5-18 Conducting customer-specific programming with HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. Making IP connections Perform the IP connection over the HG 1500 board.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Starting HiPath 3000 as a Gateway Starting HiPath 3300 as a Gateway Table 7-3 Step 8. Note (for Brazil only): The AC power of the system is internally equipped with transient overvoltage protection up to approx. Startup of HiPath 3300 (Section 5. refer to the HG 1500 Administration Manual. 10. Refer to the HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E Help for information on programming individual features. For information on startup and configuration.S.for S0 trunk connection Note: Analog workpoint clients can be connected to the CBRC’s T/R ports in emergencies. page 4-119 Supplying the System With Power. HiPath 3300 as a GW. HXGR3. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. the AC power of the system must be conducted through the outlet strip with overvoltage protection (part number C39334-Z7052-C31). Since additional lightning protection is prescribed for Brazil. In this way. Performing a Visual Inspection. 5.: Entering the System Number. This ensures telephone operation via the telecommunications network in the event of IP network failure. 2 kV. 9. 3. Procedure for System Installation and Startup Activity (Remarks) Making trunk connections Refer to the following board descriptions for information: ● STLS4R . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. page 5-16 Carrying Out the Country Initialization and Selecting the Password Type. Carrying Out a System Reload. transient overvoltage protection is guaranteed up to approx. Service Manual 7-9 . 4 kV. 4.3) 2.

3. HiPath 3300 as a GW. Replace the terminal or fix the link. Perform random terminal tests as described in Section 12.2. – Check for proper system booting Set up internal and external calls at random to check if the system is functioning properly.fm Starting HiPath 3000 as a Gateway Starting HiPath 3300 as a Gateway Nur für den internen Gebrauch Table 7-3 Step 6. Set up external calls at random (from optiPoints or optiClients on HiPath 5000). If a display does not appear. Service Manual .start_3g. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. either the telephone or the link is defective. 7-10 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Procedure for System Installation and Startup Activity (Remarks) Performing a system check ● The following tests must be performed if telephones are directly connected to the gateway: – Check the telephones Check the time and date display on each telephone. ● Test IP configuration Ping the HG 1500 IP address in the gateway.9 on all telephones.

licensing. page 8-27 Licensing Scenarios. page 8-13 Networked HiPath 3000 Systems without HiPath 5000 RSM. page 8-8 HiPath 3000 as a Standalone System. page 8-2 Licensing for HiPath 3000 V7. page 8-21 Removing a Standalone System from a Network with HiPath 5000 RSM. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. page 8-15 Upgrading to HiPath 3000 V7. page 8-18 Combining Standalone Systems (HiPath 3000) to Form a Network with HiPath 5000 RSM. page 8-29 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. “Licensing optiClient Attendant” ● Protection Against License Manipulation.1 Licensing Overview Chapter contents This chapter discusses the topics listed in the following table. page 8-15 Networked HiPath 3000 Systems with HiPath 5000 RSM.5. HiPath 5000 V7. page 8-7 License Failure Period. HiPath 5000 V7. Service Manual 8-1 .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Licensing Overview 8 8. page 8-23 Replacing License-sensitive Hardware (Changing the MAC Address). page 8-4 ● ● ● ● Products and Components subject to Mandatory Licensing. page 8-24 optiClient Attendant V8 Connected To HiPath 3000 V7. page 8-13 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Section 8. Topic Introduction. page 8-4 Grace Period. page 8-7 Performing Licensing.

and applications. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. This is where the license data is validated. centralized licensing procedure known as HiPath License Management.2 Introduction Versions 5.licensing. The CLM is responsible for activating the license file and allocating it to the Customer License Agent (CLA). The procedure is used in all HiPath products. 8-2 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. workpoint clients.fm Licensing Introduction Nur für den internen Gebrauch 8. for example communication systems. To license a product you must first establish a connection with the Central License Server (CLS) via the Customer License Manager (CLM). The customer-specific data entered is used to uniquely identify the product configuration for which the relevant license file is to be supplied in encrypted format. Service Manual . Distribution of the licenses to the individual products using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E can then begin.0 and later of HiPath 3000 and HiPath 5000 use a new. The license file contains the licenses for all products which are subject to mandatory licensing.

xml) is downloaded without CLM (license file is stored manually in the import directory) Customer License Manager (CLM) or 3. License file is analyzed 6. Individual licenses are distributed to all products which are subject to mandatory licensing 4. License file is requested using customer-specific data License Management System Central License Server CLS https://www. License file (*. Service Manual 8-3 .licensing.central-license-server. License file is activated Customer License Agent (CLA) Customer License Client (CLC) Example: HiPath 3000/ 5000 Manager E 5. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.xml) is downloaded using CLM 2. License file is validated Figure 8-1 Licensing Process with Central License Server (CLS) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.com/ 2. License file (*.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Licensing Introduction 1.

licensing.Per board wor kwide – HiPath 3000: 500 per Gatekeeper HiPath 5000: 1000 per Gatekeeper – Per boards per port/ per system device – – HiPath ComScendo licenses (system clients. The required licenses are combined in a license file and must be distributed to the relevant products using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. administration. SIP clients) HiPath 3000 V7 ComScendo IP Workpoint HiPath 3000 V7 ComScendo Security HiPath 3000 V7 Central Admin H5000 2000 0 2000 0 HiPath 5000 V7 basic package.e.3.fm Licensing Licensing for HiPath 3000 V7.30 licenses port 2 58 per HG 1500 board – – HG 1500 V3.323 clients. DIUN2) 1 0 1 0 X – X HiPath 3000 V7 B channel S2M 8960 0 8960 TS2/ TS2R: 2 per board DIUN2: 2 licenses port 1. H.0 expansion B channels for HiPath 3000 V7 HiPath 3000 V7 B channel HG1500 HiPath 3000 V7 ComScendo Security 2000 0 2000 – – – 8-4 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. HiPath 5000 V7 Products and Components subject to Mandatory Licensing The following products and components used with HiPath 3000 and HiPath 5000 V7 must be licensed (i. PCM S2M license for 1 B channel for V7 (TS2. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.28 licenses per port DIUN2: 0 28 licenses port 1. 0 . Table 8-1 Feature subject to mandatory licensing Features Subject to Mandatory Licensing Details in license file Feature name Maximum number Minimum number Default values in unlicensed state During grace period After grace period Distribution of Licenses with HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E Net. TS2R.1 Licensing for HiPath 3000 V7. incl. Service Manual . 0 licenses port 2 2 – TS2/TS2R: 0 . HiPath 5000 V7 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 8.3 8. are subject to mandatory licensing). SNMP. IP networking.

10 licenses per port – – 0 1 0 – Only on one HG 1500 board – 16 0 16 0 – – – Max. HiPath 5000 V7 Table 8-1 Feature subject to mandatory licensing Features Subject to Mandatory Licensing Details in license file Feature name Maximum number Minimum number Default values in unlicensed state During grace period After grace period Distribution of Licenses with HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E Net.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Licensing Licensing for HiPath 3000 V7.V7 BS4 One liPath Cordless channel cense = Office) one registration HG 1500 V3. 16 on a central board – 16 0 16 0 – – – 6 0 6 0 – 6 – 100 0 100 0 – – – X P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.licensing. Service Manual 8-5 .Per board wor kwide – Max. 16 on a central board Max. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.HiPath 3000 nel for V7 (Hi.0 for HiPath 3000 Xpressions Compact Mobility for HiPath 3000 V7 Mobility Entry system license for HiPath 3000 V7 HiPath 3000 V7 optiClient Attendant V8 HiPath 3000 V7 optiClient Attendant V8 HiPath 3000 V7 Xpressions Compact Mobility HiPath 3000 V7 System Mobility Entry 1 0 6420 2 B channels per BS4 – – 0 .0 HiPath 3000 VPN (Virtual V7 LWCA HG 1500 Private Network) LWCA package for HiPath 3000 V7 optiClient Attendant V8 for HiPath 3000 V7 optiClient Attendant V8 upgrade for V7. 16 per IVM board Per boards per port/ per system device – – Xpressions Compact Announcements for V7 HiPath 3000 V7 Xpressions Compact Announcement 1024 0 1024 0 6420 BS4 B chan.

licensing. HiPath 5000 V7 Nur für den internen Gebrauch The following features which are subject to mandatory licensing are licensed using separate license files: ● ● ● ● VPN Workpoint Clients CSTA Service Provider (CSP) TAPI Service Provider (TSP) HiPath Fault Management Information on the licensing procedure can be found in the appropriate product documentation. 8-6 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Licensing Licensing for HiPath 3000 V7. Service Manual .

interfaces. The licensing of all features. The activation of a grace period is recorded by the Customer License Agent (CLA) and in the system CDB. The grace period licenses can be distributed in exactly the same way as RLF licenses.gpcf file. within which the error must be rectified. 8. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. If there is no valid license file (Real License File RLF) for the Customer License Agent CLA when the HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E-license dialog is opened. The system falls into licensing default if licensing is not performed within the 30-day grace period. This means that features which subject to mandatory licensing will suffer from reduced functionality.gpcf file ensures that the maximum expansion of all features that are subject to mandatory licensing is possible within the 30-day grace period. This means that features which subject to mandatory licensing will suffer from reduced functionality.gpcf) is installed with HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. HiPath 5000 V7 8. The only difference is that the validity period of the grace period license is limited to 30 days. there is a period of 30 days (License Failure Period).3. The system or systems are not licensed. Service Manual 8-7 .3.licensing. This ensures that the 30-day period cannot be extended and that a second grace period cannot be started.3 License Failure Period If a licensing error occurs.2 Grace Period A product-specific Grace Period Configuration File (<file name>.gpcf file. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. the systems enter system default mode. The . The.gpcf file must be stored in the HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E installation directory. and products that are subject to mandatory licensing must take place during this period. the CLA automatically generates a grace period license file using the .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Licensing Licensing for HiPath 3000 V7. The 30-day grace period begins with the licensing of a standalone system or networked systems using the . If the error has not been rectified by the time the 30-day license failure period has expired.

A signature ensures that subsequent manipulation of the license file content is always detected.4 Performing Licensing The details specified below are based on the assumption that valid license files are available to the user. an import subdirectory is created in the installation directory. Information about this can be found in the Customer License Manager online help. HiPath 5000 V7 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 8. interfaces. and products is performed using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. If the user has received a valid license file (<license>. 8-8 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.3. > During installation of the Customer License Agent CLA on the service PC or on the HiPath 5000 server (see Figure 8-2). Feature IDs define the number of licenses available and the length of time for which they are valid. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. there are two options: ● ● The license file can be stored manually in the specified subdirectory import. Invalid changes to the license file are therefore not possible. The Customer License Manager CLM can be activated and used to make the license file automatically available for the CLA. The license file in XML format contains information about all products that are subject to mandatory licensing and the MAC address with which these licenses are linked.xml).fm Licensing Licensing for HiPath 3000 V7. Service Manual . Distribution of the licenses to the relevant features.licensing.

Networked HiPath 3000 systems Figure 8-2 Distribution of Licenses with HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.licensing. Service Manual 8-9 . decryption.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Licensing Licensing for HiPath 3000 V7. HiPath 5000 V7 Standalone HiPath 3000 system Networked HiPath 3000 systems with HiPath 5000 RSM License file (*. a separate license file must be requested for each system. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. and analysis of the license file Service PC with – HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E – Customer License Agent (CLA) – Customer License Client (CLC) HiPath 5000 RSM with – HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E – Customer License Agent (CLA) – Customer License Client (CLC) Customer database CDB with licenses Customer database CDB with licenses HiPath 3750 In the case of networked HiPath 3000 systems without HiPath 5000 RSM.xml) Validation.

Licenses: The content of the license file is displayed. Open the “Licensing. Note: When a single CDB is downloaded from a HiPath 3000/5000 network.” dialog in the “Settings” menu. ● 2. ing HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. HiPath 5000 V7 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Procedure for distributing licenses The license distribution procedure described below requires successful installation (see Chapter 4. only the license-sensitive CDB content is displayed. the date on which they expire is specified here. Service Manual . Step Activity (Remarks) Standalone or networked HiPath 3000 systems without HiPath 5000 RSM 1. In a configuration without HiPath 5000 RSM.the HiPath 5000 RSM to be licensed usPath 3000/5000 Manager E.. “HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration”). Used: The number of licenses already assigned for the feature in question is specified. Expiration date: If licenses are only available for a specific time. “Installing HiPath 3000”) and startup (see Chapter 5. ● – – – – Feature: All features. of the HiPath 5000 RSM (see Chapter 6.. these are the licenses for the open CDB and the corresponding node (HiPath 3000).licensing. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. In a network with HiPath 5000 RSM. interfaces. and products which are subject to mandatory licensing are displayed.fm Licensing Licensing for HiPath 3000 V7. Networked HiPath 3000 systems with HiPath 5000 RSM Download and save the available CDB for Download and save the available CDB for the HiPath 3000 to be licensed using Hi. Available: The number of licenses purchased for the feature in question is specified. “Starting Up HiPath 3000”) of the HiPath 3000 systems (nodes) and. The Customer License Agent (CLA) installed on the PC opens the license file that corresponds to the MAC address. The number of available licenses not yet assigned is the difference between this number and the number specified under “Number”. these are the licenses for the server CDB and all of the nodes (HiPath 3000) belonging to the network. Licenses: The content of the license file is displayed. if available. 8-10 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. It is not possible to make any changes.

“S2M”. “Base station” (HiPath Cordless Office base station BS4). the slot in which the board is inserted. Note: The DBFS network-wide feature that may be included is automatically transferred to the CDB when the licensing dialog is started. – Name: The name of the base station is displayed.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Licensing Licensing for HiPath 3000 V7.licensing. “IVM” and “Base station” tabs. “IVM” (HiPath Xpressions Compact boards IVML8. HXGS3. – Port: The board port used is displayed. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Distribute licenses. – Base: The default value for each feature is displayed. no changes can be made. IVML24. – BS Type: The base station type is displayed. For “Base station” tab only: – Type . IVMN8. Note: If the right license is not available. Note that in a network with HiPath 5000 RSM. – Type . and products) in the “HXG”. and the board port used are displayed. STMI2).Slot . interfaces.Port: The board type. IVMS8R). these are the licenses for all of the nodes (HiPath 3000) belonging to the network. IVMP8. It is not possible to make any changes. You can specify which data you want to display in the tabs “HXG” (HG 1500 boards HXGM3. – Feature: The features. Service Manual 8-11 . HiPath 5000 V7 Step Activity (Remarks) Standalone or networked HiPath 3000 systems without HiPath 5000 RSM ● Networked HiPath 3000 systems with HiPath 5000 RSM CDB: The license-sensitive data for the open CDB is displayed. IVMNL. IVMP8R. – Assigned: The number of licenses assigned for this feature is specified. only the license-sensitive CDB content is displayed. and “System-wide” (the licenses assigned for the system-wide feature “DBFS” are displayed. interfaces. DIUN2). HXGR3. IVMS8. You can select the features to be licensed (features. and products which are subject to mandatory licensing are displayed. 3. TS2R. – Expiration date: The date displayed here specifies when the validity of the licenses assigned for this feature is due to expire. “S2M” (S2M boards TS2.Slot: The board type and the slot in which the board is inserted are displayed. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Distribute the licenses defined in the license file to the individual features.

Save CDB and transfer to HiPath 3000. If there is no valid license file available. Given that the Feature Server receives its license from the CDB of the first node. licensing can also be performed using a GPCF file. 8-12 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. licensing must be performed using a . The HG 1500 boards are then registered automatically. the server automatically stops operating after an hour has elapsed. In this case a message indicating that licensing needs to be performed is displayed.licensing. 4. Note: Unlike previous versions. as it may disrupt data transfer. this version does not require a reset of the HG 1500 boards. When the server is restarted there is a new one-hour period in which to perform licensing. A reset should therefore not be carried out.gcpf file. If the Feature Server is not licensed through the first node within one hour. The first node must then be added to the HiPath 3000/5000 network.fm Licensing Licensing for HiPath 3000 V7. Service Manual . as a minimum requirement. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. the licensing dialog for this node must be opened first and. HiPath 5000 V7 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Step Activity (Remarks) Standalone or networked HiPath 3000 systems without HiPath 5000 RSM Networked HiPath 3000 systems with HiPath 5000 RSM Save CDB and transfer to HiPath 5000 RSM. Licensing is required for the network at the preconfiguration stage. The server transfers the CDB files to the networked systems autonomously. Preconfiguration can be performed in preparation for installation of a HiPath 3000/ 5000 network for a customer. The Feature Server now has its (grace period) license. > Note on licensing the Feature Server The Feature Server can be started without a license.

enter the part number and the packing slip number (separated by a dash). To guarantee unique licensing. In the “LAC” input field. The various licensing scenarios are described below. Click Search to display a list of the features which are subject to mandatory licensing and for which licenses are available. the HiPath 3000 control boards are assigned a board-specific number with a MAC address that is unique worldwide. Log on by entering the user name and password.com/ Select the language version for the License Management Center. Activate the Generate Key button. Various search criteria is displayed for activating the available licenses. the license file is linked to the MAC address of a HiPath 3000 control board.4. Service Manual 8-13 .4 Licensing Scenarios During production. This file is linked with the MAC address of the HiPath 3000 control board. 2. 3. > 8. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Activity (Remarks) HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E (In cases where the MAC address is not already available): Determine the MAC address of the control board of the HiPath 3000 system requiring licensing. define the number of licenses to be generated and specify the MAC address to which the license should be linked. 5. Procedure Step 1. In the subsequent dialog.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Licensing Licensing Scenarios 8.central-licenseserver. HiPath License Management: Open the Central License Server (CLS) under https://www.1 HiPath 3000 as a Standalone System The components for this system which require licensing are licensed using one license file. Activate the “Generate and Download License Key” function under “Management of Available Licenses”. From this list. select the features which are subject to mandatory licensing and which you want to generate a license.licensing. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 4.

● “Transactions” tab: Actions performed for each feature ● 7. Service Manual . In the subsequent dialog. the message “License Key Generation Complete” appears The generation information and license key data is displayed. Click Next. In the “Number” field. these can be selected using the search mask for companies and the search mask for users. A distinction is made here between internal notes (only accessible to users authorized to create licenses) and customer notes (generally accessible). ● Notes: Notes on the generation procedure can be entered here. Details on the selected license key are displayed: “Display” tab: Type and number of licensed features. The customer and the user (contact partner) specified for this transaction are displayed. A new license key is generated. Activity (Remarks) In the “MAC Address” input field.4 describes the procedure for distributing licenses with HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. Click Next.3. 9. enter the MAC address for the HiPath 3000 control board as specified in step 1. If there are still no entries available. the following content of the displayed dialog must be observed: ● Legal notice: The licensing conditions must be accepted. Click License Key. 8-14 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Before generating a license key. After successful execution. Section 8. specify the storage location for the license key you want to download. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. ● Technical specifications: MAC address of the HiPath 3000 control board. define the number of licenses to be generated for each feature. Click the Execute button. Select Download.fm Licensing Licensing Scenarios Nur für den internen Gebrauch Step 6. ● Registered company and user: Company and user-specific data is displayed. 8. customer-specific information. 10. ● Licenses to be used: The outcome of the generation procedure is displayed. 11.licensing.

the systems enter system default mode. The 30-day License Failure Period begins.m. A standalone HiPath 3000 system (node) is unable to reach the Feature Server. The system distinguishes between the following two types of error: ● The Feature Server is unable to reach the first node needed for licensing. every day. Service Manual 8-15 . Example: Licensing takes place at 5:00 p. This file is linked with the MAC address of the HiPath 3000 control board with the lowest node number (node ID). 8. This means that a separate license file must be requested for each system. The licensing check begins at 10:00 p.4. the system(s) revert(s) to the licensed state. > When a single CDB is downloaded from a HiPath 3000/5000 network.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Licensing Licensing Scenarios 8. This means that features which subject to mandatory licensing will suffer from reduced functionality. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.m. this means that the licensing check begins at 5:00 p. If the error has not been rectified by the time the 30-day license failure period has expired. This means that a single license file is required for the entire HiPath 3000/ 5000 network.2 Networked HiPath 3000 Systems without HiPath 5000 RSM Licensing of the components which are subject to mandatory licensing is performed on a system-wide basis.4. The time of the daily check is redefined with each system reset.1. It is not possible to make any changes. Each additional reset results in the time of the daily check being redefined. A system reset is performed at 10:00 p. This file is linked with the MAC address of the control board belonging to the relevant system. The 30day License Failure Period begins. The time of the daily check is redefined as a result. ● If the error is rectified within 30 days. The procedure for generating the various license keys is the same as that in Section 8.m.3 Networked HiPath 3000 Systems with HiPath 5000 RSM Licensing of the components which are subject to mandatory licensing is performed on a network-wide basis. every day with immediate effect. A cyclic check carried out every 24 hours guarantees continuous protection against manipulation. only the license-sensitive CDB content is displayed. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.m.4. Each node belonging to the network sends a request to the Feature Server to verify whether the license is still valid. Based on the 24-hour cycle. The time at which the daily check takes place depends on the time at which licensing takes place.licensing.

define the number of licenses to be generated for each feature.fm Licensing Licensing Scenarios Nur für den internen Gebrauch Procedure Step 1. Activate the Generate Key button. In the “MAC Address” input field. Log on by entering the user name and password. Activity (Remarks) HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E (In cases where the MAC address is not already available): The MAC address of the HiPath 3000 system control board with the lowest node number (node ID) should be determined. define the number of licenses to be generated and specify the MAC address to which the license should be linked. enter the part number and the packing slip number (separated by a dash). these can be selected using the search mask for companies and the search mask for users. Activate the “Generate and Download License Key” function under “Management of Available Licenses”. In the subsequent dialog. If there are still no entries available. From this list. In the “Number” field. 3.com/ Select the language version for the License Management Center. The customer and the user (contact partner) specified for this transaction are displayed. In the “LAC” input field. Service Manual . Click Next. 6. Various search criteria is displayed for activating the available licenses.central-licenseserver. 4. 2. enter the MAC address for the HiPath 3000 control board as specified in step 1. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.licensing. select the features which are subject to mandatory licensing and which you want to generate a license. 7. HiPath License Management: Open the Central License Server (CLS) under https://www. Click Search to display a list of the features which are subject to mandatory licensing and for which licenses are available. 5. Click Next. 8-16 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

After successful execution.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Licensing Licensing Scenarios Step 8. Section 8. Details on the selected license key are displayed: ● “Display” tab: Type and number of licensed features. 9. Service Manual 8-17 .4 describes the procedure for distributing licenses with HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. Click the Execute button. 11. the following content of the displayed dialog must be observed: ● Legal notice: The licensing conditions must be accepted. A new license key is generated. ● Technical specifications: MAC address of the HiPath 3000 control board. In the subsequent dialog. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. ● Notes: Notes on the generation procedure can be entered here. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 10. A distinction is made here between internal notes (only accessible to users authorized to create licenses) and customer notes (generally accessible). ● Licenses to be used: The outcome of the generation procedure is displayed. Click License Key. the message “License Key Generation Complete” appears The generation information and license key data is displayed. customer-specific information. ● “Transactions” tab: Actions performed for each feature Select Download.licensing. specify the storage location for the license key you want to download. ● Registered company and user: Company and user-specific data is displayed.3. Activity (Remarks) Before generating a license key.

0 to HiPath 3000 V7 or HiPath 5000 V7. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.4 Upgrading to HiPath 3000 V7. then the MAC addresses (locking IDs) of all available HG 1500 boards are to be determined. number of B channels per port) Procedure Step 1. you must request a new license file and repeat the licensing procedure. of B channels) HiPath ComScendo licenses (previous designation: max. The Central License Server (CLS) enables the old licenses (< V5.fm Licensing Licensing Scenarios Nur für den internen Gebrauch 8. HiPath 5000 V7 To upgrade from a version earlier than 5. 8-18 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. The base station BS4 is a new product. The following features that are subject to mandatory licensing are converted: ● ● ● ● ● HG 1500 B channels (previous designation: max.4. ● ● ● BS4 (number of B channels per BS4) DIUN2. Service Manual .0) to be converted into new licenses that are valid for version 6. of workpoint clients) IP Sec CA functionality Feature Server (previous designation: HiPath 5000 RSM) Features that were not previously subject to mandatory licensing cannot be migrated. These features are released with the maximum configuration following an upgrade. TS2. TS2R (number of B channels per port) IVM announcements (IVM boards. no license was required for the IVM announcement feature. If this involves the networking of several HiPath 3000 systems. no. DIUN2 (S30810-Q2196-X).0.licensing. TS2 (S30810-Q2913-X300) and TS2R (S30810-K2913-Z300) are new boards. Up to now. Activity (Remarks) Web-based Management (WBM) (in the event that the MAC addresses are not already available): Determine the MAC addresses (locking IDs) of all HG 1500 boards belonging to the HiPath 3000 system to be upgraded. no.

Activate the “View Used Licenses and Certificates” function under “Management of Used Licenses”. Service Manual 8-19 . customer-specific information. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 8. Activity (Remarks) HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E (In cases where the MAC addresses are not already available. Upgrading involves several networked HiPath 3000 systems with HiPath 5000 RSM: The MAC address of the control board is to be determined solely for the HiPath 3000 system with the lowest node number (node ID).) The MAC address (locking ID) of a HG 1500 board determined under step 1 should be entered in the Locking ID input field.): A single HiPath 3000 system or several networked HiPath 3000 systems must be upgraded without HiPath 5000 RSM: The MAC address of the associated control board should be determined for every system. In the subsequent dialog. 3.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Licensing Licensing Scenarios Step 2. HiPath License Management: Open the Central License Server (CLS) under https://www.central-licenseserver. HG1 500 -> HiPath 3000 V7). Log on by entering the user name and password. Click the Search button to display a list of the licenses belonging to the MAC address (locking ID). Details on the selected license key are displayed: ● “Display” tab: Type and number of licensed features. 6. 9.licensing. The MAC address of the HiPath 3000 control board to which the HG 1500 board specified under step 5 belongs should be entered in the MAC Address input field. 7.com/ Select the language version for the License Management Center. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Use the upgrade path selection list to define the required upgrade (for example. Click the Show Details button. 5. Click Next. Specify the upgrade path in the subsequent dialog. define the MAC address to which the new license should be linked. 4. ● “Transactions” tab: Actions performed for each feature Click Upgrade License. Different search criteria are displayed in order to invoke the licenses to be converted (B channels of HG 1500 boards. Click Next.

After successful execution. Note: The new licensing applies on a system-by-system basis. Example: HG 1500 V2 & V3: – 6 features (Licenses) will be upgraded as a result of this transaction. Note: New licenses apply to the entire network. the message “License Key Generation Complete” appears The upgrade information and the information about the license key will be displayed. 14. – 6 features (Licenses) will be disabled as a result of this transaction. nut only the effective total for the released licenses. Upgrading involves either a single HiPath 3000 system or several networked systems without HiPath 5000 RSM: Repeat steps 4 to 11 for all available HG 1500 boards. ● Notes: Notes on this procedure can be entered here. The license key is upgraded. 11. Activity (Remarks) Before upgrading a license key. 13. Open the License Management Center home page. ● Registered company and user: Company and user-specific data is displayed. ● Upgrade details: MAC address of the HiPath 3000 control board. In other words.licensing. the following content of the displayed dialog must be observed: ● Legal notice: The licensing conditions must be accepted. Activate the “View Used Licenses and Certificates” function under “Management of Used Licenses”. Service Manual . Click the Execute button.fm Licensing Licensing Scenarios Nur für den internen Gebrauch Step 10. 8-20 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. ● Licenses to be used: The outcome of this procedure is displayed. Various search criteria are displayed for calling the recently upgraded license key. A separate license key is generated for each HiPath 3000 system. Upgrading involves several networked HiPath 3000systems with HiPath 5000 RSM: Repeat steps 4 to 11 for all available HG 1500 boards. 12. a single license key is generated for the entire HiPath 3000/5000 network. A distinction is made here between internal notes (only accessible to users authorized to create licenses) and customer notes (generally accessible). The old link with the HG 1500 board MAC address (Locking ID) was disabled for all six licenses. This file is linked with the MAC address of the HiPath 3000 control board with the lowest node number (node ID). Note: The number of pre-installed HG 1500-B channels is no longer displayed. This means that all six available licenses have been linked with the new MAC address. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

In the subsequent dialog. enter the control board MAC address to which the license key is linked (see step 6).central-licenseserver. Click the Search button to display a list of the license keys belonging to the MAC address.com/ Select the language version for the License Management Center. Service Manual 8-21 . 17. 8. 16. specify the storage location for the license key you want to download. Section 8. The new network-wide overall license file is linked to the MAC address of the HiPath 3000 system with the lowest node number (node ID). This file is linked with the MAC address of the HiPath 3000 control board with the lowest node number (node ID). ● “Transactions” tab: Actions performed for each feature Select Download.4 describes the procedure for distributing licenses with HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. Activity (Remarks) In the “Locking ID” input field. Log on by entering the user name and password. Details on the selected license key are displayed: ● “Display” tab: Type and number of licensed features. Procedure Step 1.licensing.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Licensing Licensing Scenarios Step 15.5 Combining Standalone Systems (HiPath 3000) to Form a Network with HiPath 5000 RSM Only one license file is required if combining multiple standalone systems to create a network with HiPath 5000 RSM. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2. Select the relevant license key and click the Display Details button. HiPath License Management: Open the Central License Server (CLS) under https://www. network-wide overall license file.3.4. customer-specific information. The “Rehost” function of the Central License Servers (CLS) enables the various license files to be converted into a new. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Activity (Remarks) HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E (In cases where the MAC addresses are not already available.): The MAC address of the associated control board should be determined for every HiPath 3000 system.

Open the License Management Center home page. Service Manual . define the MAC address to which the new license should be linked. 7. In the subsequent dialog.fm Licensing Licensing Scenarios Nur für den internen Gebrauch Step 3. Activity (Remarks) Call the “Rehost Licenses” function under “Management of Used Licenses”. Activate the “View Used Licenses and Certificates” function under “Management of Used Licenses”. a single license key is generated for the entire HiPath 3000/5000 network. Steps 4 to 8 should be repeated for all HiPath 3000 systems. 10. 8-22 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 4. This file is linked with the MAC address of the HiPath 3000 control board with the lowest node number (node ID). Different search criteria are displayed in order to call up the licenses to be converted. Note: New licenses apply to the entire network. A distinction is made here between internal notes (only accessible to users authorized to create licenses) and customer notes (generally accessible). Click the Execute button. The MAC address of the control board whose HiPath 3000 system has the lowest node number (node ID) should be entered in the MAC address input field. This means that all six available licenses have been linked with the new MAC address. Click Search to show the licenses belonging to the MAC address. note the following content of the mask displayed: ● Legal notice: The licensing conditions must be accepted. 9. 8. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. A new license key is generated. ● Licenses to be used: The outcome of this procedure is displayed. Activate the Rehost button. Before you start to generate a new license key. 11. ● Registered company and user: Company and user-specific data is displayed. 6. Click Next. – 6 features (Licenses) will be disabled as a result of this transaction. Example: HG 1500 V2 & V3: – 6 features (Licenses) will be upgraded as a result of this transaction. the message “License Key Generation Complete” appears The generation information and license key data is displayed. The MAC address of a HiPath 3000 control board determined under step 1 should be entered in the Locking ID input field.licensing. After successful execution. ● Rehost details: MAC address of the HiPath 3000 control board. ● Notes: Notes on this procedure can be entered here. The old link with the HG 1500 board MAC address (Locking ID) was disabled for all six licenses. 5. Various search criteria are displayed for invoking the generated license key. In other words.

Service Manual 8-23 . 14. specify the storage location for the license key you want to download. 8. enter the control board MAC address to which the license key is linked (see step 6). Activity (Remarks) In the “Locking ID” input field. ● “Transactions” tab: Actions performed for each feature Select Download. customer-specific information.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Licensing Licensing Scenarios Step 12. 13. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.6 Removing a Standalone System from a Network with HiPath 5000 RSM If a standalone node (HiPath 3000) is to be removed from a network with HiPath 5000 RSM. Click the Search button to display a list of the license keys belonging to the MAC address. Section 8.4 describes the procedure for distributing licenses with HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. This function can only be triggered via User Support. A new. In the subsequent dialog.4. Select the relevant license key and click the Display Details button.licensing. network-wide general license file must also be requested for the rest of the network.3. User Support can split the contents of existing license files and distribute the licenses to other individual MAC addresses. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Details on the selected license key are displayed: ● “Display” tab: Type and number of licensed features. a new license file is required for the standalone system.

Call the “Rehost Licenses” function under “Management of Used Licenses”.central-licenseserver. HiPath License Management: Open the Central License Server (CLS) under https://www. Click Search to show the licenses belonging to the MAC address. Log on by entering the user name and password. In the “MAC Address” input field.com/ Select the language version for the License Management Center. 2. Activity (Remarks) 4. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual . 3.7 Replacing License-sensitive Hardware (Changing the MAC Address) A new license file is always required if you replace a license-sensitive HiPath 3000 control board due to a hardware defect. Enter the MAC address of the HiPath 3000 control board to be replaced (defective) in the Locking ID input field. Procedure Step 1. Different search criteria are displayed in order to call up the licenses to be converted. Activate the Rehost button.fm Licensing Licensing Scenarios Nur für den internen Gebrauch 8. define the MAC address to which the new license should be linked. enter the MAC address for the new control board. 8-24 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Click Next. the MAC address changes and the license becomes invalid.4. In the subsequent dialog. In this case.licensing. The “Rehost” function of the Central License Server (CLS) enables the licenses to be moved from the old MAC address (the old HiPath 3000 control board to be replaced) to a new MAC address (a new HiPath 3000 control board). 5.

Example: HG 1500 V2 & V3: – 6 features (Licenses) will be upgraded as a result of this transaction. Activity (Remarks) Before you start to generate a new license key.4 describes the procedure for distributing licenses with HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. Open the License Management Center home page. 10. 12. note the following content of the mask displayed: ● Legal notice: The licensing conditions must be accepted. Section 8. ● Notes: Notes on this procedure can be entered here. Activate the “View Used Licenses and Certificates” function under “Management of Used Licenses”. A new license key is generated.3.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Licensing Licensing Scenarios Step 6. Various search criteria are displayed for invoking the generated license key. customer-specific information. the message “License Key Generation Complete” appears The generation information and license key data is displayed. ● Registered company and user: Company and user-specific data is displayed.licensing. The old link to the MAC address of the defective HiPath 3000 control board has been deactivated for all six licenses. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 9. Click the Search button to display a list of the license keys belonging to the MAC address. specify the storage location for the license key you want to download. This means that all six available licenses have been linked with the new MAC address. ● Licenses to be used: The outcome of this procedure is displayed. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. – 6 features (Licenses) will be disabled as a result of this transaction. 11. ● Rehost details: MAC address of the HiPath 3000 control board. 8. A distinction is made here between internal notes (only accessible to users authorized to create licenses) and customer notes (generally accessible). Service Manual 8-25 . Select the relevant license key and click the Display Details button. In the “Locking ID” input field. Details on the selected license key are displayed: ● “Display” tab: Type and number of licensed features. ● “Transactions” tab: Actions performed for each feature Select Download. In the subsequent dialog. After successful execution. 7. Click the Execute button. enter the control board MAC address to which the license key is linked (see step 5).

The new license key (see step 12) must be used to achieve valid licensing.fm Licensing Licensing Scenarios Nur für den internen Gebrauch > Note on Replacing the HiPath 3000 Control Board: When the control board has been successfully replaced. A warning will appear that the MAC address is invalid.licensing.4 describes the procedure for distributing licenses with HiPath 3000/ 5000 Manager E. the CDB must be transferred to HiPath 3000. 8-26 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual .3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. The system goes into default and features that are subject to mandatory licensing will suffer from reduced functionality. Section 8. All licenses become invalid if the CDB is installed.

8. licensing is performed via HiPath License Management. Procedure 6 optiClient Attendant 1 V. optiClient Attendant V8 full version optiClient Attendant upgrade from V7. USB or TCP/IP 1 HiPath 3000/ 5000 Manager E 2 3 HiPath 3000 V7 5 CLC optiClient Attendant 6 CLA CLS 4 CLM Figure 8-3 Step 1.24. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. In order to ensure unique licensing. Procedure for Licensing optiClient Attendant V8 on HiPath 3000 V7 Activity (Remarks) Read the HiPath 3000 V7 customer database.0 cannot be upgraded.0 to V8 optiClient Attendant V8 only operates in conjunction with HiPath 3000 V7 and HiPath 2000 V2. optiClient Attendant versions < 7.licensing. 8-27 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. The following order items are available: 1.0 is no longer supported in HiPath 3000 V7 or later and HiPath 2000 V2. 2. optiClient Attendant V7.1 optiClient Attendant V8 Connected To HiPath 3000 V7 Licensing is performed on the associated HiPath 3000 system. Service Manual .5. 2.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Licensing Licensing optiClient Attendant 8.5 Licensing optiClient Attendant In optiClient Attendant. Read out the MAC address of the HiPath 3000 control board. the license file is linked with the MAC address of the HiPath 3000 control board.

or ● b) manually on the CLM (license key is already available. 6. the CLS generates a license key for HiPath 3000 V7. (Once the license data has been transferred to HiPath 3000.) Install optiClient Attendant(s).HiPath 3000/ 5000 Manager E).licensing. Transfer the license key from the CLS via the CLM to the CLA (CLC .fm Licensing Licensing optiClient Attendant Nur für den internen Gebrauch Step 3. Write the CDB to HiPath 3000 V7. ● Activity (Remarks) Enter the LAC and MAC address at the CLS in order to generate the license key either a) via CLM/CLS communication. “Any” number of optiClient Attendants can be installed. all HiPath 3000 features that require licensing (including optiClient Attendant) can be operated without a license. ● a) via CLM/CLS communication. Depending on the model. When the HiPath 3000 is started for the first time. 8-28 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. offline activation). HiPath 3000 monitors the number of licensedoptiClient Attendants as part of the logon procedure. All features that require a license (including optiClient Attendants that have been subsequently installed) must be licensed before the grace period of the HiPath 3000 expires. or ● b) via direct communication with the CLS via a web browser. the CLA is no longer required. up to six optiClient Attendants can be started per system. The 30-day limit cannot be extended and a second grace period will not be granted. Service Manual . 4. However. 5. In this case. a 30-day grace period begins. During this time.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. This includes. for example ● ● ● ● editing a license file changing the system time multiple read-in of licenses extension of the grace period When a Grace Period Configuration File (GPCF) is created. This ensures that the 30-day period cannot be extended and the GPCF file cannot be regenerated. The full functionality of the CLA on this PC can only be restored by means of a repair or a reinstallation (see the License Agent Installation Manual). a flag is set in the system CDB and the Customer License Agent (CLA) to indicate that a GPCF file was created.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Licensing Protection Against License Manipulation 8.6 Protection Against License Manipulation HiPath License Management guarantees protection against any manipulation of the licenses. > To guarantee the security and consistency of the product licenses generated. Service Manual 8-29 .licensing. the Customer License Agent stops functioning and cannot be reactivated. If the system clock is reset by more than one day. changes to the system time on the PC of an installed Customer License Agent (CLA) must not exceed one day. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

fm Licensing Protection Against License Manipulation Nur für den internen Gebrauch 8-30 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.licensing. Service Manual . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

page 9-2: ● ● ● ● Replacing Peripheral Boards for HiPath 3800.Nur für den internen Gebrauch exup. and Canada).S. Service Manual 9-1 . page 9-27 Software Upgrade. Topic Expanding HiPath 3000. page 9-6 Connecting Special Equipment. page 9-4 ECR with HiPath 3500 and 3300 (not for U. page 9-22 Hardware Upgrade. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. page 9-29 Upgrading HiPath 3000 to V7. page 9-2 Connecting a Printer.fm Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Overview 9 9.1 Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Overview Chapter contents This chapter discusses the topics listed in the following table. page 9-27 ● ● P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

you can switch both numbers. The following startup rules apply. Service Manual .2.1 Replacing Peripheral Boards for HiPath 3800 Caution Always wear an antistatic wristband when working on the system (especially when handling boards).5 concerning board configuration. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. The same station range is used.2. you can assign a specific station to a port. “Installing HiPath 3000”. 7 HiPath 3800 lets you remove and insert peripheral boards during operation (hot plugging). If the number is already assigned to a different object. same or underequipped board type 9-2 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.2 Expanding HiPath 3000 The following section provides information on supplementary equipment or extensions that are not described in Chapter 4.fm Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Expanding HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 9.6). Replacing board with Board is activated. Using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E or Manager T.2. Startup Rules for Inserting and Removing Boards If Then Inserting new board Board is integrated into the system according to the rules for initial in free slot startup (Section 4. ● System with modified numbering plan The station numbers on the new board can be in any order. you must follow the rules in Section 4. 9. ● System with default numbering plan The station numbers from the new board are appended (consecutively and in ascending order) to the numbers already assigned.5. Rules for removing and inserting boards 7 Table 9-1 Caution To ensure that the system operates without blocking.exup.

you can delete it from the database using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E or Manager T. or you can delete it and reset the default state. you can use HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E to retain the old station data by copying it to the new board. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. or you can delete it and reset the default state. Replacing with a dif. After you have inserted the new board. The ports are split of same type if there is no contiguous station range available. ferent board type After removing the old board. Copying is not possible for trunk boards. the CDB area used by the old board is left as a gap. However. you can use HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E to retain the old station data by copying it to the new board.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Expanding HiPath 3000 Table 9-1 If Startup Rules for Inserting and Removing Boards Then Replacing board with Board is activated.The system does not automatically activate the board. the system activates it as if it had been inserted into a free slot. In the case of subscriber line modules.exup. Service Manual 9-3 . Copying is not possible for trunk boards. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. In the case of subscriber line modules. The old station range is activated and the ports asover-equipped board sociated with the new board are inserted at the end.

Service Manual . 9-4 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.2. 7 Introduction You can use a printer as a CDR printer (serial data transmission) or as a call charge computer output device (parallel data transmission). Connecting a CDR printer HiPath 3000 Backplane X7 (“8-slot” cabinets) Connection cables: S30267-Z23-A100 = 10m S30267-Z23-A500 = 50m GND 1 TXD 2 RXD 3 25-pin connector RTS 4 CTS 5 DSR 6 DCD 8 DTR 20 GND 7 1) Frame ground 2) Signal ground Figure 9-1 Sample Connection of a CDR Printer to HiPath 3000 CDR printer 1 GND 1) 2 TXD 3 RXD 4 RTS 5 CTS 6 DSR 8 DCD 20 DTR 7 GND 2) printer 25-pin connector Information on assigning V.2 Connecting a Printer Caution Follow the safety and operating instructions provided by the printer manufacturer.exup. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Expanding HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 9.24 interfaces from other systems is provided in the board descriptions in Chapter 3.

Service Manual 9-5 .exup. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. see HiPath 3000/5000 Feature Description. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Expanding HiPath 3000 Output formats For information about the output formats (compressed or uncompressed) for call detail recording central.

2. 7 Introduction When installing the system. Service Manual . disconnect the ECR from the power supply by ● setting the switches for battery voltage and line voltage on the ECR’s front panel to "Off". ● removing the battery fuse on the ECR front panel and ● unplugging all power and connection cables. The necessary batteries are installed in the ECR. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.3 ECR with HiPath 3500 and 3300 (not for U.S. the internal system power supply unit for HiPath 3500 or HiPath 3300 is not sufficient enough to provide power to the overall telephone configuration (corded or cordless telephones). and Canada) Danger An expansion cabinet rack (ECR) equipped with an external power supply unit (EPSU2-R) must be operated if the housing is closed.exup. Before opening the housing. the EPSU2-R external power supply unit should be installed in the ECR. an ECR in the 19’’ cabinet is required if ● emergency battery operation is necessary during a power failure or if the system requires uninterruptible power. In this case.fm Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Expanding HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 9. ● 9-6 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

Service Manual 9-7 .1 ECR Control.3 A/T battery fuse (warning: do not confuse with EPSU2-R fuse) Necessary height units for 19-inch cabinet assembly: 4 (one height unit corresponds to approx. 1. Display.7’’=43 mm) Figure 9-2 ECR Front Panel (155 x 440 x 380 mm) Rear panel (Figure 9-3) ● Line voltage connections [1] – – Top: Line output to UPSC-DR connection jack for HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 Below: Line input ● ● Batteries/EPSU2-R [2] output voltage to UPSC-DR for HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 Clip [3] Attach the braided screen of the connection cable (to the jack [2]) here.2.3. and Connecting Elements Front panel (Figure 9-2) ● ● ● Top switch for disconnecting battery power Bottom switch for disconnecting line power 6.exup. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Expanding HiPath 3000 9.

No AC voltage at input (power failure or system powered by batteries.Explanation of Display and Connecting Elements LED [7] (AC input) Description DC output and AC input voltages are OK.5 A/T [4] battery fuse (warning: do not confuse with battery fuse on the ECR front panel) LED [5] for the -48-V output voltage (DC output) in the EPSU2-R (see Table 9-2) LED [6] for the line input voltage (AC input) in the EPSU2-R (see Table 9-2) ● ● [4] [5] [6] [2] [1] [3] Figure 9-3 Table 9-2 LED [6] (DC output) ECR Rear Panel With Connecting Elements EPSU2-R .fm Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Expanding HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch If an EPSU2-R external power supply unit is installed in the ECR. Service Manual . On Off On On On Off 9-8 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.exup. including additional power). No DC voltage at output (for example DC load short-circuited). 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. the following additional display and control elements are also included: ● EPSU2-R 2.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. or the EPSU2-R fuse is defective or was removed (by turning to the left).3. Off Off 9.exup.2 ● Components Expansion cabinet rack (ECR): S30777-U711-E901 The scope of delivery includes: – A mounting set for installing the ECR in a 19-inch cabinet: C39165-A7027-D1 – A mounting clamp: D72571-A80-S3 – A toothed lock washer: D6797-A43-S657 Mounting set for ECR wall installation or ECR table setup: C39165-A7027-D2 EPSU2-R: S30122-K7221-X900 A cable for making the ECR – HiPath 3500 or HiPath 3300 electrical connection is included in the delivery: C39195-Z7001-C14 4 batteries. Service Manual 9-9 .2. 12 V/7 Ah: 4 x V39113-W5123-E891 Connection cable. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Expanding HiPath 3000 Table 9-2 LED [6] (DC output) EPSU2-R . Failure to observe the above may damage the power supply unit.Explanation of Display and Connecting Elements LED [7] (AC input) Description No AC input voltage (power outage) and batteries are empty. ECR – HiPath 3500 or HiPath 3300: S30267-Z361-A10 ● ● ● ● 7 Caution The connection cable S30267-Z361-A10 is designed for HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 only.

The connection cable between the expansion cabinet rack ECR and the system cabinet is also provided.2. The batteries should be installed as described in Section 9. set up on a table using four adhesive mounting feet.3 Installation Options Use the power cable to ground the ECR. 9-10 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.4).2.3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. mounted on a wall (see Section 4. disconnect the ECR from the power supply by ● setting the switches for battery voltage and line voltage on the ECR’s front panel to "Off".1. Figure 9-5 shows the position of the four batteries inside the ECR. 9.4. Only use batteries approved for HiPath 3000. Service Manual . The ECR and batteries are packaged separately and included in the delivery. Expansion Cabinet Rack ECR With Batteries Danger Before opening the housing. > ● ● ● The expansion cabinet rack ECR can be installed in a 19-inch cabinet (see Section 4.5). separate grounding is not required.2.3. you need to install additional batteries in the ECR. ● removing the battery fuse on the ECR front panel and ● unplugging all power and connection cables.3.4 7 When using the UPSM or the UPSC-DR as the uninterruptible power supply unit. The circuit diagram below illustrates the cable run between the batteries in the ECR and the power supply unit of the system (UPSC-DR for HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300).4.4.3.3. Fixed.fm Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Expanding HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 9.exup.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. remove the battery fuse (6.exup. Service Manual 9-11 .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Expanding HiPath 3000 S1 X1 1 2 3 PE Housing 4 batteries 12 V/7 Ah F1 T6. HiPath 3300 . make sure the batteries are removed before dispatch. Shipping an ECR with built-in batteries is prohibited. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.3 A/T) in the front panel of the ECR.3 A S2 +48 V –48 V BatB L1 N PE L1 N PE X2 1 2 3 X3 3 4 1 2 +48 V –48 V UP Figure 9-4 HiPath 3500.ECR with Batteries 7 Caution When storing an ECR equipped with batteries or if the ECR is inactive for a long period of time.

exup. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual .fm Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Expanding HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 1 2 3 4 Figure 9-5 ECR With Built-In Batteries 9-12 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

Remove the ECR housing cover: To do this.1 Installing Batteries Danger Only V39113-W5123-E891 (12 V/7 Ah) batteries are released for connection to the UPSC-DR/UPSM and installation in the ECR. The use of other battery types is prohibited. 2. Service Manual 9-13 . Remove the mounting screw [A] on the battery retainer [B]. Remove the battery retainer and set aside. remove the three screws at the rear and slide the housing cover back. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Remove the battery fuse (ECR front panel) (see Section 9. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.3. Unplug all of the ECR’s power and connection cables.exup.2. Proceed as follows to install the batteries in the ECR: Step 1.1). 3.2.2. 5.3. [A] [B] 6.1). Activity Set the switches for battery voltage and line voltage on the ECR’s front panel to "Off" (see Section 9. 7 ECR is supplied with four batteries in a separate package. 4.4.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Expanding HiPath 3000 9.3.

Replace the battery retainer and secure the mounting screw. 9-14 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. [C] 8.exup. Service Manual .fm Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Expanding HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Step 7. Activity Insert the batteries carefully in the recesses provided [C]. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

2. slide the eight cable connector lugs [D] carefully onto the two connection contacts on each of the four batteries. Service Manual 9-15 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. [D] 10. Set the switches for battery voltage and line voltage on the ECR’s front panel to "On" (see Section 9.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Expanding HiPath 3000 Step 9. Activity Connect the batteries: To do this. Connect all of the ECR’s power and connection cables.exup.2.1). Replace the ECR’s housing cover and secure the three mounting screws at the rear. Insert the battery fuse (ECR front panel) (see Section 9.3.3. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 11. 13.1). 12.

5 Expansion Cabinet Rack ECR With Batteries and EPSU2-R Danger An expansion cabinet rack (ECR) equipped with an external power supply unit (EPSU2-R) may only be operated if the housing is closed. 9-16 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.2. an additional power supply is necessary. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Before opening the housing. Service Manual . 7 If the internal system power supply unit for HiPath 3500 or HiPath 3300 does not provide enough power for the overall telephone configuration (corded and cordless telephones).fm Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Expanding HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 9. Figure 9-7 shows the position of the EPSU2-R inside the ECR.3. ● removing the battery fuse on the ECR front panel and ● unplugging all power and connection cables. the EPSU2-R external power supply unit should be installed in the ECR. In this case. The block diagram below illustrates the cable run between the EPSU2-R and the batteries inside the ECR and the power supply unit of the system (UPSC-DR). The connection cable between the expansion cabinet rack ECR and the system cabinet is also provided.exup. disconnect the ECR from the power supply by ● setting the switches for battery voltage and line voltage on the ECR’s front panel to "Off".

ECR With Batteries and EPSU2-R 7 Caution When storing an ECR equipped with batteries or if the ECR is inactive for a long period of time. Service Manual 9-17 . make sure the batteries are removed before dispatch.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Expanding HiPath 3000 S1 X1 1 2 3 PE Housing Input L1 N PE L1 N PE X2 1 2 3 –48 V BatE Batt EPSU2-R –48 V CD Out +48 V +48 V F1 T6. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.3 A/T) in the front panel of the ECR.exup. Shipping an ECR with built-in batteries is prohibited. remove the battery fuse (6. HiPath 3300 .3 A S2 +48 V 4 batteries 12 V/7 Ah –48 V BatB Fan X3 3 4 +48 V 1 –48 V UP 2 (not available with all systems) Figure 9-6 HiPath 3500.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Expanding HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch EPSU2-R Figure 9-7 ECR with Built-In EPSU2-R 9-18 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.exup. Service Manual .

3. Service Manual 9-19 . Strip both wire ends and attach wire end sleeves. 10.1 Connecting a Fan (if needed) The ECR delivery usually includes a fan that is built in but not connected. 8. 5.1).3.3. 6.2. Replace the ECR’s housing cover and secure the three mounting screws at the rear.5. 9. Remove the ECR housing cover: To do this. 4. Connect the red wire (fan) to the white wire (EPSU2-R) and the black wire (fan) to the black wire (EPSU2-R). Remove the battery fuse (ECR front panel) (see Section 9.2.2.3. 3. Connect both connection wires to the EPSU2-R terminal [A] as shown in Figure 9-8. Unplug all of the ECR’s power and connection cables.exup. proceed as follows: Step 1. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.2. 7. remove the three screws at the rear and slide the housing cover back. Activity Set the switches for battery voltage and line voltage on the ECR’s front panel to "Off" (see Section 9. 2.3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.1). Set the switches for battery voltage and line voltage on the ECR’s front panel to "On" (see Section 9. Connect all of the ECR’s power and connection cables.1). Insert the battery fuse (ECR front panel) (see Section 9.2. Cut off the plug on the fan connection line if there is one.1).fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Expanding HiPath 3000 9. To connect the fan. Figure 9-6 shows the cable run between EPSU2-R and the fan.

fm Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Expanding HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch [A] Figure 9-8 Connecting the Fan to the EPSU2-R 9-20 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual .exup. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

[B] Figure 9-9 Placement of the Fan in the ECR P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Expanding HiPath 3000 If you install the fan at a later time. Service Manual 9-21 .exup. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. you must make sure that the identification ([B] in Figure 99) is in the upper right corner when viewed from outside.

In this case.2. only voice connections to the entrance telephone are possible.4.2.exup. Service Manual . You can also make a direct connection if needed. without the support of the opener and signal functions.1 Connecting Special Equipment Entrance Telephones Connection options Connection via ET (entrance telephone) adapter and amplifier HiPath 3000 ET adapter Amplifier Door Connection over ET/V adapter HiPath 3000 ET/V adapter Door Figure 9-10 Connection Options for Entrance Telephones > The new central control boards CBCC (S30810-Q2935-A301) and CBRC (S30810Q2935-Z301) only support TFE-S-Adapter S30122-K7696-T313. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.4 9. loop in a capacitor 1 μF/250 V for each a (T) Amplifier b (R) Figure 9-11 Direct Connection of Entrance Telephones to the T/R analog port 9-22 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. if necessary.fm Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Expanding HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 9.

detection. It is released for use with all HiPath 3000 systems. if a call was unintentionally cleared down by the entrance telephone. Service Manual 9-23 . It can be operated with DTMF signals. DoorCom Analog behaves like an analog telephone (DTMF tone dialing.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Expanding HiPath 3000 9.2 and later.2. for example.4. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. V1.1. it is not possible to call back to the entrance telephone.) Power supply NG 602-0 ● Connection Power supply NG 602-0 HiPath 3000 Siedle-Vario TLM 612 T/R DoorCom Analog DCA 612-0 Figure 9-12 Connecting DoorCom Analog to HiPath 3000 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. It is connected to an analog port in the system.1 Information on Third-Party Entrance Telephones DoorCom Analog General information The plus product DoorCom® Analog is a universal entrance telephone adapter box for Siedle entrance telephones (such as the Vario TLM 612). DoorCom Analog can function only in combination with the following components: ● ● ● DoorCom Analog DCA 612-0 Siedle-Vario TLM 612 entrance telephone Switching remote control interface DCSF 600 For the voice connection of an internal user to the entrance telephone: Without this module.exup. and control).

9-24 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. etc. Service Manual . select entrance telephone.) can be programmed on procedure keys. The stored DTMF signal sequence is sent to the application.fm Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Expanding HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Configuration Notes for HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E DoorCom Analog Set up station: Stations: Parameters: Extension Type = Standard Flags = Call waiting rejection on System parameters: Flags = DTMF automatic Remote station (telephone) Set up station: Stations: Parameters: Flags = Call waiting rejection off Flags = Missed Calls List Device control features (open doors.exup.

Service Manual 9-25 .4.exup.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Expanding HiPath 3000 9.2. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.2 Connecting Speakers You have the following options: ● ● ● Connection to an analog station port (the amplifier may require level adaptation) Connection to an analog station port over an ET adapter Connection to an analog trunk circuit Connecting speakers to an analog station port HiPath 3000 SLA/SLAS REAL/STRBR/ STRBR HiPath 3000 SLA/SLAS T/R Starting contact Amplifier T/R ET Active speakers only HiPath 3000 SLA/SLAS T/R ET T/R Amplifier Starting contact Figure 9-13 Connecting Speakers to an Analog Station Port P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Expanding HiPath 3000 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Connecting speakers to an analog trunk port HiPath 3000 TML/TLA T/R Active speakers only HiPath 3000 TML/TLA T/R Amplifier REAL/STRB Starting contact Figure 9-14 Connecting Speakers to an Analog Trunk Port 9-26 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.exup. Service Manual .

0 and higher is not available. S30810-Q2935-Z301 and higher > Note for upgrading from hardware < version 1.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Upgrading HiPath 3000 to V7 9.3 Upgrading HiPath 3000 to V7 The following information describes the measures that are needed to upgrade the hardware and software. Control boards If the control board necessary for operating HiPath 3000/5000 V5. CMA/CMS (replaces the CGM/CGMC).exup.3. MMC (replaces the FMC).0 and higher.1 It is not possible to upgrade HiPath 3550 to HiPath 3500 or HiPath 3350 to HiPath 3300.0 and higher. S30810-Q2314-X and higher CBCC. Hardware Upgrade The following hardware requirements apply to HiPath 3000/5000 V5. S30810-Q2935-A301 and higher CBRC.2: If the following subboards are present. For Deutsche Telekom AG only: The CBCP board S30810-Q2935-B201 must be replaced by a CBCC board S30810-Q2935-A301. they must be replaced: IMODN (replaces the IMOD). P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. a replacement must be performed. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual 9-27 . Multimedia card MMC An MMC with 64 MB is required to run HiPath 3000/5000 V5.0 and higher CBSAP. This would require replacing the complete system. System HiPath 3800 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Control board necessary for HiPath 3000/5000 V5. > 9.

S30810-Q2316-X100 and higher HXGS3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual .fm Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Upgrading HiPath 3000 to V7 Nur für den internen Gebrauch HG 1500 boards The HG 1500 boards listed in the following table are necessary for using the HG 1500 functionality with HiPath 3000/5000 V5.0 and higher STMI2. Unnamed HG 1500 boards must be replaced.0 and higher. S30810-K2943-Z and higher 9-28 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. S30810-Q2943-X and higher HXGR3.exup. System HiPath 3800 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 HG 1500 board required for HiPath 3000/5000 V5.

0 configuration HG 1500 board slot 4 System clients S0 station: HFA clients S0 station: vCAPI clients HG 1500 board slot 6 System clients S0 station: HFA clients Lines V5. Only then is it possible to upgrade the software to V7.2 Software Upgrade If the software is a version earlier than V3. This configuration will have to be re-defined when upgrading V5.323 clients Lines HG 1500 board slot 4 HG 1500 gatekeeper S0 station HG 1500 board slot 6 HG 1500 gateway Figure 9-15 Configuration differences between V4.0 CDB.exup.0 does not have a selected gatekeeper board. Telephone numbers and other properties of the IP workpoint clients are retained. Only the gatekeeper and gateway data has to be edited.0.0.0 (see Figure 9-15). you must edit the V4. First. Then you must convert the CDB and finally. it must first be upgraded to V3. V4.0. CDB conversion is also necessary. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. In addition.0 to V5. The flowchart on page 9-30 describes the procedure for converting the CDB from V4. Procedure: Customer database (CDB) conversion > Please note the following: S0 stations can be configured as both HFA clients and vCAPI clients in V4. V4. The protocol has to be modified for the IP lines.0 CDB. No other changes are necessary apart from modifications for IP workpoint clients and IP lines.0.0 or later P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.0 and V5.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Upgrading HiPath 3000 to V7 9.0 configuration System clients H. Service Manual 9-29 .3. edit the V5.

More than one HG 1500 board installed? No Yes Define gatekeeper HG 1500. Figure 9-16 CDB Conversion From V4.0 CDB using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Open V4.0 Define which HG 1500 board becomes the HG 1500 gatekeeper and which becomes the HG 1500 gateway. Service Manual .0 –> V5.exup.0 or Later (Part 1 of 4) 9-30 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.0 to V5.0 CDB using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E.fm Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Upgrading HiPath 3000 to V7 Nur für den internen Gebrauch CDB Conversion V4. Open V4. Make a note of the S0 station numbers.

Save CDB. Delete all system clients. Figure 9-17 CDB Conversion From V4. For all HG 1500 boards installed: Open “HXG Configuration” dialog. Delete all HFA clients in the S0 station. Check whether the number of all configured stations and lines is 0.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Upgrading HiPath 3000 to V7 Open “HXG Configuration” dialog.0 or Later (Part 2 of 4) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual 9-31 .0 conversion complete. V5.0 –> V5. Configure S0 stations.0 using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. Delete all vCAPI clients in the S0 station. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Delete all lines. Delete all S0 stations.0 to V5. Set “Release gateway resources” flag. Convert CDB from V4.exup.

0 to V5.exup. Configure all V4.fm Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Upgrading HiPath 3000 to V7 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Save the CDB under new name.0 HFA clients as H. Enter the number of lines required. Convert CDB from V4. Figure 9-18 CDB Conversion From V4. Define the slot for the HG 1500 gatekeeper.0 –> V5.323 clients.0 or Later (Part 3 of 4) 9-32 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual .0 using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

0 call number and name are retained). Service Manual 9-33 . Figure 9-19 CDB Conversion From V4. Save CDB.exup. Configure S0 stations.0 system clients as system clients (V4.0 or Later (Part 4 of 4) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Upgrading HiPath 3000 to V7 Configure all V4. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Define the slot(s) for the HG 1500 gateway.0 conversion complete.0 to V5. V5.

0 to HiPath 3000/5000 V7: ● ● There are new licenses for version 7. Instead.fm Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Upgrading HiPath 3000 to V7 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 9. data packets do not need to be processed by the digital signal processors of the system. The procedure for upgrading software depending on the various scenarios is described in the following sections.3. routers and the Internet Telephony Service Providers (ITSP). Service Manual .1 Instructions for Upgrading from V6. The CorNet-IP protocol was extended in HiPath 3000/5000 V7 to include the EFC (Extended Fast Connect) protocol variant.3 9.3.0 to V7 Introduction The following prerequisites must be fulfilled when upgrading software from HiPath 3000/5000 V6. the maximum number of simultaneous calls depends on the codec used and the available bandwidth of the Internet telephony connection. 9-34 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. EFC is required to be able to use end-to-end payload "IP/IP e2e payload via enterprise proxy" for Internet telephony.exup. Calls are routed via LANs. > The EFC protocol is activated in HiPath 3000/5000 V7 by default. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.3. for Internet telephony. This means that. HiPath 3000 sets up a call to the remote station. From HiPath 3000/5000 V7 R2 end-to-end payload "IP/IP e2e payload via enterprise proxy" is supported for Internet telephony.

Service Manual 9-35 .3.3. 4. 5.2 Procedure 1. 2. Refer to the Release Notes and Sales Release for information on the latest software versions. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Upgrade all HG 1500 boards to V7. Install new licenses.exup. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. These IP workpoints are EFC-enabled. Convert the customer database (CDB) and reload it together with the V7 system software. 3. Upgrade all IP workpoints with the current EFC-enabled software.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Upgrading HiPath 3000 to V7 9. The upgrade is complete. Upgrading a HiPath 3000 Standalone System Check that all connected IP workpoints (HFA) are EFC-enabled: If optiPoint 400 standard optiPoint 400 economy optiPoint 600 office (in CorNet-IP mode) optiPocket optiPoint 410 family optiPoint 420 family optiPoint WL2 professional optiClient 130 optiClient Attendant V8 Then These IP workpoints do not support EFC and must be replaced with EFC-enabled IP workpoints.

Convert the customer database (CDB) and reload it together with the V7 system software. 3.3 Procedure 1.3. Put the network into service with HiPath 3000/5000 V7 (commission the Feature server service). you can upgrade HiPath 5000 RSM including HiPath 5000 ComScendo Service on site.3. add all systems (nodes) belonging to the network to HiPath 5000 RSM. Upgrade all IP workpoints with the current EFC-enabled software.exup. Stop the Feature server service. Once all standalone systems have been upgraded. 6. Upgrading a HiPath 5000 RSM Network Check that all IP workpoints (HFA) in the network are EFC-enabled: If optiPoint 400 standard optiPoint 400 economy optiPoint 600 office (in CorNet-IP mode) optiPocket optiPoint 410 family optiPoint 420 family optiPoint WL2 professional optiClient 130 optiClient Attendant V8 Then These IP workpoints do not support EFC and must be replaced with EFC-enabled IP workpoints. Upgrade each system that belongs to the network: a) b) Upgrade all HG 1500 boards to V7. 7. Service Manual . Dissolve the network: a) a) Remove all systems (nodes) belonging to the network from HiPath 5000 RSM. 9-36 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. These IP workpoints are EFC-enabled. 5.fm Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Upgrading HiPath 3000 to V7 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 9. To do this. The upgrade is complete. 2. Refer to the Release Notes and Sales Release for information on the latest software versions. Install new licenses. 4.

Simultaneous connection to Surpass and an ITSP is not supported. The EFC protocol variant EFC is not supported here. 4.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Upgrading HiPath 3000 to V7 9.4 Upgrading a HiPath 3000 System Networked with Surpass A Surpass network is only possible with a HiPath 3000 standalone system.exup. 3.3. WBM: Expert Mode Explorers: Basic Settings – (right-click) Gateway – Modify Gateway Properties The upgrade is complete. Upgrade all HG 1500 boards to V7. It is not necessary to upgrade the IP workpoints with the latest EFC-enabled software. Convert the customer database (CDB) and reload it together with the system software.3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Install new licenses. Deactivate the "Extended Fast Connect" protocol variant in the HG 1500 module that operates as a signaling gateway (= HG 1500 gatekeeper). P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual 9-37 . > Procedure 1. 2.

0: Upgrade all HG 1500 boards to V7. 2. Install new licenses. Service Manual . a) 4.5 Procedure 1. 3. Upgrading a HiPath 3000 System Networked with HiPath 2000 Check that all IP workpoints (HFA) in the network are EFC-enabled: If optiPoint 400 standard optiPoint 400 economy optiPoint 600 office (in CorNet-IP mode) optiPocket optiPoint 410 family optiPoint 420 family optiPoint WL2 professional optiClient 130 optiClient Attendant V8 Then These IP workpoints do not support EFC and must be replaced with EFC-enabled IP workpoints.3. 9-38 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Upgrade HiPath 2000 systems to V2: Convert the customer database (CDB) and reload it together with the V2 system software. These IP workpoints are EFC-enabled. Convert the customer database (CDB) and reload it together with the V7 system software.3. The upgrade is complete. Refer to the Release Notes and Sales Release for information on the latest software versions.exup. Upgrade each system that belongs to the network: a) Upgrade HiPath 3000 systems to V7.fm Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Upgrading HiPath 3000 to V7 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 9. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Upgrade all IP workpoints with the current EFC-enabled software.

> 1.. Upgrade all IP workpoints in the HiPath 3000 system with the current EFC-enabled software. Then These IP workpoints do not support EFC and must be replaced with EFC-enabled IP workpoints. b) Convert the customer database (CDB) and reload it together with the V7 system software. 4. These IP workpoints are EFC-enabled.exup. Refer to the Release Notes and Sales Release for information on the latest software versions. The IP workpoints (HFA) in the relevant HiPath 4000 system remain unchanged.. Service Manual 9-39 . 3.3. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Activate Gateway Call Flag “Always Use DSP” in the direction of HiPath 4000 (HiPath 3000 Manager E: Settings – Lines/networking . – Special).fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Upgrading HiPath 3000 to V7 9. Note: As HiPath 4000 is not EFC-enabled. Upgrade the HiPath 3000 system: a) Upgrade all HG 1500 boards to V7. Procedure Check that all IP workpoints (HFA) in the HiPath 3000 system are EFC-enabled: If optiPoint 400 standard optiPoint 400 economy optiPoint 600 office (in CorNet-IP mode) optiPocket optiPoint 410 family optiPoint 420 family optiPoint WL2 professional optiClient 130 optiClient Attendant V8 2. The upgrade is complete. activating this flag sets up gateway connections to the HiPath 4000 system. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.6 Upgrading a HiPath 3000 System Networked with HiPath 4000 All IP workpoints (HFA) in the HiPath 3000 system must be EFC-enabled.3.

fm Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Upgrading HiPath 3000 to V7 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 9-40 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual .exup.

optiPoint 410 advance S optiPoint 420 and optiPoint 420 S Telephones. Service Manual 10-1 . page 10-56 ● ● ● optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S.fm Workpoint Clients Overview 10 10. optiPoint 420 advance S Connection and Startup.1 Workpoint Clients Overview Chapter contents This chapter discusses the topics listed in the following table. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. page 10-6 – OpenStage 20 – OpenStage 40 – OpenStage 60 – OpenStage 80 – Connection and Startup OpenStage Add-On Devices. optiPoint 420 standard S – optiPoint 420 advance. optiPoint 420 economy S – optiPoint 420 economy plus. page 10-26 – Acoustic Unit – Headsets – USB Extension optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 410 S Telephones. optiPoint 410 standard S – optiPoint 410 advance. and adapters OpenStage Accessories. page 10-20 – OpenStage Key Module – OpenStage BLF – Possible Configurations for the Key Modules Power supply of the OpenStage workpoints. optiPoint 410 entry S – optiPoint 410 economy. page 10-32 ● ● ● ● P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. page 10-45 – optiPoint 420 economy. optiPoint 410 economy S – optiPoint 410 economy plus. optiPoint 410 economy plus S – optiPoint 410 standard. optiPoint 420 economy plus S – optiPoint 420 standard.Nur für den internen Gebrauch wclient. Topic OpenStage Product Family (from V7 R3). page 10-35 – optiPoint 410 entry. add-on devices. page 10-53 – Connections on the Bottom of the Telephone Key Programming. page 10-4 ● OpenStage Workpoints.

page 10-73 – optiPoint 500 entry – optiPoint 500 economy (not for U. page 10-88 – optiPoint analog adapter – optiPoint ISDN adapter – optiPoint phone adapter – optiPoint acoustic adapter – optiPoint recorder adapter – Possible optiPoint Adapter Configurations – Comparison of optiset E Adapters and optiPoint 500 Adapters Supplying Power to optiPoint 500 Key Modules and Adapters. only) – optiPoint 500 advance – Connection Requirements for HiPath 3000 – Connection – Connections on the Bottom of the Telephone – USB 1.fm Workpoint Clients Overview Nur für den internen Gebrauch Topic ● optiPoint 410/410 S and optiPoint 420/420 S key modules. page 10-61 Plug&Play Startup of IP Workpoints. page 10-64 ● Central Administration of IP Workpoints via the System.1 Interface – Key Programming optiPoint 500 key modules.0 SMR-06 and later) – Possible Configurations for Add-On Devices optiPoint 500 Adapters.wclient. and Adapters. page 10-72 ● optiPoint 500 Telephones. page 10-69 optiPoint 500. page 10-84 – optiPoint key module – optiPoint BLF – optiPoint application module (V5. page 10-66 optiPoint 600 office. Service Manual ● ● ● ● 10-2 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Add-On Devices. page 10-63 Software Upgrade of IP Workpoints via the System. page 10-57 – optiPoint self labeling key module – optiPoint 410 display module – Possible Configurations for Add-On Devices Use of optiPoint 500 Adapters. page 10-62 ● ● optiPoint 150 S.S. page 10-99 Maximum Configuration for UP0/E Workpoint Clients.) – optiPoint 500 basic – optiPoint 500 standard.S. optiPoint 500 standard SL (for U. page 10-100 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

page 10-115 Gigaset SL1 professional. page 10-102 optiset E privacy module. page 10-120 Gigaset M1 professional. page 10-112 Attendant Console Versions. page 10-110 HiPath AP 1120. page 10-104 ● ● External AC Adapters. page 10-104 Headsets. page 10-103 optiPoint Accessories.0. page 10-121 Gigaset M2 professional. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. page 10-122 Logging Mobile Telephones On To the System.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients Overview Topic optiLog 4me. page 10-113 optiClient Attendant V8.wclient. page 10-111 optiPoint WL2 professional. page 10-107 optiClient 130 V5. page 10-123 Mobile Telephones for HiPath Cordless Office. page 10-120 ● ● ● ● ● Analog Telephones for HiPath 3000. page 10-126 ISDN Terminals for HiPath 3000. page 10-120 Gigaset SL2 professional. Service Manual 10-3 . page 10-127 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. page 10-113 ● ● optiPoint Attendant.

You can use the self-labeling function to display the station number or function currently programmed. OpenStage 60 and OpenStage 80 can be assigned call numbers or any given key functions.fm Workpoint Clients OpenStage Product Family (from V7 R3) Nur für den internen Gebrauch 10. 3-way navigator: OpenStage 20 Illuminated Touch/Sensor keys for function selection and 5-way navigator: OpenStage 40 Illuminated Touch/Sensor keys for function selection and a TouchGuide: OpenStage 60 and OpenStage 80. Service Manual . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.2 OpenStage Product Family (from V7 R3) The OpenStage product family represents a new generation of workpoints for high-performance business communication. The following connection variants are available for selection for all workpoints in HiPath 3000/ 5000: ● ● From V7 R3: CorNet-IP connection (also as gigabit version page 10-5) TDM connection > ● ● ● HiPath 3000/5000 no longer supports the SIP connection variants. 10-4 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. The freely-assignable touch/sensor keys in the graphic display of the workpoints OpenStage 40.wclient.

larger data packets (such as. video or audio data packets) can be transferred to the workstation PC that is connected to the network via the OpenStage workpoint.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients OpenStage Product Family (from V7 R3) 10. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. The gigabit Ethernet switch can only be used to advantage if the entire corporate network supports gigabit technology. for instance. This becomes noticeable in speakerphone calls because OpenStage workpoints can perform data-intensive echo compensation more quickly and smoothly when combined with the full-duplex properties of a gigabit network.1 Gigabit Version of OpenStage Workpoints The CorNet-IP connection variant is also available in a gigabit version. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. This reduces spending on inhouse cabling and the IP network and at the same time increases network performance.2. Service Manual 10-5 . Older cable types can lead to significant speed losses.wclient. CAT 5M. to connect the workstation PC to the local network. Gigabit networks also improve voice quality. or even better CAT 6 network cables are essential for connecting the workpoints. In the gigabit version. These OpenStage workpoints feature an integrated Ethernet switch which can be used.

2 10.2.1 OpenStage Workpoints OpenStage 20 Figure 10-1 OpenStage 20 HiPath 3000/5000 V7 R3 supports the CorNet-IP (HFA) and TDM connection variants of OpenStage 20. Service Manual . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 10-6 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Workpoint Clients OpenStage Product Family (from V7 R3) Nur für den internen Gebrauch 10.2.wclient.2.

722 DHCP. mute Full-duplex speakerphone mode Open listening Suitable for wall mounting Interfaces Integrated Ethernet switch to connect a PC LAN port (10/100 Base-T) IP features CorNet-IP (HFA) based on H. Service Manual 10-7 . FTP.323 Security and Encryption for H-Series Multimedia Terminals H.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients OpenStage Product Family (from V7 R3) Key Features for OpenStage 20 CorNet-IP (HFA) and OpenStage 20 TDM Table 10-1 Feature CorNet-IP (HFA) General features multi-functional 3-way navigator 7 pre-programmed function keys: Disconnect. call forwarding. service/ application menu. redial. 24 x 2 character resolution. SNMP TLS (Transport Layer Security) SRTP (Secure Real-time Transport Protocol) based on IETF RFC 3711 Port-Based Network Access Control 802.711. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. G.3af Power over Ethernet (PoE) Status LED at the network connection OpenStage 20 CorNet-IP (HFA) and TDM – Key Features Connection variant TDM Tilt LCD graphics display.wclient. monochrome P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. loudspeaker. G. HTTP.235 Annex D Voice codecs G. voice messages. HTTPS.1x QoS based on DiffServ VLAN IEEE 802.729.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.2. Service Manual .fm Workpoint Clients OpenStage Product Family (from V7 R3) Nur für den internen Gebrauch 10. 10-8 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.wclient.2 OpenStage 40 Figure 10-2 OpenStage 40 HiPath 3000/5000 V7 R3 supports the CorNet-IP (HFA) and TDM connection variants of OpenStage 40.2.

service/ application menu.235 Annex D Voice codecs G.323 Security and Encryption for H-Series Multimedia Terminals H.1x QoS based on DiffServ VLAN IEEE 802.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients OpenStage Product Family (from V7 R3) Key Features for OpenStage 40 CorNet-IP (HFA) and OpenStage 40 TDM Table 10-2 Feature CorNet-IP (HFA) General features OpenStage 40 CorNet-IP (HFA) and TDM – Key Features Connection variant TDM Tilt LCD graphics display with background lighting.wclient. G. G. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. SNMP TLS (Transport Layer Security) SRTP (Secure Real-time Transport Protocol) based on IETF RFC 3711 Port-Based Network Access Control 802. loudspeaker. HTTP. 40 x 6 character resolution. voice messages. speed dial and line keys Full-duplex speakerphone mode Open listening Suitable for wall mounting Interfaces Integrated Ethernet switch to connect a PC LAN port (10/100 Base-T) Port for headset Port for key module and BLF IP features CorNet-IP (HFA) based on H. mute.722 DHCP. FTP.729. redial. HTTPS. headset 6 programmable touch/sensor keys: Function. call forwarding. Service Manual 10-9 .3af Power over Ethernet (PoE) Status LED at the network connection USB slave P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.711. monochrome multi-functional 5-way navigator 8 pre-programmed function keys: Disconnect.

call forwarding. speed dial and line keys 6 mode keys (e. mute. voice dialing.Key Features Features Tilt TFT graphics display with background lighting. 320 x 240 character resolution (QVGA). 16-bit color depth multi-functional TouchGuide 6 pre-programmed function keys: Disconnect. loudspeaker.wclient. to launch applications) Voice dialing Polyphonic and mp3 ring tones supported Full-duplex speakerphone mode 10-10 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. headset 8 programmable touch/sensor keys: Function. Key Features for OpenStage 60 CorNet-IP (HFA) Table 10-3 Category General features OpenStage 60 CorNet-IP .g. Service Manual .fm Workpoint Clients OpenStage Product Family (from V7 R3) Nur für den internen Gebrauch 10.3 OpenStage 60 Figure 10-3 OpenStage 60 HiPath 3000/5000 V7 R3 supports the CorNet-IP connection variants (HFA) of the OpenStage 60.2.2.

FTP.711.729. SNMP TLS (Transport Layer Security) SRTP (Secure Real-time Transport Protocol) based on IETF RFC 3711 Port-Based Network Access Control 802. HTTP. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.wclient.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients OpenStage Product Family (from V7 R3) Table 10-3 Category General features Interfaces OpenStage 60 CorNet-IP .235 Annex D Voice codecs G. G. Service Manual 10-11 .1x QoS based on DiffServ VLAN IEEE 802.Key Features Features Open listening Not suitable for wall mounting Integrated Ethernet switch to connect a PC LAN port (10/100 Base-T) USB master Bluetooth Port for headset Port for key module and BLF IP features CorNet-IP (HFA) based on H.323 Security and Encryption for H-Series Multimedia Terminals H. G.3af Power over Ethernet (PoE) Status LED at the network connection P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.722 DHCP. HTTPS.

fm Workpoint Clients OpenStage Product Family (from V7 R3) Nur für den internen Gebrauch 10.2. 16-bit color depth multi-functional TouchGuide 6 pre-programmed function keys: Disconnect. headset 9 programmable touch/sensor keys: Function.wclient. 640 x 480 character resolution (VGA). mute. voice dialing. loudspeaker.4 OpenStage 80 Figure 10-4 OpenStage 80 HiPath 3000/5000 V7 R3 supports the CorNet-IP connection variants (HFA) of the OpenStage 80. to launch applications) Voice dialing Polyphonic and mp3 ring tones supported P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Main Features for OpenStage 80 CorNet-IP (HFA) Table 10-4 Category General features OpenStage 80 CorNet-IP .2.Key Features Feature Tilt TFT graphics display with background lighting. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. call forwarding. speed dial and line keys 6 mode keys (e. Service Manual 10-12 .g.

FTP. G. HTTP.722 DHCP.1x QoS based on DiffServ VLAN IEEE 802.3af Power over Ethernet (PoE) Status LED at the network connection P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.711.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients OpenStage Product Family (from V7 R3) Table 10-4 Category General features OpenStage 80 CorNet-IP .wclient.729. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.323 Security and Encryption for H-Series Multimedia Terminals H. SNMP TLS (Transport Layer Security) SRTP (Secure Real-time Transport Protocol) based on IETF RFC 3711 Port-Based Network Access Control 802.Key Features Feature Full-duplex speakerphone mode Open listening Not suitable for wall mounting Integrated Ethernet switch to connect a PC LAN port (10/100 Base-T) USB master Bluetooth Port for headset Port for key module and BLF Port for OpenStage keyboard Interfaces IP features CorNet-IP (HFA) based on H.235 Annex D Voice codecs G. HTTPS. G. Service Manual 10-13 .

2. 10-14 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.2.5 Connection and Startup CorNet-IP connection variant (HFA) After connecting the workpoint.fm Workpoint Clients OpenStage Product Family (from V7 R3) Nur für den internen Gebrauch 10.wclient. Download The manuals and tools referred to in this document are available for download at http://www.siemens. Use HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E to configure the OpenStage workpoints for HiPath 3000/ 5000. An administration and software upgrade is required for OpenStage workpoints to permit the use of the Deployment and Licensing service. Service Manual . The relevant information is provided in the Deployment Service Administrator Manual. > SW images released for the TDM connection variant are provided on the MMC. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Downloading has finished and the telephone is ready for operation when you see the date and time on the display. These indications show that the telephone is starting up and performing a self-test.com/enterprise (–> Downloads). all LEDs on the workpoint and all LEDs on any other add-on devices connected light up (the LEDs on add-on device do not have to flash in synchronism with workpoint LEDs). All pixels on the display also activate briefly.

6 Connections on the Bottom of the Telephone OpenStage 20. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.2.2.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients OpenStage Product Family (from V7 R3) 10.wclient. 10-5 OpenStage 40 (CorNet-IP Connection Variant) – Connections on Telephone Bottom P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. (*) (*) Fig. OpenStage 40 (CorNet-IP connection variant): Connections > The connections in Figure 10-5 marked with "(*)" are not available for the OpenStage 20 (connection variant CorNet-IP) workpoint. Service Manual 10-15 .

10-6 OpenStage 60.fm Workpoint Clients OpenStage Product Family (from V7 R3) Nur für den internen Gebrauch OpenStage 60. OpenStage 80 (CorNet-IP Connection Variant) – Connections on Telephone Bottom 10-16 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. OpenStage 80 (CorNet-IP connection variant): Connections Fig.wclient. Service Manual . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

Service Manual 10-17 .wclient. (*) (*) (*) Fig. 10-7 OpenStage 40 (TDM Connection Variant) – Connections on Telephone Bottom P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients OpenStage Product Family (from V7 R3) OpenStage 20. OpenStage 40 (TDM connection variant): Connections > The connections in Figure 10-7 marked with "(*)" are not available for the OpenStage 20 (connection variant TDM) workpoint.

wclient. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual .Description of Connections 10-18 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.2. Section 10. Section 10. OpenStage 60 USB port: OpenStage 80 OpenStage 60 Connection for external keyboard OpenStage 80 OpenStage 20 CorNet-IP connection variant: Connection for PC OpenStage 40 OpenStage 60 OpenStage 80 OpenStage 20 CorNet-IP connection variant: LAN connection OpenStage 40 OpenStage 60 OpenStage 80 Table 10-5 OpenStage Workpoints .2. TDM connection variant: – Additional power supply not required: Connection to HiPath 3000 – Additional power supply required: Connection to an external power supply unit.fm Workpoint Clients OpenStage Product Family (from V7 R3) Nur für den internen Gebrauch OpenStage Workpoints .4 contains information about the cases in which an external power supply unit is required.Description of Connections Connection designation Workpoints Description OpenStage 40 Connection for add-on device OpenStage 60 OpenStage 80 OpenStage 20 OpenStage 40 OpenStage 60 OpenStage 80 ● ● CorNet-IP connection variant: Connection for an external power supply unit.4 contains information about the cases in which an external power supply unit is required.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients OpenStage Product Family (from V7 R3) Connection designation Workpoints OpenStage 40 Port for headset OpenStage 60 OpenStage 80 OpenStage 20 Handset port OpenStage 40 OpenStage 60 OpenStage 80 Description Table 10-5 OpenStage Workpoints . Service Manual 10-19 .wclient.Description of Connections P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

2. In connection with the integrated level function. it is possible to use a total of 22 numbers of any key functions.3 OpenStage Add-On Devices Caution Always disconnect the line cord before connecting add-on devices to the workpoint.fm Workpoint Clients OpenStage Product Family (from V7 R3) Nur für den internen Gebrauch 10.wclient. Service Manual . OpenStage Key Module 7 10. Section 10.3. it provides an additional 12 programmable function keys. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.2.4 contains information about the configuration at which an additional power supply using an external power supply is required.2. 10-20 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.1 Figure 10-8 OpenStage Key Module The OpenStage Key Module is an add-on device that should be mounted on the side of the workpoint.

5.wclient. it has an additional 90 programmable function keys. Table 10-6 OpenStage Workpoints .3. Only the AC adapter originally supplied must be used for this purpose. see Section 10. “External Power Supply”.Add-on Device Configurations 1st add-on device OpenStage Key Module OpenStage Key Module OpenStage BLF OpenStage 60 OpenStage 80 OpenStage Key Module OpenStage Key Module OpenStage Key Module OpenStage Key Module 2nd add-on device – OpenStage Key Module – – OpenStage Key Module – OpenStage Key Module Workpoint OpenStage 40 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Add-on devices cannot be used on workpoints that are not listed here.2.3.1. Service Manual 10-21 .2 OpenStage BLF Figure 10-9 OpenStage BLF The OpenStage BLF (Busy Lamp Field) is an add-on device that should be mounted on the side of the workpoint. The port of the power supply unit depends on the hardware output of the OpenStage BLF.2. 10.3 Possible Configurations for the Key Modules The following table shows the permitted configurations of add-on devices at OpenStage workpoints for TDM and CorNet-IP connection variants. An external power supply unit is required to ensure sufficient power is supplied to operate the BLF.2. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients OpenStage Product Family (from V7 R3) 10.

2. and adapters Both the following tables provide information on the configurations at which a power supply is required using an external power supply.4 Power supply of the OpenStage workpoints. CorNet-IP connection variants Workpoint Configuration Additional power supply required? No1 No2 No2 No2 No2 Yes. add-on devices. use only the pertinent original power supply (see Section 10. for OpenStage BLF ● Note OpenStage 20 – OpenStage 20 – Gigabit variant OpenStage 40 – 1 X OpenStage key module 2 X OpenStage Key Module 1 X OpenStage BLF ● OpenStage BLF up to an including hardware output S30817. Caution: The power supply unit used should only be used for this purpose.wclient. Service Manual . “External Power Supply”).fm Workpoint Clients OpenStage Product Family (from V7 R3) Nur für den internen Gebrauch 10. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.5. OpenStage BLF from HW output S30817-S7406-A101-8/A103-3: The external power supply unit is connected to the workpoint (see Figure 10-10). For the additional power supply. Using the free jack of the power supply unit to power another worpoint or device is not permitted and can lead to the destruction of the OpenStage BLF.S7406-A101-7/-A1032: The external power supply unit is connected to the BLF. 10-22 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.2.1.

for OpenStage BLF ● Note OpenStage 40 – Gigabit variant 1 X OpenStage key module 2 X OpenStage Key Module 1 X OpenStage BLF ● OpenStage BLF up to an including hardware output S30817. OpenStage BLF from HW output S30817-S7406-A101-8/A103-3: The external power supply unit is connected to the workpoint (see Figure 10-10). OpenStage 60 – 1 X OpenStage key module 2 X OpenStage Key Module OpenStage 60 – Gigabit variant 1 X OpenStage key module 2 X OpenStage Key Module No3 No3 No3 No3 No3 Yes The external power supply unit is connected to the workpoint (see Figure 10-10) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.S7406-A101-7/-A1032: The external power supply unit is connected to the BLF. Using the free jack of the power supply unit to power another worpoint or device is not permitted and can lead to the destruction of the OpenStage BLF.wclient.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients OpenStage Product Family (from V7 R3) Workpoint Configuration Additional power supply required? No3 No3 No3 Yes. Caution: The power supply unit used should only be used for this purpose. Service Manual 10-23 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

nominal classification signature current = 28.5 mA PoE class 3: PD maximum power = 6.84 W through 6. nominal classification signature current = 10.5 mA PoE class 2: PD maximum power = 3.wclient.fm Workpoint Clients OpenStage Product Family (from V7 R3) Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Configuration Additional power supply required? No3 No3 No3 No3 No3 Yes Note OpenStage 80 – 1 X OpenStage key module 2 X OpenStage Key Module OpenStage 80 – Gigabit variant 1 X OpenStage key module 2 X OpenStage Key Module 1 2 3 The external power supply unit is connected to the workpoint (see Figure 10-10) PoE class 1: PD maximum power = 0. nominal classification signature current = 18.44 W through 3.95 W. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.49 W through 12.0 mA 10-24 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual .84 W.49 W.

wclient. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients OpenStage Product Family (from V7 R3) TDM connection variants Workpoint Configuration Additional power supply required? No No Yes Connection of an external power supply unit: See Figure 10-11 Note OpenStage 20 – OpenStage 40 – 1 x OpenStage Key Modules 2 x OpenStage Key Modules 1 X OpenStage BLF Yes Yes. for OpenStage BLF ● ● OpenStage BLF up to an including hardware output S30817. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.S7406-A101-7/-A1032: The external power supply unit is connected to the BLF. OpenStage BLF from HW output S30817-S7406-A101-8/A103-3: The external power supply unit is connected to the workpoint (see Figure 10-11). Caution: The power supply unit used should only be used for this purpose. Service Manual 10-25 . Using the free jack of the power supply unit to power another worpoint or device is not permitted and can lead to the destruction of the OpenStage BLF.

2. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. The left jack of the power supply unit labelled "Digital" (Figure 10-11 for the TDM connection variant) must be connected to the BLF.4).5 10. Power is supplied to a telephone via the left board marked "Digital".fm Workpoint Clients OpenStage Product Family (from V7 R3) Nur für den internen Gebrauch 10. OpenStage BLF from HW output S30817-S7406-A101-8/-A103-3: The OpenStage BLF is supplied with power via the associated workpoint. an external power supply unit is required (see Section 10.wclient. OpenStage BLF up to an including hardware output S30817-S7406-A101-7/-A103-2: The external power supply unit is connected directly to the OpenStage BLF. the connection of the power supply unit depends on the HW output of the OpenStage BLF: 7 ● Caution The power supply unit used for an OpenStage BLF should only be used for this purpose.2. Using the free jack of the power supply unit to power another worpoint or device is not permitted and can lead to the destruction of the OpenStage BLF.5. The AC adapter features two MW6 connectors. ● 10-26 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual . With the additional power supply of the OpenStage BLF.1 OpenStage Accessories External Power Supply In case of certain configurations. The power supply unit (Figure 10-10 for the CorNet-IP connection variant) must be connected to the workpoint.2.

10-11 OpenStage Workpoints (TDM Connection Variant) – Connection of the External Power Supply Unit P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.wclient. Service Manual 10-27 . 10-10 OpenStage Workpoints (Connection Type CorNet-IP) – Connection of the External Power Supply Unit OpenStage workpoints with TDM connection variant For the system HiPath 3000 For the OpenStage workpoint: Connector socket Fig.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients OpenStage Product Family (from V7 R3) OpenStage Workpoints with the CorNet-IP Connection Variant For the OpenStage workpoint: Connector socket Fig.

Euro: C39280-Z4-C510 AC adapter. min. 30 Vdc 480 mA Line voltage Line frequency Output voltage Output current 10-28 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 110 V USA: C39280-Z4-C511 Technical specifications Technical specifications AC adapter.fm Workpoint Clients OpenStage Product Family (from V7 R3) Nur für den internen Gebrauch Variants ● ● ● AC adapter. 43 Vdc. 110 V USA: C39280-Z4-C511 120 Vac 60 Hz max. min. 43 Vdc. Service Manual . 30 Vdc 480 mA AC adapter. UK: C39280-Z4-C512 230 Vac 50 Hz max. min. Euro: C39280-Z4-C510 230 Vac 50 Hz max. 30 Vdc 480 mA AC adapter.wclient. 43 Vdc. UK: C39280-Z4-C512 AC adapter.

3 Headsets Figure 10-13 Headsets The integrated Bluetooth technology supports user-friendly headsets.5.2 Acoustic Unit Figure 10-12 Acoustic Unit The acoustic unit combines a loudspeaker and microphone in a housing designed to blend in with the OpenStage product family. The OpenStage 40/60/80 workpoints are each equipped with a jack to connect corded (121 TR 9-5) and cordless headsets (121 TR 9-5).5.2.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients OpenStage Product Family (from V7 R3) 10. 10.2. The acoustic unit features a mute key in addition to a volume adjuster. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.wclient. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual 10-29 .

10-30 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. A coded RJ45 connector can be ordered using the part number C39334.fm Workpoint Clients OpenStage Product Family (from V7 R3) Nur für den internen Gebrauch Note: The headset ports for OpenStage workpoints are coded RJ45 jacks. WLAN dongles or USB memory sticks. If there are contact problems (RJ45 jack <–> RJ11 connector). such as.5.4 USB Extension Figure 10-14 USB Extension The USB extension operates as a USB hub for connecting additional USB devices. The integrated Class-D amplifier provides optimized recording and voice transmission quality with a connected microphone. swat the RJ11 connector of the affected headset for an RJ45 connector.2. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.Z93-C350 (normal RJ45 ISDN connectors do not fit).wclient. The headset connectors have RJ11 or RJ45 connectors. 10. Service Manual . It also improves the sound quality in connected loudspeakers and speakerphone systems.

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 10. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual 10-31 . telephones with a newer version remain unchanged. If updates are permitted. the new software application must be loaded onto the system with Manager E and then loaded onto the system’s MMC.2. in the case of the latter.3 Accessing the TDM OpenStage Update Log File TDM OpenStage telephones and the Extender keep an update log file that can be called up over Manager E for maintenance purposes. you can choose either an immediate or scheduled update. An entry in the customer database permits or denies automatic software updates.wclient. these offer three update options: immediate.2.6. This automatic procedure only updates telephones with an older software version. An update log file is also saved on the MMC and can be read over Manager E.2. 10.) The current status of the TDM OpenStage software update can be checked on Manager E.2.2 Accessing TDM OpenStage Hardware and Software Version Information The hardware version (Siemens part number) and the software version of the OpenStage telephones are saved in the customer database and can be accessed by Manager E. Downgrading to an older software version can only be performed with orders.6. the update operation can be initiated automatically or manually from Manager E. To minimize the impact on ongoing telephone calls. In the case of the former. they are reset and updated on a specific day. first the software is downloaded from the MMC to a telephone and then copied from telephone to telephone in the B channel.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients OpenStage Product Family (from V7 R3) 10.1 Updating Software for the TDM OpenStage Telephone Service Automatic and Manual Software Update TDM OpenStage telephones and TDM OpenStage Extenders that are connected to a HiPath 3000 system can be updated on site or via remote control using a new software application. the software update is split into different stages. the telephones are reset and updated if they are ready to be loaded. Once this step is complete.6 10.6. they also offer an option for selecting specific telephones. (Exception: master/slave configurations only support one call during a download operation. The download operation itself does not affect the telephone user. The manual update is initiated on Manager E using orders. scheduled or during the next reset.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. the touchscreen and the navigation keys mean that many functions can be used intuitively and therefore more effectively. and on function keys are available (except for Relocate). Self-labeling means that each key is assigned a display (one line with 12 characters) in which the function or station number currently saved is shown. The three dialog keys and the display guarantee convenient and interactive operation (not available for optiPoint 410 entry and optiPoint 410 entry S). The optiPoint 410 display module is used as an add-on device for standard and advance telephones. Its graphical LCD display (320 x 240 dots).3 optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S Introduction The IP telephones in the optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S families allow users to conduct telephone calls in a simple. Note: The term "Internet telephony" as used in this document refers to making telephone calls via IP-supported networks (Voice over IP) and signaling via SIP. the key lamp principle visualizes the activated functions.fm Workpoint Clients optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S Nur für den internen Gebrauch 10. Service Manual . economy or economy plus telephones). in the service menu. ● 10-32 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S families: The function keys are self-labeling keys. The use of different optiPoint 500 adapters guarantees flexibility for the expansion of the telephone workstation (not for entry. optiPoint 410 S/optiPoint 420 S families: The corresponding telephones support SIP (Session Initiation Protocol). The add-on devices optiPoint key module and optiPoint BLF can also be used with the optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S families. familiar way over a data network.wclient. Furthermore. Differences between the optiPoint 410/optiPoint 420 and optiPoint 410 S/optiPoint 420 S families: ● optiPoint 410/optiPoint 420 families: All HiPath 3000/5000 features that are offered interactively on the display. The difference between the optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S families lies in the design of the function key panels: ● optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S families: The function keys have panels with labeling strips on which the function or call number currently saved can be entered. ● The optiPoint self labeling key module lets you increase the number of function keys available for standard and advance telephones. SIP is an ASCII-based signal used to set up sessions in an IP network.

team. from the perspective of the Internet telephony station. top or MULAP groups.wclient. they may be passively involved: – – – – – – – Call forwarding (forwarding to an Internet telephony station is supported) Conference (Internet telephony stations may be passively involved) Park (Internet telephony stations may be parked. – P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual 10-33 .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S The following features for Internet telephony stations are actively supported: – – – – – – – – – – CLIP (displays the calling party’s station number on the called party’s station) CLIP (suppresses the calling party’s station number on the called party’s station) COLP (displays the called party’s station number on the calling party’s station) COLR (suppresses the called party’s station number on the calling party’s station) Consultation hold Hold Toggle Transfer (transfer after messaging) DISA (Direct Inward System Access): No features may be activated for the SIP telephone Inband DTMF Although Internet telephony stations may not activate the following features. Internet telephony stations cannot use applications that require monitoring (for example. Internet telephony stations cannot be integrated into call pickup groups. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. this is similar to "Call hold") Live Call Recording (Internet telephony stations may be passively involved) Whisper (Internet telephony stations may be passively involved) Automatic COS changeover (the Internet telephony station can be implemented in automatic COS changeover) Internal traffic restriction (ITR) groups (Internet telephony stations may be implemented in ITR groups) The following restrictions apply to Internet telephony stations: – Internet telephony stations are configured in HiPath 3000/5000 V7 as DSS1 (functional telephone) and therefore cannot be supervised by the system (no monitoring). HiPath ComAssistant). hunt groups.

Service Manual .fm Workpoint Clients optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S Nur für den internen Gebrauch – – Internet telephony stations cannot activate or use system features that can be operated with codes. you cannot use terminal-specific features in HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Music is not played and a ring tone is not applied for the Internet telephony station when unscreened transfer is performed between the Internet telephony station and another station. SIP devices are not supported by the Deployment Tool (DLS Interface.wclient. The display on the Internet telephony station is not refreshed if an Internet telephony station is unparked by a different party to the one who parked it. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. The features available with the basic HiPath 3000/5000 V7 system have general release status. This includes features offered via the device’s menu interface. DLI) in HiPath Xpressions Compact boards (HiPath 3000). Music is played when an Internet telephony station is on hold. – – – 10-34 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. In some situations.

G.3af) CTI (for example. G.235 (security) QoS to DIFFSERV and IEEE 802.1 10.wclient.729 A/B Power over LAN (in accordance with Cisco and standard pre802.1 p/Q ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Voice compression G. SNMP.3. no display P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. via TAPI 3rd party) 1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for LAN connection 8 function keys with LEDs 2 volume adjustment keys (plus/minus) and pitch Suitable for wall mounting No modularity (no connecting capability for adapters or key modules). SIP HTTP.1.3.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S 10. HFA/V3 + V4.711. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. CorNet-IP.723 and G.323. Service Manual 10-35 .1 optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 410 S Telephones optiPoint 410 entry. optiPoint 410 entry S Key features ● Protocols – – – – H. FTP H. DHCP.722.

3.3 for information on connection and startup. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.Standard Key Assignment Refer to Section 10. optiPoint 410 entry S optiPoint 410 entry Consultation hold Number redial Message Callback Speed dialing Microphone on/off Loudspeaker Disconnect optiPoint 410 entry S Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Cancel Level Figure 10-15 optiPoint 410 entry.wclient.fm Workpoint Clients optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S Nur für den internen Gebrauch Standard key assignment (default) for optiPoint 410 entry. Service Manual . 410 entry S . 10-36 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S 10. via TAPI 3rd party) 1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for LAN connection 12 function keys with LEDs 2-line alphanumeric tilt-and-swivel LCD display with 24 characters per line 3 dialog keys for interactive user prompts: “Yes”. optiPoint 410 economy S Key features ● Protocols – – – – H. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. G.323.722.3.3af) CTI (for example.1. DHCP. and “Next” Open listening 2 volume adjustment keys (plus/minus). pitch and display contrast Suitable for wall mounting No modularity (no connecting capability for adapters or key modules) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. G. HFA/V3 + V4. SNMP. Service Manual 10-37 .wclient. “Back”. FTP H. CorNet-IP.729 A/B Power over LAN (in accordance with Cisco and standard pre802.235 (security) QoS to DIFFSERV and IEEE 802.723 and G.1 p/Q ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Voice compression G. SIP HTTP.711.2 optiPoint 410 economy.

10-38 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.Standard Key Assignment Refer to Section 10. optiPoint 410 economy S optiPoint 410 economy Service Number redial Microphone on/off Loudspeaker Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Disconnect optiPoint 410 economy S Loudspeaker Number redial Caller list Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Cancel Level Figure 10-16 optiPoint 410 economy.fm Workpoint Clients optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S Nur für den internen Gebrauch Standard key assignment (default) for optiPoint 410 economy.3 for information on connection and startup.wclient. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 410 economy S .3. Service Manual .

“Back”.723 and G. HFA/V3 + V4. optiPoint 410 economy plus S Key features ● Protocols – – – – H.323.3 optiPoint 410 economy plus.1.722. CorNet-IP. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual 10-39 . SNMP. and “Next” Open listening Port for headset (121 TR 9-5) 2 volume adjustment keys (plus/minus).235 (security) QoS to DIFFSERV and IEEE 802.1 p/Q ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Voice compression G.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S 10.3. G.wclient. DHCP.711. via TAPI 1st Party) 1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for LAN connection 1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for the PC connection 12 function keys with LEDs 2-line alphanumeric tilt-and-swivel LCD display with 24 characters per line 3 dialog keys for interactive user prompts: “Yes”.3af) CTI (for example.729 A/B Power over LAN (in accordance with Cisco and standard pre802. FTP H. SIP HTTP. pitch and display contrast Suitable for wall mounting No modularity (no connecting capability for adapters or key modules) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. G.

optiPoint 410 economy plus S optiPoint 410 economy plus Service Number redial Microphone on/off Loudspeaker Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Disconnect optiPoint 410 economy plus S Loudspeaker Number redial Caller list Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Cancel Level Figure 10-17 optiPoint 410 economy plus.fm Workpoint Clients optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S Nur für den internen Gebrauch Standard key assignment (default) for optiPoint 410 economy plus. 410 economy plus S . Service Manual .Standard Key Assignment Refer to Section 10. 10-40 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.3 for information on connection and startup. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.3.wclient.

SIP HTTP. Service Manual 10-41 .723 and G. G.722.323.711.wclient. CorNet-IP.4 optiPoint 410 standard. via TAPI 1st Party) 1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for LAN connection 1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for the PC connection 12 function keys with LEDs 2-line alphanumeric tilt-and-swivel LCD display with 24 characters per line 3 dialog keys for interactive user prompts: “Yes”.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S 10.1 p/Q ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Voice compression G. pitch.729 A/B Power over LAN (in accordance with Cisco and standard pre802. G.235 (security) QoS to DIFFSERV and IEEE 802. speaker quality and display contrast Modularity: – – 2 option bays 1 interface for up to 2 key modules ● Suitable for wall mounting P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. “Back”. and “Next” Full-duplex speakerphone mode with echo suppression for room adaptation Port for headset (121 TR 9-5) 2 volume adjustment keys (plus/minus). FTP H.1. DHCP.3af) CTI (for example.3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. optiPoint 410 standard S Key features ● Protocols – – – – H. SNMP. HFA/V3 + V4.

Service Manual .fm Workpoint Clients optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S Nur für den internen Gebrauch Standard key assignment (default) for optiPoint 410 standard.3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.wclient.3 for information on connection and startup. 10-42 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. optiPoint 410 standard S optiPoint 410 standard Service Number redial Microphone on/off Loudspeaker Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Disconnect optiPoint 410 standard S Loudspeaker Number redial Caller list Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Cancel Level Figure 10-18 optiPoint 410 standard. 410 standard S .Standard Key Assignment Refer to Section 10.

729 A/B Power over LAN (in accordance with Cisco and standard pre802.5 optiPoint 410 advance. speaker quality and display contrast Modularity: – – 1 option bay 1 interface for up to 2 key modules ● Suitable for wall mounting P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.wclient.711. G.722. SIP HTTP. and “Next” Full-duplex speakerphone mode with echo suppression for room adaptation Port for headset (121 TR 9-5) 2 volume adjustment keys (plus/minus).235 (security) QoS to DIFFSERV and IEEE 802. optiPoint 410 advance S Key features ● Protocols – – – – H.1.1 interface 19 function keys with LEDs Graphic display (swivel) with 4 lines. pitch. HFA/V3 + V4. DHCP. CorNet-IP. “Back”.3.1 p/Q ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Voice compression G.323.3af) CTI (for example. SNMP. 24 characters each 3 dialog keys for interactive user prompts: “Yes”.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S 10. Service Manual 10-43 . FTP H. G. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.723 and G. via TAPI 1st Party) 1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for LAN connection 1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for the PC connection 1 integrated USB 1.

10-44 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.3 for information on connection and startup.wclient. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Workpoint Clients optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S Nur für den internen Gebrauch Standard key assignment (default) for optiPoint 410 advance. optiPoint 410 advance S optiPoint 410 advance Service Number redial Microphone on/off Loudspeaker Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Disconnect optiPoint 410 advance S Loudspeaker Number redial Caller list Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Cancel Level Figure 10-19 optiPoint 410 advance.3.Standard Key Assignment Refer to Section 10. 410 advance S . Service Manual .

via TAPI 1st Party) 1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for LAN connection 12 function keys with LEDs and self-labeling keys Graphic display (swivel) with 2 lines. HFA/V3 + V4. “Back”. FTP H. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Self-labeling means that each key is assigned a display (one line with 12 characters) in which the currently saved function or station number is shown. CorNet-IP.711. optiPoint 420 economy S Key features ● Protocols – – – – H. G.3.729 A/B Power over LAN (in accordance with Cisco and standard pre802.3. G. SIP HTTP.1 optiPoint 420 economy.2 optiPoint 420 and optiPoint 420 S Telephones The IP telephones in the optiPoint 420 and optiPoint 420 S families feature self-labeling keys. 10.3af) CTI (for example.2. 24 characters each 3 dialog keys for interactive user prompts: “Yes”.722. SNMP.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S 10.1 p/Q ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Voice compression G. and “Next” Open listening 2 volume adjustment keys (plus/minus).235 (security) QoS to DIFFSERV and IEEE 802.723 and G. pitch and display contrast Suitable for wall mounting No modularity (no connecting capability for adapters or key modules) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.323. Service Manual 10-45 .wclient. DHCP.

fm Workpoint Clients optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S Nur für den internen Gebrauch Standard key assignment (default) for optiPoint 420 economy. optiPoint 420 economy S optiPoint 420 economy Service Number redial Mailbox Microphone on/off Loudspeaker Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Disconnect optiPoint 420 economy S Loudspeaker Number redial Caller list Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Cancel Level Figure 10-20 optiPoint 420 economy.wclient.3.Standard Key Assignment Refer to Section 10. 10-46 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.3 for information on connection and startup. Service Manual . 420 economy S . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

pitch and display contrast Suitable for wall mounting No modularity (no connecting capability for adapters or key modules) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.wclient.3.723 and G. G. HFA/V3 + V4. via TAPI 1st Party) 1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for LAN connection 1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for the PC connection 12 function keys with LEDs and self-labeling keys Graphic display (swivel) with 2 lines. 24 characters each 3 dialog keys for interactive user prompts: “Yes”. Service Manual 10-47 . CorNet-IP.323. and “Next” Open listening Port for headset (121 TR 9-5) 2 volume adjustment keys (plus/minus).3af) CTI (for example. DHCP.711. SNMP.722.729 A/B Power over LAN (in accordance with Cisco and standard pre802. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.235 (security) QoS to DIFFSERV and IEEE 802.2 optiPoint 420 economy plus.1 p/Q ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Voice compression G.2. optiPoint 420 economy plus S Key features ● Protocols – – – – H. SIP HTTP. FTP H. “Back”.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S 10. G.

economy plus S .wclient. Service Manual .Standard Key Assignment Refer to Section 10. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.3.3 for information on connection and startup.fm Workpoint Clients optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S Nur für den internen Gebrauch Standard key assignment (default) for optiPoint 420 economy plus. 10-48 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. optiPoint 420 economy plus S optiPoint 420 economy plus Service Number redial Mailbox Microphone on/off Loudspeaker Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Disconnect optiPoint 420 economy plus S Loudspeaker Number redial Caller list Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Cancel Level Figure 10-21 optiPoint 420 economy plus.

711.723 and G.235 (security) QoS to DIFFSERV and IEEE 802. pitch. “Back”.2.722. SIP HTTP. HFA/V3 + V4. via TAPI 1st Party) 1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for LAN connection 1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for the PC connection 12 function keys with LEDs and self-labeling keys Graphic display (swivel) with 2 lines. CorNet-IP. G.3af) CTI (for example. and “Next” Full-duplex speakerphone mode with echo suppression for room adaptation Port for headset (121 TR 9-5) 2 volume adjustment keys (plus/minus).fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S 10.3 optiPoint 420 standard. G.1 p/Q ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Voice compression G. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 24 characters each 3 dialog keys for interactive user prompts: “Yes”. DHCP. speaker quality and display contrast Modularity: – – 2 option bays 1 interface for up to 2 key modules ● Suitable for wall mounting P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. SNMP.729 A/B Power over LAN (in accordance with Cisco and standard pre802.323. optiPoint 420 standard S Key features ● Protocols – – – – H. Service Manual 10-49 .3. FTP H.wclient.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. optiPoint 420 standard S optiPoint 420 standard Service Number redial Mailbox Microphone on/off Loudspeaker Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Disconnect optiPoint 420 standard S Loudspeaker Number redial Caller list Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Cancel Level Figure 10-22 optiPoint 420 standard. 10-50 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.3. Service Manual .3 for information on connection and startup. 420 standard S .wclient.fm Workpoint Clients optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S Nur für den internen Gebrauch Standard key assignment (default) for optiPoint 420 standard.Standard Key Assignment Refer to Section 10.

3.711. Service Manual 10-51 .1 interface 18 function keys with LEDs and self-labeling keys Graphic display (swivel) with 4 lines. via TAPI 1st Party) 1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for LAN connection 1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for the PC connection 1 integrated USB 1. pitch. HFA/V3 + V4. speaker quality and display contrast Modularity: – – 1 option bay 1 interface for up to 2 key modules ● Suitable for wall mounting P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.235 (security) QoS to DIFFSERV and IEEE 802. DHCP.wclient.323. optiPoint 420 advance S Key features ● Protocols – – – – H.3af) CTI (for example.2. G. “Back”. SIP HTTP. FTP H.722.723 and G.729 A/B Power over LAN (in accordance with Cisco and standard pre802. CorNet-IP. and “Next” Full-duplex speakerphone mode with echo suppression for room adaptation Port for headset (121 TR 9-5) 2 volume adjustment keys (plus/minus).4 optiPoint 420 advance. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. SNMP. G.1 p/Q ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Voice compression G. 24 characters each 3 dialog keys for interactive user prompts: “Yes”.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S 10.

Standard Key Assignment Refer to Section 10.3 for information on connection and startup.fm Workpoint Clients optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S Nur für den internen Gebrauch Standard key assignment (default) for optiPoint 420 advance. Service Manual .wclient. 420 advance S . 10-52 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.3. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. optiPoint 420 advance S optiPoint 420 advance Service Number redial Mailbox Microphone on/off Loudspeaker Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Disconnect optiPoint 420 advance S Loudspeaker Number redial Caller list Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Cancel Level Figure 10-23 optiPoint 420 advance.

The Deployment and Licensing service can also be used for systems that do not satisfy the prerequisites for using the DLI function. optiPoint 420 S For information on how to connect and start up workpoints. Service Manual 10-53 . HiPath 3000 supports the central administration of IP workpoints connected to the system. DLI) was implemented on the HiPath Xpressions Compact boards for this. For information on how to use this tool. For information on workpoint administration. > The DLI function can only be used for standalone systems. optiPoint 420 In combination with HiPath Xpressions Compact. see the Deployment Service Administrator Manual. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. see Section 10.wclient. refer to the optiPoint 410 S/420 S Administrator Manual: The software can be upgraded over: ● the Deployment and Licensing service For further information. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. the WBM access at the relevant optiPoint IP telephone. The optiPoint 410 S/420 S Administrator Manual contains information on this procedure ● Download The manuals and tools referred to in this document are available for download at http://www.com/enterprise (–> Downloads).fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S 10.3.3 Connection and Startup optiPoint 410. A deployment tool (DLS interface. optiPoint 410 S. refer to the optiPoint 410/420 Administrator Manual. refer to the Deployment Service Administrator Manual. The DHCP and FTP servers integrated in DLI support the following: ● the central configuration of parameters for all IP workpoints connected enabling plug&play operation the central software update of all IP workpoints connected ● For information about the prerequisites for using the DLI function.siemens.4. The Deployment and Licensing service is available for networked HiPath 3000 systems with or without HiPath 5000 RSM.

420 advance S Figure 10-24 optiPoint 410. 420 standard S optiPoint 410.1 Connections on the Bottom of the Telephone optiPoint 410 entry. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 420.3.fm Workpoint Clients optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S Nur für den internen Gebrauch 10. 410 S.3.wclient. 420 advance. 420 standard. optiPoint 410. Service Manual . optiPoint 410 entry S optiPoint 410. optiPoint 410. 420 S .Connection Options 10-54 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

Description of Connections Connection Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for the LAN Handset Local power supply (optional)1 Key module Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for the PC Headset (121 TR 9-5) Adapter 1 Adapter 2 USB interface No local power supply is required if power is provided via the Ethernet cable (Power over LAN). P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 optiPoint 410/420.wclient. optiPoint 410 S/420 S . Service Manual 10-55 . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S Table 10-7 No.

The optiPoint BLF function keys cannot have double assignments. ● When the Shift function is pressed. When you switch key levels. Please note the following differences between the functions: ● Up to and including V6. This will produce the same behavior as in versions up to and including V6. you can only program phone numbers that function without LED support.0 SMR-05: Double assignment is possible if only phone numbers without LED support are saved on the first level. This signals that the phone numbers on the second key level are available. The "Enhanced key functionality" flag is activated. the optiPoint key module and the optiPoint self labeling key module is possible.wclient. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. The Shift function is deactivated when you press a phone number or if you press the Shift key again. You can program any key functions on the first key level. 10-56 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Workpoint Clients optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S Nur für den internen Gebrauch 10. the LED associated with the Shift key lights up. On the second level. only phone numbers without LED support can be saved at the second key level which is now available. Service Manual .3. V6.4 Key Programming Double assignment of the programmable function keys on the optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 telephones. Once you have defined a key of your choice as the "Shift key". the key labels on telephones with self-labeling keys also change.0 SMR-06 and later: One of the two following options can be configured in HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E (go to the Settings menu and select System Parameters (Flags)): – – The "Enhanced key functionality" flag is not activated (default setting).0 SMR-05. These may be internal and external station numbers as well as station numbers from a HiPath network. LED signaling is associated with the first key level only.

Table 10-8 shows the possible key module configurations.3. optiPoint 410 economy plus. optiPoint BLF.wclient.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S 10. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.0 SMR06 and later) can be used in addition to the two key modules described below. optiPoint 410 economy plus S. optiPoint 410 entry S. and optiPoint application module (V5. optiPoint key module.5 optiPoint 410/410 S and optiPoint 420/420 S key modules Caution Always disconnect the line cord before connecting key modules to the telephone. Service Manual 10-57 . P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 7 The user usually installs the key modules. optiPoint 410 economy. optiPoint 420 economy. > Up to two key modules may be mounted on an optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S or optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S terminal (not optiPoint 410 entry. optiPoint 420 economy plus or optiPoint 420 economy plus S). optiPoint 410 economy S. The installation instructions are on the “Electronic Operating Instructions” CD. optiPoint 420 economy S.

Selflabeling key means that each key is assigned a display (one line with 12 characters) in which the function or station number currently saved is shown.3.3.4. Service Manual . The bottom key on the first key module installed on the telephone (optiPoint self labeling key module or optiPoint key module) is automatically defined as the “Shift key” (default). Figure 10-25 optiPoint self labeling key module Information on double assignment can be found in Section 10. and displays for all purposes. 10-58 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. LEDs. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.fm Workpoint Clients optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S Nur für den internen Gebrauch 10.1 optiPoint self labeling key module The optiPoint self labeling key module is an add-on device that should be mounted on the side of the telephone.wclient.5. This only happens if a shift key was not already programmed. it provides an additional 13 keys.

5. RJ45 output (MW8).fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S 10. Figure 10-26 Key features ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● optiPoint 410 display module Graphical user interface Local personal telephone directory Access to company-wide telephone directory via LDAP WAP browser Voice-controlled dialing Call list containing all incoming and outgoing calls Speed-dialing list Online help Connection The optiPoint 410 display module must always be installed as the first key module. in other words.2 optiPoint 410 display module This is an key module with a graphic swivel display (240 x 320 pixels) with touchscreen functionality. The connection to the telephone is made over an interface cable with the following connectors: RJ11 input (MW6). P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. background illumination.wclient.3. connected directly to the telephone. and navigation keys. Power is supplied by the connected telephone. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual 10-59 .

5.wclient. Table 10-8 Add-On Device Configurations for optiPoint 410/410 S and optiPoint 420/420 S 1.3 Possible Configurations for Add-On Devices The following table shows the possible add-on device configurations for telephones from the optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S families. Add-on devices cannot be used on telephones that are not listed here.fm Workpoint Clients optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S Nur für den internen Gebrauch 10. Key module 2.3. Service Manual . Key module optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S telephone optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S telephone optiPoint key module optiPoint key module optiPoint 410 standard optiPoint 410 standard S optiPoint 410 advance optiPoint 410 advance S optiPoint 420 standard optiPoint 420 standard S optiPoint 420 advance optiPoint 420 advance S optiPoint key module optiPoint 410 display module optiPoint 410 display module optiPoint 410 display module optiPoint 410 display module optiPoint BLF optiPoint BLF optiPoint self labeling key module optiPoint self labeling key module optiPoint 410 standard optiPoint 410 advance optiPoint 420 standard optiPoint 420 advance 1 Configuration with two optiPoint BLFs in HiPath 3800 only – optiPoint key module optiPoint BLF – optiPoint key module optiPoint BLF optiPoint self labeling key module – optiPoint BLF1 – optiPoint self labeling key module – optiPoint key module optiPoint BLF optiPoint self labeling key module optiPoint application module optiPoint application module optiPoint application module optiPoint application module 10-60 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

optiPoint 420 economy S. Service Manual 10-61 .3.6 Use of optiPoint 500 Adapters The following optiPoint 500 adapters are available for use on telephones from the optiPoint 410/ optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S families (not optiPoint 410 entry. optiPoint 410 economy.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S 10. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.wclient. optiPoint 420 economy. optiPoint recorder adapter ● P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. optiPoint 410 economy plus. optiPoint 420 economy plus or optiPoint 420 economy plus S): ● optiPoint acoustic adapter Note: Floating contacts are not supported when using the adapter on optiPoint 410/optiPoint 410 S and optiPoint 420/optiPoint 420 S. optiPoint 410 entry S. optiPoint 410 economy plus S. optiPoint 410 economy S.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. For information on how to use this tool. see the Deployment Service Administrator Manual. V3. with the HiPath Xpressions Compact board IVMS8NR or IVMP4N and the HG 1500 board HXGR3 The DLI function can only be used for standalone systems. V6. DLI) was implemented on the following HiPath Xpressions Compact boards for this.0 and later 10-62 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. The DHCP and FTP servers integrated in DLI support the following: ● the central configuration of parameters for all IP workpoints connected enabling plug&play operation.0 or later The following systems support the DLI function: – – – HiPath 3800. The Deployment and Licensing service is available for networked HiPath 3000 systems with or without HiPath 5000 RSM.0 and later optiPoint 410 entry V5.0 and later optiPoint 410 economy plus V5. Service Manual . A deployment tool (DLS interface.0 or later IP workpoints Central administration can be performed for the following IP workpoints over the DLI function: – – – – optiClient 130. ● Prerequisites ● HiPath 3000.wclient. with the HiPath Xpressions Compact board IVMS8N or IVMP4 and the HG 1500 board HXGS3 HiPath 3500.fm Workpoint Clients Central Administration of IP Workpoints via the System Nur für den internen Gebrauch 10.0 and later optiPoint 410 economy V5. V2.0 or later supports the central administration of IP workpoints connected to the system. with the HiPath Xpressions Compact board IVMNL and the HG 1500 board STMI2 HiPath 3550.5 and later HG 1500. > ● ● ● HiPath Xpressions Compact. V5. the central software update of all IP workpoints connected. HiPath 3000 V6.4 Central Administration of IP Workpoints via the System In combination with HiPath Xpressions Compact.

2.0 and later Refer to the Release Notes and Sales Release for information on the latest software versions. etc.wclient. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.). a general template is provided. the Deployment service checks whether there is a suitable template for this type. 3. the gatekeeper address) are supplied to the IP workpoint. it receives both it’s own IP address as well as that of the DLI by contacting the DHCP server implemented on the HiPath Xpressions Compact board.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients Central Administration of IP Workpoints via the System – – – – – – – optiPoint 410 standard V5.0 and later optiPoint 420 standard V5. Service Manual 10-63 . If this is an IP workpoint type for which no template is available. regardless of the software version.0 and later optiPoint 410 advance V5.0 and later optiPoint 600 office (in CorNet-IP mode) V5. 10. Note: For IP workpoint configuration. In this way. the IP workpoint is supported and the configuration data from the template and the plug&play data (such as. Each additional logon with the Deployment service results in a plug&play-only configuration (supply of gatekeeping address.0 and later optiPoint 420 economy V5. the attributes assigned by template and changed locally on the IP workpoint are not overwritten by the Deployment service with each new logon.0 and later optiPoint 420 economy plus V5. The Deployment service checks whether it is necessary to configure the default values for the IP workpoint (for example. The first time that an IP workpoint is started. a template in XML format is defined for each IP workpoint type and stored in the HiPath Xpressions Compact file system. Plug&Play Startup of IP Workpoints When you connect an IP workpoint. if this is the first startup). The IP workpoint registers with the Deployment service (DLI) within HiPath Xpressions Compact. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.0 and later optiPoint 420 advance V5. There is exactly one template per IP workpoint type supported.4. If a template exists.1 Procedure 1.

5. The Deployment service sends configuration data from the matching template together with the plug&play data to the IP workpoint. Each of the IP workpoint types supported requires different software (image file). 3. The HiPath Xpressions Compact board’s hard disk has enough space for a number of blackand-white images at once.fm Workpoint Clients Central Administration of IP Workpoints via the System Nur für den internen Gebrauch 4. HiPath Xpressions Compact does not save local changes to IP workpoint parameters (for example.app. A separate DLI-WBM is available for this. If an IP workpoint is replaced because of a defect.4. The HiPath Xpressions Compact’s internal Deployment service checks whether the software image is available in a valid format. Note: A software upgrade is only possible within a main version (example: update from V5.siemens. those made via the telephone keypad or WBM access on the IP workpoint). 10-64 . 10. The DLI-WBM is accessed via https://<IP address of the HiPath Xpressions Compact board>/dli. the local changes must be entered on the replacement device.1. The HiPath Xpressions Compact’s internal Deployment service does not support main-version upgrades or migrations (software type changes). > Plug&Play configuration of SIP-based workpoints is not possible. Service Manual 2.wclient. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Procedure 1. The HiPath Xpressions Compact’s internal Deployment service prompts all registered IP workpoints that are to be equipped with the new software to start software deployment.4).0 to V5. Only IVMP4 and IVMP4N boards generate an error message when there is not enough space for image files (currently around 200 MB is available).3.com/enterprise (–> Downloads). 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. The SW images from the new software version are available and are loaded onto the hard disk on the HiPath Xpressions Compact board. The image files are usually generated with vxWorks. You do not have to rename the image files because the files are assigned a new name when saved on the hard disk on the HiPath Xpressions Compact board.2 Notes Software Upgrade of IP Workpoints via the System The software is available for download at http://www. The IP workpoint logs on to the gateway and is operational. an appropriate error message is generated for the user by the DLI-WBM. If this is not the case.

Software cannot be upgraded for SIP-based workpoints. the Deployment service recognizes whether the new software was successfully installed. Service Manual 10-65 .wclient. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. the IP workpoints reregister with the HiPath Xpressions Compact’s internal Deployment service. it then outputs the appropriate message via the DLI-WBM. You can use Web-Based Management to display information on all registered IP workpoints and their software deployment status. Based on the registration data.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients Central Administration of IP Workpoints via the System 4. The IP workpoints in question download the software image from the HiPath Xpressions Compact’s internal FTP server and start a reboot. 5. After booting. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

wclient. Service Manual .711 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Although Internet telephony stations may not activate the following features.0 SMR-09 or later: ● ● ● Missed Calls List. Standalone systems only.5 optiPoint 150 S optiPoint 150 S is the cost-effective entry model for Voice over IP telephony using SIP (Session Initiation Protocol). they may be passively involved: ● ● ● Call forwarding (forwarding to an Internet telephony station is supported) Conference (Internet telephony stations may be passively involved) Park (Internet telephony stations may be parked. COLP (displays the called party’s station number on the calling party’s station) Consultation hold Hold Toggle Transfer (transfer before answer and transfer after messaging) DISA (Direct Inward System Access): No features may be activated for optiPoint 150 S Inband DTMF: optiPoint 150 S only supports the codec G. telephone Do Not Disturb (DND) Call Duration Display 10-66 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. The following features for Internet telephony stations are actively supported: ● CLIP (displays the calling party’s station number on the called party’s station). this is similar to "Call hold") Live Call Recording (Internet telephony stations may be passively involved) Automatic COS changeover (the Internet telephony station can be implemented in automatic COS changeover) Internal traffic restriction (ITR) groups (Internet telephony stations may be implemented in ITR groups) ● ● ● The following telephone-specific optiPoint 150 S features are supported in HiPath 3000/5000 V6. Note: The term "Internet telephony" as used in this document refers to making telephone calls via IP-supported networks (Voice over IP) and signaling via SIP.fm Workpoint Clients optiPoint 150 S Nur für den internen Gebrauch 10. from the perspective of the Internet telephony station. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

team. optiPoint 150 S allows you to toggle between two external calls. you cannot use terminal-specific features in HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Internet telephony stations cannot activate or use system features that can be operated with codes. Music is played when an Internet telephony station is on hold. DHCP. In some situations. SNMP. Service Manual 10-67 . DLI) in HiPath Xpressions Compact boards (HiPath 3000). and DiffServ P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Internet telephony stations cannot be integrated into call pickup groups. top or MULAP groups. The features available with the basic HiPath 3000/5000 V7 system have general release status. HiPath ComAssistant).wclient. This includes features offered via the device’s menu interface. Internet telephony stations cannot use applications that require monitoring (for example. ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Key features ● Protocols – – – SIP HTTP. FTP QoS in accordance with VLAN. The display on the Internet telephony station is not refreshed if an Internet telephony station is unparked by a different party to the one who parked it. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. A connection of this kind can only be cleared down at the system by disconnecting the relevant trunks or by resetting (restarting) the system. SIP devices are not supported by the Deployment Tool (DLS Interface. TOS. hunt groups. Simply replace the optiPoint 150 S handset to connect the two external parties to each other (this may incur increased call charges). The active call can be cleared down by briefly pressing the hookswitch. Music is not played and a ring tone is not applied for the Internet telephony station when unscreened transfer is performed between the Internet telephony station and another station.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients optiPoint 150 S ● ● ● Local Numbering Plan Microphone on/off Select language The following restrictions apply to Internet telephony stations: ● Internet telephony stations are configured in HiPath 3000/5000 V7 as DSS1 (functional telephone) and therefore cannot be supervised by the system (no monitoring).

menu.3af One Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface for LAN connection 2-line alphanumeric LCD display with 16 characters per line Available display languages: German and English Preprogrammed function keys for loudspeaker.fm Workpoint Clients optiPoint 150 S Nur für den internen Gebrauch ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Voice compression G. Service Manual . redial. G.723.wclient. and callback. G. hold. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.729 AB Power over LAN in accordance with IEEE802. G.1.711 a-law. Suitable for wall mounting optiPoint 150 S Figure 10-27 optiPoint 150 S 10-68 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.711 µ-law.

speaker quality and display contrast Interfaces and slots: – – – – 1 integrated USB 1. 10/100BaseT): WAP access Supported standards: H. FTP. touchscreen. optiPoint 600 office represents a high-end product that completes the optiPoint 500 family and supersedes Optiset E memory. G. SNMP. each with 24 characters.323. Background lighting with approximately 5 s ghosting. G.723. QoS. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.wclient.711. Hicom Feature Access. Key features ● ● 19 function keys with LEDs Graphic LCD display (swivel) with 8 lines. LDAP (database access I/F) P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.1 interface 1 option bay 1 interface for up to 2 key modules 1 headset port (121 TR9-5) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Suitable for wall mounting In UP0/E mode (UP0/E interface): SW download via PPP In CorNet-IP mode (IP interface. pitch.6 optiPoint 600 office optiPoint 600 office is the first convergence telephone with UP0/E and IP interfaces (CorNet-IP). Service Manual 10-69 .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients optiPoint 600 office 10. In UP0/E mode. HTTP. and “Next” Full-duplex speakerphone mode with echo suppression for room adaptation 2 volume adjustment keys (plus/minus). it functions as a high-end IP phone in the optiPoint 400 family. DHCP. “Back”.1. In CorNet-IP mode. 3 dialog keys for interactive user prompts: “Yes”.

Service Manual .Default Key Assignment 10-70 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.wclient.fm Workpoint Clients optiPoint 600 office Nur für den internen Gebrauch Default key assignment for optiPoint 600 office optiPoint 600 office Service Number redial Microphone on/off Loudspeaker Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Disconnect Figure 10-28 optiPoint 600 office . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

Service Manual 10-71 .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients optiPoint 600 office Comparison of optiPoint 600 office and optiset E memory Table 10-9 Comparison of optiPoint 600 office and optiset E memory optiPoint 600 office Convergence product 19 function keys.1 interface Headset port optiset E memory optiPoint IP adapter needed for use in IP environments 12 function keys and integrated alphanumeric keypad Half-duplex speakerphone mode optiset E data adapter needed for data communication with a PC optiset E headset adapter needed for headset connection Graphic LCD display with background lighting. Connection of optiPoint 600 office over the IP interface: You can obtain further information in the installation and startup instructions (http://www.com/enterprise (–> Downloads)). LCD display without background lighting. no touchscreen touchscreen Supports card reader/writer Supports cordless adapter Wide scope of functions with few adapters 1 option bay Connection and configuration ● Supports card reader – Many adapters necessary for using functions 2 option bays Connection of optiPoint 600 office over the UP0/E interface: Refer to page 10-80 for more information. Use HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E to configure a workpoint client. ● P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. no integrated keypad: external keypad possible over USB interface Full-duplex speakerphone mode Integrated USB 1.wclient.siemens. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

wclient. the optiPoint 500 telephones have a USB 1. It is possible to operate both telephone families on one UP0/E board. and key modules in the Hicom 150 H V1. 10-72 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. adapters. You can also use telephones from the two families in mixed host-client configurations (earlier called the master-slave or primary-secondary configuration).0 Service Manual (see Section 1.7 optiPoint 500 The optiPoint 500 telephones described in this section are compatible with the Optiset E telephones. headsets) can be connected quickly because of the user-friendly design of the bottom of the telephones (not optiPoint 500 entry and optiPoint 500 economy) and because the adapters are “plug&play”.fm Workpoint Clients optiPoint 500 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 10. You can find information on Optiset E telephones. Additional devices (such as. Service Manual . telephones.1 interface.6. You can find information not contained in this chapter in the optiPoint 500 Service Manual. The optiPoint key module and optiPoint BLF key modules increase the number of function keys available. Furthermore. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. The three dialog keys and the display guarantee convenient and interactive operation. With the exception of optiPoint 500 entry and optiPoint 500 economy. > Introduction optiPoint 500 telephones handle the digital communication of voice and data (voice communication only for optiPoint 500 entry and optiPoint 500 economy). “Information on the Intranet”: Electronic Documentation on SEN ESY Products). This allows for PC-supported telephoning and Internet access over the USB interface of a PC. computers. The different optiPoint 500 adapters allow flexible expansion of the telephone workstation. fax equipment.2.0-3. the key lamp principle visualizes the activated functions.0/Hicom 150 E Office Rel.

Standard Key Assignment (Default) Refer to Section 10.1 optiPoint 500 Telephones optiPoint 500 entry Key features ● 8 function keys (can be modified with HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E) with LEDs (see Section 10.7.1.1.7.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients optiPoint 500 10.1.10) Open listening 2 volume adjustment keys (plus/minus) and pitch Suitable for wall mounting No modularity (no connecting capability for adapters or key modules). P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.1 10.7. no display ● ● ● ● Standard key assignment (default) for optiPoint 500 entry Consultation hold Number redial Message Callback Speed dialing Microphone on/off Loudspeaker Disconnect Figure 10-29 optiPoint 500 entry .wclient.7. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.6 for connection requirements. Service Manual 10-73 .

7.1.S. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. 8 freely programmable) with LEDs (see Section 10.wclient.fm Workpoint Clients optiPoint 500 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 10.Standard Key Layout Refer to Section 10. pitch and display contrast Suitable for wall mounting No modularity (no connecting capability for adapters or key modules) ● ● ● ● ● ● Standard key assignment (default) for optiPoint 500 economy Service Number redial Microphone on/off Loudspeaker Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Disconnect Figure 10-30 optiPoint 500 economy (not for U.7.) .7. 10-74 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.10) 2-line alphanumeric tilt-and-swivel LCD display with 24 characters per line 3 dialog keys for interactive user prompts: “Yes”.S.) Key features ● 12 function keys (4 can be changed using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. Service Manual .1. “Back”. and “Next” Open listening 2 volume adjustment keys (plus/minus).6 for connection requirements.1.2 optiPoint 500 economy (not for U.

fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients optiPoint 500 10.1.6 for connection requirements.7.7.1. “Back”. 8 freely programmable) with LEDs (see Section 10.7.10) 2-line alphanumeric tilt-and-swivel LCD display with 24 characters per line 3 dialog keys for interactive user prompts: “Yes”. Service Manual 10-75 .Standard Key Assignment (Default) Refer to Section 10.3 optiPoint 500 basic Key features ● 12 function keys (4 can be changed using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E.1 interface 1 option bay 1 interface for up to 2 key modules ● ● ● ● ● ● Suitable for wall mounting Standard key assignment (default) for optiPoint 500 basic Service Number redial Microphone on/off Loudspeaker Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Disconnect Figure 10-31 optiPoint 500 basic .1. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. pitch and display contrast Interfaces and slots: – – – 1 USB 1.wclient. and “Next” Open listening 2 volume adjustment keys (plus/minus). 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

S.10) 2-line alphanumeric tilt-and-swivel LCD display with 24 characters per line 3 dialog keys for interactive user prompts: “Yes”. optiPoint 500 standard SL (for U. only) function exactly the same on HiPath 3000 systems. “Back”.4 optiPoint 500 standard.7. speaker quality and display contrast Interfaces and slots: – – – 1 integrated USB 1. and “Next” Full-duplex speakerphone mode with echo suppression for room adaptation 2 volume adjustment keys (plus/minus). P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Workpoint Clients optiPoint 500 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 10. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.7.Standard Key Assignment (Default) Refer to Section 10.wclient.1 interface 1 option bay 1 interface for up to 2 key modules ● ● ● ● ● Suitable for wall mounting Standard key assignment (default) for optiPoint 500 standard ● Service Number redial Microphone on/off Loudspeaker Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Disconnect Figure 10-32 optiPoint 500 standard .1. Service Manual 10-76 .6 for connection requirements. pitch.7.1. only) Note: optiPoint 500 standard and optiPoint 500 standard SL (for U.1. 8 freely programmable) with LEDs (see Section 10. Key features ● 12 function keys (4 can be changed using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E.S.

24 characters each.10) Alphanumeric LCD display (swivel) with 2 lines.5 optiPoint 500 advance Key features ● 19 function keys (4 can be changed using HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E. and “Next” Full-duplex speakerphone mode with echo suppression for room adaptation 2 volume adjustment keys (plus/minus). “Back”. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.1. speaker quality and display contrast Interfaces and slots: – – – – 1 integrated USB 1.7.1 interface 2 option bays 1 interface for up to 2 key modules 1 headset port (121 TR9-5) ● ● ● ● ● ● Suitable for wall mounting P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients optiPoint 500 10. Service Manual 10-77 .wclient. 3 dialog keys for interactive user prompts: “Yes”.1. pitch. Background lighting that stays lit for approximately 5 s.7. 15 freely programmable) with LEDs (see Section 10.

fm Workpoint Clients optiPoint 500 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Standard key assignment (default) for optiPoint 500 advance Service Number redial Microphone on/off Loudspeaker Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Disconnect Figure 10-33 optiPoint 500 advance .Standard Key Assignment (Default) Refer to Section 10.1. Service Manual . 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.7. 10-78 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.6 for connection requirements.wclient.

2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.1.6 Connection Requirements for HiPath 3000 Hardware requirements System Hardware requirements HiPath 3800 free UP0/E port on SLMO2/8 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3500 free UP0/E port on CBCC CBRC SLU8 SLU8R SLMO24 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3300 free UP0/E port on CBCC CBRC SLU8 SLU8R Connecting as a client telephone > The device can also be connected to an existing optiPoint 500 telephone (except for optiPoint 500 entry and optiPoint 500 economy) as a client telephone (using an optiPoint phone adapter).7. Service Manual 10-79 .wclient. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients optiPoint 500 10.

1. if connected. Activity Locate a free interface on the main distribution frame or internal distributor for connecting the telephone.com/enterprise (–> Downloads). Perform the terminal test in Section 12. – with the “Online Key Labeling Tool” which can be downloaded from http:/ /www. in host-client configurations or for larger ranges). light up briefly (AOD LEDs do not necessarily flash at the same time as the LEDs on the telephone) all pixels on the display activate briefly. Connect the line cord (marked on the telephone by a symbol). optiPoint 500 telephones are shipped with a 6 m (20 ft.6. ● using a PC: – with the “Key Labeling Tool” (requires MS Word©) supplied on the “Electronic Operating Instructions” CD. Connect the cable from the main distribution frame or internal distributor to the wall outlet. Label the keys. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.3.) line cord and an MW6 (RJ11) plug for connection to a modular telephone jack. ● 10-80 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. ● ● all LEDs light up briefly all LEDs on the key modules (AODs).2.7.7 Connection Procedure: Connecting an optiPoint 500 Telephone Step 1.fm Workpoint Clients optiPoint 500 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 10. 5. Service Manual . The first time the telephone is switched on.wclient. You have the following options: by hand (in writing). Prepare the telephone for connection: ● Connect the handset cord to the telephone (marked with symbol) and to the handset. ● Do you plan to connect an optiPoint adapter? Refer to Abschnitt 10.siemens.2 auf Seite 10-84 for more information.7.3 auf Seite 10-88 for more information. The maximum range for a standalone or host telephone without additional local power supply is approximately 1000 m (3280 feet) (for J-Y (ST) 2x2x0.7. ● Do you plan to connect an key module? Refer to Abschnitt 10. ∅ 0. ● > 3. 4.6 mm). label sheets come with each telephone.9 to determine whether a local power supply is needed for additional power (for example. 2.

8 Connections on the Bottom of the Telephone USB interface MW8 (RJ45) connection jack for optiPoint key module. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.1. 10. Downloading has finished and the telephone is ready for operation when you see the date and time on the display.wclient. optiPoint BLF MW8 (RJ45) connection jack for HiPath 3000 MW4 (RJ8) connection jacks: Upper = headset equipment Lower = handset Option bays (see Figure 10-38) Figure 10-34 optiPoint 500 Connection Options P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual 10-81 .7.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients optiPoint 500 These indications show that the telephone is starting up and performing a self-test.

There is a charge for this software.7.the professional PC attendant console is connected over the USB 1.1 interface of the optiPoint 500 basic.fm Workpoint Clients optiPoint 500 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 10. to receive a large e-mail or download data while calls are being set up over a CTI application).). If the CAPI software is installed.1 interface. 10-82 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.1. direct Internet access. the optiPoint 500 telephones have a USB 1.9 USB 1. TAPI and CAPI can be used simultaneously (for example. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Service Manual . This forms the basis for: ● ● PC-supported telephoning (TAPI) Data transmission over CAPI (for example. fax capability. PCs have direct Internet access over the USB interface without any additional adapter.wclient. > optiClient Attendant V8 . optiPoint 500 standard or optiPoint 500 advance. e-mail. etc.1 Interface With the exception of optiPoint 500 entry and optiPoint 500 economy.

you can only program phone numbers that function without LED support.10 Key Programming Double assignment of the programmable function keys on the optiPoint 500 telephones and the optiPoint key module is possible. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.1.0 SMR-06 and later: One of the two following options can be configured in HiPath 3000/5000 Manager E (go to the Settings menu and select System Parameters (Flags)): – – The "Enhanced key functionality" flag is not activated (default setting). V6. The optiPoint BLF function keys cannot have double assignments. This signals that the phone numbers on the second key level are available.0 SMR-05: Double assignment is possible if only phone numbers without LED support are saved on the first level. This will produce the same behavior as in versions up to and including V6. only phone numbers without LED support can be saved at the second key level which is now available. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients optiPoint 500 10. These may be internal and external station numbers as well as station numbers from a HiPath network. ● When the Shift function is pressed. Once you have defined a key of your choice as the "Shift key".wclient. You can program any key functions on the first key level. the LED associated with the Shift key lights up. On the second level.0 SMR-05. Please note the following differences between the functions: ● Up to and including V6. LED signaling is associated with the first key level only. Service Manual 10-83 . The Shift function is deactivated when you press a phone number or if you press the Shift key again.7. The "Enhanced key functionality" flag is activated.

P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.1 The optiPoint key module is an key module that should be mounted on the side of the telephone.fm Workpoint Clients optiPoint 500 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 10.2. Refer to the HiPath 3000/5000 Feature Description for model-specific data for the optiPoint key module and the optiPoint BLF.3.2 optiPoint 500 key modules The optiPoint key module and optiPoint BLF key modules increase the number of function keys available. LEDs and labelling areas for all purposes.2. The following sections contain information on the possible key module configurations: ● ● Section 10.7. A color display and an integrated alphanumeric keypad in the optiPoint application module increases user-friendliness when making telephone calls. The installation instructions are on the “Electronic Operating Instructions” CD.3 for terminals in the optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 family optiPoint key module 10. The user usually installs the key modules. Figure 10-35 optiPoint key module Information on double assignment can be found in Section 10.1.7. it provides an additional 16 keys.wclient. Service Manual 10-84 .10.7.7.5. 7 Caution Always disconnect the line cord before connecting key modules to the telephone. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.4 for terminals in the optiPoint 500 family Section 10.

The power supply unit must be plugged directly into the designated optiPoint BLF port. Figure 10-36 optiPoint BLF P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual 10-85 .fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients optiPoint 500 10. RJ45 output (MW8). The device is connected to the telephone or to an optiPoint key module over an interface cable with the following connectors: RJ11 input (MW6). LEDs and labeling areas for all purposes.1.wclient.2.10. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.1) that can power up to two optiPoint BLFs.7. Power is supplied by a local PSU (see Section 10.2 optiPoint BLF This is an key module that provides 90 additional keys.

the key module supports all the functions offered by the current optiPoint 410 display module (personal phonebook. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. optiPoint 410 standard. The following sections contain information on the possible key module configurations: ● ● Section 10. only).2.3 for terminals in the optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 family 10-86 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.S. Service Manual .fm Workpoint Clients optiPoint 500 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 10.0 SMR-06 and later) The optiPoint application module is an add-on device that can be mounted on the side of the telephone and features a color display and an integrated alphanumeric keypad. Figure 10-37 optiPoint application module The optiPoint application module can be implemented on the following telephones: ● optiPoint 500 basic. connected directly to the telephone.wclient. optiPoint 500 standard. Additional key modules may be used. It provides a personal phonebook and other helpful applications for improving user-friendliness when making calls. voice dialing) but with improved ergonomics.3. ● The optiPoint application module must always be installed as the first add-on device.5. Java application. in other words. optiPoint 410 advance.3 optiPoint application module (V5. optiPoint 500 standard SL (for U.4 for terminals in the optiPoint 500 family Section 10. optiPoint 500 advance Only the personal phonebook is supported when operating the key module in the TDM environment. LDAP.7. WAP browser. optiPoint 420 standard. optiPoint 420 advance In a VoIP environment.7.2.

Service Manual 10-87 . If you already have this type of power supply unit.7.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients optiPoint 500 An external power supply unit is always required to operate the optiPoint application module. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. Key module optiPoint key module optiPoint 500 basic optiPoint key module optiPoint key module optiPoint 500 standard. Table 10-10 Key module configurations on an optiPoint 500 telephone 1.2. optiPoint application module optiPoint 500 standard SL (for optiPoint application module U.S. the second output can be used to power the optiPoint application module.2 are used.4 Possible Configurations for Add-On Devices The following table shows the possible configurations for key modules on telephones from the optiPoint 500 family (not optiPoint 500 entry and optiPoint 500 economy). The optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 power supply units described in Section 10. only) optiPoint application module optiPoint 500 advance optiPoint BLF optiPoint BLF 1 Configuration with two optiPoint BLFs in HiPath 3800 only optiPoint 500 telephone 2.1.wclient.10. Key module – optiPoint key module optiPoint BLF – optiPoint key module optiPoint BLF – optiPoint BLF1 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. 10.

fm Workpoint Clients optiPoint 500 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 10. 7 Caution Always disconnect the line cord before connecting adapters to the telephone or removing them from the telephone. which are connected on the bottom of the telephone. fax equipment. headsets). telephones. support plug&play operation. Service Manual . Option bays Option bays: ● 2 x for optiPoint 500 advance (shown here) ● 1 x for optiPoint 500 basic and optiPoint 500 standard Figure 10-38 optiPoint 500 Option Bays 10-88 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. The adapters. The user usually installs the adapter.wclient. it generates a reset.3 optiPoint 500 Adapters The different optiPoint 500 adapters (not optiPoint 500 entry and optiPoint 500 economy) allow flexible expansion of the telephone workstation by providing additional device connections (such as personal computers. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. a setup message notifies the system of the new configuration. The installation instructions are on the “Electronic Operating Instructions” CD.7. When a new telephone adapter configuration is plugged in.

cordless telephone) to be connected to an optiPoint 500 telephone.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients optiPoint 500 10. announcement device (such as start/stop). MW6 (RJ11) socket assignments: Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 Signal Free Free T (Tip) R (Ring) Free Free 6 1 Figure 10-39 optiPoint analog adapter T/R interface properties ● ● ● ● ● ● Supply current: 30 mA Busy signal when both B channels are busy Ring sequence: 2. The adapter must always have a local power supply for operating the connected analog device. Service Manual 10-89 . as long as a B channel is available.2 Supports only DTMF with Flash No ground signaling allowed Does not support: VoiceMail server with T/R interface.7. telephone (DTMF only).3. speaker. P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.1 optiPoint analog adapter The optiPoint analog adapter allows an analog device (such as. Group 3 fax machines. dictating equipment. modem.wclient. message waiting lamp. The analog device connected can send and receive calls on the interface to the system regardless of the optiPoint telephone’s connection status. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.

MW8 (RJ45) socket assignments: Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Signal Free Free SR1 SX1 SX2 SR2 Free Free 8 1 Figure 10-40 optiPoint ISDN adapter S0 interface properties ● ● ● Supports point-to-point and passive bus connections Wired for short passive bus configurations Cable lengths – – Maximum 100 m (328 feet) with a cable impedance of 75 ohms Maximum 200 m (656 feet) with a cable impedance of 150 ohms (complies with CCITT recommendation I. videoset or videokit).wclient. such as. ● The NT terminating resistors are integrated into the ISDN adapter.3. 2). Service Manual .fm Workpoint Clients optiPoint 500 Nur für den internen Gebrauch 10.430).7. group 4 fax equipment or video communication devices (such as.2 optiPoint ISDN adapter The optiPoint ISDN adapter provides the basic ISDN access for S0 devices (max. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. S0 telephones must have their own power supply for connection. an S0 PC card. 10-90 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.

Service Manual 10-91 .6 mm).fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients optiPoint 500 10. The client telephone can send and receive calls regardless of the connection status of the host telephone.6. MW6 (RJ11) socket assignments: Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 Signal Free AUX – (a) UP0/E – UP0/E + AUX + (b) Free 6 1 Figure 10-41 optiPoint phone adapter P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620.7.3 optiPoint phone adapter The optiPoint phone adapter is used for connecting a second optiPoint 500 telephone (client telephone) with its own power supply. The maximum range between the host and client telephones is approximately 100 m (328 feet) (for J-Y (ST) 2x2x0. ∅ 0. The system treats the client telephone as an independent telephone with a separate phone number and its own B channel. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7.3.wclient.

2-wire.wclient. 2007-10-31 HiPath 3000/5000 V7. up to 1000 m (3280 feet) 2 4 UP0/E.fm Workpoint Clients optiPoint 500 Nur für den internen Gebrauch Example of a host-client configuration UP0/E to the system. up to 100 m (328 feet) MW wall outlets MW wall outlet Local power supply (optional) Local power supply (optional) Host optiPoint 500 telephone with optiPoint phone adapter Figure 10-42 Client optiPoint 500 telephone Example of a Host-Client Configuration 10-92 P31003-H3570-S100-4-7620. Service Manual . 4-wire.

7.fm Nur für den internen Gebrauch Workpoint Clients optiPoint 500